tihvaxy  of  Che  trheolo^icd  ^tmimvy 

PRINCETON  •  NEW  JERSEY 


•a^D' 


PRESENTED  BY 

Dr.  Frederlclr  W.  Loetscher 

BX  8070  .L72  E9 
Luther,  Martin,  1483-1546. 
A  short  exposition  of  Dr. 
Martin  Luther's  Small 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1896,  by 

CONCORDIA  PUBLISHING  HOUSE 

of  St.  Louis,  Mo., 

In  trnst  for  the  German  Evangelical  Lutheran  Synod  of  Missouri, 

Ohio,  and  other  States,  in  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress 

at  Washington,  D.  C. 


flirrt  Jliislc0un0 


be§ 


ileüieii  ^atec^tgmiiS 


Dr.  '^ülarfin  J^ut^as. 


Sperau§gcgebcn  t?cn  bcr  beutfd^cn  el\=IutJ>.  ©^nobe  bon  3)?iffouri, 
Cl?io  u.  a.  ©taaten. 


St.  Louis,  Mo. 

CONCORDIA   PUBLISHING   HOUSE. 

1905. 


A  SHORT  EXPOSITION 


)  1952 


& 


OF 


Dr.  MARTIH  LUTHER'S 


SMALL  CATECHISM 


In  the  translation  authorized  by  the  Evangelical  Lutheran 
/  Synodical  Conference  of  North  America. 

C)ln\a.    and     c»V\f\  -^ocVes.. 


H\^-NriULr' 


St.  Louis,  Mo. 

CONCORDIA   PUBLISHING    HOUSE. 

1905. 


ENCHIRIDION. 


für  bit 

gemeinen  ^farr^crrcn  nnb  ^rcMger 

buxd) 

Dr.  '^ art XXI  ^xtt^ex. 


©orrcbe* 


Dr.  3)?arttnu§  Sutl^cr  alien  treuen,  frommen  ^farr^erren  unb 

^rebigern  ©nabe,  53arml;eräig!eit  itnb  ^riebe  in  Gl^rifto  ^©fu, 

unferm  §(Srrn! 

Siefen  Äated}i§mum  ober  d^riftUc^e  Seigre  in  foldie  !Ieine, 
fc^Ie.d)te,  einfältige  ^orm  gu  ftellcn,  ^at  mic^  geglpungen  unb  ge-- 
brungen  bie  flaglid^e,  elenbe  dlot^,  fo  id)  neulich  erfahren  ^abe,  ba 
id)  au<^  ein  SSifitator  n^ar.  §ilf,  lieber  ®Dtt,  \vk  mand?en  '^auu 
mer  l^abe  ic^  gefefjen,  ba^  ber  gemeine  9Jiann  bod)  fo  gar  nid)t^ 
loeif;  öon  ber  d^riftUd^en  Se^re,  fonberlid)  auf  ben  3}örfern,  unb 
leiber  Oiel  ^farr^erren  faft  ungefd)idt  unb  untüd^tig  finb  gu  lel^ren, 
unb  follen  bod^  aüe  (S^riften  l^ei^en,  getauft  fein  unb  ber  ^eiligen 
©acramente  genießen,  !önnen  toeber  SSater  Unfer,  nod^  ben  ©lau^ 
ben,  ober  je^en  ©ebote,  leben  bal^in,  ioie  ba§  liebe  55iel^  unb  nn-- 
t)emünftige  ©äue,  unb  nun  ba§  (Soangelium  fommen  ift,  bennod^ 
fein  gelernet  l^aben,  aUer  ^Jreil^eit  meifterli^  ju  mipraud^en. 


ENCHIRIDION. 


The  Small  Catechism 


OF 


Dr.  MARTIN  LUTHER. 

For   F*a.stors   and.    P^reachiers. 


PREFACE. 


MARTIN    LUTHER    TO    ALL    FAITHFUL,     PIOUS    PASTORS    AND 
preachers:    grace,    mercy,    and    peace    in   CHRIST   JESUS, 

OUR    LORD ! 

The  deplorable  destitution  which  I  recently  observed^ 
during  a  visitation  of  the  churches,  has  impelled  and  con- 
strained me  to  prepare  this  Catechism  or  Christian  Doc- 
trine in  such  a  small  and  simple  form.  Alas,  what  mani- 
fold misery  I  beheld !  The  common  people,  especially  in 
the  villages,  know  nothing  at  all  of  Christian  doctrine; 
and  many  pastors  are  quite  unfit  and  incompetent  to 
teach.  Yet  all  are  called  Christians,  have  been  baptized, 
and  enjoy  the  use  of  the  Sacraments,  although  they  know 
neither  the  Lord's  Prayer,  nor  the  Creed,  nor  the  Ten 
Commandments,  and  live  like  the  poor  brutes  and  irra- 
tional swine.  Still  they  have,  now  that  the  Gospel  has 
come,  learned  to  abuse  all  liberty  in  a  masterly  manner. 


4  3[?orrebe. 

D  i^t  33ifd)öfe!  iuaö  litoUt  \l)v  bod)  6i>ri|"to  immermef^r  ant- 
iuortcn,  ba^  i^r  'i>a^  3]o(f  fo  fd;änblid}  f)abt  laffen  bal;iix  gcf)en,  unb 
euer  3(mt  nid)t  einen  SlugenBIid  je  beiueifet?  Safj  end;  alle§  lln- 
glüd  fliel;e!  SSerbietet  einerlei  Gieftalt,  unb  treibet  auf  eure  93ien= 
id;engeie^e,  fraget  aber  bieiueil  nid^tö  barnad),  ob  fie  ba§  3]ater 
Unfer,  ©lauben,  je^en  (Sichok,  ober  einiges  (SDtte§  2ßort  fennen. 
3((^  unb  9Bel;  über  euren  §alS  eiinglid; ! 

Sarum  bitte  i^  urn  ©DtteS  iDillen  ^nd)  alk,  meine  lieben 
Ferren  unb  Srüber,  fo  ^farrfjerren  unb  ^rebiger  finb,  iDoIIet  md) 
eureö  Slmty  t)on  J^erjen  annehmen,  unb  eud}  erbarmen  über  euer 
3Sol!,  ha^i  mä)  befohlen  ift,  unb  un§  l^clfen  "bm  ^ated^i§mum  in 
bie  Seute,  fonberlid}  in  ba§  junge  SSoIf,  bringen;  unb  ioeld;e  e§ 
nid^t  beffer  Vermögen,  biefe  ^afet  unb  ^-orm  bor  fid;  nefjmen,  unb 
him  S5oIfe  bon  SSort  ju  2Bort  borbilben,  namlid)  alfo : 

3Iuf§  erfte:  S)af;  ber  ^rebiger  Dor  aUm  2)ingen  fid^  l^üte  unb 
meibe  mand;erlei  ober  anberlei  ^ejt  unb  ^-orm  ber  3ef)en  ©ebote, 
©lauben,  SSater  Unfer,  ber  ©acramente  2C.  ©onbern  nel;me  einerlei 
(^orm  t>or  fid),  barauf  er  bleibe  unb  biefelbige  immer  treibe,  ein 
Safjr  trie  ha^  anbere;  benn  ba§  junge  unb  alberne  S^ol!  mujs  man 
mit  einerlei  geiviffen  ^ejt  unb  ^^-orm  lel^ren,  fonft  iüerben  fie  gar 
Ieid;t  irre,  tvmn  man  l^eute  fonft  unb  über  ein  ^a^r  fo  lehret,  al§ 
trollte  man§  bcffern,  unb  ioirb  bamit  alle  9JJüf)eunb  2lrbeit  Verloren. 

S)a§  l^aben  bie  lieben  Später  aud;  loo(;I  gefel;en,  bie  ba§  SSater 
Unfer,  ©lauben,  3ef)cn  ©ebote  alle  auf  (Sine  2Beife  J)aben  gebraud;t. 
S)arum  foEen  irir  aud^  bei  bem  jungen  unb  einfältigen  SSoIf  foId}e 
©tüde  alfo  lehren,  ba^  iinr  nic^t  (Sine  ©tjllaben  berrüden,  ober 
ein  Salfjr  anberS,  benn  ba§  anbere,  borl^alten  ober  t)orf^re(f)en. 
2)arum  erit>äJ)Ie  bir,  loeId>e  ^-orm  bu  millft,  unb  bleibe  babei 
eibiglid;.  SBenn  bu  aber  bei  ben  (Sele^rten  unb  SSerftänbigen  ^re= 
bigeft,  fo  magft  bu  beine  i?unft  beioeifen,  unb  biefe  ©tüde  fo  bunt= 
!rau§  madden,  unb  fo  meifterlid;  breiten,  al§  bu  !annft.  Slber  bei 
bem  jungen  3SoI!e  bleibe  auf  einer  getriffen,  eiingen  '^-orm  unb  Sßeife, 
unb  Iel;re  fie  für  ba§  allererfte  bie  ©tüde,  nämlid^  bie  gelten  (SJebote, 
©lauben,  33ater  Unfer  2C.  nad)  bem  %i^i  l^in,  bon  2Bort  gu  Sßort, 
baf;  fie  e§  aud^  fo  nad^fagen  !önnen,  unb  auöirenbig  lernen. 


0  ye  bishops !  how  will  ye  ever  render  account  to  Christ 
for  having  so  shamefully  neglected  the  people,  and  hav- 
ing never  for  a  moment  exercised  your  office!  May  the 
judgment  not  overtake  you!  You  command  communion 
in  one  kind,  and  urge  your  human  ordinances ;  but  never 
ask,  in  the  meantime,  whether  the  people  know  the  Lord's 
Prayer,  the  Creed,  the  Ten  Commandments,  or  any  part 
of  God's  Word.    Woe,  woe  unto  you  everlastingly! 

Therefore  I  entreat  you  all,  for  God's  sake,  my  dear 
brethren  who  are  pastors  and  preachers,  to  devote  your- 
selves heartily  to  your  office,  and  have  pity  upon  the 
people  who  are  committed  to  your  charge.  Help  us  to 
inculcate  the  Catechism  upon  them,  especially  upon  the 
young.  Let  those  who  are  not  able  to  do  better  take  these 
tables  and  forms  and  set  theni  word  for  word  before  the 
people,  in  the  manner  following:  — 

First,  the  minister  sliould  above  all  things  avoid  the 
use  of  different  texts  and  forms  of  the  Ten  Command- 
ments, the  Lord's  Prayer,  the  Creed,  the  Sacraments,  etc. 
Let  him  adopt  one  form  and  adhere  to  it,  using  it  one 
year  as  the  other;  for  young  and  ignorant  people  must 
be  taught  one  certain  text  and  form,  and  will  easily  be- 
come confused  if  we  teach  thus  to-day  and  otherwise  next 
year,  as  if  we  thought  of  making  improvements.  In  this 
way  all  effort  and  labor  will  be  lost.  This  our  honored 
fathers  well  understood,  who  all  used  the  Lord's  Prayer, 
the  Creed,  the  Ten  Commandments  in  one  and  the  same 
manner.  Therefore  we  also  should  so  teach  these  forms 
to  the  young  and  inexperienced  as  not  to  change  a  syl- 
lable, nor  set  them  forth  and  recite  them  one  year  differ- 
ently from  the  other. 

Hence  choose  whatever  form  you  think  best,  and  ad- 
here to  it  forever.  When  you  preach  among  the  learned 
and  judicious,  you  may  show  your  art,  and  set  these 
things  forth  with  as  many  flourishes,  and  turn  them  as 
skillfully  as  you  wish;  but  among  the  young  adhere  to 
one  and  the  same  lixed  form  and  manner,  and  teach  them, 
first  of  all,  the  text  of  the  Ten  Commandments,  the  Creed, 
the  Lord's  Prayer,  etc.,  so  that  they  can  say  it  after  you 
word  for  word,  and  commit  it  to  memory. 


SSorrebe.  5 

9BeI(^e  e§  aber  nidjt  lernen  iDoIIen,  bafi  man  benfelbigen  jage, 
n.ne  fie  G^riftiun  Derleugneu,  unb  feine  ß^riften  finb,  füllen  aud) 
md)i  juni  ©acrairtent  gelaffen  ii>erben,  !ein  ^inb  an^^  ber  ^aufe 
{)ihm,  and)  !ein  ©tüd'  ber  d}riftUd)en  ^rei^eit  braud^en,  jonbern 
fd}Ied;t  bem  ^abft  imb  feinen  Dfficialen,  baja  bem  2:;eufel  felbft 
[;citngetoeifet  fein.  S)asu  follen  i^nen  bie  ©Item  unb  §au§t;errn 
tSffen  unb  2:rin!en  öerfagen,  unb  if;nen  anzeigen,  ba^  foId}e  rol^e 
i^eute  ber  ^ürft  au§  bent  :2anbe  jagen  tt)oIIe  2C. 

2)enn  iüietüof»!  man  niemanb  jiringen  lann  nod)  foE  jum 
©lauben,  fo  foE  man  bod^  ben  Jjaufen  bal)in  Italien  unb  treiben, 
ba^  fie  iriffen,  \va§>  'Stud^t  unb  Unred}t  tft  bei  benen,  bei  h?eldjen  fie 
lüo^nen,  fic^  nähren  unh  leben  lüollen.  S)enn  irer  in  einer  ©tabt 
iDol^nen  tDÜI,  ber  folt  ba§  ©tabtredjt  iüiffen  unb  l^alten,  bef;  er  ge- 
niefien  iüill,  ©Dtt  gebe,  er  glaube,  ober  fei  im  ^erjen  für  fic^  ein 
<Bd)alt  ober  33ube. 

3um  anbern:  2Benn  fie  ben  ^ejt  UJol^I  fönnen,  fo  tel^re  fie 
benn  l^ernac^  and)  ben  SSerftanb,  ba^  fie  ioiffen,  ioa§  e§  gefagt  fei. 
Unb  nimm  abermat  bor  bid^  biefer  Siafeln  Sßeife,  ober  fonft  eine 
furje  einige  2ßeife,  it)el(^e  bu  itJillft,  unb  bleibe  babei  unb  öerrüde 
fie  mit  feiner  ©tjltaben  nid^t,  gleid^ioie  bom  ^egte  je^t  gefagt  ift, 
unb  nimm  bir  bie  SGBeite  baju,  benn  e§  ift  nid^t  dloii),  ba^  bu  alle 
«Stüde  auf  einmal  bornel^meft,  fonbern  eine§  nac^  bem  anbern. 
Sßenn  fie  ha§>  erfte  ©ebot  guoor  loo^l  berfteljen,  barnad)  nimm  ba§ 
anbere  oor  bid^,  unb  fo  fort  an.  ©onft  ioerben  fie  überfd;üttet, 
t>a^  fie  !ein§  Jro^l  behalten. 

3um  britten:  Sßenn  bu  fie  nun  fold^en  furjen  ^ated)i§mum 
gele^ret  l^aft,  aBbann  nimm  ben  großen  ^ated^iSmum  oor  bid>, 
unb  gib  i^nen  and)  reichern  unb  toeitern  SSerftanb,  bafelbft  ftreid^ 
ein  jeglic^  ®ebot,  Sitte  unb  ©tüd  au§  mit  feinen  mand)erlei 
2ßer!en,  3^u^,  frommen,  ^al^r  nnh  ©d>aben,  iüie  bu  ba§  alleö 
reid)lic^  finbeft  in  fo  biet  33üd^ern,  baoon  gemad;t,  unb  infonber^ 
^eit  treibe  ba§  ©ebot  unb  ©tüd  am  meiften,  ba§  bei  bcinem  S3olt 
am  meiften  3^ot^  leibet.  2ll§:  ba§  fiebente  ©cbot,  öom  ©teljlen, 
mu^t  bu  bei  §anbtrer!en,  $)änblern,  ja  aud^  bei  Sauern  unb  ©e= 
finbe  ^eftig  treiben,  benn  bei  fold^en  Seuten  ift  allerlei  Untreu  nnt) 


—  5  — 

But  those  Avlio  are  unwilliug  to  learn  it  should  be  told 
that  they  deny  Christ  and  are  no  Christians ;  neither 
should  they  be  admitted  to  the  Sacrament^  accepted  as 
sponsors  at  baptism,  nor  be  accorded  tlie  exercise  of 
Christian  liberty;  but  they  are  simply  to  be  remanded  to 
the  pope  and  his  officials,  yea,  to  the  devil  himself.  Par- 
ents and  employers  should  also  refuse  them  meat  and 
drink,  and  give  tliem  to  understand  that  the  prince  will 
drive  sucli  rude  fellows  from  the  country.  For  although 
we  cannot  and  should  not  force  any  one  to  believe,  yet  we 
should  lead  and  urge  the  masses  to  perceive  what  those 
consider  right  and  wrong  among  whom  they  live  and  find 
their  sustenance.  Whoever  would  live  in  a  city  and  enjoy 
its  privileges,  should  know  and  observe  its  laws,  whether 
he  believe  or  be  at  heart  a  rogue  or  knave. 

Secondly,  when  they  have  well  learned  the  text,  teach 
them  the  sense  also,  that  they  may  know  what  it  means. 
Again  take  the  form  of  these  tables  or  some  other  short 
fixed  form  of  your  choice,  and  adhere  to  it  without  the 
change  of  a  single  syllable,  as  was  said  of  tlie  text;  and 
take  your  time  to  it;  for  it  is  not  necessary  to  take  up  all 
the  parts  at  once,  but  take  one  after  the  other.  When 
they  well  understand  the  first  Commandment,  proceed  to 
the  second,  and  thus  continue;  otherwise  they  will  be 
overburdened,  and  be  able  to  retain  nothing  well. 

Thirdly,  after  you  have  taught  them  this  short  Cate- 
chism, take  up  the  Large  Catechism,  and  impart  to  them 
a  richer  and  fuller  knowledge ;  dwell  on  each  command- 
ment, petition,  and  part,  with  its  various  works,  uses, 
benefits,  dangers,  and  harm,  as  you  may  find  these  abun- 
dantly pointed  out  in  many  books  treating  of  these  sub- 
jects ;  and  especially  give  most  attention  to  the  Com- 
mandment or  part  wliich  is  most  neglected  among  your 
people.  For  example,  the  seventh  Commandment,  which 
forbids  stealing,  you  must  particularly  inforce  among 
mechanics  and  merchants,  and  also  among  farmers  and 
servants ;  for  among  such  people  all  kinds  of  unfaithful- 
ness and  thieving  are  frequent.  Again,  you  must  ui^ge  the 
fourth  Commandment  among  children  and  the  common 
people,  that  they  may  be  quiet,  faithful,  obedient,  peace- 


6  SSorrebc, 

S)ieberei  gro^.  ^km  ba§  öierte  ©ebot  muf;t  bu  bei  ben  .^inbern 
unb  gemeinem  3Jtann  \vo^  treiben,  ba^  fie  ftilt,  tren,  gei>orfam, 
fricbfam  feien,  unb  immer  i)iel  Ggempel  au§  bcr  ©c^rift,  ba  ©Dtt 
jold}e  Seilte  geftraft  unb  gefegnet  I;at,  einführen,  ^nfonberl^eit 
treibe  and}  bafelbft  bie  Dbrigfeit  unb  (SÜern,  ha^  fie  tuol;!  regieren 
unb  Jlinber  gießen  gur  ©d;ule,  mit  Slnjeigung,  luie  fie  foId)e§  ju 
tl^un  fc^ulbig  ftnb,  unb  Wo  fie  e§  nid;t  tt>un,  iueld)  eine  ijerflud^te 
(Sünbe  fie  tt)un:  benn  fie  ftürjen  unb  berJüüften  bamit  beibe  ©Dt; 
te§  unb  ber  Söelt  W\d),  ai§>  bie  ärgften  ^-einbe  beibe  @Dtte§  unb 
ber  9)?enfd}en.  Unb  ftreidje  iDol^l  au§,  \va^  für  greulid)en  ©(^aben 
fie  t^un,  hJO  fie  nidjt  l^elfen  Ü'inber  giel^en  gu  '5pfarrf)errn,  ^rebigern, 
©d^reibern  2C.,  ba^  @Dtt  fie  fc^redlid)  barum  ftrafen  tüirb.  Xtnn 
e§  ift  J)ie  not^  5U  ^rebigen ;  bie  ©Item  unb  Dbrigfeit  f ünbigen  je^t 
l^ierinne,  ba^  nidjt gu  fagen  ift;  ber  2;eufel  l^at  auc^  ein  @raufame§ 
bamit  im  ©inne. 

3ule^t:  iüeil  nun  bie  2::t)rannei  be§  ^abft§  ab  ift,  fo  it)otten 
fie  nic^t  mei)r  ^um  ©acrament  gel;cn,  unb  berac^tenS.  ^ier  ift 
aber  9^ot£>  gu  treiben,  boc^  mit  biefem  Sefd^eib :  lüir  follen  niemanb 
jum  ©lauben  ober  ©acrament  jiinngen,  aud)  hin  ©efe^,  noc^  ^üi, 
nod^  ©tätte  beftimmen;  aber  alfo  ^rebigen,  ba^  fiefic^  felbft,  ofjne 
unfer  ®efe^,  bringen,  unb  gleid;fam  un§  ^farrl^errn  jmingen,  ba§ 
©acrament  gu  reichen,  ioeld^eS  t^ut  man  alfo,  bafj  man  il^nen  fagt : 
iüer  ba§  ©acrament  nid^t  fud^t  nod>  begcl^ret  gum  ii>enigften  einmal 
ober  öier  be§  3a^re§,  ba  ift  gu  beforgen,  ba^  er  ba§  ©acrament 
öeract^te,  unb  !ein  ©thrift  fei,  gleid^iüie  ber  !ein  (E^rift  ift,  ber  ba^S 
©öanr^elium  nic^t  glaubet,  ober  ^öret.  Xmn  (Sl^riftug  f|)rad^  nid)t: 
foId)e§  laffet,  ober  foIc^e§  Deradf^tet,  fonbern :  fot^eS  tl^ut,  fo  oft 
if)r§  trinfet,  2c.  ©r  )x>\ü  e§  loal^rlic^  getl^an,  unb  nic^t  allerbinge 
gelaffen  un'o  berad^tet  l^aben;  „fold£>e§  tl^ut",  fprid^t  (Sr. 

2Ber  aber  ha§>  ©acrament  nid}t  grofe  ad;tet,  ba§  ift  ein  Qu'- 
d^en,  baf;  er  feine  ©ünbe,  fein  ^-leifd^,  feinen  S^eufel,  feine  Sßelt, 
feinen  Xob,  feine  ^a^r,  feine  Sßlk  l^at;  ba§  ift:  er  glaubet  ber 
!eine§,  ob  er  tro^l  bi§  über  bie  Dfjren  barin  ftedt,  unb  ift  gtüie= 
fältig  be§  ^eufel§;  n)ieberum,  fo  bebarf  er  aud^  feiner  ©nabe, 
Seben,  ^arabieS,  §immelreic^,  (E^riftii§,  ©Dtteä,  noc^  einiget 


—  6  — 

able,  always  aclcliicinix  frequent  examples  from  the  Scrip- 
tures to  show  how  God  puuished  or  blessed  such  persons. 
Especially  should  you  here  urge  civil  rulers  and  par- 
ents to  govern  well  and  educate  children  for  service  lu 
schools,  showing  them  their  duty  in  this  regard,  and  the 
greatness  of  their  sin  if  they  neglect  it;  for  by  such  neg- 
lect they  overthrow  and  destroy  both  the  kingdom  of  God 
and  that  of  this  Avorld,  and  show  themselves  to  be  the 
worst  foes  both  of  God  and  man.  Dwell  on  the  great 
harm  they  do,  if  they  will  not  help  to  educate  children  for 
the  ministry,  clerkships,  and  other  offices,  etc.,  and  on 
the  terrible  punishment  God  will  visit  upon  them  for  it. 
It  is  necessary  to  preach  of  these  things ;  for  parents  and 
rulers  sin  unspeakably  in  them,  and  the  devil  has  a  hor- 
rible object  in  view- 
Lastly,  since  the  people  are  freed  from  the  tyranny  of 
the  pope,  they  no  longer  desire  to  go  to  the  Sacrament, 
but  despise  it.  It  is  necessary  to  be  urgent  on  this  point, 
remembering,  however,  that  we  are  to  force  no  one  to 
believe,  or  to  receive  the  Sacrament,  nor  to  fix  any  law, 
time,  or  place  for  it ;  but  so  to  preach,  that  they  will  be 
urged  of  their  own  accord,  without  our  law,  and  will,  as 
it  were,  compel  us  pastors  to  administer  the  Sacrament. 
This  is  done  by  telling  them  that  if  a  person  does  not  seek 
nor  desire  the  Lord's  Supper  at  least  some  four  times 
a  year,  it  is  to  be  feared  that  he  despises  the  Sacrament 
and  is  not  a  Christian,  just  as  he  is  not  a  Cliristian  who 
refuses  to  believe  or  to  hear  the  Gospel.  For  Christ  did 
not  say.  Omit  this,  or.  Despise  this;  but.  This  do  ye,  as 
oft  as  ye  drink  it,  etc.  Truly,  He  wants  it  done,  and  by 
no  means  neglected  or  despised:  "This  do  ye,"  is  His 
command. 

AYhoever  does  not  highly  prize  the  Sacrament,  thus 
shows  that  he  has  no  sin,  no  flesh,  no  devil,  no  world,  no 
death,  no  danger,  no  hell;  that  is,  he  does  not  believe 
that  they  exist,  although  he  is  in  them  over  head  and 
ears,  and  is  doubly  the  devil's.  On  the  other  hand,  he 
needs  no  grace,  life.  Paradise,  heaven,  Christ,  God,  nor 
anything  good:  for  if  he  believed  that  he  has  so  much 
that  is  evil,  and  needs  so  much  that  is  good,  he  would  not 


SBorrebc.  7 

©ute§;  benn  n?o  cr  glaubcte,  ba^  cr  \o  Did  33öfe§  t)ätte,  unb  fo 
t)lcl  ®ute§  bebürfte,  [o  tvürbe  er  ba§  ©acrament  nic^t  jo  laffen, 
barinneit  füld;em  Uebel  gef)oIfen  unb  fo  öiel  ®nk§>  gegeben  h)irb. 
dMn  bürfte  if)n  aurf)  mit  feinem  ®efe^  3um  ©acrament  glüingen, 
fonbern  er  lüürbe  felbft  gelaufen  unb  gerennt  fommen,  fi(^  felbft 
jnjingen,  unb  bid^  treiben,  ba^  bu  \i)m  müffeft  ba§  ©acrament 
geben. 

25arum  barfft  bu  I;ie  fein  @efe^  [teilen,  tüte  ber  ^abft;  ftrei(i> 
nur  h)of)I  au§  ben  3^u:^  unb  ©d;aben,  9iot^  unb  'frommen,  ^a^v 
unb  §eil  in  biefem  Sacrament,  fo  iüerben  fie  felbft  n?of;I  fommen, 
o^ne  bein  3i^ingsn-  kommen  fie  aber  nid^t,  fo  laf;  fie  fafjren, 
unb  fage  il^nen,  baf;  fie  be§  2;eufel§  finb,  bie  il^re  gro^e  ^totl^  unb 
®Dtte§  gnäbige  §ülfe  nietet  achten  nocf>  füllen.  Sßenn  bu  aber 
fold)e§  nid^t  treibeft,  ober  marf^ft  ein  ©efe^  ober  ©ift  barauS,  fo 
ift  e§  beine  ©djulb,  baf;  fie  "(»a^  «Sacrament  t)erad)ten.  SCöie  folten 
fie  nid^t  faul  fein,  Irenn  bu  fdjiäfeft  unb  fd^tüeigeft? 

®arum  fiel^e  barauf,  ^farrl^err  unb  ^rebiger,  unfer  2lmt  ift 
nun  ein  anber  3)tng  h^orben,  benn  e§  unter  bem  ^abft  irar ;  e§ 
ift  nun  ernft  unb  l^eilfam  Jt»orben ;  barum  l^at  e§  nun  t)iel  mel^r 
9JJül>e  unb  Slrbeit,  ^^-al^r  unb  3(nfed)tung,  barju  lüenig  £o^n  unb 
©anf  in  ber  2ßelt.  6l^riftu§  aber  trill  unfer  2o^n  felbft  fein,  fo 
n?ir  treulid^  arbeiten.  2)a§  f)elf  \m^  ber  SSater  aller  ©naben! 
®em  fei  2oh  unb  ^anl  in  ©njigfeit,  burc^  G^iiftum,  unfern 
^(Srrn !    9lmen. 


—  7  — 

thus  neglect  the  Sacrament,  by  which  such  evil  is  reme- 
died and  so  much  good  is  bestowed.  Neitlier  would  it  be 
necessary  to  force  him  to  the  Sacrament  by  any  law,  but 
he  would  hasten  to  it  of  his  own  accord,  and  constrain 
himself  and  compel  you  to  administer  it  to  him. 

Therefore  you  need  not  make  any  law  in  this  matter, 
as  tlie  pope  does;  only  set  forth  clearly  the  benefit  and 
harm,  the  necessity  and  use,  the  danger  and  blessing, 
connected  with  this  Sacrament,  and  the  people  will  come 
of  themselves,  without  your  compulsion.  But  if  they  do 
not  come,  let  them  alone,  telling  them  that  they  are  of 
the  devil,  as  they  do  not  regard  nor  feel  their  great  need, 
and  God's  gracious  help.  Should  you,  however,  fail  to 
urge  this  matter,  or  make  a  law  or  a  bane  of  it,  it  is  your 
fault  if  they  despise  the  Sacrament.  How  could  they  be 
otherwise  than  slothful,  if  you  sleep  and  keep  silence? 
Therefore  look  to  it,  ye  pastors  and  preachers ;  our  ofiice 
is  a  different  thing  now  from  what  it  was  under  the  pope; 
it  has  now  become  earnest  and  salutary.  Hence  it  in- 
volves much  more  trouble  and  labor,  danger  and  trial, 
and  secures  but  little  reward  and  gratitude  in  the  world. 
But  Christ  Himself  will  be  our  reward,  if  we  labor  faith- 
fully. To  this  end  may  the  Father  of  all  grace  help  us,  to 
whom  be  praise  and  thanks  in  eternity,  through  Christ 
our  Lord!    Amen. 


3)ie  je^en  ©cbote, 


raie   fie  ein  §auöüater  feinem  ©efinbe 
einfältißUd)  üorI;aIteu  foil. 


^a^  crfte  (^tboii 

Sil  foKft  nidjt  anbere  ©ötter  i)ahen  neben  mir. 

2©a§i[tbn§?    Slnhüort: 

3Bir  foHen  0Ctt  über  aSe  ^inge  fürd;ten,  lieben, 
nnb  üertrauen. 

^n^  anbete  ^choti 

2)11  foHft  bell  Spanien  beine^  ©Dtteg  nic^t 
unnü^(icf)  füf)reiL 

2öa§i[tba§?    2lntirort: 

2Bir  foöen  ©Dtt  fiir«^ten  nnb  lieben,  bafs  wir  bei 
feinem  9]amen  nidjt  flnd)en,  fdjmören,  ganbern,  lügen 
ober  trügen;  fonbern  benfelbigen  in  allen  -J^öt^en 
anrnfen,  beten,  loben  nnb  banfen. 

^a§  britte.C^eBot: 

2)u  foII[t  ben  geiertag  l^eiligen. 


The  Ten  Commandments, 

AS  THE  HEAD  OF  THE  FAMILY  SHOULD  TEACH  THEM  IN 
ALL  SIMPLICITY  TO  HIS  HOUSEHOLD. 


The  First  Commandment. 

Thou  shalt  have  no  other  gods  before  me. 

AYhat  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear,  love,  and  trust  in  God  above 
all  things. 

The  Second  Commandment. 

Thou  shalt  not  take  the  name  of  the 
Lord  thy  God  in  vain. 

AVhat  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  curse,  swear,  use  witchcraft,  lie,  or  deceive 
by  His  name ;  but  call  upon  it  in  every  trouble, 
pray,  praise,  and  give  thanks. 

The  TMrd  Commandment. 

Thou  shalt  sanctify  the  holy-day. 


10  2)ie  je^en  ®ebotc. 


2ßa§iftba§?    aintirort: 
W\t  foUen  ©Dtt  fürd^ten  unb  lieben,  ba§  rcir  bie 
^rebigt  unb   fein  Söort  nid)t  t)erad)ten ;   fonbern 
baffelbige  {)ei(ig  Ijalten,  gerne  l)ören  unb  lernen. 

^a^  tiiertc  (Schott 

®u  foHft  beinen  93ater  unb  beine  9JJutter 
e^ren,  auf  ba^  bir§  too^I  ge^e,  unb  bu  lange 
lebeft  auf  ©rben, 

2!Ba§iftba§?    2lntlt)ort: 
SSir  follen  ©Ott  fürd^ten  nnb  lieben,  bnß  rair 
unfere  Gltern  unb  Ferren  nidjt  Deradjten,  nod;  er= 
jürnen;  fonbern  fie  in  Gl)ren  Ijalten,  iljnen  bieneu, 
gel)ord;en,  fie  lieb  unb  raertl)  l;aben. 

^a^  fünfte  d^cboii 

S)u  foHft  ni^t  tobten. 

2ßa§i[tba§?    Slntlüort: 

2ßir  foHen  ©Dtt  fürdjten  unb  lieben,  ha\i  trir  iin- 
ferm  9^ä($ften  an  feinem  Seibe  feinen  ©d)aben  nod^ 
Seib  tl;un;  fonbern  il)m  Ijelfen  unb  förbern  in  allen 
SeibeöniDtljen. 

^a^  fct^^tc  Schott 

S)u  foHft  nii^t  e^ebrec^en. 

2ßa§iftba§?    2lntlvort: 
äöir  foHen  ©Dtt  fürd)ten  unb  lieben,  hai  irir 
feufd)  unb  güd^tig  leben  in  SSorten  unb  Söerfen, 
unb  ein  jeglid^er  fein  @emal)l  lieben  unb  e^ren. 


—  10  — 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  despise  preaching  and  His  Word  ;  but  hold 
it  sacred,  and  gladly  hear  and  learn  it. 

The  Fourth  Commandment. 

Thou  shalt  honor  thy  father  and  thy 
mother,  that  it  may  be  well  with  thee, 
and  thou  may  est  live  long  on  the  earth. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  despise  our  parents  and  masters,  nor  pro- 
voke them  to  anger;  but  give  them  honor, 
serve  and  obey  them,  and  hold  them  in  love 
and  esteem. 

The  Fifth  Commandment. 

Thou  shalt  not  kill. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  hurt  nor  harm  our  neighbor  in  his  body ; 
but  help  and  befriend  him  in  every  bodily  need. 

The  Sixth  Commandment.  < 

Thou  shalt  not  commit  adultery. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 

lead  a  chaste  and  decent  life  in  word  and  deed, 

and  each  love  and  honor  his  spouse. 
2 


2)ie  gelten  ©ebote.  1 1 


^d^  fie^ente  (^thoi: 

SDu  foUft  ni^t  ftef)Ieiu 

2Bagi[tba§?    5«nthJort: 

SBir  follen  ©Dtt  fürd^ten  unb  lieben,  bafe  rair  un= 
ferä  9^äd)ften  ©elb  ober  ©iit  nic^t  nel)men,  nod^  mit 
falfd^er  SBaare  ober  -öanbel  an  miö  bringen;  fon= 
bern  iljm  fein  ©nt  unb  9la()rnng  Ijelfen  befjern  unb 
heißten. 

2)u  follft  nid^t  falfd)  S^i^flni^  reben  tüiber 
beinen  ?tä(^ften. 

2ßa§iftba§?    2(ntn)ort: 

2Bir  follen  ©Dtt  fiird^ten  unb  lieben,  bafe  tt)ir 
unfern  ^Md^ften  nid^t  fälfd^lid^  belügen,  oerratljen, 
ofterreben  ober  böfen  Seumnnb  mad;en ;  fonbern 
follen  iljn  entfd^ulbigen,  ©uteö  oon  il)m  reben,  unb 
alley  jum  heften  !el)ren. 

I 

^(t$  neunte  Q^choi: 

®u  fotlft  nidjt  begehren  beinah  9?ö(i)ften  ^an^. 

2öa§iftba§?    3rnttrort: 

SSir  follen  ©Dtt  fnrd^ten  unb  lieben,  bag  w\x 
unferm  9^äd)ften  nid^t  mit  Sift  nnd^  feinem  Grbe  ober 
§anfe  fteljen,  nod^  mit  einem  (Sd^ein  beö  9^ed;t§  an 
unö  bringen;  fonbern  il}m  baffelbige  gu  bel)Qlten 
förberlid)  unb  bienftlid^  fein. 


—  11  — 

The  Seventh  Commandment. 

Thou  shalt  not  steal. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  take  our  neighbor's  money  or  goods,  nor 
get  them  by  false  ware  or  dealing;  but  help 
him  to  im})rove  and  protect  his  property  and 
business. 

The  Eighth  Commandment. 

Thou  shalt  not  bear  false  witness  against 
thy  neighbor. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  deceitfully  belie,  betray,  slander,  nor  de- 
fame our  neighbor;  but  defend  him,  speak  well 
of  him,  and  put  the  best  construction  on  every- 
thinof. 


o 


The  Mnth  Commandment. 

Thou  shalt  not  covet  thy  neighbor's 
house. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  f.ear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  craftily  seek  to  get  our  neighbor's  inherit- 
ance or  house,  nor  obtain  it  by  a  show  of  right ; 
but  help  and  be  of  service  to  him  in  keeping  it. 


12  ^ic  selben  ©ebote. 


2)u  foHft  nxä)t  begehren  beine§  3iäd^ften  SBeib, 
Snei^t,  5!JZagb,  3?ief),  ober  ade^,  tüa^  fein  ift 

2Ba§  ift  ba§?    Slnttrort: 

2Bir  follen  @Dtt  fürd^ten  unb  lieben,  bafe  rair 
nnferm  5Räd)ften  nicf)t  jein  2Beib,  ©efinbe,  ober  ^^ie() 
abfpannen,  abbringen,  ober  abraenbig  madden;  fon^ 
bern  biefelbigen  an()a(ten,  ba|3  [ie  bleiben,  nnb  tljnn, 
iDQö  fie  fc^iilbig  finb. 

2ßa§  [agt  mm  @Dtt  ijon  biefeu  ©eboten  aUml    2lntiiiort: 

(Sr  fagt  alfo:  3d^,  ber  C>e9{9t,  bein  ®Ott, 
bin  ein  ftarter  eifriger  ®Dtt,  ber  über  bie,  fo 
mid)  {)affen,  bie  ©ünbe  ber  35ater  ^eimfndjt  an 
ben  ßinbern  bi^  in§  britte  nnb  t)ierte  ®üeb ; 
aber  benen,  fo  mii^  lieben  nnb  meine  ©ebote 
fatten,  t^ne  iä)  ttjo^l  in  tanfenb  ©lieb» 

2Ba§i[tba§?    3lntiüort: 

©Dtt  bränet  gn  [trafen  aHe,  bie  biefe  ©ebote  über= 
treten;  barum  follen  loir  nnö  fürd)ten  t)or  feinem 
3orn,  unb  nid^t  loiber  fold)e  ©ebote  tijnn.  6t  oer- 
Ijeiget  aber  ©nabe  nnb  aöeö  ©nteö  allen,  bie  fold^e 
©ebote  l)alten;  barum  follen  rair  il)n  ana)  lieben, 
unb  oertrauen,  unb  gerne  tljun  nac^  feinen  ©eboten. 


—  12  — 

The  Tenth  Coinmandment. 

Thou  shalt  not  covet  thy  neighbor's 
wife,  nor  his  man-servant,  nor  his  maid- 
servant, nor  his  cattle,  nor  anythmg  that 
is  thy  neighbor's. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  estrange,  force,  or  entice  away  from  our 
neighbor  his  wife,  servants,  or  cattle;  but  urge 
them  to  stay  and  do  their  duty. 

What  does  God  say  of  all  these  commandments?    Answer: 

He  says  thus :  I  the  Lord  thy  God  am 
a  jealous  God,  visiting  the  iniquity  of  the 
fathers  upon  the  children  unto  the  third 
and  fourth  generation  of  them  that  hate 
me,  and  showing  mercy  unto  thousands 
of  them  that  love  me  and  keep  my  com- 
mandments. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

God  threatens  to  punish  all  that  transgress 
these  commandments.  Therefore  we  should 
fear  His  wrath,  and  not  act  contrary  to  them. 
But  He  promises  grace  and  every  blessing  to 
all  that  keep  these  commandments.  Therefore 
we  should  also  love  and  trust  in  Him,  and  will^ 
ingly  do  according  to  His  commandments. 


S)er  ©laubc.  13 


n)ie  eilt  ^aiiöuater  benfelbigen  feinem  @e 
fiiibe  aiifö  einfältigfte  üorijalten  {oll. 


^cr  erfte  3lrttfcl: 

S3on  bcr  ©t^ö^fung. 
3(^  glaube  an  &Qtt  ben  9Sater,  aflmärfjtigen 
©d^öpfer  ^immel^  unb  ber  ©rben. 

2ßaöi[tba§?  Slnth^ort: 
3dö  glaube,  bajs  mid^  ©Dtt  gefcljaffeu  Ijat,  fammt 
aßen  (Sreatureu,  uiir  Seib  iin'o  ©eele,  2liigeu,  Dbren, 
unb  aße  ©lieber,  3]eruuuft,  uub  alle  ©inue  gegeben 
f)at,  uub  nod)  erl)ält;  bar^u  Kleiber  uub  ©d^ul),  Gffen 
unb  ^rinfen,  §au6  unb  §of,  SBeib  unb  5!inb,  Slerfer, 
3Siel),  unb  alle  ©üter;  mit  aller  D^otljburft  unb  9^al)s 
rung  beä  Seibeö  unb  Seben§  reidjlid;  unb  täglid^  üers 
forget,  miber  alle  gä^rlid)!eit  befd^irmet,  unb  ror 
aßem  Uebel  bel)ütet  unb  beraal)ret;  unb  baö  aßeö  au§ 
lauter  üäterliij^er,  göttlidjer  ©üte  unb  SBarmliergigfeit, 
o()ne  äße  mein  33erbienft  unb  2ßürbig!eit.  ©eg  aßeö 
\ä)  x^m  gu  banfen,  gu  loben,  unb  bafür  gn  bienen,  unb 
gel)orfam  gu  fein  f^ulbig  bin;  ha§t  ift  geroiglid^  raa^r. 

®ct  anbete  Slrtifel: 

S5o«  bcr  (Srlöfung. 
Unb  an  3(£fnm  E!l)riftnm,  feinen  einigen 
@ol^n,  unfern  ^©rrn,  ber  empfangen  ift  t)pn 

2 


—  13 


The  Creed, 


AS   THE   HEAD   OF   THE   FAMILY   SHOULD   TEACH  IT  IN 
ALL  SIMPLICITY  TO  HIS  HOUSEHOLD. 


The  First  Article. 

OF  CREATION. 

I  believe  in  God  the  Father  Ahiiighty, 
Maker  of  heaven  and  earth. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

I  beheve  that  God  has  made  me  and  all  crea- 
tures;  that  He  has  given  me  my  body  and  soul, 
eyes,  ears,  and  all  my  members,  my  reason  and 
all  my  senses,  and  still  preserves  them ;  also 
clothing  and  shoes,  meat  and  drink,  house  and 
home,  wife  and  children,  fields,  cattle,  and  all 
my  goods ;  that  He  richly  and  daily  provides  me 
with  all  that  I  need  to  support  this  body  and 
life;  that  He  defends  me  against  all  danger, 
and  guards  and  protects  me  from  all  evil ;  and 
all  this  purely  out  of  fatherly,  divine  goodness 
and  mercy,  without  any  merit  or  worthiness  in 
me;  for  all  which  it  is  my  duty  to  thank  and 
praise,  to  serve  and  obey  Him.  This  is  most 
certainly  true. 

The  Second  Article, 

OF  REDEMPTION. 

And  in  Jesus  Christ,  His  only  Son,  our 
Lordj  who  wa^  Qonc^iyed  by  the  Holy 


14  ®er  ©laube. 


bent  ^eiligen  (Seift,  geboren  an§  SOJaria,  ber 
Jungfrau,  gelitten  nnter  ^ontio  "ipitato,  ge= 
fren^iget,  geftorben  nnb  begraben,  niebergefaf}= 
ren  gnr  ^^oden,  am  britten  2^age  mehev  anf= 
erftanben  tion  ben  STobten,  anfgefafjren  gen 
^immel,  fi^enb  gnr  3ie(^ten  ©Dtte§,  beg  aü= 
ntädjtigen  Saterg,  t)on  bannen  er  fommen 
tüirb,  jn  ridjten  bie  Sebenbigen  nnb  bie  S^obten. 

2ßa§i[tba§?  3lntiüort: 
3^  glaube,  ha^  3Gfu§  ßfjnftuö,  raaljrljaf tiger 
©Dtt,  t)om  33atcr  in  Giuigfeit  geboren,  uiib  aiid) 
n)af)rf)aftiger  9)?enfd;,  üoii  ber  Simgfrau  9}Jaria  ge= 
boren,  fei  mein  §(Srr,  ber  luid)  verlornen  unb  t)er= 
bammten  9}tenfcl)eii  er(ü(et  I)at,  erworben  unb  ge= 
tüonnen,  roii  aüen  Süuben,  üom  ^obe  uirb  Don  ber 
©eiuatt  beö  ^eiifelö,  nid)t  init  ©olb  ober  (Silber, 
[oiibern  mit  feinem  Ijeiligen,  tljenren  33(nt,  unb  mit 
feinem  unfc^ulbigen  Seiben  unb  (Sterben;  auf  ha^ 
\d)  fein  eigen  fei,  unb  in  feinem  dleici)  unter  i[)m  lebe, 
unb  il)m  biene  in  eiuiger  @ered)tig!eit,  llnfd)ulb  unb 
6eligfeit,  gleid^raie  er  ift  auferftanben  com  ^obe, 
lebet  un'o  regieret  in  (Sroigfeit;  baä  ift  gemifeUd^  raaljr. 

^cr  ^t'xiie  VXtiitclt 

iöon  ber  Heiligung» 

3d)  glanbe  an  ben  ^eiligen  Seift,  eine  l^eilige 
djriftlid^e  Sirene,  bie  ©emeine  ber  ^eiligen, 


—  14  — 

Ghost,  born  of*  the  Vn^gm  Mary,  suffered 
under  Pontius  Pilate,  was  crucified,  dead, 
and  buried ;  He  descended  into  hell ;  the 
third  day  He  rose  again  from  the  dead ; 
He  ascended  into  heaven,  and  sitteth  at  the 
right  hand  of  God  the  Father  Almighty, 
from  thence  He  shall  come  to  judge  the 
quick  and  the  dead. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

I  believe  that  Jesus  Christ,  true  God,  begot- 
ten of  the  Father  from  eternity,  and  also  true 
man,  born  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  is  my  Lord,  who 
has  redeemed  me,  a  lost  and  condemned  crea- 
ture, purchased  and  won  me  from  all  sins, 
from  death,  and  from  the  power  of  the  devil, 
not  with  gold  or  silver,  but  with  His  holy  pre- 
cious blood  and  with  His  innocent  suffering  and 
death,  that  I  may  be  His  own,  and  live  under 
Him  in  His  kingdom,  and  serve  Him  in  ever- 
lasting righteousness,  innocence,  and  blessed- 
ness, even  as  He  is  risen  from  the  dead,  lives 
and  reigns  to  all  eternity.  This  is  most  cer- 
tainly true. 

The  Third  Article. 

OF  SANCTIFICATION. 

I  believe  in  the  Holy  Ghost ;  the  holy 
Christian    Church ,     the    communion    of 


SDaä  S3atcr  Unfer.  15 


SSergebung  berSünben,  Stuferfte^ung  be^glei- 
fd^e^,  unb  ein  eraige^  Se&en,  Slmen. 

2Ba§i[tba§?  2lnth)ort: 
^d)  glaube,  baß  \d)  nidjt  an^  eigener  3Sernunft 
nodö  Rxa\t  an  3(5fum  (51)riftum,  meinen  ^©rrn, 
glauben,  ober  gu  \i)m  fommen  !ann;  fonbern  ber 
^eilige  ©eift  Ijai  ntid^  bur^  ha^  ©üangelium  be= 
rufen,  mit  feinen  ©aben  erleud^tet,  im  xeä)ten  @(an= 
hen  geljeiüget  unb  er()alten;  gleid)it)ic  er  bie  ganje 
(St)riftenf)eit  auf  (STben  berufet,  fammlet,  erleud;tet, 
{)eiüget,  unb  bei  j5(Sfn  ß()rifto  er()ätt  im  redeten  eini= 
gen  ©tauben;  in  raeld^er  ß;t)riftent)eit  er  mir  unb  allen 
©laubigen  täglich  alle  (Sünben  reid)lid^  vergibt,  unb 
am  jüngften  ^age  mid^  unb  alle  lobten  auferraecfen 
wirb,  unb  mir,  fammt  aßen  ©laubigen  in  ß;i)rifto, 
ein  etüigeö  2ehen  geben  n)irb;  baö  ift  gemiglid)  wa\)x, 

Sa§  SBater  Unfer, 

n)ie  ein  ^auöüater  baffelbige  feinem  ©es 
finbe  aufs  ein  fältig  ft  e  t)orl)  alten  foU. 


SSater  Unfer,  ber  bn  bift  im  ^immel. 

2ßa§iftba§?    2lntlt)ort: 

©Ott  raid  un§  bamit  loden,  ba&  mv  glauben  foßen, 
er  fei  unfer  red)ter  33ater,  unb  mir  feine  redeten  ^in^ 
ber;  auf  bafe  rair  getroft  unb  mit  aller  Snoerfid^t  il)n 
bitten  foHen,  rote  bie  lieben  ^inber  il)ren  lieben  ^atex^ 


—  15  — 

saints ;  the  forgiveness  of  sins ;  the  res- 
urrection of  the  body ;  and  the  Uf e  ever- 
lasting.    Amen. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

I  beheve  that  I  cannot  by  my  own  reason  or 
strength  believe  in  Jesus  Christ,  my  Lord,  or 
come  to  Him ;  but  the  Holy  Ghost  has  called  me 
by  the  Gospel,  enlightened  me  with  His  gifts, 
sanctified  and  kept  me  in  the  true  faith ;  even 
as  He  calls,  gathers,  enlightens,  and  sanctifies 
the  whole  Christian  Church  on  earth,  and  keeps 
it  with  Jesus  Christ  in  the  one  true  faith:  in 
which  Christian  Church  He  daily  and  richly  for- 
gives all  sins  to  me  and  all  believers,  and  will  at 
the  last  day  raise  up  me  and  all  the  dead,  and 
give  unto  me  and  all  believers  in  Christ  eternal 
life.    This  is  most  certainly  true. 


The  Lord's  Prayer, 

AS   THE   HEAD    OF   THE   FAMILY  SHOULD   TEACH  IT  IN 
ALL  SIMPLICITY  TO  HIS   HOUSEHOLD. 


Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

God  would  by  these  words  tenderly  invite  us 
to  believe  that  He  is  our  true  Father,  and  that 
we  are  His  true  children,  so  that  we  may  w^th 
all  boldness  and  confidence  ask  Him,  as  dear 
children  ask  their  dear  father, 


16  2)a8  SSater  Unfer. 


^ic  crftc  SBittc» 

©el^eiliget  merbe  bein  9?ame. 

2ßa§iftba§?    3rntiwrt: 

©Dtte§  DIame  ift  graar  au  iljiu  felbft  I)eiüg,  aber 
nur  bitten  in  biefem  ©ebet,  ba^  er  aiiä)  bei  unö 
l;eilig  raerbe. 

Söic  gefc^ie^t  ba§?    Hntirort: 

2Bo  ba^j  2Bort  ©Dtteö  lauter  unb  rein  ge(e()ret 
lüirb,  unb  rair  auc^  I)eilig,  ai<o  bie  ^inber  ©Dtteö, 
barnad;  leben.  ®a§  I)i(f  unö,  lieber  ^ater  im 
§imme(.  2Ber  aber  anberö  Icljret  unb  lebet,  benn 
baö  SBort  ©Dtteö  (ef)ret,  ber  entf)eiliget  unter  \\n^ 
hen  'Ranmx  ©Dtteö.  2)a  bel)üte  um  t)or,  lieber 
l)immlifd)er  ^ater. 

^ie  anbcrc  ^ttte» 

Sein  3{etc^  fomme, 

2ßa5i[tba§?  3tnttt)ort: 

©Dtte§  dlex^  fommt  tt)ol)l  ol)ne  unfer  ©ebet,  ron 
il)m  felbft;  aber  wir  bitten  in  biefem  ©ebet,  ha^  e§ 
aud^  ju  unö  !omme. 

2Biegefd>lel)tba§?    2Inttvort: 

SSenn  ber  ^immlifcl)e  ^ater  un§  feinen  ^eiligen 
©eift  gibt,  ha^  rair  feinem  l)eiligen  2öort  burd^  feine 
©nabe  glauben,  unb  göttlid^  leben,  Ijier  jeitlid^  unb 
bort  etoiglid^. 


—  16  — 

The  First  Petition. 

Hallowed  be  Thy  name. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

God's  name  is  indeed  holy  in  itself;  but  we 
pray  in  this  petition  that  it  may  be  holy  among 
us  also. 

How  is  this  done?    Answer: 

When  the  Word  of  God  is  taught  in  its  truth 
and  purity,  and  we  as  the  children  of  God  also 
lead  a  holy  life  according  to  it.  This  grant  us, 
dear  Father  in  heaven.  But  he  that  teaches 
and  lives  otherwise  than  God's  Word  teaches, 
profanes  the  name  of  God  among  us.  From 
this  preserve  us.  Heavenly  Father. 

Tlie  Second  Petition. 

Thy  kingdom  come. 

Wliat  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

The  kingdom  of  God  comes  indeed  without 
our  prayer,  of  itself;  but  we  pray  in  this  peti- 
tion that  it  may  come  unto  us  also. 

How  is  this  done?    Answer: 

When  our  Heavenly  Father  gives  us  His  Holy 
Spirit,  so  that  by  His  grace  we  believe  His  holy 
Word  and  lead  a  godly  life,  here  in  time,  and 
hereafter  in  eternity. 


2)a§  SSater  Unfer.  1 7 


^xc  britte  f&iitc. 

Sein  SSiHe  gefc^e^e,  me  im  ^immel,  alfo 
anä)  auf  ©rbeit, 

2öa§i[tbag?    2Intn?ort: 
©Dttc§  guter  guäbiger  Söille  gefd^lel)t  it)o()l  of)ue 
uufer  ©ebet;  aber  luir  bitteu  \n  biefem  ©ebet,  bafe 
er  aud^  bei  uu§  gefc^elje. 

2Biegefc^iei)tba§?  2lntit)ort: 
SBeuu  ©Dtt  aCeu  böfeu  dlat^  unb  SBideu  brid^t 
un'o  ^inbert,  fo  uuö  beii  9lamen  ©Dttes  uid^t  l)eili= 
geu  uub  feiu  Dieic!)  uic^t  fommeu  laffeu  raodeu,  aU 
ba  ift  be§  ^eufelö,  ber  SSelt  uub  uuferä  g(eifd)e§ 
SBille;  fouberu  ftärfet  uub  beljält  uuö  feft  tu  feinem 
SSort  uub  ©(aiibeu  biö  au  uufer  ©übe.  ®aö  ift 
feiu  guäbiger  nn'^  guter  SSiüe. 

^ie  tiicrte  ^ittc» 

Uufer  täglid^  Srob  gib  un^  l^eute» 

2ßa§tftba§?    3lnttt)ort: 
©Ott  gibt  täglid^  33rob,  nud^  rco()l  oI)ue  uufere 
^itte,  aüeu  böfeu  Tlen\d)en;   aber  rcir  bitten  in 
biefem  ©ebet,  ha^  erö  um  crfennen  laffe,  unb  mit 
^anffagung  empfal)eu  unfer  täglid)  33rob. 

9ßa§  ^ei^t  benn  ba§  tägliche  Srob  ?    Slntnjort : 
5lIIe§,  tt)a§  gur  Setbe§=9^al)rung  uub  9^otf)burft  g8= 
l^ört,  aU  Gffen,  ^rin!eu,  Kleiber,  ©c^u^,  Qam,  Qo^, 
Mer,  9Sieb,  ©elb,  ©ut,  fromm  ©emal^l,  fromme 


The  Third  Petition. 

Thy  will  be  done  on  earth,  as  it  is  in 
heaven. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

The  good  and  gracious  will  of  God  is  clone 
indeed  without  our  prayer;  but  we  pray  in  this 
petition  that  it  may  be  done  among  us  also. 

How  is  this  done?    Answer: 

When  God  breaks  and  hinders  every  evil 
counsel  and  will  which  would  not  let  us  hallow 
God's  name  nor  let  His  kingdom  come,  such  as 
the  will  of  the  devil,  the  world,  and  our  flesh; 
but  strengthens  and  preserves  us  steadfast  in 
His  Word  and  faith  unto  our  end.  This  is  His 
gracious  and  good  will. 

The  Fourth  Petition. 

Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread. 

What  does  this  mean?    AnsAver: 

God  gives  daily  bread  indeed  without  our 
prayer,  also  to  all  the  wicked  ;  but  we  pray  in 
this  petition  that  He  would  lead  us  to  know  it, 
and  to  receive  our  daily  bread  with  thanks- 
giving. 

What,  then,  is  meant  by  daily  bread?    Answer: 

Everything  that  belongs  to  the  support  and 
wants  of  the  body,  such  as  food,  drink,  cloth- 
ing, shoes,  house,  home,  field,  cattle,  money, 


18  2)a§  3Sater  Unfer. 


^inbec,  fromm  ©efinbe,  fromme  unb  getreue  Dber= 
{)erreii,  gut  9?eöiment,  gut  ^Better,  griebe,  ©efunb= 
l)eit,  3^i<i)t,  (J1)re,  gute  greimbe,  getreue  ^^ac^baru, 
uub  beägleic^eu. 

^ie  fünfte  ^ittt* 

Unb  öergib  un§  unfere  (Bd)n%  ate  tt)ir  t)er= 
geben  nnfern  ©c^ulbigern» 

2Ba§i[tba§?  Slntirovt; 
Sßir  bitten  in  biefem  ©ebet,  ha^  hex  $8ater  im 
fiimmel  nidjt  an\el)en  raolle  unfere  ©üuben,  uub  um 
berfelbigeu  roiOeu  fold^e  33itte  nid^t  üerfageu;  beun 
roir  finb  ber  feinet  merti),  ba^  mir  bitteu,  l;abeuö 
and)  nid)t  üerbieuet;  foubern  er  moöe  eä  um  aQeö 
am  &\\ahen  geben;  beun  mir  tägli($  t)ie(  füubigen, 
unb  mo{)(  eitel  Strafe  t)erbieueu.  <5o  motten  mir 
groar  mieberum  awä)  ^erglid^  üergeben,  unb  gerne 
mol)lt()un  beuen,  bie  fid^  an  um  üerfüubigen. 

Unb  fü^re  un^  nic^t  in  SSerjud^ung» 

20a§i[tba§?  Slntmovt: 
©Dtt  rerfuc^t  gmar  uiemanb;  aber  mir  bitten  in 
biefem  ©ebet,  ha^  unö  ©Ott  mode  beljüten  unb  er= 
{)alteu,  auf  baß  nuö  ber  Teufel,  bie  2Be(t,  uub  uufer 
5^(eif(^  uid)t  betrüge,  uod)  üerfiUjre  iu  SJJigglauben, 
33er5meif(ung  unb  anbere  groge  Sd^aube  unb  Safter, 
unb  ob  mir  bamit  angefod)teu  mürbeu,  hai  mir  bod^ 
enblid^  geminnen,  unb  ben  (Sieg  behalten. 


—  18  — 

goods,  a  pious  spouse,  pious  children,  pious 
servants,  pious  and  f  aitlif  ul  rulers,  good  govern- 
ment, good  weather,  peace,  health,  discipline, 
honor,  good  friends,  faithful  neighbors,  and 
the  like. 

The  Fifth  Petition. 

And  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we 
forgive  those  who  trespass  against  us. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  pray  in  this  petition  that  our  Father  in 
heaven  would  not  look  upon  our  sins,  nor  on 
their  account  deny  our  prayer ;  for  we  are 
worthy  of  none  of  the  things  for  which  we  pray, 
neither  have  we  deserved  them  ;  but  that  He 
would  grant  them  all  to  us  by  grace  ;  for  we 
daily  sin  much  and  indeed  deserve  nothing  but 
punishment :  so  will  we  also  heartily  forgive  and 
readily  do  good  to  those  who  sin  against  us. 

The  Sixth  Petition. 

And  lead  us  not  mto  temptation. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

God  indeed  tempts  no  one  ;  but  we  pray  in 
this  petition  that  God  would  guard  and  keep 
us,  so  that  the  devil,  the  world,  and  our  flesh 
may  not  deceive  us,  nor  seduce  us  into  mis- 
belief, despair,  and  other  great  shame  and  vice ; 
and  though  we  be  assailed  by  them,  that  still  we 
may  finally  overcome,  and  obtain  the  victory. 


2)a§  «Sacrament  ber  ^eiligen  2;aufe.  19 

^tc  fieBcnte  Quitte» 

©onbern  erlöfe  un§  öon  bent  Hebet 

Si^a^  i[t  ba§?    2lnth)ort: 

SBir  bitten  in  biefem  ©ebet,  alä  in  ber  ©nmma, 
ha^  unö  ber  ^^ater  im  ^immel  con  allerlei  Uebel 
Seibeö  unb  ber  ©eele,  ©uteö  unb  ©l)re  erlöfe,  nnb 
gule^t,  wenn  nnfer  ©tünblein  fommt,  ein  feligeö 
©nbe  befd^ere,  nnb  mit  ©naben  t)on  biefem  3ammer= 
t^al  gn  fid)  nel)me  in  ben  Fimmel.     3lmen. 

2Ba§t)ei^t2rmen?    2lntrt)ort: 

^afe  \ä)  foil  geraife  fein,  fol($e  bitten  finb  bem 
33ater  im  §immel  angenef)m,  nnb  erljöret;  benn  er 
felbft  f)at  unö  geb'^ten,  alfo  §n  beten,  unb  t)er()ei6en, 
ha^  er  uns  raoüe  erl)ören.  Slmen,  Slmen,  \)a§>  Reifet: 
3a,  3a,  eö  foH  alfo  gefd^e{)en. 


2)a§  Sacrament  kr  ^eiligen  Saufe, 

wie  baffelbige  ein  §auöt)ater  feinem  ©e 
finbe  foil  einfältiglid^  Dorl^alten. 


3um  erftctt. 

2ßa§  ift  bie  ^aufe?    Slnttrort: 
^ie  ^anfe  ift  nid^t  allein  fd^ted^t  2Baffer,  fonbern 
fie  ift  baö  Söaffer  in  ©Dtteö  ©ebot  gefaffet,  unb  mit 
©Dtteö  SBort  Derbunben. 


—  19  — 

The  Seventh  Petition. 

But  deliver  us  from  evil. 

What  does  this  mean?    Answer: 

We  pray  in  this  petition,  as  the  sum  of  all, 
that  our  Father  in  heaven  would  deliver  us 
from  every  evil  of  body  and  soul,  property 
and  honor,  and  finally,  when  our  last  hour  has 
come,  grant  us  a  blessed  end,  and  graciously 
take  us  from  this  vale  of  tears  to  Himself  in 
heaven. 

Amen. 

What  docs  this  mean?    Answer: 

That  I  should  be  certain  that  these  petitions 
are  acceptable  to  our  Father  in  heaven  and 
heard  ;  for  He  Himself  has  commanded  us  so 
to  pray,  and  has  promised  to  hear  us.  Amen, 
Amen,  that  is,  yea,  yea,  it  shall  be  so. 


Tlie  Sacrament  of  Holy  Baptism, 

AS    THE    HEAD    OF    THE   FAMILY    SHOULD    TEACH   IT   IN 
ALL  SIMPLICITY  TO  HIS   HOUSEHOLD. 


FIRST. 

What  is  Baptism?    Answer: 

Baptism  is  not  simple  water  only,  but  it  is 
the  water  comprehended  in  God's  command 
and  connected  with  God's  word. 


20  2)a§  ©acrament  ber  I>etligen  Xaufe. 

2BeId}e§  i[t  benn  fold;  W^ovt  ©Dtte§?    2(ntirort: 
^a  iinfer  §(Srr  Gfjriftiiö  fprid}t,  9}catt()äi  am  (e6= 
ten:  ©efjet  f)in  in  a(Ie  äBelt,  iinb  Ie(;ret  aHe  Reiben, 
unb  taufet  fie  im  9]amen  be§  Waters,  imb  beä  ©0^)= 
neö,  imb  beö  ^eiligen  @eifte§. 

3w«t  aniicrn. 

2Ba§  gibt  ober  nü^et  bie  S^aufe?    3lnttüort: 
(5ie  roirfet  ^^ertjebuitg  ber  ©ünben,  erlöfet  t)om 
^ob  iinb  Teufel,  iinb  gibt  bie  eraige  (Seligfeit  aßen, 
bie  eö  glauben;  luie  bie  SBorte  unb  ^erljei^ungen 
©Dtteö  lauten. 

2öeld?e§  [tub  fold^e  SBorte  unb  2?er^eiBungen  ©Dtteg? 
Sliitloort : 

®a  unfer  §(Srr  6()nftuö  fprid^t,  50^arci  am  legten: 

SSer  ba  glaubet  unb  getauft  luirb,  ber  wirb  feiig; 

toer  aber  nidjt  glaubet,  ber  wirb  rerbammt. 

'^nm  WiiUn. 

2Bie  !ann  2ßa[fer  foId)e  gro^e  ©Inge  tt^un?  3lnth?ort: 
SBaffer  tljutö  \xe\i\ä)  nic^t,  fonbern  ha^»  Sßort 
©Dtteö,  fo  mit  unb  bei  bem  SBaffer  ift,  unb  ber 
©laube,  fo  foldjem  Söort  ©Dtteö  im  2Baffer  trauet; 
benn  oljue  ©Dtteö  Sort  ift  baö  SBaffer  fcl)led)t 
SSaffer,  unb  feine  ^aufe;  aber  mit  bem  3Sorte  @Dt= 
teö  ift  eö  eine  ^aufe,  ha^  ift,  ein  gnabenreid^  2Baffer 
beö  Sebenö,  unb  ein  33ab  ber  neuen  ©eburt  im  Qev 
ligen  ©eift,  mie  ©t.  ^auluö  fagt  gum  Xito  am  brit= 
ten  Kapitel: 


—  20  — 

Which  is  tliut  Mord  of  God?    Answer: 

Christ,  our  Lord,  says  in  the  hist  chapter  of 
Matthew:  Go  ye  and  teach  all  nations,  bap- 
tizing them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost. 

SECONDLY. 

What  does  Baptism  give  or  profit?    Answer: 

It  works  forgiveness  of  sins,  delivers  from 
death  and  the  devil,  and  gives  eternal  salvation 
to  all  who  believe  this,  as  the  words  and  prom- 
ises of  God  declare. 

Whicli  are  sncli  words  and  promises  of  God?   Answer: 

Christ,  our  Lord,  says  in  the  last  chapter  of 
Mark:  He  that  believeth  and  is  baptized,  shall 
be  saved  ;  but  he  that  believeth  not,  shall  be 
damned. 

THIRDLY. 

How  can  water  do  si:cli  great  things?    Answer: 

It  is  not  the  water  indeed  that  does  them, 
but  the  word  of  God  which  is  in  and  with  the 
water,  and  faith  which  trusts  such  word  of  God 
in  the  water.  For  without  the  word  of  God  the 
water  is  simple  water,  and  no  baptism.  But 
with  the  word  of  God  it  is  a  baptism,  that  is, 
a  o'racious  water  of  life  and  a  washin«:  of  re- 
generation  in  the  Holy  Ghost,  as  St.  Paul  says, 


3)a§  ©acrament  ber  ^eiligen  Xaufe.  21 

®urd)  ba§  33nb  ber  SSicbergelnirt  unb  (Erneuerung 
beö  §eiüßeu  ©eifteö,  lüeldjen  er  auögegoffen  ^at 
über  uuö  reirfjlid),  burd)  3(Sfum  ß;()riftum,  unfern 
^eilanb,  auf  ha^  luir  burd;  beffelbitjen  ©nabe  ge= 
red)t  unb  ßrben  feien  beö  eraigen  2eben^^  naä)  ber 
Hoffnung;  baö  ift  gerai^lid;  n)a!)r. 

Sum  bietten. 

2ßa§  bebeutet  benu  fold^  2Ba[fertaufen  V   2lntn)ort: 

(So  bebeutet,  baß  ber  alte  2lbam  in  un§  burdf)  täg= 
lic^e  9?eue  unb  Suf3e  foü  erfäuft  tüerben,  unb  fterben 
mit  allen  ©ünben  unb  bofen  Süften,  unb  uneberum 
täglid)  l)erauö!ornmen  iinh  auferfteljen  ein  neuer 
Tlen\d),  ber  in  ©eredjtigfeit  unb  3?einig!eit  t)or 
©Dtt  eroiglid^  lebe. 

SBo  ftel^et  ba§  gefc^rieben?    Slntrttort: 

(St.  ^autuö  gu  hen  S^ömern  am  fed)§ten  fprii^t : 
SSir  finb  famntt  Gljrifto  burd;  bie  2:'aufe  begraben  in 
ben  ^ob;  auf  baß,  gleid)ir)ie  (5()riftu§  ift  von  ben 
lobten  aufenuedet  burd;  bie  §errlid)feit  beö  33aterö, 
alfo  foHen  rair  and)  in  einem  neuen  2ehen  raanbeln. 


—  21  — 

Titus,  chapter  third  :  By  the  washing  of  re- 
generation, and  renewing  of  the  Holy  Ghost, 
which  He  shed  on  us  abundantly  through  Jesus 
Christ,  our  Savior;  that  being  justified  by  His 
o^race,  we  should  be  made  heirs  accordino^  to  the 
hope  of  eternal  life.     This  is  a  faithful  saying. 

FOURTHLY. 

What  does  such  baptizing  with  Avater  signify  ?   Answer: 

It  signifies  that  the  old  Adam  in  us  should, 
by  daily  contrition  and  repentance,  be  drowned 
and  die  with  all  sins  and  evil  lusts  and,  again,  a 
new  man  daily  come  forth  and  arise,  who  shall 
live  before  God  in  righteousness  and  purity 
forever. 

Where  is  this  written?    Answer: 

St.  Paul  says,  Romans,  chapter  sixth  :  We 
are  buried  with  Christ  by  baptism  into  death  ; 
that  like  as  He  was  raised  up  from  the  dead  by 
the  glory  of  the  Father,  even  so  we  also  should 
walk  in  newness  of  life. 


22  2)a§  9lmt  ber  ©c^Iüffel, 

wie  ein  ^auöüater  baffelbige  feinem  @e 
finbe  ein  faltig  lid)  Dorljalten  foil. 


2öa§  ift  ba§  2lmt  ber  (Sdjlüffel?  2lntnjort: 
®aö  2lmt  ber  ©d)lüffel  ift  bie  fonberbare  ^ird^en= 
getratt,  bie  ß^liriftuö  feiner  ^ird^e  anf  ©rben  ^ai 
gegeben,  hen  bußfertigen  ©ünbern  bie  ©ünbe  gu 
»ergeben,  hen  Unbugfertigen  aber  bie  ©ünbe  §u  be- 
lialten,  fo  lange  fie  nidjt  33u6e  tl)un. 

2Bo  ftel;et  ba§  gefc^rieben?    Slntirort: 
©0  fdjreibt  ber  Ijeilige  ©uangelift  3ol)anneö  am 
20.  5lapitel: 

®er  §©rr  3@fuö  blieä  feine  jünger  an,  unb  fprad^ 
gu  il;nen:  S^^el^met  l)in  ben  ^eiligen  ©eift.  SBeld^en 
i^r  bie  ©ünben  erlaffet,  benen  finb  fie  erlaffen;  unb 
roeld^en  \i)x  fie  bel;altet,  benen  finb  fie  bel)alten. 

2ßa§  glaubeft  bu  bei  biefen  Süorlen?  2lntJüort: 
3d^  glaube,  raaö  bie  berufenen  Wiener  6l)rifti  au§ 
feinem  göttlid;en  ^efel)l  mit  unö  Ijanbeln;  fonber= 
lic^,  menu  fie  bie  öffentlid^en  unb  unbußfertigen 
©ünber  von  hex  d^riftlidien  ©emeine  au§fd)lie6en; 
unb  bie,  fo  iljre  (Bünhe  bereuen,  unb  fic^  beffern 
rcoQen,  mieberum  entbinben:  baß  eö  alfo  fräftig 
unb  gewiß  fei,  aud^  im  Fimmel,  alö  l)anbe(te  e§ 
unfer  lieber  §©rr  S^riftuö  mit  unä  felber. 


—  22  — 

The  Office  of  the  Keys, 

AS    THE   HEAD    OF    THE    FAMILY   SHOULD    TEACH   IT   IN 
ALL   SIMPLICITY  TO  HIS  HOUSEHOLD. 


What  is  the  office  of  the  keys?    Answer: 

It  is  the  peculiar  church  power  which  Christ 
has  given  to  His  Church  on  earth  to  forgive  the 
sins  of  jDenitent  sinners  unto  them,  but  to  re- 
tain the  sins  of  the  impenitent,  as  long  as  they 
do  not  repent. 

Where  is  this  wi'itten?    Answer: 

Thus  writes  tlie  holy  Evangelist  John,  chap- 
ter twentieth  :  The  Lord  Jesus  breathed  on  His 
disciples,  and  saith  unto  them,  Keceive  ^^e  the 
Holy  Ghost;  whosesoever  sins  ye  remit,  they 
are  remitted  unto  them ;  and  whosesoever  sins 
ye  retain,  they  are  retained. 

What  do  you  believe  according  to  these  words  ?   Answer: 

I  believe  that  when  the  called  ministers  of 
Christ  deal  with  us  by  His  divine  command, 
especially  when  they  exclude  manifest  and  im- 
penitent sinners  from  the  Christian  congrega- 
tion, and,  again,  Avhen  they  absolve  those  who 
repent  of  their  sins  and  are  willing  to  amend, 
this  is  as  valid  and  certain,  in  heaven  also,  as  if 
Christ,  our  dear  Lord,  dealt  Avith  us  Himself. 


3)te  Seid^te.  23 

2Bic  man  Mc  ßnnföltiöcn  foil  leisten  kirnten. 


2ßa§i[tbie33eic^te?  2Intlvort: 
^ie  ^eid)te  begreift  gmei  ©tiicfe  in  fid^:  eine§, 
baJ3  man  bie  ©i'mbe  befenne;  baö  anbere,  ba^  man 
bie  2lbfo(ution  ober  ^ercjebuiig  t)om  ^eid)tiger  em= 
pfa!)e,  qU  üoii  @Dtt  felbft,  iinb  ja  iiid^t  barait  ^mu 
fele,  fonbern  feft  glaube,  bie  ©ünben  feien  baburd^ 
oergebeii  oor  ©Dtt  im  §immeL 

2ßc(rf>e  Sünbeu  foil  man  benn  beid}ten? 

^or  ©Dtt  foCl  man  fid)  aHer  ©iinben  f($iilbig 
geben,  and)  bie  luir  nid)t  erfennen,  raie  roir  int  ^ater 
Unfer  tt)nn;  aber  üor  bem  8eid;tiger  follen  rair 
aUein  bie  ©iinben  befennen,  bie  wir  raiffen  unb 
fill) (en  im  §erjen. 

2CeIc!>efinbbie? 

^a  fief)e  beinen  ©tanb  an,  nad^  ben  je^en  ©e= 
boten,  ob  bu  ^ater,  3}hitter,  ©of)n,  ^od;ter,  §err, 
gran,  ^ned)t  feieft,  ob  bu  ungeljorfam,  untreu,  un= 
fleißig  gewefen  feieft?  Db  bu  jemanb  lelb  getl;an 
(jabeft  mit  SSorten  ober  2Ber!en?  Db  bu  gefto()len, 
Derfaumet,  uenoa^rlofet,  ©d^aben  getrau  ^abeft? 

Sieber,  ftelle  mir  eine  furje  2ßei[e  ju  beidjten.    2lntn)ort : 
So  foUft  bu  gum  33eid)tiger  fpred^en:  SBürbiger 
lieber  §err,   id)  bitte  eud^,   raoHet  meine  33eic^te 
f)ören,  unb  mir  bie  Vergebung  fpred^en  um  ©Dtteö 
roiHeu. 


—  23  — 
How  the  unlearned  should  be  tauffht  to  confess. 


What  is  confession?    Answer: 

Confession  embraces  two  parts :  one  is  that 
we  confess  our  sins ;  the  other,  that  we  receive 
absolution  or  forgiveness  from  the  confessor,* 
as  from  God  Himself,  and  in  no  wise  doubt, 
but  firmly  believe,  that  by  it  our  sins  are  for- 
given before  God  in  heaven. 

What  sins  should  Ave  confess?    Answer: 

Before  God  we  should  plead  guilty  of  all 
sins,  even  of  those  which  we  do  not  know,  as 
we  do  in  the  Lord's  Prayer;  but  before  the 
confessor  we  should  confess  those  sins  only 
which  we  know  and  feel  in  our  hearts. 

Which  are  these?    Answer: 

Here  consider  your  station  according  to  the 
Ten  Commandments,  whether  you  are  a  father, 
mother,  son,  daughter,  master,  mistress,  serv- 
ant; wdiether  you  have  been  disobedient,  un- 
faithful, slothful;  whether  you  have  grieved 
any  person  by  word  or  deed;  whether  you  have 
stolen,  nealected  or  wasted  auo^ht,  or  done 
other  injury. 

Pray,  give  ine  a  brief  form  of  confession.    Answer : 

Say  to  the  confessor,  Reverend  and  dear  Sir, 
I  beseech  you  to  hear  my  confession,  and  pro- 
nounce forgiveness  to  me,  for  God's  sake. 

*  or  pastor. 


24  2)ic  SBetc^te. 

©age  an: 
Qd^  armer  ©ünber  befeitne  mid)  öor  ®Dtt 
aller  ©iinben  fdjulbig;  inionber^eit  6efennei(^ 
t)or  euc^,  ba^  tc^  ein  ^ue(f)t,  Tla^h  2C,  bin; 
aber  iä)  biene,  (eiber!  iintreulid)  meinem §errn; 
benn  ba  nnb  ha  ^abe  iä)  nii^t  getf)an,  ma^  fie 
mic^  ^ie^en,  l^abe  fie  erzürnet,  unb  gn  finden 
bemeget,  l^abe  üerfäumet  unb  ©djaben  (affen 
gefdjel^en^  bin  andj  in  Sßorten  nnb  SBerfen 
fd)am-bar  gemefen,  f}abe  mit  meinet  gteid^en 
ge^ürnet,  toiber  meine  i^ran  gemnrret  nnb  ge= 
flnd^et  2c,  ®ay  alle^  ift  mir  leib,  nnb  bitte 
um  ®nabe,  id)  mill  mid)  beffern, 

©in  §err  ober  grau  \aQe  alfo: 
3nfonber()eit  befenne  idj  t)or  end),  ba§  iä)  mein 
Sinb  nnb  ®efinbe,  SBeib,  nic^t  treulid)  gebogen 
l^abe  gu  ®Dtte§  K^ren,  ^ä)  l^abe  geflud)t,  böfe§ 
©gempel  mit  nu^ndjtigen  äöorten  unb  SBerfen 
gegeben,  meinem  9f adjbar  @d)aben  getrau,  übel 
nai^gerebet,  ^n  tf)ener  öerfanft,  falfd^e  unb  ni(^t 
gan^e  SBaare  gegeben ;  —  nnb  ma§  er  me^r  n)iber 
bie  ®ebote  ®Dtteg  unb  feinen  ©taub  getf)an  2C, 
SBenu  aber  jemant)  fid^  nidjt  befinbet  befd^ioeret 
mit  fold)er  ober  gröfeent  ©üube,  ber  foil  nid^t  forgen, 
ober  raeiter  (Si'mbe  fud^en,  nod^  erbid}ten,  unb  bamtt 
eine  3)iarter  an^  ber  ^eid^te  madden;  fonbern  er* 


—  24  — 

Proceed ! 
I,  a  poor  sinner,  confess  myself  before  God 
guilty  of  all  sins.  Especially  do  I  confess  be- 
fore you  that  I  am  a  servant,  etc.,  but,  alas  !  I 
serve  my  master  unfaithfully;  for  in  this  and 
in  that  I  have  not  done  what  they  commanded 
me;  I  have  provoked  them  to  anger  and  pro- 
fane words,  have  been  neolio^ent  and  have  not 
prevented  injury,  have  been  immodest  in  words 
and  deeds,  have  quarreled  with  my  equals,  have 
murmured  and  used  profane  words  against  my 
mistress,  etc.  For  all  this  I  am  sorry,  and  im- 
plore grace ;  I  promise  amendment. 

A  master^  or  mistress  may  say : 

Especially  do  I  confess  before  you  that  I  have 
not  faithfully  trained  my  children  and  house- 
hold to  the  glory  of  God ;  I  have  used  profane 
language,  set  a  bad  example  by  indecent  words 
and  deeds,  have  done  my  neighbor  harm  and 
spoken  evil  of  him,  have  overcharged  and  given 
false  Avare  and  short  measure;  — 

and  whatever  else  he  has  done  against  God's  Com- 
mandments and  liis  station,  etc. 

But  if  any  one  does  not  find  himself  burdened  Avith 
sucli  or  greater  sins,  he  should  not  trouble  himself  on 
tliat  account,  nor  seek  or  invent  other  sins,  and  thus 
make  confession  a  torture;    but  simply  mention  one  or 


2)te  »eichte.  25 

5äf)le  eine  ober  jrao,  bie  bu  raeiffeft,  alfo:  Qnfonbers 
^eit  befenne  id),  bag  ic^  einmal  geflnd)t,  item,  eins 
mal  unljlibfd^  mit  ^Borten  geraefen,  einmal  bieg  9^1. 
rerfäumet  Ijabe  2C.     Sllfo  lag  e§  genng  fein. 

SBeiffeft  bu  aber  gar  feine  (meld^es  bod)  nid)t  n)ol)l 
möglid)  fein  foüte),  fo  fage  aud^  feine  infonberl)eit; 
fonbern  nimm  bie  33ergebung  auf  bie  gemeine  ^eid)te, 
fo  bu  oor  ©Dtt  tf)uft  gegen  bem  33eid^tiger. 

darauf  foH  ber  ^eid^tiger  fagen : 

®Dtt  fei  bir  gitöbig,  unb  ftärfe  beinen  (Glau- 
ben, SImen. 
SBeiter: 

©laiibeft  bu  aud^,  ba^  meine  SSergeBung 
®DttegS5erge6ungfei? 

ga,  lieber  §err. 
darauf  fpredje  er: 

SBie  bu  glaubeft,  fo  gefrfje^e  bir.  Unb  ^ä); 
aug  bem  S3efe^(  uuf  er^  .^(Srru  Q(£fu  Sfirifti,  t)er= 
gebe  bir  beiue  ©üube,  im  9Jameu  be§  SSater^,  unb 
be§  ©o^ueg,  unb  be^  ^eiligen  Seiftet,  Slmeu. 

@el)e  ^in  in  grieben. 

äöeld^e  aber  groge  33efc^tt)erung  beö  ©ewiffenö 
l)aben,  ober  betrübet  unb  angefochten  finb,  bie  loirb 
ein  SSeidjtoater  ii)o!)l  miffen  mit  mel)r  (Sprüchen  gu 
tröften,  unb  gum  ©lauben  gu  reiben.  ®a§  foß 
allein  eine  gemeine  Söeife  ber  Seid)te  fein  für  bie 
Einfältigen. 


—  25  — 

two  that  you  know,  after  this  manner:  Especially  do  I 
confess  that  I  have  once  been  profane ;  I  have  once  used 
improper  words;  I  have  once  neglected  this  or  that,  etc. 
Let  that  suffice. 

But  if  you  are  conscious  of  none  at  all,  which,  how- 
ever, is  scarcely  possible,  then  mention  none  in  partic- 
ular, but  receive  absolution  upon  the  general  confession 
which  you  make  before  God  to  the  confessor. 

Then  shall  the  confessor  say: 

God  be  merciful  to  thee,  and  strengthen  thy 
faith.    Amen. 

Furthermore : 

Dost  thou  believe  that  my  forgiveness  is  God's  forgiveness? 
Answer: 

Yes,  I  believe. 

Then  he  shall  say : 

Be  it  mito  thee  as  thou  believest.  And  I,  by 
the  command  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  forgive 
thee  thy  sins,  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.    Amen. 

Depart  in  peace. 

Those,  however,  whose  conscience  is  heavily  bur- 
dened, or  who  are  troubled  and  tempted,  the  confessor 
will  know  how  to  comfort  and  incite  to  faith  with  more 
passages  of  Scripture.  This  is  designed  merely  to  be  a 
general  form  of  confession  for  the  unlearned. 


26  2)a§  ©acrament  bc§  2lltar§. 

Sttö  Sacramcttt  bcS  %itax§, 

tt)ie  ein  ^auöpater  baffelbige  feinem 
©efinbe  einfältig  ror (galten  foil. 


2Ba§  ift  ba§  ©acrament  be§  2tttar§  ?    2rntn?ort : 

©Ö  ift  ber  wa^xe  2e\h  nnb  33hit  nnfers  §@rrn 
3©fu  ©Jirifti,  unter  bem  ^rob  unb  SBein  un§  ß;f)riften 
ju  effen  nnb  gu  trinfen  dou  ß;i)rifto  felbft  eingefe^t. 

2ßo  fielet  ba§  ge[rf)rieben  ?    2lnth)ort : 

©0  fd^reiben  bie  {^eiligen  ©üangeliften  3JJattI)äuö, 
3J^arcuö,  £uca§,  nnb  (5t.  ^an(n§: 

Unfer  §^Tr  S^'f^i^  ßtjriftuö,  in  ber  ^aä)i,  ha  er 
vexxai^en  warb,  na(;m  er  baö  ^rob,  banfte  nnb 
brad^ö,  unb  gabö  feinen  Jüngern,  unb  fpracl^:  9^e^= 
tuet  Ijin  nnb  effet,  ha§>  ift  mein  Seib,  ber  für  enä)  ge^ 
geben  mirb;  fold^eö  tfint  gn  meinem  ©ebädjtni^. 

^effelbigen  gleid^en  nal)m  er  auä)  hen  ^eld^,  nad^ 
bem  2lbenbma()l,  banfete,  unb  gab  i^nen  ben,  unb 
fprad^:  D^e^met  I;in,  unb  trinfet  aße  baranö,  biefer 
^eld^  ift  ba§  neue  ^eftament  in  meinem  33Iut,  baö  für 
end^  Dergoffen  mirb  gnr  33ergebung  ber  ©ünben;  fo(= 
d^eö  tljut,  fo  oft  itjrä  trinfet,  jn  meinem  ©ebäd)tni^. 

2Ba§  nü^et  benn  fold^  ©ffen  unb  ^rtnfen  ?   3lntirtort : 

^aö  geigen  unö  bie  Sßorte:  gür  evi<ii  gegeben 
unb  t)ergoffen,  jur  Vergebung  ber  ©ün  = 
hen:  nämlid^,  ha^  uns  im  ©acrament  SSergebung 


—  26  — 

The  Sacrament  of  the  Altar, 

AS   THE    HEAD   OF   THE   FAMILY  SHOULD   TEACH   IT  IN 
ALL  SIMPLICITY  TO  HIS  HOUSEHOLD. 


What  is  the  Sacrament  of  the  Altar?    Answer: 

It  is  the  true  body  and  blood  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  under  the  bread  and  wine  for  us 
Christians  to  eat  and  to  drink,  instituted  by 
Christ  Himself. 

Where  is  this  written?    Answer: 

The  holy  Evangelists,  Matthew,  Mark,  Luke, 
and  St.  Paul,  write  thus: 

Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  same  night 
m  which  He  was  betrayed,  took  bread ; 
and  when  He  had  given  thanks,  He  brake 
it,  and  gave  it  to  His  disciples,  and  said, 
Take,  eat ;  this  is  my  body,  Avhich  is  given 
for  you:  this  do,  in  remembrance  of  me. 

After  the  same  manner  also  He  took  the 
cup,  when  He  had  supped,  gave  thanks, 
and  gave  it  to  them,  saymg.  Take,  drink 
ye  all  of  it ;  this  cup  is  the  new  testament 
in  my  blood,  which  is  shed  for  you  for  the 
remission  of  sins :  this  do  ye,  as  oft  as  ye 
drink  it,  in  remembrance  of  me. 

What  is  the  benefit  of  such  eating  and  drinking?  Answer: 

That  is  shown  us  by  these  words,  *' Given, 
and  shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of  sins;" 
namely,  that  in  the  Sacrament  forgiveness  of 


S)a8  «Sacrament  bcS  2lltarg.  f7 


ber  ©ünben,  2ehen  unb  ©eligfeit  hnxä)  fol(^e  SBorte 
gegeben  wirb,  ^enn  tdo  Vergebung  ber  ©ünben 
ift,  ba  ift  Qud^  Sebeit  unb  ©eligfeit. 

2Bie  !ann  letblic^  (Sffen  unb  ^rinfen  folc^e  gro^e  2)in0e  tl^^un? 

SlutiDort: 

©ffen  unb  ^rinfen  ttjutö  freiücE)  nid^t,  fonbern  bie 
2Borte,  fo  ba  ftefjen:  giir  enä)  gegeben  unb 
üerguffen  jur  ^ßergebung  ber  ©ünben. 
SBeld^e  SBorte  finb  neben  bent  leiblid^en  ©ffen  unb 
^rinfen  ah  ba$  ^auptftiicf  im  ©acrament,  unb  wer 
benfelbigen  Söorten  glaubet,  ber  ^ai,  ma§>  fie  fageu 
unb  TDie  fie  lauten,  uämlid^  Vergebung  ber  ©ünben. 

2ßer  em^fä^ct  benn  fold)  ©acrament  irürbiglic^  ?   Slnthjort: 

gaften  unb  leiblid;  fid;  bereiten  ift  raoljl  eine  feine 
ciufeerlid^e  3>\\ä)t;  aber  ber  ift  red^t  raürbig  unb  n)ol)l 
gefd^idt,  wer  hen  ^lanhm  l)at  an  biefe  SBorte: 
gür  ewä)  gegeben  unb  üergoffen  jur  ^er? 
gebung  ber  Sünben. 

2Ber  aber  biefen  SBorten  nid^t  glaubet,  ober  jroei- 
felt,  ber  ift  unwürbig  unb  ungefd)idt.  ^enn  ha^ 
SBort,  gür  enä),  forbert  eitel  gläubige  ^erjen. 


—  21  — 

sin,  life,  and  salvation  are  given  us  through 
these  words.  For  where  there  is  foririveness 
of  sin,  there  is  also  life  and  salvation. 

How  can  bodily  eating  and  drinking  do  such  great  things  ? 
Answer: 

It  is  not  the  eating  and  drinking,  indeed, 
that  does  them,  but  the  words  here  written, 
"Given,  and  shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of 
sins;"  which  words,  beside  the  bodily  eating 
and  drinkinc^,  are  as  the  chief  thino^  in  the  Sac- 
rament;  and  he  that  believes  these  words,  has 
what  they  say  and  express,  namely,  the  for- 
giveness of  sins. 

Who,  then,  receives  such  Sacrament  worthily?   Answer: 

Fasting  and  bodil}^  preparation  is,  indeed,  a 
fine  outward  training  ;  but  he  is  truly  worthy 
and  well  prepared  who  has  faith  in  these  words, 
* 'Given,  and  shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of 
sins . ' '  But  he  that  does  not  believe  these  words , 
or  doubts,  is  unworthy  and  unprepared ;  for  the 
words,  "For  you,"  require  all  hearts  to  believe. 


28  WoxQm'  unb  2lbenbfegcn. 


fS&it  tin  §au§tiatcr  fciii  Ocpniie  fall  leisten 
MorßenS  unti  %ht\M  fi(i^  fcpen. 


S)e§  aj?orgen§,  [o  bu  an^^  bem  Sette  fäljreft,  foßft  bu  bid^  feg* 
neu  mit  bem  f)eiligen  ^reuje,  unb  fageu : 

®aö  walte  ©Dtt  ^ater,  ©oljii  unb  ^eiliger  ©eift, 
Slmen. 

Sarauf  !uieenb  ober  ftel^enb  ben  ©tauben  unb  SSater  IXnfer; 
iuillft  bu,  fo  mngft  bu  bie^  ©ebetlein  baju  f^rcd^en: 

3d;  baiife  bir,   mein  ()iminü)d)er  33ater,   biird) 

3(Sfum  (Eljriftum,  beineii  (leben  ©oljn,  bnfe  bu  mid; 

biefe  9]ac^t  üor  allem  ©d;aben  unb  ©efal;r  be(;iitet 

f)Qft,  unb  bitte  bid;,  bu  moUeft  mid;  biefen  Sag  and) 

be(;üten  vox  (5ünben  unb  allem  Uebel,  baß  bir  ade 

mein  "Xijun  iinh  Seben  öcfaüc;  benn  id;  befel;(e  mid;, 

mein  Seib  unb  (Seete,  unb  aüeö  in  beine  ßänbe; 

bein  (;ei(iger  (E'ugel  fei  mit  mir,  bafs  ber  böfe  geinb 

feine  9}(ad;t  an  mir  finbe,  Slmen. 

Unb  alSbann  mit  j^reuben  an  bein  2ßer!  gegangen,  unb  etira 
ein  Sieb  gefungen,  at§:  3!)ie  gelten  ©ebote,  ober  iraä  beine  2ln- 
bad^t  gibt. 


2)e§  3lbenb§,  iuenn  bu  3U  Sette  ge^eft,  foEft  bu  bid;  fegnen  mit 
bem  ^eiligen  ^reuj,  unb  fagen: 

®aö  walte  ©Ott  ^ater,  (5ol;n  unb  ^eiliger  ©eift, 
Slmen. 


—  28  — 
HOW  THE  HEAD  OF  THE  FAMILY 

SHOULD  TEACH  HIS  HOUSEHOLD  TO  PRAY  MORNING 
AND  EVENING. 


MORNING  PRAYER. 

In  the  morning,  wlieu  you  get  np,  make  the  sign  of  tlie 
holy  cross,  and  say : 

In  the  name  of  God  the  Father,  Son,  and 
Holy  Ghost.     Amen. 

Then,  kneeling  or  standing,  repeat  the  Creed  and  the 
Lord's  Prayer.  If  you  choose,  you  may  also  say  this  little 
prayer : 

I  thank  Thee,  my  Heavenly  Father,  through 
Jesus  Christ,  Thy  dear  Son,  that  Thou  hast  kept 
me  this  nisfht  from  all  harm  and  dansfer;  and  I 
pray  Thee  that  Thou  wouldst  keep  me  this  day 
also  from  sin  and  every  evil,  that  all  my  doings 
and  life  may  please  Thee.  For  into  Thy  hands 
I  commend  myself,  my  body  and  soul,  and  all 
things.  Let  Thy  holy  angel  be  with  me,  that  the 
wicked  foe  may  have  no  power  over  me.   Amen. 

Then  go  joyfully  to  your  work,  singing  a  hymn,  like 
that  on  the  Ten  Commandments,  or  whatever  your  devo- 
tion may  suggest. 

EVENING  PRAYER. 

In  the  evening,  when  you  go  to  bed,  make  the  sign  of 
the  holy  cross,  and  say : 

In  the  name  of  God  the  Father,  Son,  and 
Holy  Ghost.    Amen. 


Scnebtctte  unb  ©ratiaä.  29 

2)arauf  fnieenb  ober  ftef)enb  ben  ©laubcn  unb  SBatcrUnfer; 
iüittft  bu,  fo  magft  bu  bie^  ©ebetlein  baju  f^red^en: 

3(^  ban!e  bir,  mein  I)immlif($er  Skater,  hmä) 
3©fum  ß^Ijriftum,  beiiien  lieben  ©ofjn,  ha^  bu  mid) 
biefen  ^ag  gnabiglicj)  beljiitet  !)aft;  iu\\)  bitte  bi(^, 
bu  moHeft  mir  oenjeben  alle  meine  ©ünben,  mo  \^ 
unred)t  getl)an  l)abe,  unb  mid^  biefe  9]ad)t  gnäbiglid^ 
bel)üten.  ©enn  id)  befel)le  mid),  mein  Seib  unb 
©eele,  unb  aüeö  in  beine  §änbe;  bein  l)eiliger  ©ngel 
fei  mit  mir,  ha^  hex  böje  geinb  feine  3Jlad)t  an  mir 
finbe,  3(men. 

Unb  alöbann  flug§  unb  fröl^lid^  gefc^lafen. 


SSie  cttt  §ttu§tjatcr  fein  ©cjinlic  fott  (cljtctt  bag 
S^cttcliicitc  unii  Oratiag  ftitc(|ctt. 


®te  Kinber  unb  ©efinbe  follen  mit  gefaltenen  §änben  unb 
jücf^tig  t)or  ben  ^ifrf)  treten,  unb  fprec^en: 

Siller  Slugen  marten  auf  bid^,  §@rr,  unb  hn  gibft 
iljuen  i^re  Speife  §u  feiner  3^^^-  ®it  tljuft  beine 
^anb  auf,  unb  fättigeft  aUeä,  ma§  ha  lebet,  mit 
2Bol)lgefallen. 

Sarnad^  ba§  SSater  Unfer  unb  bie^  f otgenbe  ©ebet : 

§err  ©Dtt,  l)immlif($er  3Sater,  fegne  unö  unb 
biefe  beine  (Saben,  bie  mir  von  beiner  milben  ©lite 
ju  unö  nel^men,  bur($  S^fwm  ^^riftum,  unfern 
^@rrn,  5lmen. 

3 


—  29  — 

Then,  kneeling  or  standing,  repeat  the  Creed  and  the 
Lord's  Prayer.  If  you  choose,  you  may  also  say  this  little 
prayer: 

I  thank  Thee,  my  Heavenly  Father,  through 
Jesus  Christ,  Thy  dear  Son,  that  Thou  hast  gra- 
ciously kept  me  this  day ;  and  I  pray  Thee  that 
Thou  would st  forgive  me  all  my  sins  where  I 
have  done  wrong,  and  graciously  keep  me  this 
night.  For  into  Thy  hands  I  commend  myself, 
my  body  and  soul,  and  all  things.  Let  Thy  holy 
angel  be  with  me,  that  the  wicked  foe  may  have 
no  power  over  me.    Amen. 

Then  go  to  sleep  at  once  and  in  good  cheer. 


HOW  THE  HEAD  OF  THE  FAMILY 

SHOULD  TEACH  HIS  HOUSEHOLD  TO  ASK  A  BLESSING 
AND  RETURN  THANKS. 


The  children  and  servants  shall  go  to  the  table  rever- 
ently, fold  their  hands,  and  say : 

The  eyes  of  all  wait  upon  Thee,  O  Lord,  and 
Thou  givest  them  their  meat  in  due  season ; 
Thou  openest  Thy  hands  and  satisfiest  the  de- 
sire of  every  living  thing. 

Then  shall  be  said  the  Lord's  Prayer,  and  the  following : 

Lord  God,  Heavenly  Father,  bless  us  and 

these  Thy  gifts  which  we  receive  from  Thy 

bountiful  goodness,  through  Jesus  Christ,  our 

Lord.    Amen, 


30  5Dte  Haustafel. 


3(Ifo  aud^  nad^  bem  ©ffen  fotten  fte  gleid^er  SBeife  ll^un,  aüd^tig 
urtb  mit  gefaltenen  ^änben  f^rec^eu : 

kaufet  bem  §ßrrn,  beim  er  ift  freimbli($,  unb 

feine  ©üte  raäf)ret  eraiglid);  ber  aßem  g(etf($e  ©peife 

gibt,  ber  bem  33ie^  fein  gutter  gibt,  ben  jungen 

§iaben,  bie  iljn  anrufen,     ^t  {)at  nid[)t  £uft  an  ber 

©tärfe  beö  9ioffeö,  nod;  ©efaHen  an  jemanbeö  33ei- 

nen;   ber  §(Srr  (jat  ©cfallen  an  'oenen,  bie  i^n 

fürd^ten,  unb  bie  auf  feine  ©üte  warten. 

S)arnac^  ba§  58ater  Uiifcr  iinb  bteJ3  folgeube  ©ebet: 

2Bir  banfen  bir,  §©rr  ©Dtt  ^ater,  burd)  S^fum 
(i;(;riftum,  unfern  §@rrn,  für  aße  beine  2Bol)ltf)at, 
ber  bu  (ebeft  unb  regiereft  in  @n)ig!eit,  Slmen. 


2)te  §tttt§tcfel 

etItd^erSprüd;e  für  allerlei  l) eilige  Drben 

unb  ©tänbe,  baburd^  biefetbigen,  alä 

burc^  eigene  Section,  il)res  2lmtö  unb 

2)ienftö  ju  er  mal)  nen. 


©in  S3ifd)of  foß  unfträflid)  fein,  ©ineö  SBeibeö 
9)^ann,  nüd^tern,  fittig,  mäfeig,  gaftfrei,  Ie^rl)aftig, 
nid)t  ein  SBeinfäufer,  nid^t  pod^en,  nid)t  unelirlid^e 
Hantierung  treiben,  fonbern  gelinbe,  nid^t  ^aber« 


—  30  — 

THANKS. 

Also^  after  eating  they  sliall^  in  like  manner,  reverently 
and  with  folded  hands  say  : 

O  give  thanks  unto  the  Lord,  for  He  is  good; 

for  His  mercy  endureth  forever.      He  giveth 

food  to  all  flesh  :    He  giveth  to  the  beast  his 

food;   and  to  the  young  ravens  which  cry.    He 

deliochteth  not  in  the  streno^th  of  the  horse.    He 

taketh  not  pleasure  in  the  legs  of  a  man.     The 

Lord  taketh  pleasure  in  them  that  fear  Him,  in 

those  that  hope  in  His  mercy. 

Then  shall  l)e  said  the  Lord's  Prayer,  and  the  following: 

We  thank  Thee,  Lord  God,  Heavenly  Father, 

through  Jesus  Christ,   our  Lord,   for  all  Thy 

benefits,  who  livest  and  reignest  for  ever  and 

ever.    Amen. 


Table  of  Duties; 

OR,    CERTAIN    PASSAGES    OF    SCRIPTURE    FOR   VARIOUS 

HOLY    ORDERS    AND    ESTATES,    WHEREBY    THESE    ARE 

SEVERALLY   TO   BE   ADMONISHED    OF   THEIR    OFFICE 

AND    DUTY. 


To  Bishops,  Pastors,  and  Preachers. 

A  bishop  must  be  blameless,  the  husband  of 
one  wife,  vigilant,  sober,  of  good  behavior, 
given  to  hospitality,  apt  to  teach ;  not  given  to 
wine,  no  striker,  not  greedy  of  filthy  lucre ;  but 
patient,  not  a  brawler,  not  covetous  ;  one  that 


SMe  J^aw^tafel.  81 


Eiaftig,  ntd^t  geizig,  ber  feinem  eigenen  ©aufe  n)oi)l 
üorfte^e,  ber  geljorfame  ^inber  i)abe,  mit  aller  @()r= 
bar!eit,  nid^t  ein  9ieuling,  ber  ob  bem  SBorte  ^alte, 
baö  geroi^  ift  unb  leljren  !ann,  auf  bag  er  mäd)tig  fei 
gii  ermaljnen  burc^  bie  Ijeilfame  Se!)re,  unb  gu  [trafen 
bie  2Biberfpred)er.    1  STim.  3,  2.  3.  4.  6.   ^it.  1,  9. 


3U  t|utt  f^utbig  feien. 

©ffet  unb  trinfet,  maö  fie  t)aben;  benn  ein  Slrbei^ 
ter  ift  feineö  Soljneö  rcert^.     £uc.  10,  7. 

®er  §@rr  l)at  befo()Ien,  ha^,  bie  ba§  ©r)ange= 
(ium  üerfünbigen,  foCien  fid^  t)om  ©oangelio  nähren. 
1  eor.  9,  14. 

®er  unterrid)tet  mirb  mit  bem  SBort,  ber  i^exk  mit 
allerlei  ©uteä  bem,  ber  i^n  unterrichtet.  Qrret  eud^ 
nid^t;  ©Dtt  lägt  fid^  nid)t  fpotten.    @al.  6,  6.  7. 

®ie  Slelteften,  bie  moljl  t)orftel)en,  bie  l)alte  man 
graiefad^er  ©lire  mertf);  fonberlid^  bie  t^a  arbeiten 
im  2Sort  unb  in  ber  Sel)re.  ^enn  eö  fprid^t  bie 
(Sd[)rift:  ®u  foUft  nid^t  bem  Dd^fen  baö  3JJau(  oer^ 
binben,  ber  ba  brifd^t,  unb:  ©in  Slrbeiter  ift  feines 
Sol)neö  raertl).    1  ^im.  5.,  17.  18. 

SBir  bitten  euc^  aber,  lieben  33rüber,  bag  if)r  ers 
fennet,  bie  an  eud^  arbeiten  unb  end)  rorfteljen  in 
bem  §@rrn  unb  cm^  vexma^nen.  Qahi  fie  befto 
lieber  um  i^reö  2öer!ö  mitten  unb  feib  friebfam  mit 
i^nen.    1  ^l)eff.  5,  12.  13. 


—  31  — 

ruleth  well  his  own  house,  having  his  children 
m  subjection  with  all  gravity;  not  a  novice. 
Holding  fast  the  faithful  Word  as  he  hath  been 
taught,  that  he  may  be  able  by  sound  doctrine 
both  to  exhort  and  to  convince  the  gainsayers. 
ITim.  3,2.  3.4.  6.    Tit.  1,  9. 

What  the  Hearers  Owe  to  Their  Pastors. 

Eat  and  drink  such  things  as  they  give:  for 
the  laborer  is  worthy  of  his  hire.    Luke  10,  7. 

Even  so  hath  the  Lord  ordained,  that  they 
which  preach  the  Gospel  should  live  of  the 
Gospel.    1  Cor.  1),  14. 

Let  him  that  is  taught  in  the  Word  communi- 
cate unto  him  that  teacheth  in  all  good  things. 
Be  not  deceived ;  God  is  not  mocked ;  for  ^vhat- 
soever  a  man  soweth,  that  shall  he  also  reap. 
Gal.  6,  6.  7. 

Let  the  elders  that  rule  well  be  counted 
worthy  of  double  honor,  especially  they  who 
labor  in  the  Word  and  doctrine.  For  the  Scrip- 
ture saith,  Thou  shalt  not  muzzle  the  ox  that 
treadeth  out  the  corn ;  and  the  laborer  is  worthy 
of  his  reward.    1  Tim.  5,  17.  18. 

And  we  beseech  you,  brethren,  to  know  them 
which  labor  among  you,  and  are  over  you  in 
the  Lord  and  admonish  you  ;  and  to  esteem 
them  very  highly  in  love  for  their  work's  sake. 
And  be  at  peace  among  yourselves.  1  Thess, 
5,12.  13, 


32  3)te  ^augtafel. 


@eI)ord;et  euren  Seljreru  unb  folget  i^nen;  benn 
fie  ma<i)en  über  eure  ©eelen,  aU  bie  ba  D^ei^eufc^aft 
bafür  Qehen  foßen,  auf  ba^  fie  baö  mit  greuben 
tf)un  unb  nic^t  mit  ©eufgeu;  benn  baä  ift  eud^  nid^t 
gut.     ebr.  13,  17. 

Son  toclt(i(5er  Obngfcit. 

Sebermann  fei  untertljQU  ber  Dbrigfeit,  bie  ©e= 
wait  über  i^n  Ijat.  ®enn  es  ift  feine  Dbrigfeit 
o^ne  ron  ©Dtt;  mo  aber  Dbrigfeit  ift,  bie  ift  von 
©Dtt  rerorbnet.  2Ber  fid)  nun  miber  bie  Dbrigfeit 
fe^et,  ber  miberftrebet  ©Dtteö  Drbnung;  bie  aber 
miberftreben,  merben  über  \i<S)  ein  Urt{)ei(  empfa^en. 
^enn  fie  trägt  baö  ©d^roert  nid^t  umfonft,  fie  ift 
©Dtteö  Wienerin,  eine  5?äd^erin  gur  Strafe  über  hen, 
ber  ^öfeä  tljut.    dlöm.  13,  1.  2.  4. 


^on  ben  llntcrtl^ancn. 

©ebet  bem  ^aifer,  wa^  beö  ^aiferö  ift,  unb  ©Dtt, 
rcaö  ©Dtteö  ift.     3J^att^.  22,  21. 

©0  feib  nun  auö  9^ot^  untert(;an,  nld^t  allein  um 
ber  ©träfe  mitten,  fonbern  auä)  um  beö  ©eroiffenö 
miHen.  ®erf)alben  muffet  \\)ic  aud^  ©d^og  geben; 
benn  fie  finb  ©Dtteö  Wiener,  bie  fold^en  Bä)ui^  foßen 
][)anbf)aben.  ©o  gebet  nun  jebermann,  maö  i()r 
fd^ulbig  feib:  ©d^ofe,  .bem  ber  ©d^ofe  gebü!)rt,  Soö/ 
bem  ber  3oII  gebü{)rt,  ?^urd)t,  bem  bie  gurd^t  ge= 
bül)rt,  ©^re,  bem  bie  ^l)xe  gebührt.  9^öm.  13,  5 — 7. 


Obey  them  that  have  the  rule  over  you,  and 
su])uiit  yourselves  ;  for  they  watch  for  your 
souls,  as  they  tliat  must  give  account,  that  they 
may  do  it  with  joy,  and  not  with  grief;  for  that 
is  unprofitable  for  you.    Hebr.  lo,  17. 

Of  Civil  Government. 

Let  every  soul  be  subject  unto  the  higher 
powers.  For  there  is  no  power  but  of  God : 
the  powers  that  be  are  ordained  of  God.  Who- 
soever therefore  resisteth  the  power,  resisteth 
the  ordinance  of  God :  and  they  that  resist  shall 
receive  to  themselves  damnation.  For  rulers 
are  not  a  terror  to  good  works,  l)ut  to  the  evil. 
Wilt  thou  then  not  be  afraid  of  the  power?  do 
that  which  is  good,  and  thou  shalt  have  praise 
of  the  same:  for  he  is  the  minister  of  God  to 
thee  for  good.  But  if  thou  do  that  which  is 
evil,  be  afraid;  for  he  beareth  not  the  sword 
in  vain  :  for  he  is  the  minister  of  God,  a  re- 
venger to  execute  wrath  upon  him  that  doeth 
evil.    Eom.  13,  1—4. 

Of  Subjects. 

Render  unto  Caesar  the  things  which  are 
Caesar's  ;  and  unto  God  the  things  that  are 
God's.    Matt.  22,  21. 

Wherefore  ye  must  needs  be  subject,  not 
only  for  wrath,  but  also  for  conscience'  sake. 
For,  for  this  cause  pay  ye  tribute  also  :  for 
they  are  God's  ministers,  attending  continually 
upon  this  very  thing.  Render  therefore  to  all 
their  dues:    tribute,   to  whom  tribute  is  due; 


S)ie  §au§tafel.  33 


<Bo  ermahne  id)  nun,  bafe  man  vox  alien  fingen 
3uerft  tl)ue  ^itte,  ©ebet,  giirbitte  unb  ©anffagung 
für  alle  9)tenfd)en,  für  bie  J^önige  unb  für  alle  Dbrig= 
feit,  auf  ha^  luir  ein  ruijig  unb  ftilleö  Seben  füf)ren 
mögen  in  aller  ©ottjeligfeit  unb  (Sfjrbarfeit.  ®enn 
foId)eö  ift  gut,  bagu  and)  angeneljm  üor  ©Dtt,  un= 
ferm  ^eilanbe.     1  ^im.  2,  1 — 3. 

(^Tinnere  fie,  ha^  fie  ben  gürften  unb  ber  Dbrig= 
feit  untertfjan  unb  geljorfam  feien,     ^it.  3,  1. 

6eib  untertljan  aller  menf(^ltc!)en  Drbnung  um 
beö  §(Srrn  roiHen,  eö  fei  beut  Könige  aU  bem  Dber^ 
ften,  ober  ben  ^auptleuten,  ah  hen  ©efanbten  von 
\i)m,  gur  dlaä)e  über  bie  Uebeltljäter  unb  gu  Sobe 
ben  grommen.     1  ^etr.  2,  13.  14. 

^cn  ©^cmttitncrn. 

3()r  SDMnner,  n)o{)net  bei  euren  SBeibern  mit  Ver- 
nunft, unb  gebet  bem  lueiblidjen,  alö  bem  fd^roädiften 
SBerfgeuge,  feine  @()re,  alö  auc^  SJiiterben  ber  ©nabe 
beä  fiebenö,  auf  ha^  eure  ©ebete  nid)t  üer^inbert 
merben.     1  ^etr.  3,  7. 

Unb  feib  nid)t  bitter  gegen  fiCc     ßol.  3,  19. 


®ie  2öeiber  feien  unterttjan  \i)xen  SRännern,  alö 
bem  ^©rrn,  raie  (Sara!)  5Ibra!)am  gel^orfam  mar, 
unb  f)iefe  \^n  §err,  meld)er  ^öd)ter  i^r  morben 
feib,  fo  \f)x  n)o!)l  t!)ut,  unb  nid^t  fo  fd^üd^tern  feib. 
1  ^etr.  3,  1.  6. 


—  33  — 

custom,  to  whom  custom  ;  fear,  to  whom  fear; 
honor,  to  whom  honor.     Kom.  13,  5 — 7. 

I  exhort  therefore,  that,  first  of  all,  suppli- 
cations, praj^ers,  intercessions,  and  giving  of 
thanks  be  made  for  all  men;  for  kinjjs,  and  for 
all  that  are  in  authority;  that  we  may  lead  a 
quiet  and  peaceable  life  in  all  godliness  and 
honesty.  For  this  is  good  and  acceptable  in  the 
sight  of  God  our  Savior.    1  Tim.  2,  1 — 3. 

Put  them  in  mind  to  be  subject  to  principal- 
ities and  powers,  to  obey  magistrates,  to  be 
ready  to  every  good  work.    Tit.  3,  1. 

Submit  yourselves  to  every  ordinance  of  man 
for  the  Lord's  sake:  whether  it  be  to  the  kino-, 
as  supreme;  or  unto  governors,  as  unto  them 
that  are  sent  by  him  for  the  punishment  of  evil- 
doers, and  for  the  praise  of  them  that  do  well. 
1  Pet.  2,  13.  14. 

To  Husbands. 

Likewise,  ye  husbands,  dwell  with  them  ac- 
cording to  knowledge,  giving  honor  unto  the 
wife,  as  unto  the  weaker  vessel,  and  as  beins: 
heirs  together  of  the  grace  of  life  ;  that  your 
prayers  be  not  hindered.  And  be  not  bitter 
against  them.     1  Pet.  3,  7.    Col.  3,  19. 

To  Wives. 

Wives,  submit  yourselves  unto  your  own  hus- 
bands, as  unto  the  Lord.    Eph.  5,  22. 


34  2)ie  ^auätafel. 


^en  ©(tettt. 

3!)r  ^äter,  reiget  eure  ^inber  ni($t  gu  3^^^^^/  ^"f 
bafe  fie  nid^t  fdjeii  werben,  fonberu  gießet  fie  auf 
in  ber  S^i'^t  ii^^"^  ^erma!)nuug  gu  bem  §(Srrn. 
epf)ef.  6/  4.    eol.  3,  21. 


3f)r  ^inber,  feib  gel)orfam  euren  Altern  in  bem 
§(Srrn;  benn  ha^  ift  billig.  @l)re  33ater  unb  TlnU 
ler;  baö  ift  ba6  erfte  ©ebot,  baö  53erf)eiJ3ung  ^at: 
Sluf  ba6  biro  iDO^l  gelje,  unb  bu  lange  lebeft  auf 
erben.     (Sp()ef.  6,  1—3. 


2)Ctt  Anetten,  SJlägbcn,  XagcliJl^ncttt  unli 
5(rbcitcrtt. 

3f)r  ^ned^te,  feib  ge()orfam  euren  leibli($en  §er= 
ren,  mit  gurd)t  unb  S^^t^^^i^/  ^i^  ©infältigfeit  eureö 
^ergenä,  aU  (Sl)rifto;  nid)t  mit  ^ienft  aüein  vox 
lugen,  alö  'oen  9}^enfd)en  gu  gefallen,  fonbern  a(ö 
bie  ^nedjte  ef)rifti,  bafe  il)r  folgen  SBiQen  ©Dtte§ 
tl)ut  von  Sergen,  mit  gutem  SBiüen.  Saffet  euc^ 
bünfen,  ha^  if)r  bem  §(5rrn  bienet,  unb  ni«$t  ben 
3}^enfd^en;  unb  miffet,  maö  ein  jeglid^er  ©uteö  t^un 
rairb,  baö  mirb  er  von  bem  Q^vxn  empfahlen,  er  fei 
ein  ^ned^t  ober  ein  greier.     ©p{)ef.  6,  5 — S, 


—  34  — 

Even  as  Sarah  obeyed  Abraham,  calUng  him 
lord;  whose  daughters  ye  are,  as  long  as  ye  do 
well,  and  are  not  afraid  with  any  amazement. 
IPet.  3,  5.  6. 

To  Parents. 

And,  ye  fathers,  provoke  not  your  children 
to  wrath :  but  bring  them  up  in  the  nurture  and 
admonition  of  the  Lord.    Eph.  6,  4. 

To  Children. 

Children,  obey  your  parents  in  the  Lord:  for 
this  is  right.  Honor  thy  father  and  mother; 
which  is  the  first  commandment  with  promise ; 
that  it  may  be  well  with  thee,  and  thou  mayest 
live  long  on  the  earth.    Eph.  6,  1 — 3. 

To  Servants,  Hired  Men,  and  Laborers. 

Servants,  be  obedient  to  them  that  are  your 
masters  according  to  the  flesh,  with  fear  and 
trembling,  in  singleness  of  your  heart,  as  unto 
Christ;  not  Avith  e3^e-se];vice,  as  men-pleasers  ; 
but  as  the  servants  of  Christ,  doing  the  will  of 
God  from  the  heart ;  with  good  will  doing  serv- 
ice, as  to  the  Lord,  and  not  to  men  :  knowing 
that  whatsoever  good  thing  any  man  doeth,  the 
same  shall  he  receive  of  the  Lord,  whether  he 
be  bond  or  free.    Eph.  6,  5 — 8. 


3)te  Haustafel.  35 


3()r  Ferren  tljut  awä)  baffelbige  gegen  fie,  unb 
laffet  baö  2)räuen,  unb  raifjet,  ba^  an(^  euer  S@n 
im  fiimmel  ift,  unb  ift  bei  il;m  !ein  Slnfe^en  ber 
^erfon.     ©p^ef.  6,  9. 


^ct  gemeinen  Sngenb. 

S^t:  Sungen,  feib  untert^an  't)en  5lelteften,  unb 
l)a(tet  feft  an  ber  ^ernutf).  ®enn  ©Dtt  n)iber= 
ftel)et  ben  ^offärtigen,  aber  hen  ®emüti)igen  gibt  er 
©nabe.  ©o  bemütf)iget  end)  nun  unter  bie  gen)al= 
tige  ^anb  ©Dtteö,  baß  er  eud^  erf)öf)e  gu  feiner  3eit. 
1  ^etr.  5,  5.  6. 

^en  Söitttnen. 

^aö  ift  eine  xeä)ie  SBittroe,  bie  einfam  ift,  bie  i^re 
Hoffnung  auf  ©Dtt  fteHet  unb  bleibet  am  ©ebet  unb 
glel)en  2^ag  unb  9]ad)t.  2Be(d)e  aber  in  äßollüften 
lebet,  bie  ift  lebenbig  tobt.     1  5lim.  5,  5.  6. 


^er  ©emeine. 

Siebe  beinen  D^ädiften  alö  bic^  felbft,  in  bem  2Bort 

finb  ade  ©ebote  üerfaffet.   ^m.  13,  9.     Unb  galtet 

an  mit  ^eten  für  alle  9)Jenfd)en.    1  Sim.  2,  1. 

©in  jeber  lern  fein  Section, 

©0  h)irb  eä  n?ol^l  im  ^au\i  ftol^n. 


ö') 


To  Masters  and  Mistresses. 

And,  ye  masters,  do  the  same  things  unto 
them,  forbeai'ino^  threatening::  knowino;  that 
your  Master  also  is  in  heaven;  neither  is  there 
respect  of  persons  with  Him.    Eph.  G,  9. 

To  the  Young  in  General. 

Likewise,  ye  younger,  submit  yourselves' 
unto  the  elder.  Yea,  all  of  you  be  subject  one 
to  another,  and  be  clothed  with  humility:  for 
God  resisteth  the  proud,  and  giveth  grace  to  the 
humble.  Humble  yourselves,  therefore,  under 
the  mighty  hand  of  God,  that  He  may  exalt  you 
in  due  time.    1  Pet.  5,  5.  6. 

To  Widows. 

Now  she  that  is  a  widow  indeed,  and  deso- 
late, trusteth  in  God,  and  continueth  in  suppli- 
cations and  prayers  night  and  day.  But  she 
that  liveth  in  pleasure,  is  dead  while  she  liveth. 
ITim.  5,5.  6. 

To  All  in  Common. 

Thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbor  as  thyself. 
Herein  are  comprehended  all  the  command- 
ments. Rom.  13,  9.  And  persevere  in  prayer 
for  all  men.    1  Tim.  2,  1. 

Let  each  his  lesson  learn  with  care, 
And  all  the  household  well  shall  fare. 


I 


36  (El)rtftltc^e  ^^rageftücfe. 


burd)  Dr.  3}Jart  ilium  :^iit()eriim  g  eft  eilet 

für  bte,  fo  gum  ©acrameiit  gel) en  it) o Hen, 

mit  ifjren  Sin  tin  or  ten. 


'^aä)  get^aner  33eid)t  nnb  Unterrid^t  ron  ben  ge^en 
©eboten,  ©lauben,  Skater  Unfer,  von  hen  SBorten 
ber  Stanfe  unb  ©acrament,  fo  mag  ber  ^eid)tüater, 
ober  einer  fid;  felbft  fragen: 

1.  ©laubeft  bu,  bafj  bu  ein  ©üuber  bift?   Slntirort: 
3a,  id)  glaube  eö;  iä)  bin  ein  ©ünber. 

2.  2ßie  iüei^t  bu  ba§?   2lntiüort: 
Sluö  ben  gc(;en  ©eboten,  bie  Ijah  id;  nid)t  gelja(ten. 

3.  ©inb  bir  beine  ©ünben  aud^  leib?    Slutlöort: 

3a,  eö  ift  mir  leib,  ha^  i($  raiber  ©Dtt  gefünbiget 

^ahe, 

4.  2ßa§  I^aft  bu  mit  beinen  ©ünben  bei  ®Dtt  öerbienet? 
Slntlüort: 

Seinen  3ont  unb  Ungnabe,  geitlidien  ^ob  unb 
eroige  ^^erbammni^. 

5.  §offe[t  bu  aud^  feüg  ju  hjerben?   2lnthJort: 
3a,  id&  ^offe  eä. 

6.  2ße^  tröfteft  bu  bid)  benn?   STnthJort: 
9J^eineö  lieben  §@rrn  3(Sfu  ei^rifti. 

7.  2ßer  ift  (Ef)nftu§?   Slnttüort: 

&Dm^  ©o^n,  roal)rer  ©Dtt  unb  3Jienf(J. 


—  36  — 

Christian  Questions 

WITH  THEIR  ANSWERS, 

DRAWN  UP  BY  DR.  MARTIN  LUTHER  FOR  THOSE  WHO 
INTEND  TO  GO  TO  THE  SACRAMENT. 


After  confession  and  instruction  in  the  Ten 
Comma[ndments,  Creed,  Lord's  Prayer,  and 
the  sacraments  of  Baptism  and  the  Holy  Su})- 
per,  the  confessor  may  ask,  or  one  may  ask 
himself:  — 

1.  Do  yoii  believe  that  you  are  a  sinuer?    Answer: 

Yes,  I  believe  it;  I  am  a  sinner. 

2.  How  do  you  know  this  ?    Answer: 

From  the  Ten  Commandments ;  these  I  have 
not  kept. 

3.  Are  yon  also  sorry  for  yotir  sins  ?    Answer: 

Yes,  I  am  sorry  that  I  have  sinned  against 
God. 

4.  What  have  you  deserved  of  God  by  your  sins  ?    Answer: 

His  wrath  and  displeasure,  temporal  death 
and  eternal  damnation.     Rom.  6,  21.  23. 

5.  Do  you  also  hope  to  be  saved?    Answer: 

Yes,  such  is  my  hope. 

6.  In  whom,  then,  do  you  trust?    Answer: 

In  my  dear  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 

7.  Who  is  Christ?    Answer: 

The  Son  of  God,  true  God  and  man. 


e^rtftlic^e  ^rageftütfe.  37 

8.  2Bie  Diel  finb  ©otter?    2lntit)ort: 

9^ur  einer;  aber  brei  ^erfonen:  ^ater^  ©o()n 
unb  ^eiliöer  ©eift. 

9.  2Ba§  f)at  benn  ©l^ri[tu§  für  bid^  getl^an,  ba^  bu  bid^  fein 
tröfteft?    2lutiüort: 

@r  ift  für  mid)  geftorbeii,  unb  f)at  fein  33lut  am 
^reug  für  mic^  rergoffen,  jur  SSergebung  ber  ©ünben. 

10.  Sft  ber  SSater  auc^  für  biet)  geftorbeu?    2lnthJort: 
S^ein;  benn  ber  ^ater  ift  nnr  ©Dtt;  ber  ^eilige 
©eift  aud^;   aber  ber  Bol)n  ift  n)al;rer  ©Dtt  unb 
v)ai)xex  30^enfc§,  für  mid;  geftorben,  unb  l^at  fein 
^(ut  für  mid;  rergoffen. 

11.  SBie  ii^ei^t  bu  ba§?   5lnthJort: 
3ln§  bem  Ijeiligen  (SDangelio  unb  axi^  ben  SBorten 
t)om  ©acrament,  unb  bei  feinem  Seib  unb  Slut,  im 
©acrament  mir  gum  ^^fanbe  gegeben. 

12.  2ßie  lauten  bie  2Borte?  Slntiüort: 
Unfer  gßrr  3©fuö  e(;riftuö,  in  ber  %d^t,  'oa  er 
üerrat(;en  marb,  naljm  er  baö  Srob,  banfte  unb 
brac^ö,  unb  gabö  feinen  Jüngern,  unb  fprac^:  '^e^: 
met  (;in  unb  effet,  t)a^^  ift  mein  Seib,  ber  für  end;  ge= 
geben  rairb;  foldieö  tl;ut  311  meinem  ©ebäd^tnife. 

©effetbigen  gleichen  na{;m  er  and;  ben  ^eld^,  nac^ 
bem  5lbenbma^(,  banfete,  unb  gab  i^mn  ben,  unb 
fprad;:  91el;met  t)in,  unb  trinfet  alle  barauö,  biefer 
^e(d)  ift  baö  neue  2::eftament  in  meinem  33(ut,  ha^  für 
enä)  üergoffen  mirb  giir  ä^ergebung  ber  ©ünben;  fol^ 
d^eö  tl)ut,  fo  oft  il)rö  trinfet,  gu  meinem  ©ebäditnife. 


—  37  — 

8.  How  many  Gods  arc  there  ?    Answer: 

Only  one  ;  but  there  are  three  persons,  Fa- 
ther, Son,  and  Holy  Ghost. 

9.  What,  then,  has  Christ  done  for  you  that  you  trust  in  Him? 
Answer : 

He  died  for  me,  and  shed  His  blood  for  me 
on  the  cross  for  the  forgiveness  of  sins. 

10.  Did  the  Father  also  die  for  you?    Answer: 

He  did  not;  for  the  Father  is  God  only,  the 
Holy  Ghost  likewise ;  but  the  Son  is  true  God 
and  true  man ;  He  died  for  me  and  shed  His 
blood  for  me. 

11.  How  do  you  know  this?    Answer: 

From  the  holy  Gospel  and  from  the  words 
of  the  Sacrament,  and  by  His  body  and  blood 
given  me  as  a  pledge  in  the  Sacrament. 

12.  How  do  those  words  read  ?    Answer: 

Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  same  night  in 
which  He  was  betrayed,  took  bread ;  and  when 
He  had  given  thanks.  He  brake  it,  and  gave  it 
unto  His  disciples,  and  said.  Take,  eat;  this  is 
my  body,  which  is  given  for  you:  this  do  in  re- 
membrance of  me. 

After  the  same  manner  also  He  took  the  cup, 
when  He  had  supped,  gave  thanks,  and  gave  it 
to  them,  saying.  Take,  drink  ye  all  of  it;  this 
cup  is  the  new  testament  in  my  blood,  which  is 
shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of  sins;  this  do 
ye,  as  oft  as  ye  drink  it,  in  remembrance  of  me. 


88      '  dl^nftlic^c  ijragcftücfe. 

13.  ©0  glaubeft  bu,  ba^  im  «Sacrament  ber  iva^re  :^eib  unb  Slut 
(E^riftifei?   Slntmort: 

3a,  xä)  glaube  eö. 

14.  2Ba§  beiüegt  bic^,  ba§  ju  glauben  ?   2lntn)ort : 
®a§  3Bort  ßljrifti:  dle^met  Ijin,  unb  effet;  baä  ift 
mein  Selb;  trinfet  alle  barauö,  ba^  ift  mein  Slut. 

15.  2ßa§  follen  n)ir  tt)un,  n?enn  U)ir  feinen  Seib  effen  unb  fein 

SBlut  trinfen,  unb  ba§  ^fanb  alfo  net^men?   Slntlüort: 

6einen  ^ob  unb  Slutüergie^en  üerfünbigen,  unb 
gebenfen,  mie  er  unö  gele^ret  ^at:  ©olc^eö  tl)ut,  fo 
oft  iljrä  trinfet,  gu  meinem  ©ebädjtnife. 

16.  Söarum  follen  Wiv  feine§  %o't)Z^  geben!en,  unb  benfelben  bers 

üiubigen?    Slntnjort: 

®a§  mir  lernen  glauben,  bag  feine  ßreatur  ^at 
fönnen  genug  tljuu  für  iinfere  ©ünben,  benn  dfjxu 
ftuö,  maljrer  ©Dtt  unb  SJtenfd);  unb  ha^  mir  lernen 
erf($redfen  vox  unfern  ©ünben,  unb  biefelbigen  lernen 
grog  achten,  unb  unö  fein  allein  freuen  unb  tröften, 
unb  alfo  burd^  benfelbigen  ©lauben  feiig  merben. 

17.  5ffia§  ^at  \^n  benn  beicegt,  für  beine  ©ünben  gu  fterben,  unb 

bafür  genug  ju  tfjun?   2lnttx>ort: 

®ie  groge  £iebe  ju  feinem  33ater,  ju  mir  unb  an= 
bern  ©ünbern,  mie  gefd^rieben  ftel)et  Qol).  15,  13. 
mm.  5,  8.    ©al.  2,  20.    ©pljef.  5,  2. 

18.  ©nbUc^  aber,  hjarum  iDittft  bu  gum  ©acrament  gelten? 
Slntiüort : 

3luf  hü^  id)  lerne  glauben,  bafe  ß^liriftuö  um  mei- 
ner ©ünbe  mitten,  am  großer  £iebe  geftorben  fei. 


—  38  — 

13.  You  believe,  then,  that  the  true  body  and  blood  of  Christ  are  in 
the  Sacrament?    Answer: 

Yes,  I  believe  it. 

14.  What  induces  you  to  l)elieve  this  ?    Answer: 

The  word  of  Christ,  Take,  eat,  this  is  my 
body;  Drink  ye  all  of  it,  this  is  my  blood. 

15.  What  ought  we  to  do  when  we  eat  His  body  and  drink  His  blood, 
and  thus  receive  the  pledge  ?    Answer: 

AYe  ouiHit  to  show  and  remember  His  death 
and  the  shedding  of  His  blood,  as  He  taught 
us:  This  do,  as  oft  as  ye  do  it,  in  remembrance 
of  me. 

16.  Why  ought  we  to  remember  and  show  His  death  ?   Answer: 

That  we  may  learn  to  believe  that  no  crea- 
ture could  make  satisfaction  for  our  sins,  but 
Christ,  true  God  and  man  ;  and  that  we  may 
learn  to  look  with  terror  at  our  sins  and  to  re- 
gard them  as  great  indeed,  and  to  find  joy  and 
comfort  in  Him  alone ;  and  thus  be  saved 
throuo^h  such  faith. 

17.  What  was  it  that  moved  Him  to  die  and  make  satisfaction  for 
your  sins  ?    Answer : 

His  o;reat  love  to  His  Father,  and  to  me 
and  other  sinners,  as  it  is  written  in  John  14. 
Rom.  5.    Gal.  2.    Eph.  5. 

18.  Finally,  why  do  you  wish  to  go  to  the  Sacrament  ?  Answer : 

That  I  may  learn  to  believe  that  Christ  died 
for  my  sin  out  of  great  love,  as  before  said; 


©Ijriftlic^e  ^rageftücfe.  39 

wie  oefagt;  unb  barnad^  von  i^m  aud)  lerne  ©Oll 
unb  meinen  9'^ä($ften  lieben. 

19.  2Ba§  foß  einen  (£l;i-iften  berma^nen  unb  reiben,  ba§  ©acra^ 

ment  be§  Slltarä  oft  ju  em^faf^en?   2lntiüort: 

^on  ©Dtteö  wegen  foH  iljn  beibe  beö  §@rrn 
ßljrifti  ©ebot  unb  ^erljeifeung,  barnad)  and)  jeine 
eigene  9lotl;,  fo  iljtn  auf  bem  §al)e  lieget,  treiben; 
um  H)elc5)er  rüiHen  fold)  ©ebieten,  :^oden  unb  ^er- 
l)ei6ung  gefd;iel)l. 

20.  9Bie  foil  il)m  aber  ein  SJienfd^  tl^un,  irenn  er  fold^e  3totl^  nid^t 
fügten  fann,  ober  feinen  junger  nod}  2)urft  be§  ©acramentö 

em^finbet  ?    2Intivort : 

®em  !ann  nid^t  beffer  gerattjen  werben,  benn  ba^ 
er  erftlid^  in  feinen  33ufen  greife,  unb  füljle,  ob  er 
anä)  nodj  gleifd;  unb  33lut  Ijabe,  unb  glaube  bo($ 
ber  ©djrift,  raaö  fie  baoon  faget  @al.  5,  19.  ff.  unb 
^öm.  7,  18. 

3um  anbern,  bafe  er  um  fic^  fel)e,  ob  er  an^ 
nod)  in  ber  SBelt  fei,  unb  benfe,  ba§  eö  an  (Sünben 
unb  dloil)  nid)t  feljlen  merbe,  mie  bie  ©d)rift  faget 
3ol).  15,  18.  19.  unb  16,  20.  1  Qol).  2,  15.  16. 
unb  5,  19. 

3um  britten,  fo  mirb  er  ja  aud^  ben  Teufel  um 
fid^  l)aben,  ber  il)m  mit  Sügen  unb  SJiorben  ^ag  unb 
9^ad)t  feinen  gerieben  innerlid;  unb  äugerlid)  laffen 
wirb,  mie  iljn  bie  ©d^rift  abmalet  3ol;.  8,  44. 
1  $etr.  5,  8.  9.   (gp^ef.  6,  11.  12.    2  Stirn.  2,  2Ö. 


—  39  — 

and  that  I  may  also  learn  of  Him  to  love  God 
and  my  neighbor. 

19.  What  should  admonish  and  incite  a  Christian  to  receive  the 
Sacrament  frequently?    Answer: 

In  respect  to  God,  both  the  command  and  the 
promise  of  Christ,  the  Lord,  should  move  him, 
and  in  respect  to  himself,  the  trouble  that  lies 
heavy  on  him,  on  account  of  which  such  com- 
mand, encouragement,  and  promise  are  given. 

20.  But  what  shall  a  person  do,  if  he  be  not  sensible  of  such  trouble, 
and  feel  no  hunger  and  thirst  for  the  Sacrament  ?   Answer : 

To  such  a  person  no  better  advice  can  be 
given  than  that,  in  the  first  place,  he  put  his 
hand  into  his  bosom  and  feel  whether  he  still 
have  flesh  and  blood,  and  that  he  by  all  means 
believe  what  the  Scriptures  say  of  it,  in  Gal.  5 
and  Rom.  7. 

Secondly,  that  he  look  around  to  see  whether 
he  is  still  in  the  world,  and  keep  in  mind  that 
there  Avill  be  no  lack  of  sin  and  trouble,  as 
the  Scriptures  say,  in  John  15  and  16.  1  John 
2  and  5. 

Thirdly,  he  will  certainly  have  the  devil  also 
about  him,  who  with  his  lying  and  murdering, 
day  and  night,  will  let  him  have  no  peace  Avithin 
or  without,  as  the  Scriptures  picture  him,  in 
John  8  and  16.    1  Pet.  5.    Eph.  6.    2  Tim.  2. 


40  ©l^riftlic^e  ^^ageftücfe. 


NOTA. 

©iefe  grageftüdfe  imb  Slutroorteu  finb  fein  ^inber-- 
fpiel;  fonbern  von  bem  e!)riüürbigen  uub  frommen 
Dr.  £iitf)ec  für  bie  Suncjeii  uiib  2llten  au§>  einem 
großen  (Srnft  üorgefc^rieben.  ©in  jeber  fef)e  fid^  rcoljl 
üor,  unb  laffe  eö  i()m  anä)  einen  redeten  ©rnft  fein; 
benn  St.  ^anlnö  gu  ben  ©alatern  am  6.  fprid^t: 
Srret  end^  nid^t,  ©Dtt  läfet  fid^  nid^t  fpotten. 


—  40  — 

NOTE. 

These  questions  iiiid  answers  are  no  child's 
play,  but  are  drawn  up  with  great  earnestness 
of  purpose  by  the  venerable  and  pious  Dr.  Lu- 
ther for  both  young  and  old.  Let  each  one  take 
heed  and  likewise  consider  it  a  serious  matter; 
for  St.  Paul  says,  to  the  Galatians,  chapter  sixth : 
Be  not  deceived;  God  is  not  mocked. 


^urge  JVuö  fegung 

ber 


(Einleitung« 


1.   3ßa§  ift  ein  ffoted)i§mu§? 

(5in  Unterricljt  in  grage  iinb  Slntraort. 

2.   ?Ser  5at  tiefen  unfern  „fleinen  ^aicd)i§mu§"  gefc^ricBen? 

Dr.  9J?artin  £iit()er. 

3.   SBobon  Qxht  er  borin  einen  furj^en  UnterridE)t? 

33on  ben  §auptftüdeu  ber  ($riftlid;en  2ef}xe. 

1  ^etr.  2,  2.  Seib  gierig  nad;  ber  Vernünftigen  lautern 
TIM),  al§  bie  je^t  gebornen  ilinblein,  auf  baf;  il^r  burd;  biefelbige 
june^met. 

4.   SBorouS  I)ot  2utl)er  btefe  2er)re  genommen? 

Sluö  ber  ^eiligen  ©d^rift  ober  ber  33ibeL 

5.   5IBa§  ift  bie  35iDeI? 

©ie  ift  ba§  SSort  ©Dtteö,  lueld^es  bie  fieiügen 
^ropljeten  im  Sdteu  ^eftainent  unb  bie  SCpoftel  iinb 
©oangeliften  im  9^euen  Xeftament  aiiö  Eingebung 
beö  ^eiligen  ©eifteä  niebergefdjriebeu  I)aben,  luiö 
jur  (5e(ig!cit  311  untenüeifeu  burd^  ben  ©lauben  an 
e^rifto  3@fu. 


A  SHOET  EXPOSITIOI^r 


OF 


Dr.  MARTIN  LUTHER'S  SMALL  CATECHISM. 


Introduction. 

1.  What  is  a  Catechism? 

A  book  of  instruction  composed  in  questions 
and  answers. 

2.  Who  has  written  our  Small  Catechism  ? 

Doctor  Martin  Luther. 

3.  Whereof  does  he  treat  in  this  book? 

Of  the  chief  parts  of  Christian  doctrine. 

1  Pet.  2j  2.    As  De\Y-born  babes^  desire  the  sincere  milk 
of  tlie  Word^  tliat  ye  may  grow  thereby. 

4.  Whence  has  Luther  taken  this  doctrine  ? 

From  the  Holy  Scripture,  or  the  Bible. 

5.  What  is  the  Bible  ? 

It  is  the  Word  of  God,  written  by  inspiration 
of  the  Holy  Ghost,  by  the  holy  Prophets  in  the 
Old  Testament,  and  by  the  Apostles  and  Evan- 
*gelists  in  the  New  Testament,  to  make  us  wise 
unto  salvation  through  faith  which  is  in  Christ 
Jesus. 


42  2)a§  erftc  ^^»au^tftücf. 

2  ^etr.  1,  21.  S)ie  ^eiligen  2J?enfc^en  ®Dtte§  fjaben  gerebet, 
getrieben  t)on  bem  ^eiligen  ®eift. 

2  Xm.  3, 15—17.  Sßeil  bu  bon  £inb  auf  bie  ^eilige  ©c^rift 
ireifieft,  fann  bid)  biefelbige  wntertreifen  jur  ©eligfeit,  burd^  ben 
©laiiben  an  (^l}v\\to  ^Gfu.  2}enn  alle  ©ctjrift,  bon  ©Dtt  ein-- 
gegeben,  i[t  nii^e  jur  Sefire,  gur  ©träfe,  ^ur  58efferung,  gur  3w<^ti= 
gung  in  ber  ®ere(i)tig!eit,  ba^  ein  ajienfc^  ©Dtte§  fei  boKfommen, 
3u  allem  guten  25>er!  gefdiidt. 

1  ©or.  2,  13.  2Beld;e§  it)ir  auc£>  reben,  nid^t  mit  2Borten, 
ireld^e  menfd)Iic^e  2ßei§f)eit  leieren  !ann,  fonbern  mit  Shorten,  bie 
ber  ^eilige  ©eift  lehret. 

^ol^.  5,  39.  ©udjet  in  ber  ©d>rift ;  benn  x^v  meinet,  ifjr  l^abt 
ba§  elvige  Seben  barinnen ;  unb  fie  ift§,  bie  t>on  mir  jeuget. 

Sue.  11,  28.  ©elig  finb,  bie  ^a§>  2Bort  @Dtte§  ^ören  unb  be^ 
toal^ren. 

6.   ?ßelcf)e§  finb  bie  .^auptftütfe  ber  tf)riftltcl)en  2el)re? 

1.  ®ie§ef)n@ebote;  2.  ber©(aiibe;  3.  baöSSater 
Unfer;  4.  baö  (Sacrament  ber  (;eiligeu  ^^'aufe;  5.  ha^ 
2lmt  ber  ©djliiffel  unb  bie  33eid)te;  6.  ha§>  (5acra= 
ment  beö  Slttarö. 

5)a0  erftc  .^ou^tftül 


$u  ]t\)n  icbotc. 


7.   2Bn§  finb  bie  j^efin  @eöote? 

6ie  finb  ber  ()eilige  3SiIIe  @Dtte§  ober  baö  ©e= 

fel^,  in  it)eld)em  ©Dtt  unö  faßt,  luie  rair  fein  unb  waö 

rair  tljun  ober  laffen  foQen. 

Wxdja  6,  8.  e§  ift  bir  gefagt,  9J?enfc^,  h?a§  gut  ift,  unb  Wa^ 
ber  §e9i9t  t>on  bir  forbert,  nämlid;  ®Dtte§  SBort  galten,  unb  Siebe 
ühm,  unb  bemütl^ig  fein  t>or  beinem  ©Dtt. 


—  42  — 

2  Pet.  1;,  21.  Holy  men  of  God  spake  as  they  were  moved 
by  the  Holy  Ghost. 

2  Tim.  3^  15 — 17.  And  tliat  from  a  child  thou  hast  known 
the  holy  Scriptures,  wliich  are  able  to  make  thee  wise  unto 
salvation  through  faith  which  is  in  Christ  Jesus.  All 
Scrii)ture  is  given  by  in8i)iration  of  God,  and  is  profltalile 
for  doctrine,  for  reproof,  for  correction,  for  instruction 
in  rigliteousness:  that  the  man  of  God  may  be  perfect, 
thoroughly  furnished  unto  all  good  works. 

1  Cor.  2,  13.  Which  tilings  also  we  speak,  not  in  the 
words  which  man's  wisdom  teacheth,  but  which  the  Holy 
Ghost  teachetli ;  comparing  spiritual  things  with  spiritual. 

John  5,  30.  Search  the  Scriptures ;  for  in  them  ye  think 
ye  have  eternal  life :  and  they  are  they  wliich  testify  of  me. 

Luke  11,  28.  Blessed  are  they  that  hear  tlie  Word  of 
God,  and  keep  it. 

6.  Which  are  the  Chief  Parts  of  Christian  doctrine? 

1.  The  Ten  Commandments;  2.  the  Creed; 
3.  the  Lord's  Prayer;  4.  the  Sacrament  of  Holy 
Baptism ;  5.  the  Office  of  the  Keys  and  Confes- 
sion; 6.  the  Sacrament  of  the  Altar. 


Part  I. 

THE  TEN  COMMANDMENTS. 

7.  "What  are  the  Ten  Commandments  ? 

They  are  the  holy  will  of  God,  or  the  Law, 

wherein  God  tells  us  how  we  are  to  be  and  what 

we  are  to  do  or  not  to  do. 

Micah  6,  8.   He  hath  showed  thee,  O  man,  what  is  good; 
and  what  doth  the  Lord  require  of  thee,  but  to  do  justly, 
and  to  love  mercy,  and  to  walk  humbly  with  thy  God? 
6 


2)a§  crfte  jQau^tftücf.  43 

5  Wlolß,  6.  7.    Siefe  Söorte,  bie  ic^  bir  ^eute  gebiete,  foUft 
bu  3u  ^erjen  nehmen,  unb  fcUft  fie  beinen  Äinbern  fd^ärfen. 
5  Tlo\.  10,  4. 

8.  Sßonn  unb  lüie  ^at  GJDtt  btefe§  ©efe^  gegeben? 

@r  ()at  eä  fd^on  bei  ber  ©d;öpfun9  ben  9}Ienfd^en 
inä  ^er^  gef($rieben,  nac^^er  aber  auf  groei  Xafelii 
in  gelju  ©ebote  gefaxt  unb  burc^  SJJofeä  oerfünbigen 
laffen. 

3iöm.  2, 14. 15.  ©o  bie  Reiben,  bie  ba§  ©efe^  nic^t  ^ahin, 
unb  bo(i>  t)on  yiainv  tl^un  be§  ©efe^e§  2Ber!,  biefelbigen,  bietreil  fie 
ba§  ©efe^  nicf^t  l)ahm,  finb  fie  i^nen  felbft  ein  ®efe^,  bamit,  ba^ 
fie  betüeifen,  be§  ©efe^e§  2ßer!  fei  befc^rieben  ii:  ifjrem  ^eqen, 
fintemal  i^r  ©elDiffen  fie  bezeuget,  ba^u  aud}  bie  ©ebanfen,  bie  fid^ 
unter  einanber  öerüagen  ober  entf(^ulbigen. 

SBiBIift^c  ®cf(^ii^tc.  2  Wo].  19  unb  20.  [©itten=,  Äirc^en^, 
^otijei^öefe^.] 

9.   ?Bq§  tft  bie  ©umma  ber  erften  jTafel? 

„®u  foUft  lieben  ©Dtt,  beinen  iQßrrn,  von  gan= 
gern  bergen,  üon  ganzer  ©eele  unb  non  gangem  @e= 
mütf)."     9)?attlj.  22,  37. 

10.   2ßa§  tft  bie  6umma  ber  gweiten? 

„^u  foUft  beineu  D^äc^ften  lieben  ah  h\d)  felbft." 
maü\).  22,  39. 

11.   ÜBa§  ift  alfo  bit  ^aupt{umma  aüer  @e6ote? 

®ie  Siebe. 

1  %\m.  1,  5.  S)ie  ^auptfumma  be§  ©ebot§  ift  Siebe  bon 
reinem  ^erjen. 

9]öm.  13,  10.    So  ift  nun  bie  :i^iebe  be§  ®efe^e§  Erfüllung. 

12.   SSen  meint  ®Dtt  allemal,  loenn  er  in  ben  gel^n  ©eöoten  fagt: 

„®n  Joüft"? 

3Jli(^  unb  jeben  anbern  9}|enfc^en. 


—  43  — 

Deut.  G^  0.  7.  And  these  words  which  I  command  thee 
this  day,  shall  l)e  in  thine  heart:  and  thou  shalt  teach  them 
diligently  unto  thy  children. 

Deut.  10^  4. 

8.  When  and  how  did  God  give  this  l^aw? 

Ill  the  creation  of  man  He  wrote  it  in  man's 
heart,  and  afterwards  He  laid  it  down  in  ten 
commandments  written  on  two  tables,  and  pub- 
lished it  through  Moses. 

Rom,  2^  14.  15.  For  when  the  Gentiles^  which  have  not 
the  Law,  do  by  nature  the  things  contained  in  the  Law, 
tliese,  having  not  the  Law,  are  a  law  unto  themselves : 
wliich  show  the  work  of  the  Law  written  in  their  hearts, 
their  conscience  also  bearing  witness,  and  their  thoughts 
the  mean  while  accusing  or  else  excusing  one  another. 

Bible  History.  Exod.  19.  20.  [Moral  Law,  Ceremonial 
Law,  Political  Law.] 

9.  What  is  the  Sum  of  the  First  Table  ? 

"Thou  shalt  love  the  Lord  thy  God  with  all 
thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul,  and  with  all  thy 
mind/'    Matt.  22,  37. 

10.  AVhat  is  the  Sum  of  the  Second  Table? 

*'Thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbor  as  thyself." 
Matt.  22,  39. 

11.  W^hat,  then,  is  in  one  word  the  Sum  of  all  Commandments? 

Love. 

1  Tim.  1,  5.  Mow  the  end  of  the  commandment  is 
charity  out  of  a  pure  heart. 

Eom.  13,  10.   Therefore  love  is  the  fullilling  of  the  Law. 

12.  Wliom  does  God  mean  when  in  the  Ten  Commandments  He 
says,  "Thou  shall"? 

Me  and  all  other  men. 


44  S)a§  erfte  ©ebot. 


^i^  jcvytc   ®af^U 


^a^  erfte  ^elbot 

13.   SBie  Inutct  ba§  erfte  (SeDot? 

®u  foUft  nidjt  aubere  ©otter  fjaben  neben  mir» 

14.   2öa§  ift  ba§? 

2Bir  foUeu  ©Dtt  über  alle  ©inge  fürd^  = 
ten,  lieben  unb  oertrauen. 

15.   2Sa§  ift  tm  erftcn  ©eBot  öerBoten? 

3ebe  Slbgotterei ;  fei  es,  bnfs  man  eine  ßreatnr 
rairÜid)  für  ©Dtt  l)ält  nnb  anbetet,  ober  bafe  man 
(Kreaturen  mef)r  fürd;tet,  liebt  ober  üertrant  ai§>  ©Dtt. 
(©robe  unb  feine  Slbgötterei.) 

Sef.  42,  8.  3c^,  ber  ^(^dldl,  ba§  ift  mein  9^ame;  unb  iinll 
meine  (S^re  feinem  anbern  geben,  nod;  meinen  dlw^m  ben  @ö^en. 

9}?atn;.  4,  10.  3)u  fcllft  anbeten  ©Dtt,  beinen  £>eri-n,  unb 
il^m  allein  bienen. 

^f.  115,  3.  4.  Unfer  ©Ott  ift  im  §immel;  er  fann  fd^affen, 
h)a§  er  tüilL  ^ener  ©ö^en  aber  finb  «Silber  unb  ©olb,  bon 
3)?enfd}enf)änben  gemad;t. 

Tlaifi).  10,  28.  ^'ürc^tet  eud>  nid^t  üor  benen,  bie  ben  2eib 
tobten  unb  bie  Seele  nid^t  mögen  tobten,  ^^^ürctitet  eud>  aber  öiet= 
met)r  bor  bem,  ber  Seib  unb  Seele  üerberben  mag  in  bie  ^ölle. 

mati^.  10,  37.  SBer  SSater  ober  9Jhitter  me^r  liebet,  benn 
midj,  ber  ift  mein  nid;t  tvertf).  Unb  n?er  ©o^n  ober  ^od^ter  me^r 
liebt,  benn  mid),  ber  ift  mein  nid}t  ivert^. 

S^r.  3,  5.  35erla^  bid;  auf  ben  <^63fi3ln  l^on  ganjem  ."öerjen, 
unb  üerla^  bid)  nid^t  auf  beinen  SSerftanb. 

^er.  17,  5.    35erflud}t  ift  ber  SJJann,  ber  fic^  auf  3)?enfc^en 


—  44  — 

THE  FIRST  TABLE. 
The  First  Commandment. 

13.  Which  is  tlie  First  Cüuimaiidmcnt? 

Thou  shalt  have  no  other  gods  before  me. 

14.  What  does  tliis  mean  ? 

We  should  fear,  love,  and  trust  in  God  above 
all  things. 

15.  What  is  forbidden  in  the  First  Commandment? 

All  manner  of  idolatry,  whether  it  be  actually 
to  regard  and  adore  a  creature  as  God,  or  to 
fear,  love,  or  trust  in  creatures  as  we  should 
fear,  love,  and  trust  in  God  alone.  (Gross  and 
fine  idolatry.) 

Is.  4:2,  8.  I  am  the  Lord:  that  is  my  name;  and  my 
glory  will  I  not  give  to  another,  neither  my  praise  to 
graven  images. 

Matt.  4,  10.  Thou  shalt  worship  the  Lord  thy  God,  and 
Him  only  shalt  thou  serve. 

Ps.  115,  3.  4.  But  our  God  is  in  the  heavens;  He  hath 
done  whatsoever  He  pleased.  Their  idols  are  silver  and 
gold,  the  work  of  men's  hands. 

Matt.  10,  28.  Fear  not  them  which  kill  the  body,  but 
are  not  able  to  kill  the  soul :  but  rather  fear  Him  which  is 
able  to  destroy  both  soul  and  body  in  hell. 

Matt.  10,  37.  He  that  loveth  father  or  mother  more 
than  me  is  not  worthy  of  me :  and  he  that  loveth  son  or 
daughter  more  than  me  is  not  worthy  of  me. 

Prov.  3,  5.  Trust  in  the  Lord  with  ail  thine  heart;  and 
lean  not  unto  thine  own  understanding. 

Jer.  17,  5.   Cursed  be  the  man  that  trusteth  in  man,  and 


^a§  crfte  ©ebot  45 


»erläßt,  nnh  ^ält  i^'letfc^  für  feinen  2irm,  unb  mu  feinem  ^erjen 
Dorn  ^eSfiatn  ireic^t. 

@^l^.  5,  5.  3)a§  fcHt  il^r  iüiffen,  ba^  fein  ."öurer,  ober  Un^ 
reiner,  ober  ©einiger,  tt)eld)er  ift  ein  ©ö^enbiener,  ©rbe  E>at  an  bem 
9ieic^  Gt>rifti  unh  ©Dtte§. 

^l)\l  3,  19.  2BeIc^en  ber  Sauc^  if)r  ©ott  ift,  unb  i^re  (S^re 
5U  ©d;anben  inirb,  berer,  bie  irbif(i>  gefinnet  finb. 

^f.  14, 1.  2)ie  ^J)oren  f^rec^en  in  i^rem  ^erjen:  ®§  ift  !ein 
©Ott.    ©ie  taugen  nidit§,  unb  finb  ein  ©reuel  ntit  il^rem  SBefen. 

^0^.  5,  23.  2nie  follen  ben  ©ol^n  efjren,  it»ie  fie  ben  SSater 
eieren.  2ßer  ben  ©ol^n  nic^t  e^ret,  ber  e^ret  ben  SSater  nid;t,  ber 
il^n  gefanbt  f)at. 

93.  @.  2  2Rof.  32.  S)a§  golbene  5!alb.  — 2uc.  16,  19. 
©er  reid}e  Tlann.  —  3Jlatt^,  19, 16.    S)er  reici^e  Jüngling. 

IG.   ?Ba§  tft  im  erften  ®e6ot  geboten? 

2ßtr  follen  ©Dtt  über  alle  ©inge  fürd)ten,  lieben 
unb  vertrauen. 

1  9)?of.  17,  1.  Sc^  &^fi  ^^^^  allmäd)tige  ©Dtt,  iranble  üor  mir, 
unb  fei  fromm. 

^f.  33,  8.  3Ure  2BeIt  fürchte  ben  §e3t3fln,  unb  bor  i^m  fc^eue 
fid^  aHe§,  n)a§  auf  bem  ©rbboben  irol^net. 

1  3[Rof.  39,  9.  2ßie  follt  ic^  ein  folc^  gro^  Hebel  tl)un,  unb 
tviber  ©Dtt  fünbigen? 

^f.  73,  25.  26.  ^inn  ic^  nur  bic^  ^ahe,  fo  frage  id;  nid^tS 
nacf)  ^immet  unb  ©rbe.  SBenn  mir  gleic^  £eib  unb  (Seele  ber: 
fc^ma(^tet,  fo  bift  bu  bod>,  ©Dtt,  allezeit  meinet  ^erjenä  ^roft  unb 
mein  ^t^eif. 

^f.  42, 12.  3Ba§  betrübeft  bu  bic^,  meine  (Seele,  unb  bift  fo 
unrul)ig  in  mir?  §arre  auf  ©Dtt ;  benn  ic^  iüerbe  it)m  no^  ban!en, 
ba^  er  meinet  3Ingefid)t§  §ülfe  unb  mein  ©Dtt  ift. 

^f.  118,  8.  e§  ift  gut  auf  ben  ^e3f{9in  bertraucn,  unb  fid^ 
nic^t  berlaffen  auf  SJZenfdjen. 

f8.  ®.  ®an.  3.  Sie  bret  9)?änner  im  glüljenben  Dfen.  — 
1  9}Zof.  22.  2lbra^am.  —  3)an.  6.  2)aniel  in  ber  Sön^engrube. 
4 


—  45  — 

maketh  flesh  his  arm^  aud  whose  heart  departeth  from  the 
Lord. 

Eph.  5,  5.  For  this  ye  know,  that  no  whoremonger,  nor 
unclean  person^  nor  covetous  man,  who  is  an  idolater,  hath 
any  inheritance  in  the  kingdom  of  Christ  and  of  God. 

Phil.  3,  19.  Whose  god  is  their  belly,  and  whose  glory 
is  in  their  shame,  who  mind  earthly  things. 

Ps.  14,  1.  The  fool  hath  said  in  his  heart.  There  is  no 
God.  They  are  corrupt,  they  have  done  abominable  works. 

John  5,  23.  That  all  men  should  honor  the  Son,  even 
as  they  honor  the  Father.  He  that  honoreth  not  the  Son, 
honoreth  not  the  Father  wiiich  hath  sent  Him. 

B.  H.  Exod.  32.  The  golden  calf.  — Luke  16,  19.  The 
rich  man.  —  Matt.  19,  16.    The  rich  young  man. 

16.  What  is  enjoined  in  the  First  Commandment? 

That  we  should  fear,  love,  and  trust  in  God 
above  all  things. 

Gen.  17,  1.  I  am  the  Almighty  God;  walk  before  me, 
and  be  thou  perfect. 

Ps.  33,  8.  Let  all  the  earth  fear  the  Lord:  let  all  the 
inhabitants  of  the  world  stand  in  awe  of  Him. 

Gen.  39,  9.  How  then  can  I  do  this  great  wickedness, 
and  sin  against  God? 

Ps.  73,  25.  26.  Whom  have  I  in  heaven  but  Thee?  aud 
there  is  none  upon  earth  that  I  desire  beside  Thee.  My 
flesh  and  my  heart  f  aileth :  but  God  is  the  strength  of  my 
heart,  and  my  portion  for  ever. 

Ps.  42,  11.  Why  art  thou  cast  down,  0  my  soul?  and 
why  art  thou  disquieted  within  me?  Hope  thou  in  God:  for 
I  shall  yet  praise  Him,  who  is  the  health  of  my  counte- 
nance, and  my  God. 

Ps.  118,  8.  It  is  better  to  trust  in  the  Lord  than  to  put 
confidence  in  man. 

B.H,  Dan.  3.  The  men  in  the  fiery  furnace. —  Gen.  22. 
Abraham.  —  Dan.  6.   Daniel  in  the  lions'  den. 


46  3)a§  gitJctte  ®e6ot. 


^a^  jttieite  (Be^ot* 

17,   SBie  lautet  ba§>  stuette  ©e6ot? 

®u  foEft  ben  Seamen  beineg  ®Dtte^  ni^t 
unnü^Iid)  füfjren, 

18.   SQ3o§  {ft  baS? 

SBir  follen  ©Dtt  fürd^ten  unb  Heben, 
bafj  rair  bet  feinem  Dramen  nic^t  fhid^en, 
fd)roören,  ganbern,  lügen  ober  trügen; 
fonbern  benfelbigen  in  alien  9^ötl)en  an- 
rnfen,  beten,  loben  nnb  banfen. 

19.   SD3e§l^aI6  l^etfet  e§  l^ier  unb  6ei  ben  folgenben  (SeBoten  immer 
ioieber:  „SBir  foQen  ®Dtt  fürchten  unb  lieDen"? 

SSeil  auö  ber  giird^t  unb  Siebe  §u  ©Dtt  bie  @r= 
füßung  aUer  anbern  ©ebote  fliej3en  foß. 

20.   2Ba§  ift  ber  9?nme  ®Dtte§? 

©Dtt  felbft,  Toie  er  fic^  un§  geoffenbart  ^at. 

^f.  48,  11.  ©Dtt,  it)ie  bein  5?ame,  fo  i[t  auc^  bein  9luJ)m,  big 
an  ber  SBelt  ®nbe;  beine  9tec^te  ift  t)oü  ©erec^tigfeit. 

21.   aSa§  ift  in  biefem  ©e6ot  berBotcn? 

2öir  follen  ©Dtteö  9?amen  ni($t  nnnü^lid)  fül)ren; 
fonberlic^  follen  wir  bei  feinem  Dramen  nic^t  flnd^en, 
fd)iüören,  gaubern,  lügen  ober  trügen. 

22,   gBa§  r)e{6t  Bei  @Ottc§  9?amen  flucijen? 

©Dtt  läftern,  ober  fid;  felbft  ober  anbern  ©Dtteö 

Sorn  unb  ©träfe  ann)ünfd)en. 

3  aKof.  24, 15. 16.  2ßeld}er  feinem  ©Ott  fluchet,  ber  fott  feine 
©ünbe  tragen.  Sßelc^er  be§  $®3ft9ln  9^amen  läftcrt,  ber  foil  be§ 
Xobev  fterben, 


—  46  — 
The  Second  Commandment. 

17.  Which  is  the  Second  Commandment? 

Thou  shalt  not  take  the  name  of  the 
Lord  thy  God  hi  vain. 

18.  What  does  this  mean? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  curse,  swear,  use  witchcraft,  he,  or  deceive 
by  His  name ;  but  call  upon  it  in  every  trouble, 
pray,  praise,  and  give  thanks. 

19.  Why  do  we  here  and  in  the  following  Commandments  say, 
'•We  should  fear  and  love  God"  ? 

Because  from  the  fear  and  love  of  God  the 
fulfillment  of  all  other  Commandments  should 
flow. 

20.  What  is  God's  name? 

God,  as  He  has  revealed  Himself  to  us. 

Ps.  48,  10.  According  to  Thy  name,  O  God,  so  is  Thy 
praise  unto  the  ends  of  the  earth :  Tliy  riglit  hand  is  full 
of  righteousness. 

21.  What  is  forbidden  in  this  Commandment? 

The  sin  of  taking  God's  name  in  vain,  espe- 
cially by  cursing,  swearing,  using  witchcraft, 
lying,  or  deceiving  by  His  name. 

22.  What  is  cursing  by  God's  name  ? 

To  blaspheme  God,  or  to  invoke  upon  one's 

self  or  others  the  wrath  and  punishment  of  God. 

Lev.  24,  15.  16.  Whosoever  curseth  his  God,  shall  bear 
his  sin.  And  he  that  blasphemeth  the  name  of  the  Lord, 
he  shall  surely  be  put  to  death. 


2)a3  jirette  ®ebot.  ,  47 


@al.  6,  7.    Srret  euc^  nic^t;  (SDtt  Iä|t  fic^  nic^t  flotten. 

Sac.  3,  9.  10.  3)urd)  bte  ^iinge  loben  iDir  ©Dtt  ben  3Sater, 
unb  burd^  fie  flucf^en  \mv  ben  9Jienfd}en,  xxad)  bem  33ilbe  ®Dtte§ 
gemarf;t.  2lu§  ©inem  9)?unbe  ge^et  Soben  unb  ^^^lud^en.  ®§  foil 
nid^t,  lieben  93rüber,  alfo  fein. 

93.  ®.  1  ©am.  17,  43.  ©oliat^.  —  aj^attt;.  26,  74.  ^etru§. 
—  aWatt^.  27,  25.    2)ie  ^uben.  —  2  ©am.  16,  13.    ©imei. 

23.   SBa§  Iiei&t  Bei  Q5Dtte§  Seamen  fdCjiuören? 

©Dtt  gum  3^119^^^  »^^^  2Ba^r(jeit  unb  gum  9?äd^er 
ber  UnrDat)r()eit  anrufen. 

2  ©or.  1,  23.  ^d}  rufe  ©Dlt  an  jum  B^^S^n  <i"f  meine  ©eele. 

24.   5SBeId^e§  ©d^ttJÖren  ift  öerboten? 

Sllleö  falfc^e,  läfterlic^e  unb  Ietd)tfertige  ©d^n)ö= 
ten,  foraie  ade  ©ibe  in  ungeraiffen  fingen. 

Tlait^.  5,  33—37.  S^r  ^abt  iüeiter  gehört,  ba^  gu  ben 
2llten  gefagt  ift:  S)u  follft  !einen  falfc^en  (Sib  t^im  unb  follft  ©Dtt 
beinen  ©ib  I)alten.  ^d?  aber  fage  end),  ba^  if)r  allerbinge  nidjt 
fd)it)ören  follt,  iDeber  bei  bem  ^immel,  benn  er  ift  @Dtte§  ©tu^I ; 
nod^  bei  ber  ©rbe,  benn  fie  ift  feiner  'Jü^e  ©d;eme( ;  nod>  bei  3^t;u-' 
falem,  benn  fie  ift  eine§  großen  Königes  ©tabt.  2lud^  foUft  bu 
nid^t  bei  beinem  §au^t  fd)tt)ören ;  benn  bu  bermagft  nid^t  ein  eini; 
ge§  §aar  lt)ei^  ober  fdiiDarj  gu  machen,  ©ure  9tebe  aber  fei: 
3a,  \a ;  nein,  nein ;  \va§>  brüber  ift,  bag  ift  öom  Uebel. 

33.  ®.  SKatt^.  26,  72.  ^etru§.  —  3)?att^.  14,  6—9.  ^ero-- 
be§.  —  2l^oft.  23,  12.    ^ie  SSerfc^mörung  gegen  ^aulug. 

25.  SBet(f)e§  (Bäjtv'öxtn  ift  erlaubt,  [a  ge&oten? 

Sllleö  ©($tt)ören,  welkes  bie  @^re  ©Dtte§  unb 
baö  2Bof)l  beö  9M(^ften  erforbert. 

5  5«of.  6,  13.  ®u  follft  ben  ^®9i9in,  beinen  ©Ott,  fürchten, 
unb  t^m  bienen,  unb  bei  feinem  9iamen  fd^trijren. 


—  47  — 

Gal.  6^  7.     Be  not  deceived;  God  is  not  mocked. 

James  3^  9.  10.  By  the  tongue  bless  we  God,  even  the 
Father;  and  therewith  curse  we  men,  which  are  made 
after  the  similitude  of  God.  Out  of  the  same  mouth  pro- 
ceedeth  blessing  and  cursing.  My  brethren,  these  things 
ought  not  to  be. 

B.  H.  ISam.  17,  43.  Goliath.  — Matt.  26,  74.  Peter.— 
Matt.  27,  25.    The  Jews.  — 2  Sam.  16,  13.    Shimei. 

23.  What  is  swearing  by  God's  name  ? 

To  call  upon  God  as  the  witness  of  truth  or 

the  avenger  of  falsehood. 

2  Cor.  1,  23.  Moreover,  I  call  God  for  a  record  upon 
my  soul. 

24.  What  manner  of  swearing  is  forbidden? 

False,  blasphemous,  and  frivolous  swearing, 
and  all  oaths  in  uncertain  things. 

Matt.  5,  33 — 37.  Again,  ye  have  heard  that  it  hath  been 
said  by  them  of  old  time.  Thou  shalt  not  forswear  thyself, 
but  shalt  perform  unto  the  Lord  thine  oaths:  but  I  say 
unto  you.  Swear  not  at  all;  neither  by  heaven;  for  it  is 
God's  throne:  nor  by  the  earth;  for  it  is  His  footstool: 
neither  by  Jerusalem;  for  it  is  the  city  of  the  great  King. 
Neither  shalt  thou  swear  by  thy  head,  because  thou  canst 
not  make  one  hair  white  or  black.  But  let  your  communi- 
cation be,  Yea,  yea ;  Nay,  nay :  for  whatsoever  is  more  than 
these,  cometh  of  evil. 

B.  H.  Matt.  26,  72.  Peter.  — Matt.  14,  6— 9.  Herod.— 
Acts  23,  12.    The  conspiracy  against  Paul. 

25.  What  manner  of  swearing  is  permitted,  and  even  enjoined? 

Whatever  swearing  is  demanded  by  the  glory 

of  God  and  the  welfare  of  our  neighbor. 

Deut.  6, 13.  Thou  shalt  fear  the  Lord  thy  God,  and  serve 
Him,  and  shalt  swear  by  His  name. 


48  2)a«  jtoette  (Sebot. 


Gbr.  6,  16.  Xii  2Jkmfc^en  fc^n?ören  iPoI;l  bet  einem  ®röf;ern, 
bcnn  fie  finb ;  unb  ber  ®ib  mad^t  ein  (Snbe  aUe§  ^aber§,  babei  e§ 
feft  bleibt  unter  il^nen. 

35.  ®.  aWatt^.  26,  63.  64.  3®fu§  fc^trört.  —  1  9J?of.  24,  3. 
3lbral;am§  ilned^t. 

26.   2Ba§  fietfet  Bet  ®Dttc§  9?amcn  gQuBcrrt? 

©Dtteö  mmen  ober  SBort  o!)ne  ©Dtteö  33efef)l 
unb  33erl;ei§iing  gebraud;en,  urn  übernatürlii^e  ®inge 
auojuric^ten,  g.  33.  33efpred)en,  2Ba!)rfagen,  Xobten= 
befragen  unb  berg(ei($en  Xeufelöfünfte. 

5  3)?of.  18,  10—12.  2)af;  nid^t  unter  bir  funben  hjerbe,  ber 
feinen  ©ofjn  ober  Xod^ter  burct)^  ^euer  gelten  laffe,  ober  ein  2Bei§; 
fager,  ober  ein  ^agetüä^Ier,  ober  ber  auf  SSogelgefd^rei  acl;te,  ober 
ein  ßauberer,  ober  33ef ctjiüörer,  ober  SOöal^rfager,  ober  QddjznhtuUv, 
ober  ber  bie  lobten  frage.  3)enn  it)er  foId)e^  t^ut,  ber  ift  bem 
^®3i3in  ein  ©reuel,  unb  um  fold^er  ©reuel  Vüißen  bertreibt  fie  ber 
§(5;3ft9t,  bein  ©Ott,  i)or  bir  ^er. 

S.  ®.  2  gjJof.  7  unb  8.  3)ie  eg^^tifc^en  tauberer.  — 
1  Sam.  28.  2)ie  ßauberin  ^u  Gnbor.  —  2r^oft.  19,  19.  ßauber* 
büd^er. 

27.   SD3a§  Iieifet  bei  @Dtte§  ?Jamen  lugen  ober  trugen? 

galfd^e  Se()re  ober  gottlofeö  Seben  mit  ©Dtteö 
SSort  unb  3]amen  fd)mü(fen. 

^er.  23,  31.  ©iel^e,  id;  tritt  an  bie  ^ro|)^eten,  f^rid^t  ber 
§®9l3i,  bie  x^v  eigen  2Bort  führen  unb  fpred^en:  6r  l^at§  gejagt. 

Tlait^,  15,  8.  2)ieg  SSoI!  nai^et  fid;  ju  mir  mit  feinem  2)iunbe 
unb  e^ret  mid^  mit  feinen  £i|)^en ;  aber  i^r  §erg  ift  ferne  bon  mir. 

2Jiatt^.  7,  21.  ©§  hjerben  nid^t  alle,  bie  gu  mir  fagen:  <Q®rr, 
^©rr !  in  ba§  ^immelreid^  !ommen,  fonbern  bie  ben  ^ffiißen  tl)un 
meines  S3ater§  im  ^immel. 

33.  ®.  2l^oft.  5.  3lnania§  unb  ©a^^^ira.  —  S^att^.  23. 
2)ie  ^l;arifäer  unb  ©d^riftgele^rten. 


—  48  — 

Hebr.  G,  16.  For  men  verily  swear  by  the  greater:  and 
an  oath  for  contirniation  is  to  them  an  end  of  all  strife. 

IJ.  H.  Matt.  26,  63.  64.  Jesus  swearing.  —  Gen.  24,  3. 
Abraham's  servant. 

2G.  What  is  meant  by  using  witchcraft  by  God's  name  ? 

Using  God's  name  or  Word  without  His  com- 
mand and  promise  to  perform  supernatural 
things,  such  as  conjuring,  fortune-telling,  con- 
sulting the  dead,  and  similar  satanic  arts. 

Deut.  18,  10 — 12.  There  shall  not  be  found  among  you 
any  one  that  maketh  liis  son  or  his  daughter  to  pass 
through  the  fire,  or  that  useth  divination,  or  an  observer 
of  times,  or  an  enchanter,  or  a  witcli,  or  a  charmer,  or  a 
consulter  with  familiar  spirits,  or  a  wizard,  or  a  necro- 
mancer. For  all  that  do  these  things  are  an  abomination 
unto  tlie  Lord:  and  because  of  these  abominations  the 
Lord  thy  God  doth  drive  them  out  from  before  thee. 

B.  H.  Exod.  7.  8.  The  Egyptian  sorcerers.  —  1  Sam.  28. 
The  witch  of  Endor. — Acts  It),  19.  Tlie  books  of  curious 
arts. 

27.  What  is  meant  by  lying  or  deceiving  by  God's  name  ? 

Adorning  false  doctrine  or  ungodly  life  with 
the  Word  and  name  of  God. 

Jer.  23,  31.  Behold,  I  am  against  the  prophets,  saith 
the  Lord,  that  use  their  tongues  and  say.  He  saith. 

Matt.  15,  8.  This  people  draweth  nigh  unto  me  with 
their  mouth,  and  honoreth  me  with  their  lips;  but  their 
heart  is  far  from  me. 

Matt.  7,  21.  Not  every  one  that  saith  unto  me,  Lord, 
Lord,  shall  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven ;  but  he  that 
doeth  the  will  of  my  Father  which  is  in  heaven. 

B.  H.  Acts  5.  Ananias  and  Sapphira.  — Matt.  23.  The 
scribes  and  Pharisees. 


3)a§  brüte  ©cbot.  49 


28.   SBa§  ift  im  äWeiten  ©eöot  gcBoten? 

3Sir  foUen  ben  Xiamen  ©Dtteö  in  alien  9^ötf)en 
anrnfen,  beten,  loben  nnb  banfen. 

^f.  50,  15.  9iufe  mic^  an  in  ber  9bt^ ;  fo  iüill  td^  bid}  er- 
retten, fo  follft  bu  mid}  :preifen. 

aJJattf;.  7,  7.  S3ittet,  fo  i^irb  eud)  gegeben ;  jucket,  fo  l^erbet 
i^r  finben ;  flopfet  an,  fo  ivirb  euc^  aufgetlian. 

^f.  103,  1.  2obe  ben  §ö9t9tn,  meine  6eele,  unb  iüaö  in  mir 
ift,  feinen  I;eiUgcn  9Mmen. 

^f.  118,  1.  3)an!et  bem  §®9i3ftn;  benn  er  ift  freunblic^,  unb 
feine  ©üte  Jüä^ret  eioiglid^. 

JB.  @.    1  ©am.  1.  2.    ^anna. 

^a§  bviiie  i^ehoU 

29.    aSic  lautet  ba^  bnttc  ©cBot? 

S)u  foHft  ben  g^i^^ttjg  ^eiligen, 

30,    SBaS  ifl  ba^'? 

2Bir  follen  ©Dtt  fnrd^ten  unb  Heben, 
baß  Tütr  bie  ^rebißt  unb  fein  SBort  ni($t 
r)erad;ten;  fonbern  baöfelbige  l^eilig  ^al- 
ien, gerne  ^ören  unb  lernen. 

31.    5cn^£>ei:t  biefe§  ®e6ot  aud^  bon  un§,  ba%  inir  ben  Sabhatii, 

gefte,  ober  üBerliaupt  Feiertage  !^altcn,  wie  bn§  9SoIf  @Dtte§ 

im  Eliten  Seftamente? 

9f?ein  ;  benn  im  Dienen  ^eftament  !)at  ©Dtt  felbft 
bieö  alleö  abtjetljan. 

Tlaitl).  12,  8.  3)e§  3Kenfc^en  ©o^n  ift  ein  §err  auc^  über 
ben  ©abbat^. 

6ot.  2,  16. 17.  ©0  laffet  mm  niemanb  eud^  ©eh^iffen  machen 
über  ©^eife,  ober  über  Xran!,  ober  über  beftimmten  Feiertagen, 
ober  9Zeumonben,  ober  ©abbat^er,  n)el^e§  ift  ber  Q<i)aiUn  öon 
bem,  tiü^  ju!ünftig  \r>ax ;  aber  ber  ilör^er  felbft  ift  in  (S^rifto. 


—  49  — 

28.  What  is  enjoined  in  the  Second  Commandment? 

We  should  call  upon  God's  name  in  every 
trouble,  pray,  praise,  and  give  thanks. 

Ps.  50,  15.  Call  upon  me  iu  the  day  of  trouble:  I  \vill 
deliver  thee,  and  thou  shalt  glorify  me. 

Matt.  7 ,  7.  Ask,  and  it  shall  be  given  you;  seek,  and  ye 
shall  find;  knock,  and  it  shall  be  opened  unto  you. 

Ps.  103,  1.  Bless  the  Lord,  0  my  soul:  and  all  that  is 
within  me,  bless  His  holy  name. 

Ps.  1 18,  1 .  O  give  thanks  unto  the  Lord ;  for  He  is  good : 
because  His  mercy  endureth  for  ever. 

B.  H.    1  Sam.  1.  2.    Hannah. 

The  Third  Commandment. 

29.  Which  is  the  Third  Commandment  ? 

Thou  shalt  sanctify  the  holy-day. 

30.  What  does  this  mean  ? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  despise  preaching  and  His  Word  ;  but  hold 
it  sacred,  and  gladly  hear  and  learn  it. 

31.  Does  this  Commandment  require  of  ns  that  we  should  keep  the 

Sabbath,  feasts,  or  holy -days  of  any  kind,  as  the  people  of  God 

did  in  the  Old  Testament  ? 

No;  for  in  the  New  Testament  all  this  has 
been  abolished  by  God  Himself. 

Matt.  12,  8.  The  Son  of  man  is  Lord  even  of  the  Sab- 
bath day. 

Col.  2,  16.  17.  Let  no  man  therefore  judge  y6u  in  meat, 
or  in  drink,  or  in  respect  of  an  holy-day,  or  of  the  new 
moon,  or  of  the  Sabbath  days:  which  are  a  shadow  of 
things  to  come;  but  the  body  is  of  Christ. 


50  T)a§  bntte  ®cbct„ 


32.   SBeäl^nlB  feiern  tvit  benn  abet  ben  ©onntag  unb  anbete  5efte? 

Ti\d)t  alio  göttlichem  ^efel)(,  fonbern  urn  3^tt  iiub 
©elegentjeit  §iim  offeiitUdjen  ©otteöbienft  §ii  l}ahen, 

(Bhv.  10,  25.  Saffet  un§  nid;t  öerlafjen  unfere  SSerfammlung, 
tüie  etlid^e  Pflegen. 

2l^oft.  2,  42.  ©ie  blieben  aber  beftänbig  in  ber  2l^o[tel  Seigre, 
unb  in  ber  ©emeinfd^aft,  nnb  im  Srobbrec^en,  unb  im  ®ebet, 

33.   5EBo§  ift  un§  alfo  im  britten  ©eBot  ber&oten? 

SBir  follen  bie  ^rebigt  unb  ©Dtteö  3öort  nid^t 
vexaä)kn. 

34.   SSic  gefcöiel^t  ba»,? 

SBenn  wir  bie  ^rebigt  iinb  ba§  gefc^riebene  Sßorl 
©Dtteö  unb  bie  ©acramente  entraeber  gar  ni(§t,  ober 
faumfelig  ober  leichtfertig  gebraud^en. 

So^.  8,  47.  2ßer  i)on  ©Dtt  ift,  ber  ^öret  ®Dtte§  2ßort. 
^arum  l^öret  il^r  nid^t;  benn  il^r  feib  nic^t  bon  ©Dtt. 

2uc.  10,  16.  3ßer  (iuä}  l^ijret,  ber  ^öret  mid^;  unb  h)er  eud^ 
öera^tet,  ber  ücrad^tct  mid^ ;  it)er  aber  mid^  berad^tet,  ber  berad^tet 
ben,  ber  mid)  gefanbt  l;at. 

§of.  4,  6.  2)u  öerioirfft  ©Dtte§  2Bort,  barum  iüiU  id^  bid^ 
aud^  öertt)erfen. 

ö.  ®.    Sue.  7,  30.    Sie  ^^arifäer  unb  ©(^riftgeret)rten. 

35.   SBa§  ift  uns  bogegen  im  britten  ®e&ot  geßoten? 

2öir  follen  bie  ^rebigt  unb  ©Dtteö  SBort  ^eilig 
galten,  gerne  l)ören  unb  lernen. 

^ef.  66,  2.  ^c^  fei)e  an  ben  ®Ienben,  unb  ber  gerbrod^enen 
©eifteö  ift,  unb  ber  fid^  fürd^tet  öor  meinem  Sßort. 

^reb.  4,17.  33elt)al^re  beinen  %ü%  Wmn  bu  jum  ^aufe  ©Dt* 
te§  ge^eft,  unb  !omm,  ba^  bu  ^öreft.  2)a§  ift  beffer,  benn  ber 
9Zarren  D^jfer;  benn  fie  hJiffen  nic^t,  Wa^  fie  93öfeg  t^un. 


—  50  — 

32.  Why,  then,  do  Ave  celebrate  Sunday  and  other  feasts  ? 

Not  by  divine  command,  but  in  order  to  have 
time  and  opportunity  for  public  worship. 

Hebr.  10^  25.  Not  forsaking  the  assembling  of  our- 
selves together,  as  the  manner  of  some  is. 

Acts  2 J  42.  And  they  continued  steadfastly  in  the  apos- 
tles' doctrine  and  fellowship,  and  in  breaking  of  bread, 
and  in  prayers. 

33.  What  is,  therefore,  forbidden  in  the  Third  Coinmandment? 

We  should  not  despise  preaching  and  God's 
Word. 

34.  How  is  this  done  ? 

By  negligently,  carelessly,  or  not  at  all  at- 
tending public  worship  or  using  the  written 
Word  of  God  and  the  Sacraments. 

John  8,  47.  He  that  is  of  God  heareth  God's  words: 
ye  therefore  hear  them  not,  because  ye  are  not  of  God. 

Luke  10,  16.  He  that  heareth  you  heareth  me;  and  he 
that  despiseth  you  despiseth  me ;  and  he  that  despiseth  me 
despiseth  Him  that  sent  me. 

Hos.  4,  6.  Because  thou  hast  rejected  knowledge,  I  will 
also  reject  thee. 

B.  H.   Luke  7,  30.    The  scribes  and  Pharisees. 

35.  What  is  enjoined  in  the  Third  Commandment? 

We  should  hold  preaching  and  God's  Word 
sacred  and  gladly  hear  and  learn  it. 

Is.  66,  2.  To  this  man  will  I  look,  even  to  him  that  is 
poor  and  of  a  contrite  spirit,  and  trembleth  at  my  ^yord. 

Eccl.  5, 1.  Keep  thy  foot  when  thou  goest  to  the  house 
of  God,  and  be  more  ready  to  hear,  than  to  give  the  sacri- 
fice of  fools :  for  they  consider  not  that  they  do  evil. 


2)ie  jtrcite  ^afel.  51 


^f.  26,  6—8.  Sc^  ^alte  mic^,  ^(^n%  gu  betnem  Slltar,  ba 
man  l^öret  bie  ©timme  be§  2)an!en§,  unb  ba  man  ^rebiget  alle  beine 
SBunber.  §®3i3t,  td^  l^abe  lieb  bie  ©tätte  beine§  ^au[e§,  unb  ben 
Drt,  ba  beine  6^re  iDo^net. 

1  2;^efj.  2,  13.  2)a  il^r  em|)finget  i)on  un§  bag  3Bort  gött^ 
lid^er  ^rebigt,  nal^met  i^r§  auf,  nid^t  al§  3Henfd^en  äßort,  fonbern, 
n?ie  e0  benn  n)a^r^aftig  i[t,  al§  ©Dtte§  äßort. 

©ol.  3, 16.  Safjet  ba§  SBort  (S^rifti  unter  eud?  reid^lid^  n^ol^nen 
in  aller  SBei^l^eit.  Sel^ret  unb  t)erma^net  nn^i)  felbft  mit  ^falmen 
unb  Sobgefängen,  unb  geiftlid^en  lieblid^en  :öiebern,  unb  finget  bem 
§®rrn  in  eurem  ^erjen. 

Sue.  11,  28.  ©elig  finb,  bie  bag  2öort  ©Dtteä  l^ören  unb  be* 
iral^ren. 

©al.  6,  6.  2)er  unterrid^tet  h)irb  mit  bem  SBort,  ber  tl^eile 
mit  allerlei  (3uk§>  bem,  ber  i^n  unterrichtet. 

S3.  ®.  1  ©am.  1.  2.  §anna,  bie  2Jtutter  ©amuelg.  — 
Sue.  2,  41—52.  2)er  giDölfjä^rige  S^fug.  35.  36—38.  2)ie  ^ro* 
^^etin^anna.  33,51.  2)ie  2Kutter  S®fu.  —  Sue.  10,  39.  3Karia, 
bie  ©d^hjefter  ber  2Jiart^a. 

36.   SD3a§  ift  bit  ©ummo  ber  giüeiten  2;afcl? 

„®u  joUft  beinen  9^ä($ften  lieben  alä  bid^  felbft." 

TlatÜ).  22,  39. 

a«att^.  7, 12.  2iae§,  bag  i^r  hjollet,  baf;  euc^  bie  Seute  t^un 
follen,  bag  tl^ut  il^r  i^nen ;  bag  ift  bag  ©efe^  unb  bie  ^ro^^eten. 

37.   SScr  ift  unfer  3Jäc5fter? 

Sebermann,  ber  unferer  Siebe  bebarf. 

©al.  6,  10.  2llg  it)ir  benn  nun  3^it  l)aben,  fo  laffet  ung  ©uteg 
t^un  an  jebermann,  allermeift  aber  an  beg  ©laubeng  ©enoffen. 

3Jtatt^.  5,  44.  45.  Siebet  eure  ^^einbe,  fegnet,  bie  eud^  flud^en, 
t^ut  h)o^l  benen,  bie  euc^  Wff^^r  'bittet  für  bie,  fo  eud^  beleibigew 


—  51  — 

Ps.  2C),  6—8.  So  will  I  compass  Thine  altar^  O  Lord: 
that  I  may  publish  with  the  voice  of  thauksgiving,  and  tell 
of  all  Thy  wondrous  works.  Lord,  I  have  loved  the  habi- 
tation of  Thy  house,  and  the  place  where  Thine  honor 
dwelleth. 

1  Thess.  2,  13.  When  ye  received  the  Word  of  God 
which  ye  heard  of  us,  ye  received  it  not  as  the  word  of 
men,  but  as  it  is  in  truth,  the  Word  of  God. 

Col.  3,  16.  Let  the  Word  of  Christ  dwell  in  you  richly 
in  all  wisdom ;  teaching  and  admonishing  one  another  in 
psalms  and  hymns  and  spiritual  songs,  singing  with  grace 
in  your  hearts  to  the  Lord. 

Luke  11,  28.  Blessed  are  they  that  hear  the  Word  of 
God,  and  keep  it. 

Gal.  6,  6.  Let  him  that  is  taught  in  the  Word  communi- 
cate unto  him  that  teacheth  in  all  good  things. 

B.  H.  1  Sam.  1,  2.  Hannah,  the  mother  of  Samuel. — 
Luke  2,  41 — 52.  Jesus  twelve  years  old. — v.  36 — 38.  Anna 
the  Prophetess. — v.  51.  The  mother  of  Jesus.  —  Luke 
10,  39.    Mary,  the  sister  of  Martha. 

THE  SECOND  TABLE. 

36.  ^Vhat  is  the  Sum  of  the  Second  Table  ? 

''Thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbor  as  thyself." 

Matt.  22,  39. 

Matt.  7,  12.  All  things  wiiatsoever  ye  would  that  men 
should  do  to  you,  do  ye  even  so  to  them :  for  this  is  the 
Law  and  the  prophets. 

37.  Who  is  our  neighbor  ? 

Every  one  who  is  in  need  of  our  love. 

Gal.  6,  10.  As  we  have  therefore  opportunity,  let  us  do 
good  unto  all  men,  especially  unto  them  who  are  of  the 
household  of  faith. 

Matt.  5,  44.  45.  Love  your  enemies,  bless  them  that 
curse  you,  do  good  to  them  that  hate  you,  and  pray  for 


§2  2)a§  vierte  ®ebot. 


unb  verfolgen,  auf  baf;  i^r  ^inbcr  feib  eure§  SSater§  ini  ^immel. 
S)enrt  er  lä^t  feine  ©onne  aufgellen  über  bie  33öfen  unb  über  bie 
©Uten,  nnii  läffct  regnen  über  @ered;te  unb  Ungered^te. 

35.  @.    £uc.  10,  25—37.    Ser  bannfjer^ige  ©amariter. 

38.   3Sie  lautet  ba§  bierte  (UeBot? 

2)u  jollft  betneii  9Sater  itnb  beiue  SJJutter 
ef)ren,  auf  ha^  bir^  tüof)t  ge^e,  unb  bu  lange 
lebeft  auf  ©rben» 

39,   2Ba§  tft  ba§? 

2Btr  f ollen  ©Dtt  fürd;ten  unb  lieben, 
bafe  rair  unfere  ©Item  unb  ^erreu  iud)t 
t)erad;ten,  noc^  erzürnen;  fonbern  fie  in 
© !)  r  e  n  Ij  a  ( t  e  n ,  i  f)  n  e  n  b  i  e  n  e  n ,  9  e  ()  o  r  d^  e  n , 
fie  lieb  unb  wextl)  l)aben< 

40.   SSer  finb  Sitern  unb  C^erren? 

^ater  unb  9}h;tter  unb  alle,  meldte  naä)  ©Dtteö 
Drbnuug  in  §auö,  £anb,  S($ule  unb  ^irc^e  über  unö 
gefegt  finb. 

S3.  ®.  1  aJiof.  41,  43.  SoW.  —  2  Äön.  2,  12.  Gllaö.  — 
1  (Sor.  4,  15.    ^aulu§. 

41.   aBa§  ift  im  bterten  ®cBot  tierBoten? 

SSir  foöcu  unfere  ©Item  unb  Ferren  nid^t  üer= 
ad^ten,  nod;  erzürnen. 

42.   2Bie  ßefc^te^t  ba§? 

Söenn  wir  il)re  SBürbe  unb  il)ren  Söillen  nid^t 
ad^ten  unb  fie  burd^  Uncjeljorfam  ober  burd^  anbere 
^oöl)eit  5U  geredetem  gorn  reiben. 


j 


—  52  — 

them  which  despitefully  use  jou,  and  persecute  you ;  that 
ye  may  be  the  children  of  your  Father  which  is  in  heaven : 
for  He  maketh  His  sun  to  rise  on  the  evil  and  on  the  good, 
and  sendeth  rain  on  the  just  and  on  the  unjust. 
B.  H.    Luke  10,  25 — 37.    The  good  Samaritan. 

The  Fourth  Commandment. 

38.  Which  is  the  Fourth  Commandment? 

Thou  shalt  honor  thy  father  and  thy 
mother,  that  it  may  be  well  with  thee, 
and  thou  mayest  live  long  on  the  earth. 

39.  What  does  this  mean? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  despise  our  parents  and  masters,  nor  pro- 
voke them  to  anger;  but  give  them  honor, 
serve  and  obey  them,  and  hold  them  in  love 
and  esteem. 

40.  Who  are  parents  and  masters  ? 

Father  and  mother  and  all  those  who,  ac- 
cording to  God's  ordinance,  are  placed  over  us 
in  home,  state,  school,  and  church. 

B.  H.  Gen.  41,  43.  Joseph.  — 2  Kings  2,  12.  Elijah.— 
1  Cor.  i,  15.    Paul. 

41.  What  is  forbidden  in  the  Fourth  Commandment? 

We  should  not  despise  our  parents  and  mas- 
ters, nor  provoke  them  to  anger. 

42.  How  is  this  done  ? 

By  not  respecting  their  dignity  and  will,  and 
provoking  them  to  just  anger  by  disobedience 
or  any  kind  of  wickedness. 


®a§  bterte  ®ebot,  53 


©^r.  30,  17.  ©in  2(uge,  ba§  ben  SSater  i^erf^ottet,  unb  i?er= 
a(i)kt  ber  abutter  gu  gef)ord)en,  ba§  muffen  bie  3^aben  am  33a(i) 
au^l^aden,  unb  bie  jungen  3lbler  freffen. 

dlbm.  13,  2.  2ßer  fid>  toiber  bie  Dbrig!eit  fe^et,  ber  ii3iber= 
ftrebet  ©Dtteg  Drbnung ;  bie  aber  it)iberftreben,  h^erben  über  fid) 
ein  Urt^eil  em|)fa^en. 

1  ^etr.  2,  18.  ^I^r  ^ned^te,  feib  untert^an  mit  aller  ^uri^t 
ben  Ferren,  nid^t  allein  ben  gütigen  unb  gelinben,  fonbern  aucf)  ben 
n)unber(id)en. 

Ö.  @.  1  ©am.  2, 12.  ®li§  ©ö^ne.  —  2  ©am.  15.  2tbfa= 
lorn.  —  2  B'ön.  2,  23.  24.    2)ie  Änaben  ju  33et^el. 

43.  2Bo§  {ft  bagegert  im  btetten  ®ebot  geboten? 

2Bir  follen  unfere  ©Item  unb  Ferren  in  ©^ren 
galten,  i^nen  bienen,  ge^orc^en,  fie  lieb  unb  raertl) 
l)aben. 

44.   5IBie  gcfd^tc^t  ba§? 

SBenn  wir  fie  t)on  §ergen  für  ©Dtteö  ©tellt)er= 
treter  fialten;  auc^  unge^eigen  für  fie  t^un,  wa§>  mix 
fönnen;  il)nen  in  aUen  ben  fingen  folgen,  in  weld^en 
©Dtt  fie  über  unö  gefegt  l)at,  unb  fie  alö  eine  tl)eure 
©abe  ©Dtteö  fd^ägen. 

®^^.  6,  2.  3.  ®^re  SSater  unb  abutter;  ba§  ift  ba§  erfte  ®e^ 
bot,  ba§  S8erl^eifiung  ^ai ;  auf  baf;  bir§  h)o^I  gel^e,  unb  bu  lange 
lebeft  auf  (Srben. 

©ol.  3,  20.  S^r  tinber,  feib  gel^orfam  ben  ®(tern  in  alien 
SDingen,  benn  ba§  ift  bem  §6rrn  gefällig. 

©^r.  23,  22.  ©et)orct>e  beinem  33ater,  ber  bid^  gegeuget  ^at, 
unb  öerad^te  beine  2)?utter  nid^t,  n^enn  fie  alt  irirb. 

1  ^im.  5,  4.  3)en  ©Item  ®Ieic^e§  vergelten,  ba§  ift  ir»ol^I= 
getl^an,  unb  angenel^m  öor  ©Dtt. 

@br.  13,  17.  ©ei^ord^et  euren  Seigrem,  unb  folget  il^nen; 
benn  fie  toac^n  über  eure  ©eelen,  al§  bie  ba  9iec^enf^aft  bafür 


—  53  — 

Prov.  30,  17.  The  eye  that  mockcth  at  his  father,  and 
despiseth  to  obey  his  mother,  tlie  ravens  of  the  valley  shall 
pick  it  out,  and  the  young  eagles  shall  eat  it. 

Eom.  13,  2.  Whosoever  therefore  resisteth  the  power, 
resisteth  the  ordinance  of  God :  and  they  that  resist  shall 
receive  to  themselves  damnation. 

1  Pet.  2,  18.  Servants,  be  subject  to  your  masters  with 
all  fear;  not  only  to  the  good  and  gentle,  but  also  to  the 
fro  ward. 

B.  H.  1  Sam.  2, 12.  The  sons  of  Eli.  — 2  Sam.  15.  Ab- 
salom.—2  Kings  2,  23.  24.    The  boys  at  Bethel. 

43.  What  is  eBJoined  in  the  Fourth  Commandment  ? 

We  should  give  honor  to  our  parents  and 
masters,  serve  and  obey  them,  and  hold  them 
in  love  and  esteem. 

44.  How  is  this  done  ?    , 

When  we  truly  regard  them  as  God's  repre- 
sentatives, of  our  own  accord  do  for  them  what 
we  can,  obey  them  in  all  things  in  which  God 
has  placed  them  over  us,  and  esteem  them  as  a 
precious  gift  of  God. 

Eph.  6,  2.  3.  Honor  thy  father  and  mother;  which  is 
the  first  commandment  with  promise ;  that  it  may  be  well 
with  thee,  and  thou  mayest  live  long  on  the  earth. 

Col.  3,  20.  Children,  obey  your  parents  in  all  things: 
for  this  is  well  pleasing  unto  the  Lord. 

Prov.  23,  22.  Hearken  unto  thy  father  that  begat  thee, 
and  despise  not  thy  motlier  when  she  is  old. 

1  Tim.  5,  4.  To  requite  their  parents :  for  that  is  good 
and  acceptable  before  God. 

Hebr.  13,  17.  Obey  them  that  have  the  rule  over  you, 
and  submit  yourselves :  for  they  watch  for  your  souls,  as 


54  3)a§  fünfte  ®cbot. 


geben  folten,  auf  bafe  fie  ba§  mit  ^^^reuben  tl^un,  iinb  nidjt  mit 
©eufjen;  benn  ba§  ift  eud;  nicl}t  gut. 

9töm.  13,  1.  ^ebermann  fei  untertl)an  ber  Dbrig!eit,  bie  ©e^ 
iüalt  über  il^n  l)at.  S)enn  e§  ift  !eine  Dbrigfeit  oI>ne  bon  ©Dtt; 
n)0  aber  Dbrig!eit  ift,  bie  ift  t)on  @Dtt  berorbnet. 

3  Tlo\.  19,  32.  SSor  einem  grauen  §aupt  foltft  bu  auffielen, 
unb  bie  2tlten  e^ren. 

Sl^oft.  5,  29.  9JJan  muf;  ©Dtt  mel^r  gel^ord^en,  benn  ben 
^Oienfc^en. 

S3.  ®.  1  3J?of.  46.  47.  Sofe|)^.  —  9iut^  1,  16.  3tut^.  — 
1  Äön.  2, 19.    ©alomo.  —  Sue.  2,  51.    S®f"ö- 

Sa^  fünfte  mchoU 

45,   5lßtc  loutct  ba§  fünfte  ®c6ot? 

2)u  fottft  nt(^t  tobten* 

46.   SffiaS  ift  baS? 

2Bir  follen  ©Dtt  fürchten  unb  lieben, 
bag  voir  unferm  9^ä(^[ten  an  feinem  Seibe 
feinen  ©d^aben  noc^  Seib  tl)un;  fonbern 
i()m  ()elfen  unb  förbern  in  alien  Seibeö? 
nötljen. 

47.   2Ba§  tft  im  füttften  ®cBot  bcrboten? 

2Bir  foUen  unferm  D^äd^ften  an  feinem  Seibe  feinen 

(5d;aben  no($  Seib  tl)un,  ha§)  Reifet,  mir  follen  ni$t§ 

tl)un  ober  reben,  moburd)  i^m  fein  Seben  genommen, 

rerüirjt  ober  verleibet  mirb,  anä)  feinen  goi^n  ober 

§a6  miber  i()n  im  bergen  tragen. 

1  mol  9,  6.  2Ber  2Kenfc^enbIut  Hergeu^t,  bef;  «tut  fott  auc^ 
<)urc^  3)ienfc^en  bergoffen  n^erben ;  benn  ©Dtt  ^at  ben  3)?enf(^en  ju 
feinem  Silbe  gemad^t. 


—  54  — 

they  that  must  give  account,  that  they  may  do  it  with  joy, 
and  not  witli  grief:  for  that  is  un{)rotitabIe  for  you. 

Itom.  13,  1.  Let  every  soul  be  subject  unto  the  higher 
powers.  For  there  is  no  power  but  of  God :  the  powers 
that  be  are  ordained  of  God. 

Lev.  19,  32.  Thou  shalt  rise  up  before  the  hoary  head, 
and  lionor  the  face  of  the  old  man. 

Acts  5,  29,    We  ought  to  obey  God  rather  than  men. 

B.  H.  Gen.  46.  47.  Joseph.  —  Ruth  1,  IG.  Ruth.— 
1  Kings  2,  19.    Solomon.  —  Luke  2,  51.    Jesus. 


The  Fifth  Commandment. 

45.  Which  is  the  Fifth  Commandment? 

Thou  shalt  not  kill. 

46.  What  does  this  mean  ? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  hurt  nor  harm  our  neighbor  in  his  body ; 
but  help  and  befriend  him  in  every  bodily 
need. 

47.  What  is  forbidden  in  the  Fifth  Commandment? 

That  we  should  not  hurt  nor  harm  our  neigh- 
bor in  his  body;  that  is,  we  should  do  or  say 
nothing  whereby  his  life  may  be  destroyed, 
shortened,  or  embittered,  and  bear  no  anger  or 
hatred  against  him  in  our  hearts. 

Gen.  9,  6.  Whoso  sheddeth  man's  blood,  by  man  shall 
his  blood  be  shed:  for  in  the  image  of  God  made  He 
man. 


®a§  fünfte  ®c6ot.  55 


2«attl>.  26,  52.  Sßer  ba§  ©c^tvert  nimmt,  ber  fott  burc^§ 
©d^iüert  umfommen. 

9t5m.  13, 4.  ©ie  trägt  ba§  ©d^lvert  nid^t  umfonft,  fie  ift  (^DU 
te§  2)ienerin,  eine  9täd;erin  jur  ©träfe  über  ben,  ber  93öfe§  tl^ut. 

3fiöm.  12,  19.  Siärfiet  eurf)  felber  nid^t,  meine  Siebften,  fonbern 
gebet  9taum  bem  ^oxn;  benn  e§  ftel^et  gejd^rieben:  2)ie  9ia(f)e  ift 
mein ;  id^  iDill  öergelten,  f^rid^t  ber  §(Err. 

5[Ratt^.  5,  21.  22.  '^^v  ^abt  get)öret,  ba^  ju  ben  2][lten  gefagt 
ift:  ^u  follft  nid)t  tobten;  Jt>er  aber  tobtet,  ber  foH  be§  @erid^t§ 
fd}ulbig  fein,  ^d)  aber  fage  end):  2ßer  mit  feinem  Sruber  gurnet, 
ber  ift  be§  ©erid^t§  fd^ulbig;  irer  aber  ju  feinem  Sruber  fagt: 
9tac^a,  ber  ift  b^3  'Siai^^  fd^ulbig ;  tcer  aber  fagt :  3)u  D^arr,  ber  ift 
be§  l^öüifc^en  (^-euerä  fdEiuIbig. 

1  ^oi  3,  15.  2ßer  feinen  «ruber  Raffet,  ber  ift  ein  ^iobt* 
fd^täger ;  unb  i^r  triffet,  baf;  ein  Xobtfd^Iäger  nid^t  l^at  baä  ehjige 
2^hm  bei  il^m  bleibenb. 

2Jlattl^.  15,  19.  2lu§  bem  ^erjen  Jommen  arge  ©ebanfen, 
SWorb,  ®l^ebrud^,  ^urerei,  2)ieberei,  falfd^e  3cugniffe,  Säfterung. 

©.  ®.  1  a«of.  4,  8.  ^ain.  —  1  9«of.  37,  31—34.  ^ofe^^S 
«ruber.  —  2  ©am.  11,  15.  2)at)ib.  —  SJJatt^.  26,  51.  ^etruä. 
—  Ser,  18, 18.  —  2l^Dft.  7,  54. 

48.  SBaS  ift  in  biefem  ®c6ot  geBotcn? 

SBtr  follen  unferm  9Md^ften  !)elfen  unb  förbern  in 
alien  Seibeönötl^en,  alfo  au($  barm!)ergtg,  fanftmüt{)tg 
unb  t)erfö{)nlid^  O^G^n  i^n  gefinnt  fein. 

^ef.  58,  7.  33ric^  bem  hungrigen  bein  «rob,  unb  bie,  fo  im 
®Ienb  finb,  fü^re  in§  §au§ ;  fo  bu  einen  nadenb  fiei^eft,  f o  !Ieibe 
if)n,  unb  entgeud^  bid^  nid)t  bon  beinem  ^leifd^. 

di'öm.  12,  20.  ©0  nun  beinen  ^einb  l^ungert,  fo  f^eife  il^n; 
bürftet  il^n,  fo  trän!e  ilm.  SBenn  bu  ba§  t^uft,  fo  irirft  bu  feurige 
^ol^len  auf  fein  §au^t  fammetn. 

dJlattl).  5,  5.  7.  9.  ©elig  finb  bie  ©anftmüt^igen ;  benn  fie 
hjerben  "ba^  (Srbreid^  befi^en.    ©elig  finb  bie  Sarm^erjigen ;  benn 


—  55  — 

Matt.  2G,  52.  All  that  take  the  sword  shall  perish  with 
the  sword. 

Rom.  13^  4.  He  beareth  not  the  sword  in  vain:  for  he 
is  the  minister  of  God,  a  revenger  to  execute  wrath  upon 
him  that  doeth  evil. 

Rom.  12,  19.  Dearly  beloved,  avenge  not  yourselves, 
but  rather  give  place  unto  wrath :  for  it  is  written,  Venge- 
ance is  mine ;  I  will  repay,  saith  the  Lord. 

Matt.  5,  21.  22.  Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said  by  them 
of  old  time.  Thou  shalt  not  kill;  and  whosoever  shall  kill 
shall  be  in  danger  of  the  judgment:  but  I  say  unto  you, 
That  whosoever  is  angry  with  his  brother  without  a  cause 
shall  be  in  danger  of  the  judgment:  and  whosoever  shall 
say  to  his  brother,  Raca,  shall  he  in  danger  of  the  council : 
but  whosoever  shall  say.  Thou  fool,  shall  be  in  danger  of 
hell-fire. 

1  John  3,  15.  Whosoever  hateth  his  brother  is  a  mur- 
derer: and  ye  know  that  no  murderer  hath  eternal  life 
abiding  in  him. 

Matt.  15,  19.  Out  of  the  heart  proceed  evil  thoughts, 
murders,  adulteries,  fornications,  thefts,  false  witness, 
blasphemies. 

B.  H.  Gen.  4,  8.  Cain.  — Gen.  37,  31—34.  Joseph's 
brothers.  — 2  Sam.  11,  15.  David.  — Matt.  26,  51.  Peter. 
—  Jer.  18,  18.— Acts  7,  54. 

48.  What  is  enjoined  in  this  Commandment  ? 

That  we  should  help  and  befriend  our  neigh- 
bor in  every  bodily  need,  and  hence  be  merci- 
ful, meek,  and  forgiving  towards  him. 

Is.  58,  7.  Is  it  not  to  deal  thy  bread  to  the  hungry,  and 
that  thou  bring  the  poor  that  are  cast  out  to  thy  house  ? 
when  thou  seest  the  naked,  that  thou  cover  him ;  and  that 
thou  hide  not  thyself  from  thine  own  flesh? 

Rom.  12,  20.  Therefore  if  thine  enemy  hunger,  feed 
him;  if  he  thirst,  give  him  drink:  for  in  so  doing  thou 
shalt  heap  coals  of  fire  on  his  head. 


56  ^a§  fec^Stc  ©ebot. 


fie  hierben  Sarinl^erjigfeit  erlangen,  ©elig  finb  bie  ^^-riebfertigen ; 
benn  fie  luerbcn  ©Dtte§  ^inbcr  l;eif5en. 

Wiattl).  5,  25.  ©ei  iinllfertig  beinem  3Biberfa(^er  balb,  bie= 
mil  bu  nod}  bei  if)m  auf  bem  SBege  bift,  auf  ba^  bid)  ber  2Biber= 
fad}er  nid}t  bermateinS  überanti-porte  bem  9iid)ter,  unb  ber  9iid}ter 
überantlüorte  bic^  bem  ©iener,  unb  voerbeft  in  hm  5ler!er  geworfen. 

«B.  ®.  1  ^o\.  14,  12.  ff.  Slbrafiam.  —  1  ©am.  26. 
Sabib.  —  Sue.  10,  33.  Ser  barml^erjige  ©amariter.  —  2)latt^. 
25,  31—46.    Sd;  bin  ^ungrig  geivefen  2C. 

49.   acßie  lautet  ba^  fed^^tc  ©e&ot? 

S)u  foUft  nic^t  eljebred^en» 

50.   5S5aS  ift  bo§? 

SBir  joden  ©Dtt  für($ten  unb  Heben, 
ha^  wxx  teu\d)  unb  5üd)tig  (eben  in  SSorten 
unb  SBerfen,  unb  ein  jeglicher  fein  @ema()l 
lieben  unb  e!)ren. 

51.   SGSaS  ift  bie  e^e? 

^ie  von  ©Dtt  geftiftete,  burd;  red^tmäStgeö  33er:: 
löbniß  gefdjloffene  leben§länölid)e  ^erbinbung  ^mU 
fdjen  Tlann  unb  2Beib  ^u  (ginem  gleifd). 

33.  ®.   1  aJJof.  2, 18—24.  ©tiftung  ber  e§e.  — 2«att^.  1, 20. 

52.   SBoS  ift  im  fecf)§ten  OeBot  berbotcn? 

2lIIe§,  TDoburd)  bie  göttlidje  Drbnung  ber  Q:i)e 
(gebrochen,  eeriest  ober  entl)eiligt  wirb;  eä  gefc^el^e 
bieö  in  ober  auger  ber  (S^e;  fei  eö  burd^  SScrf,  SBort 
ober  33egierbe. 


—  56  — 

Matt.  5,  5.  7.  9.  Blessed  are  the  meek:  for  they  shall 
inherit  tlie  earth.  Blessed  are  the  merciful:  for  they  shall 
obtain  mercy.  Blessed  are  the  peacemakers :  for  they 
shall  be  called  the  children  of  God. 

Matt.  5,  25.  Agree  with  thine  adversary  quickly,  whiles 
thou  art  in  the  way  with  him;  lest  at  any  time  the  adver- 
sary deliver  thee  to  the  Judge,  and  the  judge  deliver  thee 
to  the  officer,  and  thou  be  cast  into  prison. 

B.  H.  Gen.  14,  12,  etc.  Abraham.  — 1  Sam.  26.  David. 
— Luke  10,  33.  The  good  Samaritan.  —  Matt.  25,  31 — 46. 
The  judgment. 

The  Sixth  Commandment. 

49.  Which  is  the  Sixth  Commandment? 

Thou  shalt  not  commit  adultery. 

50.  Wliat  does  this  mean  ? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
lead  a  chaste  and  decent  life  in  word  and  deed, 
and  each  love  and  honor  his  spouse. 

51.  What  is  marriage  ? 

The  life-long  union  of  man  and  wife  unto 
one  flesh,  instituted  by  God  and  entered  into 
by  rightful  betrothal. 

B.  H.    Gen.  2,  18 — 24.    The  institution  of  matrimony. 

52.  What  is  forbidden  in  the  Sixth  Commandment  ? 

Everything  whereby  the  divine  ordinance  of 
matrimony  is  broken,  violated,  or  desecrated, 
be  it  in  or  out  of  wedlock,  by  deed,  word,  or 
desire. 


^a§  fed^Ste  ©ebot.  57 


e^l^.  5,  3.  4.  §urerei  unb  alle  Unreiniglett,  ober  ©eij,  lafjet 
nid^t  'oon  euc^  gejagt  tüerben,  h)ie  ben  ^eiligen  juftel^et;  auc^ 
fc^anbbare  SBorte  unb  9Zarrentl^eibmge,  ober  ©d^er§,  ioelc^e  euc| 
nid^t  giemen,  fonbern  i)ielmel)r  ©an!|agung. 

6^^.  5, 12.  2Ba§  l^eiinlid}  bon  i^nen  gefc^iel^t,  ba§  ift  an(S} 
fd^änblid}  gu  jagen. 

Tlait^.  19,  6.  2ßa§  @Dtt  sujammengejüget  ^at,  ba§  joll  ber 
SRenjd^  nid^t  jd;eiben. 

Tlati}).  19,  9.  2Ber  jic^  Don  jeinem  2Beibe  jd^etbet,  e§  jet  benn 
urn  ber  ^urerei  njilten,  unb  freiet  eine  anbere,  ber  bricht  bie  (Sfje. 

2  ^etr.  2, 14.  6ie  I^aben  Slugen  bolt  G^ebruc^S,  la\itn  il^nen 
bie  ©ünbe  nid}t  ioeI)ren. 

2Ratt^.  5,  27.  28.  3^r  ^abt  gel)öret,  ba^  ju  ben  Stiten  gejagt 
ijt:  3)u  jolljt  nid;t  ef)ebrec^en.  S<i;  ^^^i^  f^^S«  ^"ct?-  253er  ein  3ßeib 
anjieJ)et,  i^rer  ju  begel^rcn,  ber  l^at  jd^on  mit  il^r  bie  (S^e  gebrochen 
in  jeinem  ^erjen. 

ebr.  13,  4.    3)ie  §urer  unb  et;ebred)er  ioirb  ©Dtt  richten. 

JB.  ®.    2  ©am.  11.  S)aöib.  —  a«att^.  14.  §erobe§. 
53.   2Ba§  tft  in  bicjem  ®e6ot  alien  mtn\d)tn  geboten? 

2ßir  foUen  feufc^  unb  güd^tig  leben  in  SBorten  unb 
SSerfen. 

9iöm.  13,  13.  Sajjet  un§  ef)rbarlid^  h^anbeln,  al§  am  ^age, 
nid^t  in  f^rejjen  unb  ©aujen,  nidjt  in  Kammern  unb  Unjuc^t,  nid;t 
in  §aber  unb  3fieib. 

e^^.  4,  29.  Sajjet  !ein  faul  ©ejd^iittä^  au§  eurem  2«unbe 
ge^en,  jonbern,  n)a§  nü^Iid^  gur  Sejjerung  ift,  ha  e§  not^  t^ut,  ba^ 
e§  l^olbjelig  jei  ju  l^ören. 

1  ©or.  6, 19.  Söijfet  i^r  nid^t,  ba^  euer  Seib  ein  2:em^el  be§ 
^eiligen  ©eijte§  ift,  ber  in  euc^  ift,  ioeId;en  i^r  ^abt  bon  ©Dtt,  unb 
feib  nid;t  euer  jelbft  ? 

JB.®.    12«of.  39.    Sofep^. 


—  57  — 

Eph.  5,  3.  4.     But  fornication,  and  all  uncleanness,  or 

covetousness,  let  it  not  be  once  named  among  you,  as  be- 
cometli  saints;  neither  flltliiness,  nor  foolisli  talking,  nor 
jesting,  which  are  not  convenient:  but  rather  giving  of 
thanks. 

Eph.  5,  12.  For  it  is  a  shame  even  to  speak  of  those 
things  which  are  done  of  them  in  secret. 

Matt.  19,  6.  What  therefore  God  hath  joined  together, 
let  not  man  put  asunder. 

Matt.  19,  9.  Whosoever  shall  put  away  his  Avife,  except 
it  be  for  fornication,  and  shall  marry  another,  committeth 
adultery. 

2  Pet.  2, 14.  Having  eyes  full  of  adultery,  and  that  can- 
not cease  from  sin. 

Matt.  5,  27.  28.  Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said  by  them 
of  old  time.  Thou  shalt  not  commit  adultery :  but  I  say 
unto  you.  That  whosoever  looketh  on  a  woman  to  lust 
after  her,  hath  committed  adultery  with  her  already  in 
his  heart. 

Hebr.  13,  4.  Whoremongers  and  adulterers  God  will 
judge. 

B.  H.    2  Sam.  11.    David.  — Matt.  14.    Herod. 

53.  Wliat  is  enjoined  upon  all  men  in  this  Commandment? 

To  lead  a  chaste  and  decent  life  in  word  and 
deed. 

Rom.  13,  13.  Let  us  walk  honestly,  as  in  the  day:  not 
in  rioting  and  drunkenness,  not  in  chambering  and  wan- 
tonness, not  in  strife  and  envying. 

Eph.  4,  29.  Let  no  corrupt  communication  proceed  out 
of  your  mouth,  but  that  which  is  good  to  the  use  of  edi- 
fying, that  it  may  minister  grace  unto  the  hearers. 

1  Cor.  6,  19.  Know  ye  not  that  your  body  is  the  temple 
of  the  Holy  Ghost  which  is  in  you,  which  ye  have  of  God, 
and  ye  are  not  your  own  ? 

B.  H.    Gen.  39.    Joseph. 


58  2)a§  ficbente  ©ebot. 


54.   g58a§  {ft  boäu  nötl^ig? 

S)ag  rair  mit  ©Dtteö  Söort  unb  ©ebet,  burd^ 
2lrbeit  unb  SJZäßißfeit  bie  bofen  fiüfte  bäinpfen,  unb 
aud^  aüe  ©elegen^eit  gur  Un!euf($l;eit  fliegen  unb 
meiben. 

^f.  51, 12.  (Sd^affe  in  mir,  ®Dtt,  ein  rein  ^erg,  unb  gib  mir 
einen  neuen  gen^iffen  ©eift. 

©^r.  23,  31—33.  (Siel)e  ben  SBein  nic^t  an,  ba^  er  fo  rot^ 
ift,  unb  im  ©lafe  fo  fc^ön  ftet^et.  ®r  geltet  glatt  ein ;  aber  barnac^ 
bei^t  er  ivie  eine  ©d^Iange  unb  ftict)t  iüie  eine  Dtter.  6o  lüerben 
beine  Singen  nad^  anbern  SBeibern  fe^en,  unb  bein  ^erg  Jt)irb  k)er- 
let^rte  S)inge  reben. 

(S^r.  1,  10.  äJZein  Äinb,  iüenn  bid^  bie  hö^m  33uben  Ioc!en, 
fo  folge  ni^t. 

55.   2Bo§  ift  ben  (SI)eIeuten  tnfonber^eit  geBotcn? 

©in  jeglidjer  foH  fein  @emaf)(  lieben  unb  e!)ren; 
unb  graar  ber  3}knn  fein  2Beib  alö  feine  ©eljülfin; 
ha§)  3Beib  aber  il;ren  3}lann  alö  iljr  §aupt. 

©ie^e  bie  §au§tafel. 

^a^  fiebettte  ^eBot» 

56.   SBte  lautet  ba§  fieDeutc  ®e6ot? 

®u  foüft  nidjt  fte{)(en, 

57.   SBo§  ift  ba§? 

Sßir  follen  ©Dtt  fürd)ten  unb  lieben^ 
bajs  it)ir  unfern  9f?äd;ften  ©elb  ober  ©ut  nid^t 
nel;nten,  nod^  mit  falfrf;er  3Baare  ober  ^an  = 
bei  an  unä  bringen;  fonbei«n  iljm  fein  ©ut 
unb  9^  a  l)  rung  I)  elf  en  beffern  unb  bel)üten. 


—  58  — 

54.  What  does  this  require  ? 

That  we  quench  the  evil  desires  with  God's 
Word  and  prayer,  industry  and  temperance, 
and  that  we  flee  and  avoid  all  opportunity  for 
unchasteness. 

Ps.  51j  10.  Create  in  me  a  clean  hearty  0  God;  and  re- 
new a  right  spirit  within  me. 

Prov.  23^  31 — 33.  Loolv  not  thou  upon  the  wine  when 
it  is  red,  when  it  giveth  liis  color  in  the  cup,  when  it 
moveth  itself  aright.  At  the  last  it  biteth  like  a  serpent, 
and  stingeth  like  an  adder.  Thine  eyes  shall  behold 
strange  women,  and  thine  heart  shall  utter  perverse 
things. 

Prov.  1,  10.  My  son,  if  sinners  entice  thee,  consent 
thou  not. 

55.  What  is  enjoined  upon  married  people  especially  ? 

That  each  should  love  and  honor  his  spouse, 
the  husband  his  wife  as  his  helpmeet,  and  the 
wife  her  husband  as  her  head. 

See  the  Table  of  Duties. 

The  Seventh  Commandment. 

56.  Which  is  the  Seventh  Commandment? 

Thoii  shalt  not  steal. 

57.  What  does  this  mean? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  take  our  neighbor's  money  or  goods,  nor 
get  them  by  false  ware  or  dealing ;  but  help 
him  to  improve  and  protect  his  property  and 
business. 


^a8  flebcnte  ®ebot.  59 


58.  SBa§  ift  alfo  in  btcfcm  ®cBot  bcrBotcn? 

2Bir  follen  unferö  D^äd^ften  ©elb  ober  ©ut  ni($t 
neljmen,  nod^  mit  fa(f($er  SBaare  ober  §anbel  an  una 
bringen. 

59.  aSeld^e  ©ünbcn  flnb  ^icmoi^  infonberl^cit  bctBotcn? 

SlUer  9f?aub,  ©iebftal^l,  Söud^er  unb  33etrug,  an^ 
3^eib  unb  §abfu($t  im  Serpen. 

@^l^.  4,  28.  2ßer  geftol^Ien  l^at,  ber  fte^Ie  nid^t  nte^r,  fonbcrn 
arbeite,  unb  fd^affe  mit  ben  §änben  ettra§  ©ute§,  auf  baf;  er  l^abe, 
ju  geben  bent  dürftigen. 

S^ah.  2,  6.  2Be!^e  bent,  ber  fein  ©ut  meieret  mit  frembem  @ut ! 
2Bie  lange  n)irb§  iüäl^ren?  Unb  labet  ttur  biel  ©d£)Iamme§  auf  fic!^. 

1  ^^eff.  4,  6.  2)a^  niemanb  gu  n^eit  greife,  nod^  öeröortl^eile 
feinen  $8ruber  im  §anbel;  benn  ber  §®rr  ift  ber  diädj^v  über 
ba§  atte§. 

3  mol  19,  35.  36.  S^r  foirt  ni^t  ungleich  l^anbeln  am  ©e^ 
rid^t  mit  ber  ®IIe,  mit  ©eiüidjt,  mit  3Jla'^.  9ied;te  Sßage,  redite 
Punbe,  recite  ©c^eff el,  redete  Äannen  foßen  bei  eud^  fein ;  benn  id^ 
bin  ber  §®9i9t,  euer  ©Ott. 

3  2«of.  25,  36.  Unb  follft  nid^t  SBud^er  bon  i^m  nehmen, 
nod^  Ueberf a^ ;  f onbern  follft  bid)  bor  beinem  ©Dtt  fürd^ten,  auf 
ba^  bein  Sruber  neben  bir  leben  lönne. 

^er.  22,  13.  SBe^e  bem,  ber  fein  §au§  mit  ©ünben  bauet, 
unb  feine  ©emäd)er  mit  Unred)t;  ber  feinen  5^äd)ften  umfonft 
arbeiten  lä^t,  unb  gibt  if)m  feinen  :^o^n  nid^t. 

2  Xl^eff.  3,  10.  (So  jemanb  nid^t  it)iH  arbeiten,  ber  foH  and) 
nid^t  effen. 

^f.  37,  21.    2)er  ©otttofe  borget,  unb  begattet  nic^t. 
©^r.  29,  24.    Sißer  mit  3)ieben  X^axl  \)at,  I)ört  fluchen,  unb 
fagtö  nid^t  an,  ber  l^affet  fein  Seben. 

».  ®.  £uc.  10,  30.  dianh.  —  ^of.  7.  2lc^an.  —  2  Äön.  5. 
©e^afi. 


—  59  — 

58.  What  is  forbidden  in  this  Commandment? 

We  should  not  take  our  neighbor's  money  or 
goods,  nor  get  them  by  false  ware  or  dealing. 

59.  What  particular  sins  are  here  forbidden  ? 

Every  kind  of  robbery,  theft,  usury,  and 
fraud,  as  well  as  envy  and  covetousness  within 
our  hearts. 

Eph.  i,  28.  Let  him  that  stole^  steal  no  more:  but 
rather  let  him  labor,  Marking  with  his  hands  the  thing 
which  is  good,  that  he  may  have  to  give  to  him  that 
needeth. 

Hab,  2,  6.  Woe  to  him  tliat  increaseth  that  which  is 
not  his!  how  long?  and  to  him  tliat  ladeth  himself  witli 
tliick  clay! 

1  Thess.  4,  6.  Tliat  no  man  go  beyond  and  defraud 
his  In-other  in  any  matter:  because  that  the  Lord  is  the 
avenger  of  all  such. 

Lev.  19,  35.  36.  Ye  shall  do  no  unrighteousness  in  judg- 
ment, in  meteyard,  in  weight,  or  in  measure.  Just  bal- 
ances, just  weiglits,  a  just  ephali,  and  a  just  hin,  shall  ye 
have :  I  am  the  Lord  your  God. 

Lev.  25,  36.  Take  thou  no  usury  of  him,  or  increase; 
but  fear  thy  God;  that  thy  brother  may  live  with  thee. 

Jer.  22,  13.  Woe  unto  him  that  buildeth  his  house  by 
unrigliteousness,  and  his  chambers  by  wrong;  that  useth 
his  neighbor's  service  without  wages,  and  giveth  him  not 
for  his  work. 

2  Tliess.  3,  10.  If  any  would  not  work,  neither  should 
he  eat. 

Ps.  37,  21.  The  wicked  borroweth,  and  payeth  not 
again. 

Prov.  29,  24.  Whoso  is  partner  with  a  thief  hatetli 
his  own  soul. 

B.  H.  Luke  10,  30.  Robbery. —  Josh.  7.  Achan.— 
2  Kings  5.    Gehazi. 


60  ^a§  a<S^k  ©ebot. 


60.   2Ba§  ift  in  btefem  GJeBot  geBoten'? 

2öir  foßen  unferm  9^ä($ften  fein  ©ut  unb  ^lal)- 
rmtg  !)elfen  beffern  unb  behüten. 

61.   2Bie  gcid)ier)t  bn§? 

SBenn  it)ir  unferm  -llärfjften  mit  dtatl)  unb  'xljat 
beiftel)en,  ba§  fein  (Sigentljum  unb  ©eraerbe  gemeiert 
unb  vox  ©djtxben  bcn)a(jrt  raerbe. 

3Jiatt^.  5,  42.  ©ib  bem,  ber  bic^  bittet ;  unb  irenbe  bic^  nid;t 
Don  bem,  ber  bir  abborgen  lüiU. 

(S^r.  19,  17.  3Bcr  jtd}  be^3  2lrmen  erbarmet,  ber  leifiet  bem 
§®9i3ftn,  ber  iuirb  i^m  iüieber  ®ute§  vergelten. 

(Sbr.  13,  16.  2ßol^(3ut^un  unb  mit3utf)eilen  bergefjet  nid}t, 
benn  foldje  D^fer  gefallen  ©Ott  Wo^. 

S.  ®.  1  9«o[.  13, 1—12.  Slbra^am  unb  Sot.  —  Sue.  19, 8. 
SBicbererftattung  burd;  3<ic^äu§. 

62.   aCBie  rautet  ba§,  ocf)te  ©eDot? 

®u  foHft  nidjt  falfd^  3^i^9ni|3  reben  mtber 
beinen  JMdjften, 

63.    gSa§  ift  ba%? 

9Sir  follen  ©Dtt  fürcl;ten  unb  lieben, 
ba^  mir  unfern  9Hd)ften  nidjt  falfd^lidj  be  = 
(üßen,  verrat  I)  en,  afterreben,  ober  bo  fen 
Seumunb  mad; en;  fonbern  follen  il)n  ent  = 
f  c^  u  I  b  i  g  e  n ,  @  u  t  e  ö  o  o  n  i  I;  nt  r  e  b  e  n ,  unb  a  1 1  e  ö 
5um  33eften  fel;ren. 


—  60  — 

60.  What  is  enjoined  in  this  Commandment? 

That  Ave  should  help  our  neighbor  to  improve 
tiud  protect  his  property  and  business. 

Gl.  How  is  this  done  ? 

By  assisting  our  neighbor  in  word  and  deed 
that  hisjiroperty  and  business  may  be  increased 
and  preserved  from  harm. 

Matt,  o,  42.  Give  to  him  tliat  asketh  tliee,  and  from 
liim  tliat  would  borrow  of  tliee  turn  not  thou  away. 

Prov.  19^  17.  He  that  hath  pity  upon  tlie  poor,  lendeth 
unto  the  Lord ;  and  that  which  he  hath  given  will  He  pay 
him  again. 

Hebr.  13,  16.  But  to  do  good,  and  to  communicate,  for- 
get not :  for  with  such  sacrifices  God  is  well  pleased. 

B.  H.  Gen.  13, 1—12.  Abraham  and  Lot.  — Luke  19,  8. 
Zacchaeus. 

The  Eighth  Commandment. 

62.  Which  is  the  Eighth  Commandment? 

Thou  shalt  not  bear  false  w^itness  agamst 
thy  neighbor. 

63.  What  does  this  mean? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  deceitfully  belie,  betray,  slander,  nor  de- 
fame our  neighbor;  but  defend  him,  speak  well 
of  him,  and  put  the  best  construction  on  every- 
thing. 


2)a§  ac^tc  ©cbot. 


64.   aC3a§  tft  in  btefem  ©e&ot  berBoten? 

9^i(5t  blog  jebe  unraaf)re  g^ugenauöfage  t)or  ®e= 

Ttd;t,  fonberu  aßeä  9^eben  imb  ®eii!en  raiber  ben 

3^ädjften,  raeld^eö  auö  falfd;em  §eqen  foinmt. 

<Bad}.  S,  17.  2)en!e  feiner  hin  SIrgeS  in  feinem  ^erjen  U)iber 
feinen  ^Jiäd^ften. 

65.   SSa§  l^eifet  feinen  9?äcr)ften  faiycQItdC)  Belügen? 

3liiö  falfc^em  Serpen  ifjm  eutraeber  bie  Unraat)r- 
!)eit  fagen  ober  bie  äÖa{)rl)eit  :)erfd)tt)eigen. 

®^^.  4,  25.  Seget  bie  £üge  ab,  unb  rebet  bie  2Bal^rf)eit,  ein 
iegtid}er  mit  feinem  ^J^äd^ften,  fintemat  Wiv  unter  einanber  @Iie= 
ber  finb. 

©^r.  19,  5.  (Sin  falfd)er  ^mQi  bleibt  nid;t  ungeftraft,  unb 
hjer  Sügen  frec^  rebet,  lr>irb  nid;t  entrinnen. 

S.  ®.  2  ^ön.  5,  25.  @el)afi.  —  1  i^ön.  21,  13.  3)ie 
fatfi^en  3^"Ö^»^  9^9^"  D^labot^.  —  9)Zattl^.  26,  59—61.  S)er  Sjo^e^ 
rati)  gegen  3®fw§. 

66.  SBa§  fieißt  berrattien? 

2Iuö  falfdjem  ^er^en  jemanbeg  §eimlid^!eit  offen= 
baren. 

<Bpv.  11,  13.  ©in  33erleumber  ijerrat!^,  tt>a§  er  l^eimlic^  it)ei^; 
hjer  aber  eine§  getreuen  ^erjenä  ift,  Verbirgt  bagfelbe. 

Ö.  ®.   1  'Bam.  22, 6—19.  ®oeg.  —  2}Jatt^.  26, 14.  S^ixiä. 

67.  5E3a§  l^et^t  afterreben? 

2Iuö  falf($em  Qex^en  !)inter  jemanbeä  9^üc!en 
23öfeä  t)on  itjm  rebeit. 

Sac.  4,  11.    3lfterrebet  nid>t  unter  einanber,  lieben  SBrüber. 

Sue.  6,  37.  9fiid;tet  nid}t,  fo  toerbet  il^r  aud^  nic^t  gerid}tet. 
SSerbammet  nid}t,  fo  it>erbet  i^r  aud^  nid^t  üerbammet. 

9}?atti).  18,  15.    ©iinbiget  aber  bein  Sruber  an  bir,  fo  gel^c 

f^in  unb  ftrafe  il^n  3it>ifd)en  bir  unb  if)m  attein. 

^.  ®.    2  ©am.  15,  1—6.    5tbfaIom. 
5 


—  61  — 

64.  What  is  forbidden  in  this  Commandment  ? 

Not  only  every  untrue  testimony  in  court, 
but  all  words  and  thoughts  against  our  neigh- 
bor which  come  from  a  deceitful  heart. 

Zech.  8, 17.  Let  noue  of  you  imagine  evil  in  your  hearts 
against  liis  neighbor. 

65.  What  is  deceitfully  belying  our  neighbor? 

With  a  deceitful  heart  telling  him  a  falsehood 
or  withholdino^  from  him  the  truth. 

Eph.  i,  25.  Wherefore  putting  away  lying,  speak  every 
man  truth  with  his  neighbor:  for  we  are  members  one  of 
another. 

Prov.  19,  5.  A  false  witness  shall  not  be  unpunished, 
and  he  that  speaketh  lies  shall  not  escape. 

B.  H.  2  Kings  5,  25.  Gehazi.  —  l  Kings  21,  13.  False 
witnesses  against  Naboth.— Matt.  26,  59—61.  False  wit- 
nesses against  Jesus. 

66.  What  is  betraying  our  neighbor? 

With  a  deceitful  heart  revealing  his  secrets. 

Prov.  11,  13.  A  talebearer  revealeth  secrets:  but  he 
that  is  of  a  faithful  spirit  concealeth  the  matter. 

B.  H.   1  Sam.  22,  6—19.    Doeg.  — Matt.  26,  U.   Judas. 

67.  What  is  slandering  our  neighbor? 

With  a  deceitful  heart  speaking  evil  of  him. 

James  4,  11.     Speak  not  evil  one  of  another,  brethren. 

Luke  6,  37.  Judge  not,  and  ye  shall  not  be  judged :  con- 
demn not,  and  ye  shall  not  be  condemned. 

Matt.  18, 15.  If  thy  brother  shall  trespass  against  thee, 
go  and  tell  him  his  fault  between  thee  and  him  alone. 

B.  H.    2  Sam.  15,  1—6,    Absalom. 


62  S)a§  ad}te  ©ebot. 


G8.    23a§  r)eiBt  Böi'en  Seumunb  machen? 

5luö  fatfd^em  ^er^eii  burd^  üble  D^ad^rebe  jemanb 

in  böfen  9?uf  bringen. 

^f.  50, 16.  19—22.  SIber  gum  ©ottlofen  fpric^t  ©Dtt:  2Ba^ 
t)er!ünbigeft  bit  meine  3^ed;te,  unb  nimmft  meinen  ^unb  in  beinen 
9)?unb  ?  S)ein  9JZauI  laffeft  bu  93Dfe§  rebcn,  unb  beine  ßunge  treibet 
'^alfcfi^eit.  2)u  fi^eft  unb  rebeft  iniber  beinen  Sruber,  beiner  93hit= 
ter  <Sol^n  berleumbeft  bu.  S)a§  tt)u[t  bu,  unb  ic^  fct^n^eige;  ba 
meineft  bu,  irf;  iüerbe  fein  gleidf)  lüie  bu.  2l6er  id;  Will  bid)  [trafen, 
unb  Will  biro  unter  Slugen  ftelten.  9}ter!et  bod)  ba§,  bie  ifjr  ©Dtte§ 
üergcffet,  ba^  id^  nid^t  einmal  l^inrei^e,  unb  fei  !ein  S^etter  me^r  ba. 

69.   SSa§  ift  in  bieicm  ®c6ot  geBoten? 

3Sir  foUen  nnfern  9tä(^ften  entfdjulbigen,  ©uteö 
t)on  il)m  reben,  nnb  aUeö  gnm  33eften  feieren. 

70.  SBa§  l^etP  entfdiulbigen? 

©en  D^äc^ften  raiber  falf($e  33efc^nlbii3unß  in 
©d)u^  neljmen. 

Spr.  31,  8.  9.  ^^u  beinen  9)?unb  auf  für  bie  ©tummen, 
imb  für  bie  <Ba(i)(i  alter,  bie  öerlaffen  finb.  ^f)U  beinen  Tlunh 
auf,  unb  rid)te  red}t,  unb  rä^e  ben  ©lenben  unb  3lrmen. 

71.  3[Sa§  5ei§t  ®ute§  rebcn? 

©eö  9^äd;ften  gnte  SBerfe  unb  ©igenfi^aften  rü()= 
men,  fo  üie(  baö  mit  9Baf)rf)eit  gefc^e^en  fann. 
35.  ®.    1  ©am.  19,  4.    ^onat^an. 

72.   SBa§  E)ei§t  at[e§  sum  SSeften  feriren? 

©e§  9^ä($ftcn  ge(j(er  nnb  ©cbred)en  in  Siebe  5U= 

beden  nnb  aßeö,  raaö  man  gnt  anötegen  fann,  jn 

feinem  33eften  benten. 

1  ^etr.  4,  8.    S)ie  Siebe  bedet  and;  ber  ©ünben  SJ^enge. 
1  Gor.  13,  7.    Sie  Siebe  glaubet  atteS,  fie  ^offet  aüe§,  fie 
bulbet  aüeä. 


—  62  — 

G8.  What  is  defaming  our  neighbor? 

With  a  deceitful  heart  injuring  or  destroying 
his  good  fame. 

Ps.  50,  16.  19—22.  Unto  the  wicked  God  saith,  Thou 
givest  thy  mouth  to  evil,  and  thy  tongue  frameth  deceit. 
Thou  sittest  and  speakest  against  thy  brother ;  thou  slan- 
derest  thine  own  mother's  son.  These  things  hast  thou 
done,  and  I  kept  silence ;  thou  thoughtest  that  I  was  alto- 
gether such  an  one  as  thyself :  but  I  will  reprove  thee,  and 
set  them  in  order  before  thine  eyes.  Now  consider  this, 
ye  that  forget  God,  lest  I  tear  you  in  pieces,  and  there  be 
none  to  deliver. 

69.  What  is  enjoined  in  this  Commandment? 

We  should  defend  our  neighbor,  speak  well 
of  him,  and  put  the  best  construction  on  every- 
thing. 

70.  What  is  defending  our  neighbor? 

Protectini^r  him  agrainst  false  accusations. 

Prov.  31,  8.  9.  Open  thy  mouth  for  the  dumb  in  the 
cause  of  all  such  as  are  appointed  to  destruction.  Open 
thy  mouth,  judge  righteously,  and  plead  the  cause  of  the 
poor  and  needy. 

71.  What  is  speaking  Trell  of  our  neighbor? 

Praising  his  good  deeds  and  quahties  as  far 
as  it  can  be  done  in  keeping  with  the  truth. 
B.  H.    1  Sam.  19,  4.    Jonathan. 
72.  What  is  putting  the  best  construction  on  everything? 

Charitably  covering  our  neighbor's  faults  and 

frailties,  and  explaining  in  his  favor  whatever 

admits  of  such  explanation. 

1  Pet.  4,  8.     Charity  shall  cover  the  multitude  of  sins. 
1  Cor.  13,  7.     Charity  believeth  all  things,  hopeth  all 
things,  endureth  all  things. 


2)a§  neunte  ©ebot.  63 


^a^  neunte  ^eBot^ 

73.   SBie  loutet  bas,  neunte  ®e6ot? 

®ii  joHft  nic^t  begehren  betneg  9Zä(i)ften  §au^, 

74.   gBo§  ift  ba^? 

2öir  foHen  ©Dtt  fürd[)ten  uub  lieben, 
bafe  rair  unferm  D^äc^ften  iüd;t  mit  Sift  naä) 
feinem  (Srbe  ober  §anfe  ftel^en,  no($  mit 
einem  Bdjexn  beö  ^edjtö  an  nnö  bringen; 
fonbern  il)m  baöfelbige  gn  befjalten  förber  = 
lid^  nnb  bienftli($  fein. 

75.   51[Ba§  ift  mit  biefen  SBorten  »erboten? 

2Bir  foßen  nnferm  9]ä(^ften  nid^t  mit  Sift  nad^ 
feinem  (Srbe  ober  §anfe  ftel)en,  nod^  mit  einem  (Schein 
beö  ^iec^tö  an  nnö  bringen. 

Sef.  5,  8.  5Belf)e  benen,  bte  ein  ^au^  an  ba§  anbere  gießen 
unb  einen  3lc!er  gum  anbern  bringen,  bi§  baf;  !ein  dianm  mel^r  ba 
fei,  baf;  fie  alleine  ba§  2anb  befi^en. 

SJJatt^.  23, 14.  2ßef)e  eud^,  ©c^riftgelel^rte  unb  ^^arifaer,  i^r 
^eud^ter,  bie  x^v  ber  9Bittix>en  Käufer  treffet,  unb  trenbet  lange  le- 
bete bor;  barum  n)erbet  ii)v  befto  mef)r  SSerbammni^  emi^f alien. 

1  ^im.  6,  6—10.  ©§  ift  ein  großer  ©eiüinn,  iüer  gottfelig  ift 
unb  läffet  il^m  genügen.  ®enn  Wiv  I)aben  nirf>t§  in  bie  2BeIt  ge^ 
bracht;  barum  offenbar  ift,  tüir  ioerben  aud)  nict)t§  f)inau§bringen. 
2ßenn  iüir  aber  5^a^rung  unb  Kleiber  ^aben,  fo  laffet  un§  begnügen. 
Xmn  bie  ba  reic^  iverben  h?oKen,  bie  falten  in  33erfurf>ung  unb 
©triefe,  unb  öiel  t\)'6x\d}kv  unb  fd^äblicber  Süfte,  n^elc^e  öerfenfen 
bie  3J?enfd)en  in§  33erberben  unb  SSerbammni^.  ©enn  ©eij  ift  eine 
Sßurjel  alles  UebelS,  tüelc^eä  tjat  etliche  gelüftet,  unb  finb  öom 
©lauben  irre  gegangen,  unb  ntad)en  it)nen  felbft  biet  ©d^mergen. 

93.  ®.    1  ^ön.  21,  1—16.    yiahotl}. 


^  63  — 
The  Ninth  Commandment. 

73.  Which  is  the  Ninth  Commandment? 

Thou  shalt  not  covet  thy  neighbor's 
house. 

74.  What  does  this  mean? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  we  may 
not  craftily  seek  to  get  our  neighbor's  inherit- 
ance or  house,  nor  obtain  it  by  a  show  of  right ; 
but  help  and  be  of  service  to  him  in  keeping  it. 

75.  What  is  forbidden  in  these  words  ? 

We  should  not  craftily  seek  to  get  our  neigh- 
bor's inheritance  or  house,  nor  obtain  it  by  a 
show  of  right. 

Is.  5,  8.  Woe  unto  them  that  join  house  to  house,  that 
lay  field  to  field,  till  there  be  no  place,  that  they  may  be 
placed  alone  in  the  midst  of  the  earth ! 

Matt.  23,  14.  Woe  unto  you,  scribes  and  Pharisees, 
hypocrites !  for  ye  devour  widows'  houses,  and  for  a  pre- 
tense make  long  prayer:  therefore  ye  shall  receive  the 
greater  damnation. 

1  Tim.  6,  6 — 10.  But  godliness  with  contentment  is 
great  gain.  For  we  brouglit  nothing  into  this  world,  and 
it  is  certain  we  can  carry  nothing  out.  And  having  food 
and  raiment,  let  us  be  therewith  content.  But  tliey  that 
will  be  rich  fall  into  temptation  and  a  snare,  and  into 
many  foolish  and  hurtful  lusts,  which  drown  men  in  de- 
struction and  perdition.  For  the  love  r  xoney  is  the 
root  of  all  evil :  which  while  some  coveted  ^fter,  they  have 
erred  from  the  faith,  and  pierced  themselves  through  with 
many  sorrows. 

B.  H.    1  Kings  21,  1—16.    Naboth, 


64  35a§  3cl;ntc  ©ebot. 


7G.    5Sq»  ift  in  bicfcm  &cbot  geooten'? 

2Bir  follen  förberlic^  unb  bienftlid^  fein,  bafe  er 
fein  (Srbe  ober  Qan§>  befjalte. 

^i)i(.  2,  4.  ©in  jeglid^er  felje  ntd}t  auf  ba§  ©eine,  fonbcrn 
auf  ba§,  ba'o  be§  anbern  ift. 

@al.  5,  13.    2)urd^  bie  Siebe  biene  einer  bent  anbern. 

^a^  sehnte  ^el^oi» 

77.   SBte  lautet  ba§  3cF)nte  ®e6ot? 

®u  joUft  ntc^t  begehren  betneg  9lö(^ften 
aSeib,  ßnedjt,  aJZagb,  SSie^,  ober  aHe^,  mag 
fein  ift. 

78.    gBa§  ift  bo§? 

3Bir  follen  ©Dtt  fürd^ten  unb  lieben, 
ha^  rair  nnferm  9^ä($ften  ntd)t  fein  äöeib, 
©efinbe  ober  ^ief)  abfpannen,  abbringen, 
ober  abwenbig  madden;  fonbern  biefelbigen 
antjalten,  ha^  fie  bleiben,  nnb  tt)un,  loaö 
fie  fd;nlbig  finb. 

79.   2Bn§  ift  in  bicfcm  ©e&ot  ber&oten? 

9Bir  foßen  niiferm  9iäd)fteii  nid)t  fein  ai>eib,  ©e= 
finbe  ober  3]ief)  abfpannen,  abbringen,  ober  abraenbig 
mad)en,  ha^  Ijeifet,  wir  follen  fie  auf  keinerlei  3Beife 
brängen  ober  loden,  il)n  §n  perlaffen  nnb  ju  um  gu 

!ommen. 

Worn.  13,  9.    5)ic^  folt  ntc^t§  gelüften. 

80.   SBa§  ift  in  btefem  ®e6ot  gc&otcn? 

3Bir  follen  biefelben  anl)a(ten,  ba^  fie  bleiben, 
unb  tl)nn,  raaö  fie  fdjulbig  finb. 
S3.  ®.    2)er  33rief  an  ^i)i(emon. 


—  Gl  — 

76.  What  is  enjoined  in  this  Commandment? 

That  we  should  help  our  neigh) )or  and  be  of 
service  to  hhn  in  keeping  iiis  inheritance  or 
house. 

Phil.  2,  4.  Look  not  every  man  on  his  own  tilings^  but 
every  man  also  on  the  things  of  others. 

Gal.  5,  13.    By  love  serve  one  another. 

The  Tenth  Commandment. 

77.  Which  is  the  Tenth  Commandment  ? 

Thou  shalt  not  covet  thy  neighbor's 
wife,  nor  his  man-servant,  nor  his  maid- 
servant, nor  his  cattle,  nor  anything  that 
is  thy  neighbor's. 

78.  AVliat  does  this  mean  ? 

We  should  fear  and  love  God,  that  ^ve  may 
not  estrange,  force,  or  entice  away  from  our 
neighbor  his  wife,  servants,  or  cattle;  but  urge 
them  to  stay  and  do  their  duty. 

79.  Wliat  is  forbidden  in  this  Commandment  ? 

^Ye  should  not  estrange,  force,  or  entice  away 
from  our  neighbor  his  wife,  servants,  or  cattle, 
that  is,  we  should  in  no  wise  uro-e  or  allure  them 
to  leave  him  and  come  to  us. 

Rom.  13,  9.    Thou  shalt  not  covet. 

80.  What  is  enjoined  in  this  Commandment  ? 

That  we  should  uroe  our  neis^hbor's  wife  and 
servants  to  stay  and  do  their  duty. 
B.  H.    Epistle  to  Philemon. 


©^luB  ber  ©ebote.  65 


81.    2Sornn  will  un§  ®Dtt  in  ben  legten  6eiben  ©eBoten  norf) 

ionberlicf)  erinnern  buret)  bit  SBortc:  „S)u  foßft  nicf)t  Be= 

geliren",  ober:   „2a%  bid)  nic^t  gelüften"? 

®aran:  1.  ba§  Dor  ©Dtt  aud^  bie  bloße  böfe  Suft 
f(5on  n)al;rl)aftit3  ©i'lube  ift; 

2.  ja,  baß  luir  überhaupt  feinerlei  böfe  Suft,  fon= 
bern  lauter  Ijeilige  £uft  unb  Siebe  §u  ©Dtt  unb  ju 
aöem  ©uteu  in  unfern  §er§en  f)aben  foUen. 

3iöm.  7,  7.  Stf>  it)u^te  nichts  i)on  ber  2uft,  iüo  ba§  ®efe^ 
md^t  I>ätte  gejagt:  2a^  Vxd)  nic^t  gelüften. 

Sac.  1,  14.  15.  ©in  jeglid^er  iüirb  t)erfud)t,  iüenn  er  l^cn 
feiner  eigenen  2u[t  gereijet  unb  gelorf'et  linrb.  ^arnad)  irenn  bie 
2u[t  empfangen  Ijat,  gebieret  fie  bie  ©ünbe;  bie  ©ünbe  aber,  ipenn 
fie  öollenbet  ift,  gebieret  fie  ben  Xob. 

3  Tlol  19,  2.  S^r  follt  ^eilig  fein;  benn  id;  bin  l()eilig,  ber 
^®3i9l,  euer@Dtt. 

9}ktt^.  5,  48.  ^arurn  foUt  il^r  öolüommen  fein,  gleid;ane 
euer  33ater  im  §immel  t)oI(fommen  ift. 

^f.  37,  4.  S^aU  beine  £uft  am  §©9t3in ;  ber  toirb  bir  geben, 
U)a§  bein  ^erj  Jpünfdjet. 

<^ä)ln^  hex  Gebote» 

82.   5IBa§  fagt  nun  ©Dtt  bon  biefen  (SeBoten  oHen? 

©r  jagt  alfo:  3(^,  ber  ^iBmm,  bein  ®Dtt, 
bin  ein  ftarfer  eifriger  @Dtt^  ber  über  bie,  fo 
mtd^  ^öffen,  bie  ©ünbe  ber  SSäter  l^eimfnrfjt  an 
ben  ^inbern  bi^  xn§>  britte  unb  öierte  ®Iieb; 
aber  benen,  fo  mic^  lieben  unb  meine  ©ebote 
l^alten,  t^ne  id)  it)of)(  in  taufenb  ©lieb, 

83.   2Ba§  ift  ba^? 

©Dtt  brauet  gu  [trafen  alle,  bie  biefe 
©ebote  übertreten;  barum  follen  wir  uns 


—  65  — 

81.  Of  what  would  God  remind  us  particularly  in  these  last  Com- 
mandments, saying,  "Thou  shalt  not  covet"? 

Of  two  things;  1,  that  in  God's  sight  mere 
evil  lust  is  indeed  and  truly  sin;  and  2,  that  we 
shoukl  have  no  evil  lust  whatever  in  our  hearts, 
but  only  holy  desires  and  love  of  God  and  of  all 
that  is  good. 

Rom.  7 ,  7.  I  had  not  known  lust,  except  the  Law  had 
said,  Thou  shalt  not  covet. 

James  1,  14.  15.  But  every  man  is  tempted,  when  he  is 
cVawn  away  of  his  own  lust,  and  enticed.  Then,  when  lust 
hath  conceived,  it  bringeth  forth  sin ;  and  sin,  when  it  is 
finished,  bringeth  forth  death. 

Lev.  19,  2.  Ye  shall  be  holy:  for  I  the  Lord  your  God 
am  holy. 

Matt.  5,  48.  Be  ye  therefore  perfect,  even  as  your  Father 
which  is  in  heaven  is  perfect. 

Ps.  37,  4.  Delight  thyself  in  the  Lord;  and  He  shall 
give  thee  the  desires  of  thine  heart. 

The  Close  of  the  Commandments. 

82.  What  does  God  say  of  all  these  Commandments? 

He  says  thus :  I  the  Lord  thy  God  am 
a  jealous  God,  visiting  the  iniquity  of  the 
fathers  u.pon  the  children  unto  the  third 
and  fourth  generation  of  them  that  hate 
me,  and  showing  mercy  unto  thousands 
of  them  that  love  me  and  keep  my  Com- 
mandments. 

83.  What  does  this  mean? 

God  threatens  to  punish  all  that  transgress 
these   Commandments.      Therefore  w^e  should 


6C  ©c^tuji  ber  ©cbote. 


fürcj^ten  vox  feinem  3oru  unb  nic^t  löiber 
foldje  (Gebote  t()uu.  @r  üerl^ei^et  aber 
©nabe  lutb  alleö  ©uteö  allen,  bie  fold^e 
©ebote  (;alten;  barum  follen  mix  U)n  and^ 
lieben,  nnb  rertranen,  unb  gerne  tl)un  nad^ 
feinen  ©eboten.- 

84.   5Be§l)aI&  nennt  [icC)  ©Dtt  I)ier  einen  ftarten  unb  eifrigen  @Dtt? 

äöeil  er  nid)t  nur  baö  3^ecl;t  Ijat,  unö  ©ebote  gu 

geben,  fonbern  and)  bie  3}iad)t,  feine  2)rol;ung  unb 

^^erl)ei§ung  gu  Ijalten. 

^ac.  4,  12.  ©Ö  ift  ein  einiger  ©eje^geber,  ber  fann  fetig 
madden  unb  öerbammen. 

85.   5Ba§  brofjet  ®Dtt  alien,  bie  ilin  l^affen  unb  feine  ©eöote 
übertreten? 

Seinen  3önt  unb  Ungnabe,  geitlidjen  Xoh  unb 
eroige  ^iscrbammnijj. 

5  mo\.  27,  26.  5^erflud)t  fei,  iüer  nic^t  alle  SBorte  biefe§  ©e^ 
je^e§  erfüllet,  ba^  er  barnad)  t^ue.  Unb  alle§  3>oIE  foü  fagen: 
2lmen. 

9ii3m.  6,  23.    S)er  Xob  ift  ber  ©ünbe  ©olb. 

86.   2In  tt)el(f)en  ßinbcrn  will  65Dtt  bie  Sünbe  ber  SSäter  l)eimfu(^en 
bi§  in§  britte  unb  öierte  (Slieb? 

2ln  fold^en,  roeld^e  \i)n  ebenfatlö  Ijaffen  luxh  il)ren 
©Itern  in  ber  Uebertretung  nadjfolgen. 

§efef.  18,  20.  2Beld}e  ©eele  fünbiget,  bie  foU  fterben.  3)er 
©o^n  foü  nid}t  tragen  bie  3)iiffetl?at  be§  '^aterS,  unb  ber  Spater  foil 
nid)t  tragen  bie  aJZiffet^at  be§  ©o^neö;  fonbern  be§  ©ered;tcn 
©erec^tigfeit  foü  über  i^m  fein,  unb  beä  Ungered;ten  Ungered^tigfeit 
foil  über  i^m  fein. 

».  ®.  1  Tlol  9,  25.  danaan,  —  3«att^.  27,  25.  2)ie 
Suben, 


—  66  — 

fear  His  wrath,  and  not  act  contrary  to  them. 
But  He  promises  grace  and  every  blessing  to 
all  that  keep  these  Commandments.  Therefore 
we  should  also  love  and  trust  in  Him,  and  will- 
ingly do  according  to  His  Commandments. 

84.  Why  does  God  here  call  Himself  a  jealous  God? 

Because  He  has  not  onlv  the  riHit  to  grive  us 

commandments,  but  also  the  power  to  execute 

His  threats  and  fulfill  His  promises. 

James  i,  12.  There  is  one  Lawgiver,  wlio  is  able  to 
save  and  to  destroy. 

85.  What  does  God  threaten  all  them  that  hate  Him  and  transgress 

His  Commandments? 

His  wrath  and  displeasure,  temporal  death, 
and  eternal  damnation. 

Dent.  27,  26.  Cursed  be  he  that  contirmeth  not  all  the 
words  of  this  Law  to  do  them:  and  all  the  people  shall 
say,  Amen. 

Kom.  ß,  23.    The  wages  of  sin  is  death. 

86.  Upon  what  children  will  God  visit  the  iniquities  of  the  fathers 

to  the  third  and  fourth  generation  ? 

Upon  such  as  likewise  hate  Him  and  follow 

their  parents  in  their  transgression. 

Ezek.  18,  20.  The  soul  that  sinneth,  it  shall  die.  The 
son  shall  not  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  father,  neither  shall 
the  father  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  son:  the  righteousness 
of  the  righteous  shall  be  upon  him,  and  the  wickedness  of 
the  wicked  shall  be  upon  him. 

B.  H.    Gen.  9,  25.    Canaan.  — Matt.  27,  25.    The  Jews. 
9 


©c^Iu^  ber  ©ebote.  67 


87.   SBoäu  foQ  un§  biefe  ©ro'fiung  Betoegen? 

^ag  wir  uuö  fürd)ten  üor  feinem  3oru  iinb  nic^t 
roiber  folc^e  ©ebote  t()uu. 

fB.  @.  1  9Jbf.  7.  Sünbflutl).  —  1  a«Df.  19.  ©obom.  — 
Sue.  19,  43.  44.    3^^[^^^'""9  ^erufalemö. 

88.  SBa§  ber'^eiöt  ODtt  benen,  bte  ir^n  IteBen  unb  feine  ©ebote  galten? 

©T  rertjetfet  ©imbe  unb  alles  ©uteö  in  taufenb 
©lieb. 

2uc.  10,  28.    %i)iK  ba§,  fo  lüirft  bu  leben. 
1  ^im.  4,  8.    2)ie  ©ottfeligfeit  ift  gu  allen  2)ingen  nü^,  unb 
^at  bie  SSer^ei^ung  biefe^  unb  be§  gufünftigen  Seben§. 

89.   SCBoäu  foH  un§  biefc  aSerfiei&ung  lotfen'? 

^a§  mix  if)n  au(5  lieben,  unb  vertrauen,  unb 
gerne  tl)un  nac^  feinen  ©eboten. 


90.  können  wir  bie  ©eöote  fo  t)alten,  tüie  ©Ott  fie  gehalten  5a6cn  njitt? 

9^ein;  feit  bem  ©ünbenfaCl  fann  ber  natürlid^e 
Tlen^d}  baö  ©efe^  ©Dtteö  gar  ni($t  !)alten,  ber 
Söiebergeborne  nur  unüollfommen. 

^f.  14,  3.  ©ie  finb  allefammt  untüd^tig ;  ba  ift  feiner,  ber 
©ute§  t^ue,  aud)  nid^t  ©iner. 

^reb.  7,  21.  e§  i[t  fein  aKenfc^  auf  ®rben,  ber  ®ute§  t^ue 
unb  nid>t  fünbige. 

^ef.  64,  6.  2Btr  finb  aUefammt  it)ie  bie  Unreinen,  unb  äße 
unfere  @ererf?tigfeit  ift  tüie  ein  unflätfjig  Äleib. 

§iob  14,  4.  3Ber  it>ill  einen  Steinen  finben  bei  benen,  ba 
feiner  rein  ift? 

^^il.  3, 12.  D^ic^t,  ba^  ic^§  fc^on  ergriffen  l^abe,  ober  fc^on 
bollfommen  fei;  ic^  jage  i^m  aber  nac^,  oh  id^§  auc^  ergreifen 
möchte,  nac^bem  ic^  öon  ©Ijrifto  ^®fu  ergriffen  bin. 

^f.  143,  2.  @ef)e  nic^t  in§  ©erid^t  mit  beinern  ^ned}te;  benn 
bor  bir  ift  fein  Sebenbiger  geredet. 

^ac.  2,  10.  ©0  jemanb  baä  ganje  ©efe^  pit,  unb  fünbiget 
an  einem,  ber  iftg  gang  fc^ulbig. 


—  67  — 

87.  Whereunto  should  this  threat  induce  us? 

That  we  may  fear  His  wrath  and  not  act  con- 
trary to  His  Commandments. 

B.  H.  Geu.  7.  The  deluge.  — Gen.  19.  Sodom.  — Luke 
19,  43.  44.    The  destruction  of  Jerusalem. 

88.  What  does  God  promise  those  who  love  Him  and  keep  His 
Commandments  ? 

Grace  and  eveiy  blessing. 

Luke  10,  28.    This  do,  and  thou  shalt  live. 

1  Tim.  4,  8.  Godliness  is  profitable  unto  all  things, 
having  promise  of  the  life  that  now  is,  and  of  that  which 
is  to  come. 

89.  Whereunto  should  this  promise  tenderly  invite  us? 

That  we  may  love  God  and  trust  in  Him  and 
willingly  do  according  to  His  Commandments. 


90.  Can  we  keep  God's  Commandments  as  He  would  have  us  keep 

them  ? 

No ;  since  the  fall  natural  man  cannot  keep 
the  Law  of  God  at  aU,  and  even  the  reo:enerate 
can  keep  it  but  imperfectly. 

Ps.  14,  3.  They  are  all  gone  aside,  they  are  all  together 
become  filthy:  there  is  none  tliat  doeth  good,  no,  not  one. 

Eccl.  7,  20.  There  is  not  a  just  man  upon  earth,  that 
doeth  good,  and  sinneth  not. 

Is.  64,  6.  We  are  all  as  an  unclean  thing,  and  all  our 
righteousnesses  are  as  filthy  rags. 

Job  14,  4.  Who  can  bring  a  clean  thing  out  of  an  un- 
clean? not  one. 

Phil.  3, 12.  Not  as  though  I  had  already  attained,  either 
were  already  perfect:  but  I  follow  after,  if  that  I  may  ap- 
prehend that  for  which  I  am  apprehended  of  Christ  Jesus. 

Ps.  143,  2.  Enter  not  into  judgment  with  Thy  servant: 
for  in  Thy  sight  shall  no  man  living  be  justified. 

James  2,  10.  Whosoever  shall  keep  the  whole  Law,  and 
yet  offend  in  one  point,  he  is  guilty  of  all. 


68  SSon  ber  ©ünbc. 


91.   SSo^u  bicnt  benn  nun  o6er  ba§  ®eie^? 

(Srftenö  me^rt  eö  ben  groben  Slusbrüd^en  ber 
©ünben  einißermagen  unb  I;i(ft  baburd)  äußerlidje 
Sucf)t  unb  ©(jrbarfeit  in  ber  SBelt  erhalten  (9^  i  e  g  c  I) ; 

3it)eitenö  unb  giunr  (jauptfädjüd)  leljrt  eö  bie 
3J?enfd;en  itjre  ©ünbcn  red;t  erfennen  (©piegel); 

9iöm.  3,  20.   ®urrf>  ba§  ©cfe^  bmmt  ßr!enntni^  ber  ©üiibe. 

diöm.  7,  7.  2l6er  bie  'Bixnt^i  erfannte  id)  nid;t,  ofjne  burd^§ 
©efe^.  ®enn  id;  tt)u^te  nid?t§  Don  ber  Suft,  iüo  ba§  ©efe^  nid>t 
ptte  gefagt :  £a^  bid;  nid}t  gelilften. 

©rittenö  geigt  eö  ben  SBiebergebornen,  wa§>  redete, 
gute  2Ser!e  finb  (9k gel). 

^f.  119,  9.  2Bie  Unvb  ein  Jüngling  feinen  2ßeg  unfträflid^ 
gelten?    2Benn  er  fid;  f)ält  nad)  beinen  2ßorten. 

92.    5Ba§  ift  6ünbe? 

©ünbe  ift  jebe  3(bracidjung  üon  ber  9^idjtfd)nur 
be§  göttli($en  @efe^,eö. 

1  ^o'i).  3,  4,  2ßer  ©ünbe  t^ut,  ber  tl^ut  aud}  unredjt ;  unb 
bie  ©ünbe  i[t  ba§  Unredjt. 

93.   S)ur(^  wen  ift  bie  ©ünbe  in  bie  SGScIt  gefommen? 

®ur($  ben  Teufel,  welcher  guerft  üon  ©Ott  ah- 
geraid^en  ift,  unb  burd)  't)en  9)Jenfdjen,  ber  fid)  frei= 
raiHig  üom  Teufel  §ur  ©ünbe  ^at  i)erfüt)ren  laffen. 

1  ^ol^.  3,  8.  2ßer  ©ünbe  tf)ut,  ber  ift  bom  ^Teufel ;  benn  ber 
Xeufel  fünbiget  bon  3(nfang. 

Sflöm.  5,  12.  S)urd)  einen  3Äenfc^en  ift  bie  ©ünbe  !ommen  in 
bie  Sßelt,  unb  ber  ^ob  burd)  bie  ©ünbe. 

JB.  @.    1  3«of.  3,  1—7.    2)er  ©ünbenfall. 


—  68  — 

91.  What  purposes  does  the  Law,  then,  serve  ? 

First,  it  checks,  in  ti  measure,  the  coarse 
outbursts  of  sin,  and  thereby  helps  to  maintain 
outward  discipline  and  decency  in  the  world. 
(A  curb.) 

Secondly,  and  chiefly,  it  teaches  man  the  due 
knowledge  of  his  sin.     (A  mirror.) 

Rom.  3^  20.    By  the  Law  is  the  knoAvledge  of  sin. 

Kom.  1,  7.  I  had  not  known  sin,  but  by  tlie  Law:  for 
I  had  not  known  lust,  except  the  Law  had  said,  Thou 
shalt  not  covet. 

Thirdly,  it  leads  the  regenerate  to  know^  what 
are  truly  good  w^orks.     (A  ride.) 

Ps.  119,  9.  Wherewith  shall  a  young  man  cleanse  his 
way?    By  taking  heed  thereto  according  to  Thy  Word. 

Of  Sin. 

92.  What  is  siu  ? 

Sin  is  every  departure  from  the  rule  of  the 
divine  Law^ 

1  John  3,  4.  Wliosoever  committeth  sin  transgresseth 
also  the  Law;  for  sin  is  the  transgression  of  the  Law. 

93.  By  whom  was  sin  brought  into  the  world  ? 

By  the  devil,  wdio  first  departed  from  God, 
and  by  man,  who  of  his  own  free  will  suffered 
himself  to  be  misled  by  Satan  into  sin. 

1  Jolm  3,  8.  He  tliat  committetli  sin  is  of  the  devil; 
for  the  devil  sinneth  from  the  beginning. 

Rom.  5,  12.  By  one  man  sin  entered  into  the  world, 
and  death  by  sin. 

B.  H.    Gen.  3,  1—7.    The  fall  of  man. 


33on  ber  ©ünbe.  69 


94.   SCßie  bielettct  ift  bit  ©ünbe? 

3n)eier(ei:  ©rbfiiiibe  unb  loirfUdje  ©iinbe. 

95.   2öa§  ift  bie  (Sröfünbe? 

®ie  «Si'mbe,  weld)e  wir  dou  Slbam  f)er  geerbt 
^abeu,  uamlid^  bie  üöEige  33erberbtf)eit  ber  gangen 
menfd;li(^en  DIatnr,  raelc^e  nun  ber  anerfd)affenen 
©ered)tig!eit  beraubt,  gu  aHem  ^öfen  geneigt  unb 
ber  ^^erbammni^  untertüorfen  ift. 

^f.  51,  7.  (Stelle,  id;  bin  au§  flinblicf^em  ©amen  gejeuget, 
unb  meine  3)?utter  ^at  mid}  in  ©iinben  em|)[angen. 

Sof).  3,  6.  2ßa§  Dorn  ^-leifc^  geboren  iüirb,  ba§  ift  ^leifc^ ; 
unb  lüa§  bom  ©eift  geboren  Wixh,  ba^  ift  ®eift. 

1  3)lol  8,  21.  S)a§  2)id;ten  be§  menfd}li^en  ^ergeng  ift  böfe 
ton  Sugenb  auf. 

Mm.  7, 18.  ^c^  tt>ei^,  ba^  in  mir,  'öa^  ift  in  meinem  ^^leifd^e, 
n»ol^net  nid)t§  @ute§. 

(Ep^.  2,  3.  2Bir  iüaren  aud)  ilinber  be§  3orn§  t)on  D^atur, 
gleid^lDie  and)  bie  anbern. 

96.   2ßn§  ift  bit  tüirfltc^e  ©ünbc? 

2lIIe  Uebertretung  beö  göttlid^en  ©efe^eö  in  Se= 
gierben,  ©ebanfen,  SBorten  nn'i)  SBerfen. 

2}Zattl^.  15,  19.  2Iu§  bem  ^erjen  !ommen  arge  ©ebanfen, 
3J?orb,  ®i)ebrud>,  §urerei,  S)ieberei,  falfd^e  ^^ugniffe,  Säfterung. 

^ac.  4,  17.  2Ber  ba  lr>ei^,  ®ute§  ju  t^un,  unb  t^nt^  nidit, 
bem  ift§  ©ünbe. 

97.   2Bie  ttierben  lüir  nun  ber  ©ünben  Io§,  gered)t  unb  felig? 

^{^t  hnxä)  bes  ©efe^eö  2Ber!,  fonbern  burd)  hen 

©tauben. 

3ftDm.  10,  4.  (El^riftu§  ift  be§  ©efe^e§  @nbe;  mx  an  ben 
glaubt,  ber  ift  geredet. 


—  69  — 

94.  Of  how  many  kinds  is  sin? 

Of  two  kinds,  original  sin  and  actual  sin. 

95.  What  is  original  sin? 

It  is  that  sin  which  we  have  inherited  from 
Adam,  the  total  depravity  of  our  whole  human 
nature,  which  is  now  deprived  of  its  concreated 
righteousness,  inclined  toward  all  that  is  evil, 
and  subject  to  damnation. 

Ps.  51,  5.  Behold^  I  was  shapen  in  iniquity;  and  in  sin 
did  my  mother  conceive  me. 

John  S,  6.  That  which  is  born  of  the  flesh  is  flesh; 
and  that  which  is  born  of  the  Spirit  is  spirit. 

Gen.  8^  21.  The  imagination  of  man's  heart  is  evil  from 
his  youth. 

Rom.  7,  18.  I  know  that  in  me  (that  is,  in  my  flesh) 
dwelletli  no  good  thing. 

Eph.  2,  3.  And  were  by  nature  the  children  of  wrath, 
even  as  others. 

96.  What  is  actual  sin? 

Every  transgression  of  the  divine  Law  in  de- 
sires, thoughts,  words,  and  deeds. 

Matt.  15,  19.  Out  of  tlie  heart  proceed  evil  thouglits, 
murders,  adulteries,  fornications,  thefts,  false  witness, 
blaspliemies. 

James  4, 17.  Tlierefore  to  him  that  knoweth  to  do  good, 
and  doetli  it  not,  to  him  it  is  sin. 

97.  How  may  we,  then,  be  made  free  from  sin,  righteous,  and  heirs 

of  salvation  ? 

Not  by  the  works  of  the  Law,  but  by  faith. 

Rom.  10,  4.  Christ  is  the  end  of  tlie  Law  for  righteous- 
ness to  every  one  tliat  believeth. 


70  2)a§  streite  ^au^tftüc!. 

Per  iloube. 

98.   gSag  Reifet  tiitx  „ber  OlauBe"? 

^ie  ©laubenö  l  e  f)  r  e ,  rüie  bief elbe  in  bem  apofto= 
lifd^en  ©pmbolum  gufammengefagt  ift. 

99.   aSo  finbcn  tnir  bie  Seigre  öom  ®IauBen? 

3n  bem  f)eiUgen  ©üangelium. 

100.   SEßaS  ift  ba§  (Söangclium? 

^ie  fro{)e  Sotfc^aft  üon  ber  ©nabe  ©Dtteö  in 
efirifto  3<Sfu. 

Sol^.  3,  16.  2lIfo  {)at  ©Dtt  bie  2öelt  geliebet,  ba^  er  feinen 
eingebornen  ©ol^n  gab,  auf  baf;  aEe,  bie  an  i^n  glauben,  nid}t  ber= 
loren  n^erben,  fonbern  ba§  eiüige  2ihm  l}ahzn. 

9töm.  1, 16.  ^d^  fd^äme  mid;  be§  ©üangelii  öon  ßfjrifto  nid^t ; 
benn  e§  ift  eine  ^raft  ©Dtte§,  bie  ba  feiig  ma^et  alle,  bie  baran 
glauben. 

101.   gSa§  für  ein  Unterschieb  ift  sinifcTien  (Sefefe  unb  etiangelium? 

1.  ®aö  ©efe^  le^rt,  waö  rair  tljiin  ober  laffen 
foHen;  baö  ©üangeliiim  aber,  waö  ©Ott  311  imferer 
©eligfeit  getrau  l)at  unb  nod;  tl)ut. 

2.  ®aö  @efe|  geigt  unö  nnfere  ©ünbe  unb  @Dt= 
teö  8ötn;  baö  ©oangelium  aber  unfern  ßeilanb  unb 
©Dtteä  ©nabe. 

3.  ®a§  @efe|  forbert,  bro^t  nnh  üerbammt;  baö 
©üangeltum  bagegen  t)erl)ei§t,  fd^enft  unh  Derfiegelt 
unö  Vergebung,  £eben  unb  ©eügfeit. 


—  70  — 

Part  II. 

THE   CREED. 

98.  What  is  the  Creed? 

It  is  the  confession  or  doctrine  of  faith  as  it 
is  comprehended  in  the  Apostles'  Creed. 

99.  Where  do  we  find  the  doctrine  of  faith? 

In  the  Gospel. 

100.  What  is  the  Gospel? 

It  is  the  glad  tidings  of  the  grace  of  God  in 
Christ  Jesus. 

John  3,  16.  For  God  so  loved  the  world  that  He  gave 
His  only-begotteu  Sou^  that  whosoever  believeth  in  Him 
should  not  perish,  but  have  everlasting  life. 

Rom.  1;  16.  I  am  not  ashamed  of  the  Gospel  of  Christ : 
for  it  is  the  power  of  God  unto  salvation  to  every  one  that 
believeth. 

101.  What  difference  is  there  between  the  Law  and  the  Gospel? 

1.  The  Law  teaches  what  we  are  to  do  and 
not  to  do;  the  Gospel  teaches  what  God  has 
done  and  still  does  for  our  salvation. 

2.  The  Law  shows  us  our  sin  and  the  wrath 
of  God;  the  Gospel  shows  us  our  Savior  and 
the  grace  of  God. 

3.  The  Law  demands,  threatens,  and  con- 
demns; the  Gospel  promises,  gives,  and  seals 
unto  us,  forcriveness,  life,  and  salvation. 


3)er  crfte  3lrti!el.  71 


4.  ®a§  ©efe|  richtet  S^rn  an  unb  tobtet;  baö 
©üangelium  locft  unb  gietit  §u  ß^rifto,  wirft  ben 
©lauben  unb  mac^t  unö  fo  (ebenbig. 

5.  ®aä  @efe|  mu§  ben  fieberen  ©ünbern,  iia^ 
©üangelium  ben  erfdirocfenen  geprebigt  raerben. 

S)er  erfte  UviifeL 

102.  SlBic  lautet  ber  erfte  Slrtifel  be§  (55Iau6en§? 

S(^  glaube  an  &£)tt  ben  SSater,  anmäd)= 
tigen  (Sd^öpfer  §immefö  unb  ber  ©rbeu. 

103.   gBa§  ift  ba§? 

^ä)  glaube,  ha^  mid^  ©Dtt  gefd^affen 
{)at,  fammt  alien  (s;reaturen,  mir  Seib  unb 
©eele,  Singen,  Dl)ren,  unb  alle  ©lieber, 
58ernunft,  unb  alle  ©inne  gegeben  l)at, 
unb  nod^  erl)ält;  bargu  Eleib^r  unb  (Bd)n\), 
©ffen  unb  ^rinfen,  Qan§>  unb  §of,  Söeib 
unb  ^inb,  Sled  er,  33iel),  unb  alle  ©üter; 
mit  aller  9^otl)burft  unb  9^al)rung  beö  Sei^ 
beö  unb  Sebenö  reid^lid;  unb  täglid^  vex- 
forget,  miber  alle  gäljrlid)feit  befdl)irmet, 
unb  t)or  allem  Uebel  beljütet  unb  beraal)  = 
ret;  unb  ba§>  alles  auä  lauter  räterlicfier, 
göttlidjer  ©üte  unb  ^armliergigfeit,  o^ne 
alle  mein  ^erbienft  unb  3Bürbig!eit.    ®e§ 


—  71  — 

4.  The  Law  works  wrath  and  kills;  the  Gos- 
pel invites  and  draws  us  to  Christ,  works  faith, 
and  thus  gives  us  spiritual  life. 

5.  The  Law  must  be  preached  unto  secure 
sinners,  the  Gospel  to  such  as  are  alarmed  and 
terrified. 

The  First  Article. 

Of  Creation. 

102.  Which  is  the  First  Article  of  the  Creed? 

I  believe  in  God  the  Father  Almighty, 
Maker  of  heaven  and  earth. 

103.  What  does  this  mean  ? 

I  believe  that  God  has  made  me  and  all  crea- 
tures ;  that  He  has  given  me  my  body  and  soul, 
eyes,  ears,  and  all  my  members,  my  reason  and 
all  my  senses,  and  still  preserves  them;  also 
clothing  and  shoes,  meat  and  drink,  house  and 
home,  wife  and  children,  fields,  cattle,  and  all 
my  goods  ;  that  He  richly  and  daily  provides  me 
with  all  that  I  need  to  support  this  body  and 
life;  that  He  defends  me  against  all  danger, 
and  guards  and  protects  me  from  all  evil;  and 
all  this  purely  out  of  fatherly,  divine  goodness 
and  mercy,  without  any  merit  or  worthiness  in 


72  3)er  erfte  Slrtüel. 


alle^  id)  i () in  3 u  b  a  n ! e  11 ,  3 u  loben,  im b 
b  a  f  ü  r  3  u  b  i  e  n  e  n ,  u  11  b  ß  e  l;  0  r  f  a  m  3  u  fein 
fd^ulbig  bin;  ha§>  ift  geiui^Hd^  tt)af)r. 

104.   SSa§  ift  ®Dtt? 

©Dtt  ift  ein  ©eift;  er  ift  eraig,  allgegenwärtig, 
atlmäd^tig,  alliuiffenb,  lieitig,  geredet,  roa^r^aftig, 
gütig,  barmtier^ig  nnb  gnäbig. 

^0^.  4,  24.  @Dtt  ift  ein  @ei[t;  unb  bic  tl^n  anbeten,  bie 
muffen  i^n  im  ©eift  unb  in  ber  SBa^rfjeit  anbeten. 

^f.  90,  2.  §err  ©Ott,  bu  bift  unfere  ^ufluc^t  für  unb  für. 
®l^e  benn  bie  33erge  irorben,  unb  bie  ®rbe,  unb  bie  SBelt  gefd^affen 
h)orben,  bift  bu,  ®Dtt,  öon  ©iüig!eit  ju  ©iüigfeit. 

^f.  102,  28.    2)u  bleibeft,  tüie  bu  bift. 

^er.  23,  23.  24.  Sin  id}  nic^t  ein  ©Dtt,  ber  naije  ift,  f))rirf>t 
ber  ^(^dl%  unb  nid)t  ein  ©Dtt,  ber  ferne  fei?  3)ieineft  bu,  ba^  fic^ 
jemanb  fo  ^eimlic^  l>erbergen  !önne,  ba^  ic^  i^n  nic^t  fel)e?  f^ric^t 
ber  §©3fl9i.  33in  ic^§  nic^t,  ber  §immel  unb  ®rbe  füllet?  f^ric^t 
ber  §®9t9i 

Sue.  1,  37.    $8ei  ©Ott  ift  fein  ®ing  unmi3glid>. 

^f.  139,  1—4.  ^®9i9{,  bu  erforfd}eft  mic^,  unb  !enneft  mic^. 
^d)  fi^c  ober  ftel;e  auf,  fo  lueifjeft  bu  e§ ;  bu  t)erfte£;eft  meine  ©e= 
banfen  Oon  ferne.  !^d}  gefje  ober  liege,  fo  bift  hu  um  mid>,  unb 
fiel^eft  alte  meine  2ßege.  ®enn  fiefie,  e§  ift  fein  Sßort  auf  meiner 
3unge,  ba§  bu,  md{%  nidji  aUe§  iviffeft. 

3ef.  6,  3.  §eiUg,  ^eilig,  ^eilig  ift  ber  ^m'Si  Bebaot^,  alle 
:^anbe  finb  feiner  ®^re  öoß ! 

2)an.  9,  7.  S)u,  §®rr,  bift  gerecht,  h)ir  aber  muffen  un§ 
fd^ämen. 

^f.  33,  4.  S)e§  £)®9t9^n  2Bort  ift  n?a^r^aftig,  unb  ma§  er  ju- 
fagt,  ba§  ^ält  er  geiüi^. 

^f.  145, 9.  3)er  ^(^^dl  ift  allen  gütig,  unb  erbarmet  fic^  aller 
feiner  2ßerfe. 

2  2Kof.  34,  6.  7,    <Q®9i3i  ^®9t9t  ©Dtt,  barm^erjig,  unb  gnä^ 


—  72  — 

me;  for  all  which  it  is  my  duty  to  thank  and 
praise,  to  serve  and  obey  Him.  This  is  most 
certainly  true. 

104.  What  is  God  ? 

God  is  a  Spirit;  He  is  eternal,  omnipresent, 
omnipotent,  omniscient,  holy,  just,  faithful, 
benevolent,  merciful,  and  gracious. 

John  4j  24.  God  is  a  Spirit :  and  tliey  tliat  worship  Him 
must  worship  Him  in  spirit  and  in  trutli. 

Ps.  90,  1.2.  Lord,  Thou  hast  been  our  dwelling  place 
in  all  generations.  Before  the  mountains  were  brought 
fortli,  or  ever  Thou  liadst  formed  tlie  earth  and  the  world, 
even  from  everlasting  to  everlasting,  Tliou  art  God. 

Ps.  102,  27.    Thou  art  the  same. 

Jer.  23,  23.  24.  Am  I  a  God  at  hand,  saith  the  Lord, 
and  not  a  God  afar  off?  Can  any  hide  himself  in  secret 
places  that  I  shall  not  see  liim?  saith  the  Lord.  Do  not  I 
fill  lieaven  and  earth?  saitli  the  Lord. 

Luke  1,  37.    Witli  God  nothing  shall  be  impossible. 

Ps.  139, 1 — 4.  Lord,  Thou  liast  searched  me,  and  known 
me.  Thou  knowest  my  downsitting  and  mine  uprising. 
Thou  understandest  my  tliouglit  afar  off.  Thou  com- 
passest  my  path  and  my  lying  down,  and  art  acquainted 
with  all  my  ways.  For  there  is  not  a  Avord  in  my  tongue, 
but,  lo,  O  Lord,  Thou  knowest  it  altogether. 

Is.  6,  3.  Holy,  holy,  holy  is  the  Lord  of  hosts:  the 
whole  earth  is  full  of  His  glory. 

Dan.  9,  7.  0  Lord,  righteousness  belongeth  unto  Thee, 
but  unto  us  confusion  of  faces. 

Ps.  33,  4.  The  Word  of  the  Lord  is  right;  and  all  His 
works  are  done  in  truth. 

Ps.  145,  9.  The  Lord  is  good  to  all:  and  His  tender 
mercies  are  over  all  His  works. 

Exod.  34,  6.  7.    The  Lord,  The  Lord  God,  merciful  and 


S)cr  erfte  2lrti!el.  73 


big,  unb  gebulbig,  unb  bon  grower  ©nabe  unb  ^reue;  ber  bu 
beioeifeft  ©nabe  in  taufenb  ©lieb,  unb  öergibft  SJiiffet^at,  Ueber: 
tretung  unb  ©ünbe. 

1  So^.  4,  a    ©Dtt  ift  bie  Siebe. 

mm.  1,  19.  20.  3)aB  man  iüei^,  ba^  ©Dtt  jet,  ift  i^nen 
offenbar;  benn  ©Dtt  l^at  e'l  ibnen  offenbart,  bamit,  ba^  ®Dtte§ 
unfic£)tbare§  SBefen,  i>a^  ift,  feine  eioige  ilraft  unb  ©ottfjeit,  nnrb 
erfef)en,  fo  man  be^  ipaJjrnimmt  an  hm  3Ber!en,  nämUd;  an  ber 
©c^ö^^fung  ber  SiBelt;  alfo,  baf;  fie  feine  ®ntfc^ulbigung  l^aben. 
(Dfiatürlid^e  @otte§erfenntni^.) 

I  105.   SEBcr  ift  ber  tvat)tt  ®Dtt? 

@ö  ift  ber  breieinige  ©Dtt :  ^ater,  ©ol^n  unb 
^eiliger  ©eift,  brci  unterfd;iebene  ^erfonen  in  einem 
einigen  göttlid^en  SBefen. 

5  2«of.  6,  4.  §öre,  Sfrael,  ber  ^(^^1%  unfer  ©Dtt,  ift  ein 
einiger  ^öSf^St. 

Waitf).  28, 19.  ©e^et  l^in  unb  lehret  aße  35ö(!er  unb  tau^tt 
fie  im  9^amen  be§  SSaterS  unb  be§  ©of)ne§  unb  be§  heiligen  ©eifte§. 

2  ©or.  13,  13.  Xk  ©nabe  unfer§  S^&xxn  ^efu  (E^rifti,  unb 
bie  Siebe  ©Dtte§,  unb  bie  ©emeinfd^aft  be§  ^eiligen  ©eifteg  fei 
mit  euct>  alien ! 

4  3}Iof.  6,  24—26.  S)er  ^SiRSR  fegne  bid^,  unb  bepte  bid^ ;  ber  §(S9l3fl  lafje 
jein  Slngeftd^t  leuditen  über  bir,  unb  fci  bir  gnäbtg ;  ber  §©9^191  l^e&e  fein  Stngcfic^t 
üßer  bic^,  unb  gebe  bir  ^yriebe. 

95.  @.    matii).  3,  16.  17.    S)ie  2;aufe  S®|u. 
106.  SOSie  ftnb  btefe  göttlidC^eit  ^crfonen  toon  einanber  unterfc^ieben? 

®er  ^ater  Ijat  ben  c5o{)n  oon  @raig!eit  gezeugt; 
ber  ©oljn  ift  t)om  33ater  üon  ©lüigfeit  gezeugt  ober 
geboren;  ber  ^eilige  ©eift  ge()t  üon  ©raigfeit  t)om 
^ater  unb  üom  (Sol)n  auö.  —  ^em  3]ater  loirb  in= 
fonber!)eit  baö  2Ber!  ber  6d^öpfung  gugefdjrieben. 


—  73  — 

gracious,  long-suffering,  and  abundant  in  goodness  and 
truth,  keeping  mercy  for  thousands,  forgiving  iniquity 
and  transgression  and  sin. 

1  John  4,  8.    God  is  love. 

Rom.  1,  19.  20.  Because  that  which  may  be  known  of 
God  is  manifest  in  them;  for  God  hath  showed  it  unto 
them.  For  the  invisible  things  of  Him  from  the  creation 
of  the  world  are  clearly  seen,  being  understood  by  the 
things  that  are  made,  even  His  eternal  power  and  God- 
head; so  that  they  are  without  excuse.  (Natural  knowl- 
edge of  God.) 

105.  Who  is  the  true  God  ? 

The  Triune  God,  Father,  Son,  and  Holy 
Ghost,  three  distinct  Persons  in  One  divine 
Essence. 

Deut.  6,  4.  Hear,  O  Israel,  the  Lord  our  God  is  one 
Lord. 

Matt.  28,  19.  Go  ye  therefore  and  teach  all  nations, 
baptizing  them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son, 
and  of  the  Holy  Ghost. 

2  Cor.  13,  14.     The  grace  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and 

the  love  of  God,  and  the  communion  of  the  Holy  Ghost, 

be  with  you  all. 

Num.  6,  24—26.  The  Lord  bless  thee,  and  keep  thee:  the  Lord 
make  His  face  shine  upon  thee,  and  be  gracious  unto  thee:  the 
Lord  lift  up  His  countenance  upon  thee,  and  give  thee  peace. 

B.  H.    Matt.  3,  16.  17.    The  baptism  of  Jesus. 
106.  How  are  these  divine  Persons  distinguished  from  each  other? 

The  Father  has  begotten  the  Son  from  eter- 
nity; the  Son  is  begotten  of  the  Father  from 
eternity;  the  Holy  Ghost  from  eternity  pro- 
ceeds from  the  Father  and  the  Son.  —  To  the 
Father  especially  is  ascribed  the  work  of  Crea- 


74  3)cr  erfte  Slrtüel. 


bem  <Bo^n  ha^  2öer!  ber  ©rlöfimg,  bem  ^eiligen 
©eift  baö  Sßer!  ber  Heiligung. 

^f.  2,  7.    S)u  bift  mein  ©ol^n,  l^eute  l^ab  id^  bid^  gejeuget. 

Sol^.  15,  26.  Sßenn  aber  ber  ^röfter  !ommen  lt)irb,  lüelrfjen 
id^  eud^  fenben  lüerbe  'oom  33ater,  ber  ©eift  ber  2öal^r^eit,  ber  t)om 
SSater  au§ge^et,  ber  lüirb  jeugen  bon  mir. 

®al.  4,  6.  2ßeil  i^r  benn  Äinber  feib,  f)at  ©Dtt  gefanbt  ben 
©eift  feinet  ©o^n§  in  eure  ^ergen,  ber  f^reiet:  2lbba,  lieber  33ater! 

107.  2Ba§  l^eifet  nun  „an  ®Dtt  glau6cn"? 

©ö  f)ei6t,  baö,  raaö  bie  ©djrift  t)on  &£)ii  fagt, 
erfennen,  für  tüafjr  I;alten  unb  mit  geraiffer  3ut)er= 
ficf)t  auf  ©Dtt  trauen  unb  bauen, 

Wöm.  10, 14.  2Bie  foUen  fie  glauben,  t)on  bem  fie  nid^t§  ge= 
l^ört  '()aWn  ? 

di'öm.  10,  17.  So  !ümmt  ber  ©laube  au^  ber  ^rebigt,  ba§ 
^rebigen  aber  burd^  ba§  2Bort  ©Dtte§. 

^ol^.  17,  3.  2)a§  ift  ba§  etüige  2ihm,  ba^  fie  bic^,  ba^  bu 
allein  iva^rer  ©Ott  bift,  unb  ben  bu  gefanbt  l^aft,  ^6fum  ©^riftum, 
erfennen.    (®r!enntni^.) 

^ol^.  5,  46.  Sßenn  il^r  3)?ofi  glaubtet,  fo  glaubtet  i^r  auc^ 
mir;  benn  er  l^at  bon  mir  gefd;rieben. 

^ol^.  3,  36.  Söer  bem  <Bo^n  nidlit  glaubet,  ber  n)irb  ba§  2eben 
nid^t  fe^en,  fonbern  ber  3orn  @Dtte§  bleibt  über  i^m.    (S  e i  f  a  1 1.) 

®br.  11,  1.  ®§  ift  aber  ber  ©laube  eine  gen^iffe  ßuöerfid^t 
bef;,  ba§  man  l^offet,  unb  nid^t  giüeifeln  an  bem,  ba§  man  nid^t 
fiel^et. 

2  %m.  1,  12.  ^d^  tveif;,  an  n?el^en  id^  glaube,  unb  bin  ge= 
h?ife,  baf;  er  !ann  mir  meine  33eilage  ben?al^ren  bi§  an  jenen  Xag 
(3ut)erfic^t.) 

^ac.  2,  19.  ®u  glaubeft,  ba^  ein  einiger  ©Dtt  ift:  bu  t^uft 
tüol^l  baran;  bie  2;eufel  glaubend  audi;,  unb  gittern.  (Ä'o^f=  unb 
SKaulglaube.) 


—  74  — 

tion ;  to  the  Son,  the  work  of  Redemption;  to 
the  Holy  Ghost,  the  work  of  Sanctification. 

Ps.  2,  7.  Thou  art  my  Son;  this  day  have  I  begotten 
Thee. 

John  15^  26.  When  the  Comforter  is  come^  whom  I  will 
send  unto  you  from  the  Father^  even  the  Spirit  of  truth, 
whicli  proceedeth  from  the  Father,  He  shall  testify  of  me. 

Gal.  4,  6.  Because  ye  are  sons,  God  hath  sent  forth  the 
Spirit  of  His  Son  into  your  hearts,  crying,  Abba,  Father. 

107.  What  is  it  to  believe  in  God  ? 

It  is  to  know  and  accept  as  true  what  the 
Scriptures  say  of  God,  and  with  firm  confidence 
to  trust  and  rely  in  God. 

Rom.  10,  H.  How  shall  they  believe  in  Him  of  whom 
they  have  not  heard? 

Rom.  10,  17.  So,  then,  faith  cometh  by  hearing,  and 
hearing  by  the  Word  of  God. 

John  17,  3.  And  this  is  life  eternal,  that  they  might 
know  Thee  the  only  true  God,  and  Jesus  Christ  whom 
Thou  hast  sent.     (Knoialedge.) 

John  5,  46.  For  had  ye  believed  Moses,  ye  would  have 
believed  me:  for  he  wrote  of  me. 

John  3,  36.  He  that  believeth  not  the  Son  shall  not 
see  life;  but  the  wrath  of  God  abideth  on  him'.    (Assent.) 

Hebr.  11,1.  Now  faith  is  the  substance  of  things  hoped 
for,  the  evidence  of  things  not  seen. 

2  Tim.  1,  12.  I  know  whom  I  have  believed,  and  am 
persuaded  that  He  is  able  to  keep  that  which  I  have  com- 
mitted unto  Him  against  that  day.     ( Cowfidence.) 

James  2,  19.     Thou  believest  that  there  is  one  God; 
thou  doest  well :    the  devils  also  believe,  and  tremble. 
(Faith  of  the  head  and  mouth.) 
10 


^er  erfte  2IrtifeI.  75 


108.    SBeS^alb  l^eifet  e§  in  aQen  brei  ^Irtifeln  nic^t:   SBtr  ßlouBcn, 
fonbern:  ^(Sj  gInuBe? 

SBeil  ntemanb  hnxä)  eineä  SInbern  ©laubeu  felig 
raerben  fann,  fonbern  jeber  felbft  glauben  mu^. 

^ah.  2,  4.    S)er  ©erec^te  lebet  feinet  ©laubeng. 

Sue.  7,  50.  5)ein  ©laube  l^at  bir  geholfen;  ge^e  f)m  mit 
i^rieben. 

Ö.  ®.    2Ratt^.  25,  8—12.    S)ie  t^öric^ten  Jungfrauen. 

109.   5E5e§E)aIß  nennen  wir  5iet  bi^  erfte  53erfon  „ben  S8ater"? 

2Beil  er  ber  ^ater  unferS  ö@rrn  3(Sfu  ©l)rifti 
unb  au(^  unfer  rechter  3]ater  ift. 

Jol().  20, 17.  S<^  faf)re  auf  gu  meinem  33ater,  unb  gu  eurem 
SSater,  ju  meinem  ©Ott,  unb  gu  eurem  ©Dtt. 

2HaL  2,  10.  §aben  n)ir  nid^t  alle  ®inen  SSater?  §at  un§ 
nic^t  ein  ®Dtt  erfc^affen? 

®^l).  3, 14.  15.  3)erl^alben  beuge  id^  meine  ^niee  gegen  ben 
SBater  unfer§  §®rrn  ^©fu  ©^rifti,  ber  ber  rechte  SSater  ift  über 
alle§,  tüa§  ba  ^inber  l^ei^t  im  §immel  unb  auf  ®rben. 

110.   5!öe§5ar6  rtjirb  ®Dtt  ber  SSater  „anmoc^tig"  unb  „©d^öpfer" 

genannt? 

Söetl  er  burd^  fein  SBort  aUeö  auö  ntd^tö  ge= 

mad^t  Ijat. 

1  3}Zof.  1,  1.    2Im  2lnfang  fcl)uf  ©Dtt  §immel  unb  ®rbe. 

©br.  11,  3.  2)urcl>  ben  ©lauben  mer!en  w'w,  ba|  bie  2ßelt 
burc^  ©Dtte§  SBort  fertig  ift;  ba^  alle§,  Wa^  man  fiel^et,  au§ 
nicl)t§  iüorben  ift. 

^f.  115,  3.  Unfer  ©Dtt  ift  im  §immel ;  er  !ann  fcl^affen,  Wa^* 
er  trill. 

111.   2öa§  meinen  rt)ir  mit  „C>immel§  unb  ber  ©rben"? 

Slße  Kreaturen,  fortioljl  bie  unfid)tbaren  alö  bie 
fi(^tbaren  ®efd)öpfe. 

©Ol.  1,  16.  3)urc£)  \i)n  ift  alk§>  gefc^affen,  ba§  im  §immel 
unb  auf  ©rben  ift,  ba§  ©ic^tbare  unb  Unfid;tbare. 


—  75  — 

108.  Why  do  we  in  each  of  the  three  Articles  say,  "/  believe,"  and 
not,  "We  believe"? 

Because  no  one  can  be  saved  by  another's 

faith,  but  every  one  must  believe  for  himself. 

HOfb.  2,  4.    The  just  shall  live  by  his  faith. 

Luke  7,  50.    Thy  faith  hath  saved  thee ;  go  in  peace. 

B.  H.    Matt.  25,  8—12.    The  foolish  virgins. 

109.  Why  do  we  here  call  the  first  Person  "the  Father"? 

Because  He  is  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,  and  also  our  true  Father. 

John  20j  17.  I  ascend  unto  my  Father,  and  your  Father; 
and  to  my  God  and  your  God. 

Mai.  2,  10.  Have  we  not  all  one  Father?  hath  not  one 
God  created  us  ? 

Eph.  3,  li.  15.  For  this  cause  I  bow  my  knees  unto 
the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  of  whom  the  whole 
family  in  heaven  and  earth  is  named. 

110.  Why  is  God  the  Father  called  "Almighty"  and  the  '.'Creator"? 

Because  He  has  by  His  Word  made  all  things 
out  of  nothino:. 

Gen.  1,  1.  In  the  beginning  God  created  heaven  and 
earth. 

Hebr.  11,  3.  Through  faith  we  understand  that  the 
worlds  were  framed  by  the  Word  of  God,  so  that  things 
which  are  seen  were  not  made  of  things  which  do  appear. 

Ps.  115,  3.  Our  God  is  in  the  heavens:  He  hath  done 
whatsoever  He  hath  pleased. 

111.  What  do  we  mean  by  "heaven  and  earth"? 

All  creatures,  visible  and  invisible. 

Col.  1,  16.  By  Him  were  all  things  created,  that  are  in 
heaven,  and  that  are  in  earth,  visible  and  invisible. 


76  2)er  erfte  2lrti!el. 


112.   2BeIc[)e§  fittb  bie  bornelimften  unter  ben  unficfitöaren 
Sreaturen?  ■ 

^ie  ©ngel. 

113.   2Bte  bielerici  flub  jetjt  bie  Gngct? 

graeiertet :  gute  iinb  böfe. 

114.  3[Ba§  [inb  bie  guten  ©ngel? 

§et(ige  iinb  in  ber  ©eligfeit  fd^on  beftätigte 
nmcf)tige  ©elfter,  iDeldje  ©Dtt  loben,  feine  33efel)Ie 
auöriifjten  unb  unö  9}ienfd^en  bienen. 

©br.  1,  14.  ©inb  fie  nicl;t  allgumal  bienftbare  ©eifter,  a\i§>' 
gejanbt  jjum  Sienft,  urn  ber  iinllen,  bie  ererben  follen  bie  ©elig!eit? 

Ttati^.  25,  31.  SBenn  aber  be§  5IRenfc^en  ©of)n  fommen 
iDirb  in  feiner  §errlid}!eit  unb  alle  l^eiligen  ©ngel  mit  il^m,  bann 
irirb  er  fi^en  auf  bem  ©tuf)l  feiner  ^errlic^feit. 

9Jkttf).  18,  10.  ^f)re  ©ngel  im  §immel  feigen  allezeit  ba§ 
2lngefid}t  meine?  SSater§  tm  ^immel. 

^f.  103,  20.  21.  2obet  ben  §09in,  t^r  feine  ©ngel,  i^r 
ftar!en  gelben,  bie  i^r  feinen  Sefef>I  au§rid}tet,  ba^  man  J)öre  bie 
(Stimme  feine§  2ßort§.  Sobet  ben  ^(S^iSin,  alle  feine  §eerfd^aaren, 
feine  Wiener,  bie  i^r  feinen  SBillen  tl^ut. 

^f.  34,  8.  ®er  ©ngel  be§  §®9ft9in  lagert  fici>  urn  bie  ^er,  fo 
il^n  fürd)ten,  unb  l^ilft  ii>nen  a\\§>. 

^f.  91, 11.  12.  (Sr  ^at  feinen  (Sngein  befohlen  über  bir,  baf; 
fie  bid;  behüten  auf  allen  beinen  2öegen,  ba^  fie  bid)  auf  ben  ^änben 
tragen,  unb  bu  beinen  '^u^  nid^t  an  einen  ©tein  ftö^eft. 

33.  ®.  2  Ron.  19,  35.  ©anfjeribS  Jjeer.  —  Sue.  2,  13.  14. 
2)er  (gnget  Sobgefang.  —  3l^oft.  12,  5—11.  ^etri  53efreiung.  — 
2)an.  3.  6.   S)aniel  unb  feine  ^^reunbe.  —  Sue.  16,  22.    Sajarug. 

115.  3Ba§  ftnb  bie  Böfen  ©ngel? 

2)ie  abgefallenen,  eraig  t)erfto§enen  ©eifter,  welche 
©Dtteö  unb  ber  9}lenfcl)en  abgefagte  geinbe  finb  unb 
©Dtteö  äßer!  §u  üerberben  trachten. 


—  76  — 

112.  Which  are  the  foremost  among  the  invisible  creatures  ? 

The  angels. 

113.  How  many  kinds  of  angels  are  there  ? 

Two  kinds,  orood  and  evil  anirels. 

114.  What  are  the  good  angels  ? 

They  are  holy  spirits,  already  confirmed  in 
their  bliss,  and  of  great  power,  who  praise  God, 
carry  out  His  commands,  and  serve  mankind. 

Hebr.  1,  14.  Are  they  not  all  miriistermg  spirits^  sent 
forth  to  minister  for  them  who  shall  be  heirs  of  salvation  ? 

Matt.  25,  31.  When  the  Son  of  man  shall  come  in  His 
glory,  and  all  the  holy  angels  with  Him,  then  shall  He  sit 
upon  the  throne  of  His  glory. 

Matt.  18,  10.  In  heaven  their  angels  do  always  behold 
the  face  of  my  Father  whicli  is  in  heaven. 

Ps.  103,  20.  21.  Bless  the  Lord,  ye  His  angels,  that 
excel  in  strength,  tliat  do  His  commandments,  liearkening 
unto  the  voice  of  His  word.  Bless  ye  the  Lord,  all  ye  His 
hosts ;  ye  ministers  of  His,  that  do  His  pleasure. 

Ps.  34,  7.  The  angel  of  the  Lord  encampeth  round 
about  them  that  fear  Him,  and  deliveretli  them. 

Ps.  91,  11.  12.  He  shall  give  His  angels  charge  over 
thee,  to  keep  tliee  in  all  thy  ways.  They  shall  bear  thee  up 
in  their  hands,  lest  thou  dash  thy  foot  against  a  stone. 

B.  H.  2  Kings  19,  35.  Sennacherib's  army.  —  Luke 
2,  13.  14.  The  song  of  the  angels.— Acts  12,  5—11.  Peter 
set  free.  —  Dan.  3.  6.  Daniel  and  his  friends.  —  Luke 
16,  22.    Lazarus. 

115.  What  are  the  evil  angels  ? 

The  fallen  spirits,  forever  rejected,  who  are 
the  declared  enemies  of  God  and  man,  and  en- 
deavor to  destroy  the  works  of  God. 


2)cr  erfte  2lrti!el.  77 


^ubä  6.  2)ie  ©ngel,  bie  i^r  ^^ürftenttjum  nic^t  betitelten, 
fonbern  berlte^en  i£>re  33ef)aufimg,  t)at  er  beJ^alten  jum  ©erid^te 
be§  großen  Xage§  mit  einigen  33anben  im  ^infterni^. 

dpi).  6, 12.  2ßir  ^aben  nid)t  mit  ^^leifrf)  unb  Slut  ju  !äm^fen, 
fonbern  mit  dürften  unh  @eit)altigen,  nämli^  mit  ben  Ferren  ber 
2ßelt,  bie  in  ber  ^infterni^  biefer  äßelt  l^errfd}en,  mit  ben  bijfen 
©eiftern  unter  bem  ^inimel. 

^0^.  8,  44.  S)er  S^eufel  ift  ein  SKörber  bon  2Infang,  unb  ift 
nirf)t  beftanben  in  ber  2öaf)r^eit ;  benn  bie  2ßa!^r^eit  ift  ni(i)t  in  i^m. 
2Benn  er  bie  Sügen  rebet,  fo  rebet  er  öon  feinem  Eigenen ;  benn  er 
ift  ein  Sügner,  unb  ein  SSatcr  berfelbigen. 

1  '^etr.  5,  8.  9.  ©eib  nüd;tern  unb  \va<i)d ;  benn  euer  3Biber= 
fad}er,  ber  Xeufel,  ge^et  umfjer  iine  ein  brüllenber  Sölüe,  unb  fud^et, 
njelc^en  er  üerfc^Iinge.    ®em  iüiberftel^et  fefte  im  ©lauben. 

93.  ®.  1  9)Jof.  3,  1—5.  2)ie  ©d>Iange.  —  §iob  2.  ®er 
(Satan.  —  2«att^.  4,  1—11.    ®er  33erfuc^er. 

116.   SQBeIcf)e§  ift  bie  bornel^mftc  unter  bert  fid^tBaten  ©reoturen? 

©er  9}lenf(^,  raeil  ©Ott  il)m  ben  Seib  felbft  gu^ 
bereitet,  il)m  eine  üernünftige  ©eele  gegeben,  vox 
aüem  aber,  raeil  er  i^ii  gu  feinem  33ilbe  erfd^affen  ^at. 

1  a}?of.  2,  7.  Unb  @Dtt  ber  §63191  machte  ben  aKenfdjen  aui 
einem  ®rben!(o^,  unb  er  blie§  x'^m  ein  ben  lebenbigen  Dbem  in  feine 
3^afe.     Unb  alfo  h)arb  ber  30?enfd>  eine  lebenbige  (Seele. 

1  9Jiü).  1,  27.  ©Ott  fd}uf  ben  9Jienfc^en  i^m  jum  58ilbe, 
jum  Silbe  ©DtteS  fd)uf  er  il^n ;  unb  fc^uf  fie  ein  2JZännlein  unb 
i^räutein. 

117.   SJßortn  Bcftottb  boS  göttliche  (SBenBilb? 

3n  feiiger  (^rfenntnig  ©Dtteö  unb  in  üoHfonts 

mener  @ered;tig!eit  unb  §eilig!eit. 

©Ol.  3, 10.  3i^^^t  ben  neuen  9}?enf(^en  an,  ber  ba  ^erneuert 
h)irb  gu  ber  ©r!enntni^,  nac^  bem  ©benbilbe  be^,  ber  il^n  ge* 
fc^affen  l^at. 


—  77  — 

Jude  6.  The  angels  which  kept  not  their  first  estate, 
but  left  their  own  habitation,  He  hath  reserved  in  ever- 
lasting chains  under  darl^ness  unto  the  judgment  of  the 
great  day. 

Eph.  0, 12.  We  wrestle  not  against  flesh  and  blood,  but 
against  principalities,  against  powers,  against  the  rulers 
of  the  darkness  of  this  world,  against  spiritual  wicked- 
ness in  high  places. 

John  8,  44.  The  devil  was  a  murderer  from  the  be- 
ginning, and  abode  not  in  the  truth,  because  there  is  no 
truth  in  him.  When  he  speaketh  a  lie,  he  speaketh  of  his 
own :  for  he  is  a  liar,  and  the  father  of  it. 

1  Pet.  5,  8.  9.  Be  sober,  be  vigilant;  because  your  ad- 
versary the  devil,  as  a  roaring  lion,  walketh  about,  seeking 
whom  he  may  devour:  whom  resist  steadfast  in  the  faith. 

B.  H.  Gen.  3,  1 — 5.  The  serpent.  —  Job  2.  Satan. — 
Matt.  4,  1—11.    The  tempter. 

116.  Which  is  the  foremost  among  the  visible  creatures  ? 

Man,  because  God  Himself  has  prepared  his 
body,  has  given  him  a  rational  soul,  and,  above 
all,  has  made  him  in  His  image. 

Gen.  2,  7.  And  the  Lord  God  formed  man  of  the  dust 
of  the  ground,  and  breathed  into  his  nostrils  the  breath 
of  life ;  and  man  became  a  living  soul. 

Gen.  1,  27.  God  created  man  in  His  own  image,  In  the 
image  of  God  created  He  him;  male  and  female  created 
He  them. 

117.  Wherein  did  the  divine  image  consist? 

In  blissful  knowledge  of  God,  and  in  ^Derfeet 

righteousness  and  holiness. 

Col,  3,  10.  Put  on  the  new  man,  which  is  renewed  in 
Ujiowledge  after  the  image  of  Him  that  created  him. 


78  3)er  erfte  9lrti!el. 


(S^>f).  4,  24.  S^cl}d  ben  neuen  2J?enfc^en  an,  ber  nac^  ©Dtt 
gefd>affen  tft,  in  red>tfd>affener  ©erec^tigfeit  unb  JjeiligJeit. 

118.   Qahtn  tütr  bi^§i  göttliche  ©BenBilb  nocf)  an  un§? 

D^ein;  eö  ift  bur(5  ben  ©iinbenfall  oerloren,  rairb 
jroar  in  ben  ©laubigen  bem  3lnfang  nad)  erneuert, 
aber  erft  im  eraigen  2ehen  üöHig  wieber  Ijergefteßt. 

1  ÜJiof.  5,  3.  3lbam  geugete  einen  ©ol^n,  ber  feinem  33ilbe 
äl^ntid)  'max,  unb  l^ie^  il^n  ©etl^. 

©Ol.  3, 10.    ®^^.  4,  24.    ©te^e  ^r.  117. 

^f.  17, 15.  ^d^  JDill  fd^auen  bein  3(ntli^  in  ©ered}tig!eit,  ic^ 
tüill  fatt  iüerben,  Ivenn  id)  eriradje  nad;  beinern  33ilbe. 

119.   aßa§  6e!cnnft  aud)  bu  infonber^ett  mit  ber  (Jrflärung 
be§  erften  ?lrttfel§? 

3($  glaube,  bag  mi($  ©Dtt  gef($affen  Ijat,  fammt 

aßen  Kreaturen,  mir  Seib  unb  ©eele,  3Iugen,  Dljren, 

unb  alle  ©lieber,   33ernunft,   unb  alle  6inne  ge= 

geben  Ijat. 

^f.  139,  14.  ^(^  banfe  bir  barüber,  ba^  \d)  irunberbarlid; 
gemad^t  bin;  ivunberbarlid^  finb  beine  äßerlEe,  unb  ba§  erfennet 
meine  ©eele  irol^l. 

120.  SBaS  t^ut  ©Ott  nod^  fort  unb  fort  an  btr  unb  allen 
©Teaturen? 

©r  ex^ixit  unb  regiert  mid^  unb  alle  ©inge. 

2t^oft.  17, 27.  28.  ©r  ift  nid;t  ferne  t)on  einem  jeglid^en  unter 
un§,  benn  in  i^m  leben,  ireben  unb  finb  iüir. 

®br.  1,  3.    ©r  trägt  atte  ^inge  mit  feinem  !räftigen  2öort. 

^f.  33,  13—15.  ©er  ^®9t9i  fd)auet  bom  ^immel,  unb  fiefjet 
aller  3}?enfd)en  ^inber.  SSon  feinem  feften  X^ron  fielet  er  auf  alle, 
bie  auf  erben  loo^nen.  ®r  Ien!et  i^nen  aU^n  ba§  ^erg,  er  merfet 
auf  aüe  i^re  SCBerfe. 


—  78  — 

Eph.  4:,  24.  Put  on  the  new  man,  which  after  God  is 
created  in  righteousness  and  true  holiness. 

118.  Do  we  still  bear  the  image  of  God  ? 

No;  it  was  lost  by  the  fall,  and  while  a  be- 
ginning is  made  of  its  renewal  in  believers,  it 
will  be  fully  restored  only  in  eternal  life. 

Gen.  5^  3.  Adam  begat  a  son  in  his  own  likeness,  after 
his  image;  and  called  his  name  Seth. 

Col.  3,  10.    Eph.  4,  24.     See  Qu.  117. 

Ps.  17,  15.  I  will  behold  Thy  face  in  righteousness: 
I  shall  be  satisüed,  when  I  awake,  with  Thy  likeness. 

119.  What  do  you  also  confess  with  the  explanation  of  the  First 

Article  ? 

I  believe  that  God  has  made  me  and  all  crea- 
tures ;  that  He  has  given  me  my  body  and  soul, 
eyes,  ears,  and  all  my  members,  my  reason, 
and  all  my  senses. 

Ps.  139,  14.  I  will  praise  Thee;  for  I  am  fearfully  and 
wonderfully  made:  marvelous  are  Thy  works;  and  that 
my  soul  knoweth  right  well. 

120.  What  does  God  still  do  to  you  and  all  creatures  ? 

He  preserves  and  governs  me  and  all  crea- 
tures. 

Acts  17,  27.  28.  He  is  not  far  from  every  one  of  us: 
for  in  Him  we  live,  and  move,  and  have  our  being. 

Hebr.  1,  3.  He  upholds  all  things  by  the  word  of  His 
power. 

Ps.  33,  13 — 15.  The  Lord  looketh  from  heaven;  He  be- 
holdeth  all  the  sons  of  men.  From  the  place  of  His  habi- 
tation He  looketh  upon  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth. 
He  f ashioneth  their  hearts  alike ;  He  considereth  all  their 
works. 


^)er  crftc  9lrtifel.  79 


1  a«of.  8,  22.  ©0  lange  bie  ®rbe  fielet,  fott  nic^t  aufhören 
©amen  unb  ©mte,  ^roft  unb  ^i^e,  ©ommer  unb  2Binter,  Xag 
unb  yiaä^t 

121.  2Ba§  giBt  bit  ©Dtt  gu  bcinct  ©rfialtung? 

©r  gibt  mir  Kleiber  unb  ©d^uf),  ©ffen  unb  ^rin= 
ten,  Qau§>  unb  §of,  Söeib  unb  ^inb,  Sleder,  ^ieJ), 
unb  alle  ©titer;  nnh  nerforgt  mid^  reidjlid;  unb  täg= 
lic^  mit  aÜer  9^ot^burft  unb  9f?a!)rung  beö  Seibeö  unb 
Sebenö. 

^f.  145,  15. 16.  3ltter  2lugen  njarten  auf  birf> ;  unb  bu  gibft 
i^nen  if)re  ©^eife  gu  feiner  ^üt  ®u  t^uft  beine  ^anb  auf,  unb 
erfüUeft  alle§,  \va§>  lebet,  mit  2BoI)IgefaIIen. 

1  ^etr.  5,  7.  2lüe  eure  ©orge  irerfet  auf  il^n ;  benn  er  forget 
für  euc^. 

JB.  ®.  1  aJJof.  9,  1—3.  'Jloa\)  unb  feine  3^ac^!ommen.  — 
5  2Rof.  8,  3.  4.  Sfrael  in  ber  2ßüfte.  —  1  Äön.  17.  eiia§. 
2)ie  2Bittiüe. 

122.  aBa§  berbonfft  bu  bet  Stegierung  @Dtte§? 

®a§  er  mid^  wiber  aHe  gät)rlid)!eit  befd^irmet, 
unb  t)or  aHem  Uebel  behütet  unb  hema^xet. 

Wati^.  10,  29.  30.  ^auft  man  nicf>t  gtüeen  ©|)erlinge  urn 
einen  pfennig?  ^oä)  fällt  berfelbigen  feiner  auf  bie  ©rbe  o^n 
euern  SSatcr.  3^un  aber  finb  aud^  eure  §aarc  auf  bem  ^au^t  alte 
ge^ä^Iet. 

^f.  91, 10.  ®§  tt)irb  bir  !ein  liebelt  begegnen,  unb  feine  ^lagc 
n)irb  ju  beiner  §ütte  fid^  na^en. 

1  3Jiof.  50,  20.  ^^r  gebad^tet  e§  böfe  mit  mir  ju  madden; 
aber  ©Ott  gebadete  e§  gut  ju  madden,  baf;  er  tl^äte,  n>ie  e§  je^t  am 
^age  ift,  gu  erhalten  öiel  ^oiU, 

5ßf,  37,  5.  Sefie^l  bem  ^®3fi9ln  beine  Sßege,  unb  l^offe  auf 
i^n ;  er  tt>irb§  rtJol^I  ma(^in, 

JB.  ®.  1  2}?of.  19.  Sot.  —  2  Smof.  13.  14.  2)er  ^i:^m 
Sfraelö.  —  2  a«of.  2.    ®a§  Äinblein  2J?ofe. 


—  79  — 

Gen.  8,  22.  While  the  earth  remaineth,  seedtime  and 
harvest^  and  cold  and  heat^  and  summer  and  winter,  and 
day  and  night  shall  not  cease. 

121.  What  does  He  give  you  for  your  preservation? 

He  gives  me  clothing  and  shoes,  meat  and 
drink,  house  and  home,  wife  and  children, 
fields,  cattle,  and  all  my  goods;  He  richly  and 
daily  provides  me  with  all  that  I  need  to  sup- 
port this  body  and  life. 

Ps.  145,  15.  16.  The  eyes  of  all  wait  upon  Thee;  and 
Thou  givest  them  their  meat  in  due  season.  Thou  openest 
Thine  hand,  and  satisflest  the  desire  of  every  living  thing. 

1  Pet.  5,  7.  Cast  all  your  care  upon  Him ;  for  He  careth 
for  you. 

B.  H.  Gen.  9,  1 — 3.  Noah  and  his  descendants. — 
Deut.  8,  3.  4.  Israel  in  the  desert.  —  1  Kings  17.  Elijah. 
The  widow. 

122.  What  do  you  owe  to  the  government  of  God  ? 

That  He  defends  me  against  all  danger,  and 
guards  and  protects  me  from  all  evil. 

Matt.  10,  29.  80.  Are  not  two  sparrows  sold  for  a  far- 
thing? and  one  of  them  shall  not  fall  on  the  ground  with- 
out your  Father.  But  the  very  hairs  of  your  head  are  all 
numbered. 

Ps.  91, 10.  There  shall  no  evil  befall  thee,  neither  shall 
any  plague  come  nigh  thy  dwelling. 

Gen.  50,  20.  Ye  thought  evil  against  me;  but  God 
meant  it  unto  good,  to  bring  to  pass,  as  it  is  this  day,  to 
save  much  people  alive. 

Ps.  37,  5.  Commit  thy  way  unto  the  Lord;  trust  also 
in  Him;  and  He  shall  bring  it  to  pass. 

B.  H.  Gen.  19.  Lot.  — Exod.  13.  14.  The  exodus.— 
Exod.  2.    Moses. 


Xcr  jlveite  2lrti!eL 


123.   mu§  rocldfier  Urfac£)C  tliut  QJDtt  ba8  aUcS  on  bir? 

3lu0  lauter  t)äterltd^er,  göttlid^er  ®üte  unb  33arm= 
tiergigfett,  o^ne  alle  mein  ^erbienft  unb  2ßürbig!eit. 

^|.  103, 13.  2Bie  fic^  ein  SSater  über  itinber  erbarmet,  fo  er= 
barmet  ftd>  ber  §®3i3fl  über  bte,  fo  i^n  fürd}ten. 

1  3Kof.  32,  10.  ^c^  bin  31t  geringe  aüer  33arml^er§igfeit  unb 
aller  2;reue,  bie  bu  an  beinem  5?nec^te  getfjan  f)a[t. 

SB.  ®.    Sue.  7,  6.  7.    S)er  J^au^tmann  ju  ©a^ernaum. 

124.   SBa§  Bift  bu  für  ba^  oUeS  bcm  l^immlifd^cn  SSotct  fc^ulbig? 

3f)m  gu  banfen,  gu  (oben,  unb  bafür  gu  bleuen, 
unb  9e()orfam  ju  fein. 

^f.  118, 1.  S)an!et  bem  §e9fl3ftn;  benn  er  i[t  freunblic^,  unb 
feine  @üte  it»äl^ret  eiviglid). 

^f.  116,  12.  2ßie  fott  ic^  bem  ^(^Wtn  i?ergelten  alle  feine 
Sßol^lt^at,  bie  er  an  mir  t^ut? 

125.  SD3a§  fagft  bu  gum  ©c^Iuß,  hjcti  bu  boS  oIIcS  fcft  glauBft? 

^aö  ift  geraiyic^  maljx ! 

®eir  gttieite  5lrtifeL 

SBon  ber  ^rlbfung» 

126.  SSte  lautet  ber  äwette  SIrtifel? 

Unb  an  SSjnm  S^riftunt,  feinen  einigen 
(So{)'n,  nnfern  §@rrn,  ber  empfangen  ift  üon 
bem  ^eiligen  ®eift,  geboren  au§  aJJaria  ber 
Jungfrau,  gelitten  nnter  5ßontio  ^ilato,  ge- 
freugiget,  geftorben  nnb  begraben,  niebergefaf)- 
ren  ^nr  ^öHen,  am  britten  2^age  tnieber  auf= 
erftanben  üon  ben  2^obten,  aufgefaf)ren  gen 


—  80  — 

123,  "What  prompts  God  to  do  all  this  to  you  ? 

He  does  it  all  purely  out  of  fatherly,  divine 
goodness  and  mercy,  without  any  merit  or 
worthiness  in  me. 

Ps.  103,  13.  Like  as  a  father  pitieth  his  children,  so 
the  Lord  pitieth  them  that  fear  Him. 

Geii.  32,  10.  I  am  not  worthy  of  the  least  of  all  the 
mercies,  and  of  all  tlie  truth,  whicli  Thou  hast  showed 
unto  Thy  servant. 

B.  H.    Luke  7,  6.  7.    The  centurion  of  Capernaum. 

124.  What,  then,  is  your  duty  toward  the  Father  in  heaven? 

For  all  this,  it  is  my  duty  to  thank  and  praise, 
to  serve  and  obey  Him. 

Ps.  118,  1.  O  give  tlianks  unto  the  Lord;  for  He  is 
good:  because  His  mercy  enduretli  for  ever. 

Ps.  116,  12.  What  shall  I  render  unto  tlie  Lord  for  all 
His  beneflts  toward  me  ? 

125.  And  firmly  believing  all  this,  what  are  your  closing  words  ? 

This  is  most  certainly  true. 

The  Second  Article. 

Of  Redemption. 

126.  Which  is  the  Second  Article  ? 

I  believe  in  Jesus  Christ,  His  only  Son, 
our  Lord,  who  was  conceived  by  the  Holy 
Ghost,  born  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  suffered 
under  Pontius  Pilate,  was  crucified,  dead, 
and  buried ;  He  descended  into  hell ;  the 
third  day  He  rose  again  from  the  dead ; 
He  ascended  into  heaven,  and  sitteth  at  the 


2)er  anleite  2lrtifel  81 


§immel,  fi^enb  pr  9{ed)ten  ®Dtte^,  be§  ad- 
mäd^tigen  SSaterg,  t)oit  bannen  er  fommen  luirb, 
5n  rillten  bie  Sebenbigen  nnb  bie  2^obten» 

127.   2Ba§  ift  bo§? 

3d)  ßlaube,  ba^  S^fuö  ß^riftuö,  raaljr^ 
Saftiger  ©Dtt,  t)om  ^ater  in  ©raigfeit  ge  = 
boren,  nnb  an(^  toa^r^aftiger  3Jlenfd;,  von 
hex  Snngfran  Tlaxia  geboren,  fei  mein 
§©rr,  ber  mi  (J  verlornen  nnb  t)erbamm  = 
ten  SJlenfd^en  erlöfet  ^at,  erraorben  nnb 
gewonnen,  oon  alien  ©ünben,  rom  ^obe 
nnb  t)on  ber  ©em alt  beö  ^enfelö,  nid;t 
mit  ®olb  ober  ©ilber,  fonbern  mit  feinem 
^eiligen,  t^enren  33lut,  nnb  mit  feinem 
nnfd^nlbigen  Seiben  nnb  ©terben;  anf  hai 
id}  fein  eigen  fei,  nnb  in  feinem  S^ieid^  nnter 
il)m  lebe,  nnb  i^m  biene  in  eroiger  ©ered;- 
tigfeit,  Unfd^nlb  nnb  ©eligfeit,  glei($tüie 
er  ift  anferftanben  oom  Xobe,  lebet  nnb  re  = 
gieret  in  ©roigfeit;  baö  ift  geroi6li(^  roalir. 

128.   aSon  tt)cm  5anbelt  biefer  Slrtitel? 

58on  3@fn  ei)rifto. 

129.   3Be§E)aI6  Iieifet  berfelbe  S®?u§? 

SBeil  er  aßer  SJienfd^en  einiger  §eilanb  unb 
•Seligmad^er  ift. 

3l^oft.  4,  12.    ®§  ift  in  feinem  anbern  §eil,  ift  and}  !ein 
anberer  ^amt  ben  SD^enfc^en  gegeben,  barinnen  h)ir  foüen  feliß  . 
toerben. 


—  81  — 

right  hand  of  God  the  Father  Ahnighty, 
from  thence  He  shall  come  to  judge  the 
quick  and  the  dead. 

127.  What  does  this  mean  ? 

I  believe  that  Jesus  Christ,  true  God,  begot- 
ten of  the  Father  from  eternity,  and  also  true 
man,  born  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  is  my  Lord,  who 
has  redeemed  me,  a  lost  and  condemned  crea- 
ture, purchased  and  won  me  from  all  sins, 
from  death,  and  from  the  power  of  the  devil, 
not  with  gold  or  silver,  but  with  His  holy  pre- 
cious blood  and  with  His  innocent  suffering  and 
death,  that  I  may  be  His  own,  and  live  under 
Him  in  His  kingdom,  and  serve  Him  in  ever- 
lastins:  rio:hteousness,  innocence,  and  blessed- 
ness,  even  as  He  is  risen  from  the  dead,  lives 
and  reigns  to  all  eternity.  This  is  most  cer- 
tainly true. 

128.  Of  whom  does  this  Article  treat? 

Of  Jesus  Christ. 

129.  Why  is  He  called  Jesus  ? 

Because  He  is  the  only  Savior  of  all  mankind. 

Acts  i,  12.  Neither  is  there  salvation  in  any  other: 
for  there  is  none  other  name  under  heaven  given  among 
men,  whereby  we  must  be  saved. 


8g 


3Jiattl^.  1,  21.  ©ie  it)irb  einen  ©ol^n  gebären,  be^  9iamen 
foUft  bu  S@fu§  l^ei^en ;  benn  er  iüirb  fein  SSoI!  jelig  mad;en  Don 
il^ren  ©ünben. 

130.   SSeä^alb  ficigt  er  ©^riftuS? 

ß;f)riftiiä,  ober  ber  3}Jeffiaä,  ha^  ift,  ©efalbter, 
{)et§t  er,  weil  er  mit  bem  ^eiligen  ©eift  §u  unferm 
^ropl)eten,  §ol)enpriefter  unh  ilöuig  ol)ne  2JJa6  ge= 
falbt  roorbeu  ift. 

^f.  45,  8.  2)u  liebeft  ©erec^tigfeit,  unb  l^affeft  gottlob  2ßefen ; 
barum  l^at  bic^,  ©Dtt,  bein  ©Dtt  gefalbet  mit  ^^reubenöle,  me^r 
benn  beine  ©efellen, 

Sr^oft,  10,  38,  ©Ott  l^at  benfelMgcn  S®fum  öcn  ^a^avet'^ 
gejalbet  mit  bem  ^eiligen  ©eifte  unb  ^yafi 

131.   SBer  ift  3@juS  ©^dftuS? 

3Ba{)rl)aftiger  ©Dtt,  oom  ^ater  in  ©toigfeit  ge? 
boren,  unb  anä)  tpal)r|aftiger  Tlen\ä^,  von  hex  Swnö- 
frau  3JJaria  geboren. 

132.  SBcgl^alB  glauBcn  wir,  ba%  3e^u8  (Jl^riftuS  wahrer  ©Ott  ift? 

3Bei(  bie  ©d^rift  x^m  göttüd^e  Seamen,  göttlid^e 
©igenfd^aften,  göttlidbe  äBerfe  wnb  göttUd^e  ©t)re 
beilegt. 

1  So^-  5,  20.  2)iefer  ift  ber  n?a]^r^aftige  ©Ott  unb  ba§ 
evrige  ^^ihm. 

diöm.  9,  5.  SBelc^er  aud)  finb  bie  SSäter,  au§  li?el(^en  ß^riftuS 
]^cr!ommt  nac^  bem  ^leifc^e,  ber  ba  ift  ©Ott  über  alleö,  gelobet  in 
en)ig!eit.    ^mm. 

'  ^0^.  20,  28.    ^^oma§  anttuortete  unb  f^rac^  gu  i^m:  2Rein 
$®rr,  unb  mein  ©Ott! 

^er.  23,  6.  Sie§  h)irb  fein  ^amt  fein,  ba^  man  il^n  nennen 
iüirb:  ^©3^19?,  ber  unfere  ©ered^tigfeit  ift, 

^f.  2,  7^    2)is  btft  mein  ©ol^n,  fimtat  l&ab  id&  bidö  ge^eugci 


—  82  — 

Matt.  1,  21.  She  sliall  bring  forth  a  son,  and  thou  »halt 
call  His  name  JESUS:  for  He  shall  save  His  people  from 
their  sins. 

130.  Why  is  He  called  Christ  ? 

He  is  called  Christ,  or  the  Messiah,  that  is, 
the  Anointed,  because  He  has  been  anointed 
with  the  Holy  Ghost  without  measure,  to  be 
our  Prophet,  Priest,  and  King. 

Ps.  45,  7.  Tliou  lovest  righteousness,  and  hatest  wicked- 
ness :  therefore  God,  Thy  God^  liath  anointed  Thee  with 
the  oil  of  gladness  above  Thy  fellows. 

Acts  10,  38.  God  anointed  Jesus  of  Nazareth  with  the 
Holy  Ghost  and  witli  power. 

131.  Who  is  Jesus  Christ? 

True  God,  begotten  of  the  Father  from  eter- 
nity, and  also  true  man,  born  of  the  Virgin 
Mary. 

132.  Why  do  we  believe  that  Jesus  Christ  is  true  God? 

Because  the  Scri})tures  ascribe  to  Him  divine 
names,  divine  attributes,  divine  works,  and 
divine  honor  and  glory. 

1  John  5,  20,    This  is  the  true  God,  and  eternal  life. 

Rom.  9,  5.  Whose  are  the  fathers,  and  of  whom  as  con- 
cerning tlie  flesh  Christ  came,  who  is  over  all,  God  blessed 
for  ever.    Amen. 

John  20,  28.  Thomas  answered,  and  said  unto  Him, 
My  Lord  and  my  God ! 

Jer.  23,  G.  This  is  His  name  whereby  He  shall  be  called, 
Tlie  Lord  our  Kighteousness. 

Ps.  2,  7.  Thou  art  my  Son;  this  day  have  I  begotten 
Thee. 

11 


^er  alDcite  3lrti!el.  83 


^0^.  3, 16.  Stifo  ^at  ©Dtt  bie  2ßelt  geliebet,  ba^  er  feinen 
eingebornen  ®ol^n  gab,  auf  ba^  alle,  bie  an  if>n  glauben,  nic^t  »er^ 
loren  iverben,  fonbern  ba§  eitrige  2eben  'i)ahm. 

'3i'6m.  8, 32.  ©Dtt  l)at  feine§  eigenen  (Sol)n§  nid£)t  »erfd^onet, 
fonbern  l)at  il)n  für  un§  alle  bal^in  gegeben ;  n?ie  foUt  er  ung  mit 
il^m  nidjt  alle§  fc^enfen  ? 

3o^.  1,  1.  2.  3m  2lnfang  ivar  ba§  SBort,  unb  ba§  SBort  Wax 
bei  ©Dtt,  unb  @Dtt  Wat  ba§  Sßort.  Sa^felbige  tt?ar  im  Slnfang 
bei  ©Dtt. 

©br.  13,  8.  3®fu§  e^riftug,  geftern  unb  ^eute,  unb  berfelbe 
aud}  in  6lt»ig!eit. 

Tlaii^.  28, 18.  2Rir  tft  gegeben  alle  ©etralt  im  §immel  unb 
auf  ©rben. 

^ol).  21, 17.    §err,  bu  treibt  fiß«  ^m^- 

Tlatt^.  28,  20,  ©ie^e,  ic^  bin  bei  euc^  aEe  S^age,  bi§  an  ber 
SBelt  (Enbe. 

^0^.  1,  3.  2lEe  S)inge  finb  burc^  baSfelbige  gemaci^t,  unb 
o^ne  ba^felbige  ift  nic^t§  gemacht,  traö  gemacht  ift. 

©br.  1,  3.    ®r  trägt  aEe  2)inge  mit  feinem  Jräftigen  SBort. 

Tlait^.  9,  6.  2)e§  3J?enfc^en  ©o^n  l^at  2«ac^t  auf  ®rben  bie 
©ünben  ju  t)crgeben. 

^ol^.  5,  27.  2)er  SSater  ^at  bem  ©o^n  2Jtac^t  gegeben,  auc^ 
ba§  ©ericljt  gu  Italien,  barum,  ba^  er  be§  9)?enfci^en  ©o^n  ift. 

^0^.  5,  23.  2llle  follen  ben  ©ol^n  e^ren,  trie  fie  ben  SSater 
el^rcn.  2ßer  ben  ©o^n  nid^t  el^ret,  ber  el^ret  ben  SSater  nic^t,  ber 
i^n  gefanbt  l^at. 

®br.  1,  6.    e§  follen  i^n  alle  @Dtte§  (gngel  anbeten. 

35.  ®.  So^.  2,  1—11.  2)ie  §o%it  ju  Gana.  —  2JZatt^. 
9, 1—8.  2)er  ©ic^tbrüc^ige.  —  Sue.  8,  22—25.  3)ie  ©tillung 
be§  ©turmeS.  —  ^ol^.  11, 38—44.  S5ie  Slufern^edung  be§  Sajaru^. 

133.  SCScSlioIb  glouBen  lotr,  bofe  3f(5fu§  S^riftuS  ou^  tva^xtx 
3Jienfc5  ift? 

SBeil  i^n  bie  ©($nft  auöbrücfUd^  einen  3Jienfd^en 
nennt  unb  i^m  bie  raefentlic^en  ^l)eile  unb  ^erri(^= 
tungen  eines  ^Jienfd^en  beilegt. 


—  83  — 

John  3^  16.  For  God  so  loved  the  world,  that  He  gave 
His  oiily-begotteu  Son,  that  whosoever  believeth  in  Him 
should  not  perish,  but  have  everlasting  life. 

Rom.  8,  32.  God  spared  not  His  own  Son,  but  deliv- 
ered Him  up  for  us  all ;  how  shall  He  not  with  Him  also 
freely  give  us  all  things  ? 

John  I,  1.  2.  In  the  beginning  was  the  Word,  and  the 
Word  was  with  God,  and  the  Word  was  God.  The  same 
was  in  the  beginning  with  God. 

Hebr.  13,  8.  Jesus  Christ  the  same  yesterday,  and  to- 
day, and  for  ever. 

Matt.  28,  18.  All  power  is  given  unto  me  in  heaven  and 
in  earth. 

John  21,  17.    Lord,  Thou  l^nowest  all  things. 

Matt.  28,  20.  Lo,  I  am  with  you  alway,  even  unto  the 
end  of  the  world. 

John  1,  3.  All  things  were  made  by  Him;  and  without 
Him  was  not  any  thing  made  tliat  was  made. 

Hebr.  1,  3.  He  upliolds  all  things  by  the  word  of  His 
power. 

Matt.  9,  6.  The  Son  of  man  hath  power  on  earth  to 
forgive  sins. 

John  5,  27.  The  Father  hath  given  Him  authority  to 
execute  judgment  also,  because  He  is  the  Son  of  man. 

John  5,  23.  All  men  should  honor  the  Son,  even  as 
they  honor  the  Father.  He  tliat  honoreth  not  the  Son 
honoreth  not  the  Father  which  hath  sent  Him. 

Hebr.  1,6.    And  let  all  the  angels  of  God  worship  Him. 

B.  H.  John  2,  1 — 11.  The  marriage  feast  of  Cana. — 
Matt.  9,  1—8.  The  man  sicl^  of  the  palsy.  —Lul^e  8,  22—25. 
Christ  rebuking  the  storm.  —  John  11,  38 — 44.  The  resur- 
rection of  Lazarus. 

133.  Why  do  we  believe  that  Jesus  Christ  is  also  true  man  ? 

Because  the  Scriptures  expressly  call  Him 
"man"  and  attribute  to  Him  the  natural  parts 
and  ways  of  a  man. 


84  2)er  giveite  Slrtüel. 


1  ^im.  2,  5.  e§  ift  ®in  ®Dtt,  xmb  ©in  a«ittler  ghjijc^en  @Dtt 
unb  ben  9Jlenfc^en,  nämlid^  ber  9)tenfc^  6^riftu§  ^s®fu§. 

2uc.  24,  39.  ©el^et  meine  §änbe,  unb  meine  ^ü^e,  td^  btn§ 
ielber;  fiiijlet  mic^,  unb  feilet;  benn  ein©eift  i^at  ni^t  j^Ieif(^  unb 
33ein,  \vk  iE)r  fei)et,  ba^  i(f>  l^abe. 

a)?att^.  26,  38.    TlmK  ©eele  ift  betrübt  bi§  an  ben  ^ob. 

«B.  ®.  2)?arc.  4,  38.  Sefu§  jc^Uef.  —  a)?att^.  4,  2.  S^n 
I^ungerte. 

134.   SSeld^e  gwet  Staturen  finb  bemnad^  in  ©Eirifto? 

®te  göttlii^e  unb  bie  menfc^li($e  D^atur. 

2  ©am.  7, 19.  3)a§  ift  eine  Sßeife  eine§  3}Jenfc^en,  ber  @Dtt 
ber  §©9151  ift. 

mom.  9,  5.    ©ie^e  ^rage  132. 

135.   2Sie  ift  bie  göttlid^e  unb  menfd^Iid^c  Statut  in  3(5fu  ©'^rifto 

bereinigt? 

2Ilfo,  hai  ber  (5oI)n  ©Dtteö  bie  menf(^li($e  9?a= 
tur  in  feine  ^erfon  aufgenommen  ^at  unb  baj3  in 
biefer  einen  ^erfon  jebe  ber  beiben  ^f^aturen  Xi)e\i 
l)at  an  ben  ©igenfd^aften  ber  anbern. 

So^.  1, 14.  3)a§  2öort  h?arb  ^^leif^,  unb  irol^nete  unter  un§, 
unb  n)ir  fatten  feine  ^errüct^feit,  eine  ^errlid^feit  ai§>  be§  eingebornen 
©o^ne§  üom  33ater,  t)oIIer  ©nabe  unb  2ßaf)r^eit. 

1  Xim.  3,  16.  Äünblic^  gro^  ift  ba§  gottfelige  ©e^eimni^: 
©Ott  ift  offenbaret  im  ^leifc^. 

©Ol.  2,  9.  Sn  if)m  tuo^net  bie  ganje  pile  ber  ©ott^eit  leib^ 
f^aftig. 

^ef.  9,  6.  Un§  ift  ein  i^inb  geboren,  ein  ©o^n  ift  un§  gegeben, 
n?elc^e§  ^errfc^aft  ift  auf  feiner  ©coulter;  imb  er  ^ei^t  SBunberbar, 
mat^,  ilraft,  §elb,  (Sn)ig=»ater,  piebe=prft. 

Tlaiii).  28,  18.  2«ir  ift  gegeben  alle  ©eiüalt  im  Fimmel  unb 
auf  ®rben. 

a}?att^.  28,  20.  ©ie^e,  ic^  bin  bei  euc^  alle  ^age,  bi§  an  ber 
aOBelt  ©nbe. 


—  84  — 

1  Tim.  2,  5.  There  is  one  God^,  and  one  Mediator  be- 
tween God  and  men^  the  man  Christ  Jesus. 

Luke  24,  39.  Behold  my  hands  and  my  feet,  tliat  it  is 
I  myself :  handle  me,  and  see ;  for  a  spirit  hath  not  flesh 
and  bones,  as  ye  see  me  have. 

Matt.  26,  38.  My  soul  is  exceeding  sorrowful,  even 
unto  death. 

B.  H.  Mark  4,  38.  Jesus  asleep.  —  Matt.  4,  2.  Jesus 
hungered. 

134.  What  two  natures,  then,  are  there  in  Christ? 

The  divine  nature,  and  the  human  nature. 

2  Sam.  7,  19.  And  is  this  the  manner  of  man,  O  Lord 
God? 

Rom.  9,  5.     See  Qu.  132. 

135.  How  are  the  two  natures  united  in  Christ? 

In  such  manner,  that  the  Son  of  God  has  re- 
ceived the  human  nature  into  His  person,  and 
that  in  this  one  Person  each  of  the  two  natures 
partakes  of  the  properties  of  the  other. 

John  1,  14.  The  Word  was  made  flesh,  and  dwelt 
among  us  (and  we  beheld  His  glory,  the  glory  as  of  the 
Only-begotten  of  the  Father),  full  of  grace  and  truth. 

1  Tim.  3, 16.  Without  controversy  great  is  the  mystery 
of  godliness :   God  was  manifest  in  the  flesh. 

Col.  2,  9.  In  Him  dwelleth  all  the  fullness  of  the  God- 
head bodily. 

Is.  9,  6.  Unto  us  a  Child  is  born,  unto  us  a  Son  is  given : 
and  the  government  shall  be  upon  His  shoulder:  and  His 
name  shall  be  called  Wonderful,  Counselor,  The  mighty 
God,  The  everlasting  Father,  The  Prince  of  Peace. 

Matt.  28,  18.  All  power  is  given  unto  me  in  heaven  and 
in  earth. 

Matt.  28,  20.  Lo,  I  am  with  you  alway,  even  unto  the 
end  of  the  world. 


3)er  streite  3lrti!el  85 


2l^o[t.  3, 15.    ^en  ^-ürften  be§  2eben§  ^abt  if)r  getobtct. 
1  ^0^.  1,  7.    :Sa§  33hit  S©fu  6^ri[ti,  beg  ©o^ne§  @Dtte§, 
mad^t  un§  rein  Hon  alter  ©ünbe. 

136.  ffiSOj^u  lint  ber  Sot^n  @Dtte§  bte  menjc^licTje  9Jotur  angenommen? 

Um  bte  fünbißen  9}Zenf(^en  §u  erlofen  unb  felig 
ju  madjeu. 

2)Jatti).  18,  11.  S)e§  SO^enfc^en  ©ol^n  ift  fommen,  felig  gu 
machen,  ba§  Verloren  ift. 

137.   SSarum  mufete  unfet  (Sriöyer  tüol^rer  SJienfc!^  jctn? 

^arnit  er  aU  aüex  SDZenfd^en  ©teüüertreter  baä 

©efe^  erfüllen,  leiben  unb  fterben  fönnte. 

®br.  2,  14.  5?ad^bem  nun  bie  Äinber  ^leifd^  unb  33lut  l^aben, 
ift  er§  glei(f)ermafien  t^eil^aftig  lüorben,  auf  ba^  er  burd^  ben  Xob 
bie  Tladji  n'di^rm  bem,  ber  be§  ^obe§  ©etralt  l^atte,  ba§  ift,  bem 
^ieufel. 

138.   SBorum  mufetc  er  toa^rer  ®Dtt  fein? 

^arnit  er  ben  gorn  ©Dtte§  fül)nen  unb  ©ünbe, 

^ob  unb  Teufel  überroinben  !önnte. 

^f.  49,  8.  9.  ^ann  boc^  ein  33ruber  niemanb  erlöfen,  nod^ 
©Dtte  jemanb  öerfö^nen ;  benn  e§  f oftet  gu  biel,  i^re  ©eele  ju  er= 
löfen,  ba^  er§  mu^  laffen  anftel^en  ertiiglid^. 

139.   (Sin  toicöielfad^cS  ?lmt  l\at  E^riftuä  ^um  Swed  faer  (Srlöjung 
auf  ficf)  genommen? 

©in  breifad^eö:  baö  prop{)etifc^e,  l)o^epriefterltd[;e 
unb  föniglid^e  2lmt. 

140.   SBorin  6eftcf|t  ba^  tjropfietiftfie  SImt  (El)xi\ü? 

^arin,  ba§  er  fid^  felbft  alö  ben  ©oljn  ©Otteö 
unb  (Sriöfer  ber  SBelt  burc^  SBort  unb  äöerf  geoffen= 
baret  l)ai  unb  in  ber  ^rebigt  beö  ©üangeliumö  nod^ 
fort  unb  fort  offenbart. 


—  85  — 

Acts  3,  15,    Ye  killed  the  Prince  of  Life. 
1  Jolin  1, 7.  The  blood  of  Jesus  Clirist  His  Son  cleanseth 
us  from  all  sin. 

136.  For  what  purpose  did  the  Son  of  God  assume  the  human 
nature  ? 

To  redeem  and  save  sinful  mankind. 

Matt.  18,11.   The  Son  of  man  is  come  to  save  that  which 
was  lost. 
137.  Why  was  it  necessary  that  our  Redeemer  should  be  a  true  man  ? 

That  He  might  be  capable  of  fulfilling  the 
Law,  of  suffering  and  dying,  as  all  men's  sub- 
stitute. 

Hebr.  2,  14.  Forasmuch,  then,  as  the  children  are  par- 
talkers  of  flesh  and  blood,  He  also  Himself  likewise  took 
part  of  the  same;  that  through  death  He  might  destroy 
him  that  had  the  power  of  death,  that  is,  the  devil. 

138.  Why  was  it  necessary  that  He  should  be  true  God? 

That  He  might  be  sufiicient  to  appease  the 
wrath  of  God,  and  to  overcome  sin,  death,  and 
the  devil. 

Ps.  49,  7.  8.  None  of  them  can  by  any  means  redeem 
his  brother,  nor  give  to  God  a  ransom  for  him  (for  the  re- 
demption of  their  soul  is  precious,  and  it  ceaseth  for  ever). 

139.  How  manifold  is  the  office  which  Christ  took  upon  Himself  for 
our  salvation  ? 

Threefold,  that  of  a  Prophet,  a  Priest,  and 
a  King. 

140.  Wherein  does  the  prophetic  office  of  Christ  consist? 

In  this,  that  He  by  word  and  deed  revealed 
Himself,  and  by  the  preaching  of  the  Gospel 
still  reveals  Himself,  as  the  Son  of  God  and 
the  Redeemer  of  the  world. 


86  ^er  jmcite  9Irtt!el 


5  2«oj.  18, 15.  ®tnen  ^ro^^^eten,  h?ic  mid),  With  ber  ^(^'31% 
bein  ©Dtt,  bir  eriüetfen,  au§  bir  unb  an§>  beinen  33rübern,  bem 
foKt  i^r  gd^orc^en. 

Tlatt^.  17,  5.  3)ie§  ift  mein  lieber  ©ol^n,  an  iveld^em  id^ 
Sßo^Igef alien  l^abe;  ben  follt  i^r  ^ören. 

^0^.  1, 18.  ^f^iemanb  l^at  ©Dtt  j|e  gefe^en ;  ber  eingeborne 
©o^n,  ber  in  be§  33ater§  «Sd^oo^  i[t,  ber  ^at  e§  un§  berüinbiget. 

Sue.  10,  16.  2ßer  m^  l^öret,  ber  l^öret  mid) ;  unb  tcer  euc^ 
toerad^tet,  ber  öerad^tet  mic^ ;  titer  aber  mic^  »erachtet,  ber  öerad^tet 
ben,  ber  mic^  gefanbt  !^at. 

141.  SBortn  Beftel^t  ba§  ^ol^cprtcfterlidöc  ?Imt  e^rifti? 

©arin,  bafe  er  baö  ©efe^  für  unö  t)oß!otnmen 
erfüllt  unb  fi(§  felbft  für  unä  geopfert  l)ai,  unö  auc^ 
fortn)ä!)renb  bei  feinem  ^immUfd^en  S3ater  üertritt. 

®br.  7,  26. 27.  ©inen  folc^en  ^o^en^riefter  foHten  iüir  ^ah^n, 
ber  ba  iüäre  l^eilig,  unfd^ulbig,  unbefleckt,  Don  ben  ©ünbern  ah- 
gefonbert,  unb  l^öljer,  benn  ber  ^immel  ift;  bem  nicljt  täglid^  notl^ 
h)äre,  lüie  \imn  §ol^en^rieftern,  guerft  für  eigene  ©ünben  D^fer  ju 
tl^un,  barnacl^  für  be§  3SolB  ©ünben;  benn  ba§  ^at  er  get^an  ein^ 
mal,  ba  er  fic^  felbft  opferte. 

©al.  4,  4.  5.  ^a  aber  bie  3eit  erfüllet  iuarb,  fanbte  ©Dtt 
feinen  ©ol^n,  geboren  t)on  einem  Sßeibe,  unb  unter  ba§  ©efe^  ge^ 
t^an,  auf  ba^  er  bie,  fo  unter  bem  ©efe^  iraren,  erlöfete,  baf;  h)ir 
bie  i^inbfd^aft  empfingen. 

1  ^etr.  2,  24.  ©^riftu§  l^at  unfere  ©ünben  felbft  geo^jfert 
an  feinem  Seibe  auf  bem  ^olj,  auf  baf;  ir>ir,  ber  ©ünbe  abgeftor- 
ben,  ber  ®erec^tig!eit  leben;  burd^  n^elc^eä  SBunben  i^r  feib  l^eil 
iDorben. 

1  ^ol^.  2, 1.  2.  Db  jemanb  fünbiget,  fo  l^aben  h)ir  einen  j^ür- 
f^redl}er  bei  bem  Sßater,  ^©fum  (E^riftum,  ber  geredet  ift.  Unb  ber^ 
felbige  ift  bie  Sßerfö^nung  für  unfere  <Sünbe;  nic^t  allein  aber  für 
bie  unfere,  fonbern  aud^  für  ber  ganzen  2ßelt 


—  86  — 

Dent.  18,  15.  The  Lord  thy  God  will  raise  up  unto  thee 
a  Prophet  from  the  midst  of  tliee,  of  thy  brethren,  like 
unto  me ;  unto  Ilim  ye  shall  hearken. 

Matt.  17,  5.  This  is  my  beloved  Son,  in  whom  I  am 
well  pleased;  hear  ye  Him. 

John  1,  18.  No  man  hath  seen  God  at  any  time;  the 
only-begotten  Son,  which  is  in  the  bosom  of  the  Father, 
He  hath  declared  Him. 

Luke  10,  16.  He  that  heareth  you  heareth  me;  and  he 
that  despiseth  you  despiseth  me ;  and  he  that  despiseth  me 
despiseth  Him  that  sent  me. 

141.  Wherein  does  the  priestly  office  of  Christ  consist? 

In  this,  that  He  in  our  stead  perfectly  ful- 
filled the  Law,  and  sacrificed  Himself  for  us, 
and  still  intercedes  for  us  with  His  heavenly 
Father. 

Hebr.  7,  26.  27.  Such  an  High  Priest  became  us,  who  is 
holy,  harmless,  undeflled,  separate  from  sinners,  and  made 
higher  than  the  heavens ;  who  needeth  not  daily,  as  those 
high  priests,  to  offer  up  sacrifice,  first  for  liis  own  sins, 
and  then  for  the  people's:  for  this  He  did  once,  when  He 
offered  up  Himself. 

Gal.  4,  4.  5.  When  the  fullness  of  the  time  was  come, 
God  sent  fortli  His  Son,  made  of  a  woman,  made  under 
the  Law,  to  redeem  them  that  were  under  the  Law,  that 
we  might  receive  the  adoption  of  sons. 

1  Pet.  2,  24.  Christ  His  own  self  bare  our  sins  in  His 
own  body  on  the  tree,  that  we,  being  dead  to  sins,  should 
live  unto  righteousness  :  by  whose  stripes  ye  were  healed. 

1  John  2,  1.  2.  If  any  man  sin,  we  have  an  Advocate 
with  the  Father,  Jesus  Christ  the  Righteous:  and  He  is 
the  propitiation  for  our  sins:  and  not  for  ours  only,  but 
also  for  the  sins  of  the  whole  world. 


2)er  3rt)eite  3lrtifel.  87 


142.    aSorin  Befte^t  bas,  löniglic^e  3Imt  e'^rifti? 

^ariii,  ba§  er  über  alle  Kreaturen  mäd^titjüd; 
()err)djt,  infoiiber^eit  aber  feine  Rixä^e  regiert  unb 
fd;ü^t,  unb  fie  enblid^  gur  §errlid)!eit  fü!)rt. 

'^ati^.  28,  18.  Wiv  ift  gegeben  alle  ©emalt  im  §immel  imb 
auf  (Srben.    Tlait^.  11,  27.    (3)a§  9Jlac^treid;.) 

3o^.  18,  37.  S)a  j^rac^  ^ilatu§  gu  i^m:  ©o  bift  bu  bennoc^ 
eini^önig?  S®fu^  anth^ortete:  ^u  fag[t  eä,  ic^  bin  eintönig. 
^(^  bin  baju  geboren  unb  in  bie  Sßelt  !ommen,  ba^  ic^  bie  2ßai>r= 
l^eit  jeugen  foil.  2ßer  au§  ber  SBal^r^eit  ift,  ber  l^öret  meine 
©timme. 

^Raifi).  21,  5.  ©aget  ber  Xo^ter  ^ion:  ©iel^e,  bein  Äönig 
!ommt  ju  bir  fanftmütbig  unb  reitet  auf  einem  ©fei  unb  auf  einem 
(füllen  ber  laftbaren  ®felin.    (2)a§  ©nabenreic^.) 

2  2:im.  4,  18.  2)er  §®rr  it>irb  mic^  erlöfen  i3on  allem  Uebel, 
unb  aushelfen  gu  feinem  l^immlifc^en  9tei(^ ;  tt>elc^em  fei  @^re  bon 
©trigfeit  gu  ®tt)ig!eit!    2(men.    (2)aö  (S^renreicb.) 

143.   SD3cI(flc  Beiben  ©tänbe  unterjd^eibcn  lt)ir  Bei  btn  5Bcr= 
rid^tungen  be§  ?lmte§  Eftrifti? 

®en  Stanb  ber  ©rniebrigung  unb  ben  ©tanb 
ber  @r()ö^un9c 

144.   3Borin  Beftanb  bie  (Srniebrigung  ©l^rifti? 

©arin,  bag  (S!)riftuö  nac^  feiner  menf(^(id)en 
Statur  bie  berfelben  mitgetf)eilte  göttü($e  SJiajeftät 
nic^t  immer  unb  nid^t  röüig  gebrandet  'i)at. 

^^il.  2,  5—8.  ©in  jeglid^er  fei  gefinnet,  Wk  S®fu§  (S^riftuS 
auc^  tüax,  h?elc^cr,  ob  er  tüol^I  in  göttlicher  ©eftalt  trar,  l^ielt  cr§ 
nic^t  für  einen  9iaub,  ©Dtte  gleich  fein;  fonbern  äußerte  fic^  felbft, 
unb  na^m  5lne(^t§geftalt  an,  tuarb  gleic^  tüte  ein  anberer  ^enfc^, 


—  87  — 

142.  Wherein  does  the  kingly  office  of  Christ  consist? 

Ill  this,  that  He  mightily  rules  over  all  crea- 
tures, and  especially  governs  and  protects  His 
Church,  and  finally  leads  it  to  glory. 

Matt.  28,  18.  All  power  is  given  unto  me  in  heaven  and 
in  earth.    Matt.  11,  27.     (The  kingdom  of  power.) 

John  18,  37.  Pilate  therefore  said  unto  Him,  Art  Thou 
a  king,  then?  Jesus  answered,  Thou  sayest  that  I  am  a 
King.  To  this  end  I  was  born,  and  for  this  cause  came  I 
into  the  world,  that  I  should  bear  witness  unto  the  truth. 
Every  one  that  is  of  the  trutli  heareth  my  voice. 

Matt.  21,  0.  Tell  ye  the  daughter  of  Sion,  Behold,  thy 
King  cometh  unto  thee,  meek,  and  sitting  upon  an  ass, 
and  a  colt,  the  foal  of  an  ass.    (The  kingdom  of  grace.) 

2  Tim.  4,  18.  The  Lord  shall  deliver  me  from  every  evil 
work,  and  will  preserve  me  unto  His  heavenly  kingdom: 
to  w  hom  be  glory  for  ever  and  ever.  Amen.  (The  king- 
dom of  glory.) 

143.  AVhat  two  states  do  we  distinguish  in  Christ's  performance  of 

this  office? 

The  State  of  Humiliation,  and  the  State  of 
Exaltation. 

144.  Wherein  did  Christ's  State  of  Humiliation  consist? 

In  this,  that  Christ,  according  to  His  human 

nature,  did  not  always  and  not  fully  use  the 

divine    majesty   communicated  to  His   human 

nature. 

Phil.  2,  5 — 8.  Let  this  mind  be  in  you,  which  was  also 
in  Christ  Jesus:  who,  being  in  the  form  of  God,  thought 
it  not  robbery  to  be  equal  with  God :  but  made  Himself  of 
no  reputation,  and  took  upon  Him  the  form  of  a  servant, 
and  was  made  in  the  likeness  of  men :   and  being  found 


88  ^er  jh^eite  2lrtifel. 


unb  an  ©eberben  al§  ein  9J?enfd)  erfunben ;  erniebrigte  ftcf>  felbft, 
unb  Wavh  geJ)orfam  bi§  jum  ^obe,  ja  ^um  ^obe  am  ilreuj. 

©.  ®.  3o^.  2,  11.  So^.  11,  40.  So^.  18,  6.  ©tra^Ien 
berborgener  §errli(i)!eit. 

145.   9!Jiit  voelc^cn  SBorten  6eidE)rei6t  ber  ätüeitc  2lrtifel  ben  Stanb 
ber  (Srniebrigung? 

9Jlit  ben  SBorten :  ©mpfaiujen  t)on  bem  ^eiligen 
©eift,  geboren  auö  3}?aria  ber  S^ngfrau,  gelitten 
unter  ^ontto  ^ilato,  gefreugiget,  geftorben  unb  be= 
graben. 

146.   2Ba§  Ic^tt  bit  Sd^rttt  bon  ber  empfängnife  Sfiriftt? 

^ag  (S^liriftuö  huxä)  raunberbare  2ßir!ung  beö 

^eiligen  ©eifteö  oon  ber  Sungfrau  Tlaüa  aU  wahrer 

SJlenfd)  empfangen  ift. 

Sue.  1,  35.  3)er  ^eilige  ©eift  irirb  über  bid^  fommen,  unb 
bie  Äraft  be§  ^öc^ften  tvnrb  bid^  überfd)atten ;  barum  an^  ba§ 
^Qeilige,  ba§  i)on  bir  geboren  iüirb,  it>irb  @Dtte§  ©ol^n  genannt 
tverben. 

147.   SBa§  letirt  bie  Sd:)rift  bon  ber  ©eBurt  eiirifti? 

^a§  (EtjriftuS  ron  ber  Sungfrau  Tlaxia  in  großer 
Slrmutl;  alö  raalirer  SJlenfd;  geboren  ift. 

Sef.  9, 6.  Un§  ift  ein  Äinb  geboren ;  ein  ©ol^n  ift  un§  gegeben. 

Sue.  2, 1—14.    2)a§  2Beil^na(f)t§eöangeUum. 

3Jlatt^.  8,  20.  SDie  5"^?e  l^aben  ©ruben,  unb  bie  33öge(  unter  bem  ^immel 
i^aben  9icfter;  aber  be§  3Kenfd^en  ©o^n  l)at  nid^t,  ba  er  fein  ^au^Jt  l^inlege.  (2?a§ 
arme  Seben  Sl^rifti.) 

148.  aBo§  Begeugt  bie  ©d^rift  bon  bem  Seiben  unb  ©terBen  S^tifti? 

®a6  er  unter  ^ontio  ^ilato  unfäglic^e  Dualen 
an  £eib  unb  ©eele  erbulbet  ^t  unb  am  g(u(^!)olj 
beö  £reujeö  geftorben  ift. 

(3)ie  ^affionägefc^ic^te.) 


—  88  — 

in  fashion  as  a  man^  He  humbled  Himself,  and  became 
obedient  unto  death,  even  the  death  of  the  cross. 

B.  H.  John  2,  11.  John  11,  40.  John  18,  6.  Rays  of 
hidden  glory, 

145.  With  which  words  does  the  Second  Article  describe  the  State 
of  Huiniliatiou  ? 

AVith  the  words,  "Conceived  by  the  Holy 
Ghost ;  born  of  the  Virgin  Mary ;  suffered 
under  Pontius  Pilate;  was  crucified,  dead,  and 
buried." 

146.  What  do  the  Scriptures  teach  concerning  the  conception  of 

Christ  ? 

That  Christ  was  by  the  miraculous  working 

of  the  Holy  Ghost  conceived  a  true  man  by  the 

Virgin  Mary. 

Luke  1,  35.  The  Holy  Ghost  shall  come  upon  thee,  and 
the  power  of  the  Highest  shall  overshadow  thee:  there- 
fore also  that  holy  thing  which  shall  be  born  of  thee  shall 
be  called  the  Son  of  God. 

147.  What  do  the  Scriptures  teach  of  the  birth  of  Christ? 

That  Christ  was  born  of  the  Virgin  Mary, 
a  true  man,  and  in  great  poverty. 

Is.  9,  6.   Unto  us  a  Child  is  born,  unto  us  a  Son  is  given. 

Matt.  8,  20.  The  foxes  have  holes,  and  the  birds  of  the  air  have 
nests ;  but  the  Son  of  man  hath  not  where  to  lay  His  head.  (The 
poverty  of  Christ.) 

148.  What  do  the  Scriptures  testify  of  Chi'ist's  suffering  and  death? 

That,  under  Pontius  Pilate,  He  suffered  un- 
speakable tortures  of  body  and  soul,  and  died 
on  the  accursed  tree  of  the  cross. 

(The  narrative  of  Christ's  suffering  and  death.) 


2)er  jtreite  2lrtt!el.  89 


149.   SEBaS  fogt  btc  SdEirift  bon  bem  5öcgräEim6  e^riftt? 

^ag  fein  l^eiliger  2exd)nam  in  baö  @rab  gelegt 
raorben  unb  hx§>  an  ben  britten  ^ag  barin  geblieben 
ift,  ol)ne  bie  S^erraefnng  ^u  fel)en. 

^f.  16,  10.  S)u  Jüirft  nid}t  gugeben,  ba^  betn  ^eiliger  t)erh)efe. 
150.   SSarum  I)at  fid)  nun  S'^riftuS  ^o  tief  erniebrigt? 

Urn  mid^  verlornen  unb  üerbammten  9J^enf($en 
gu  erlofen. 

151.    SGBobon  ^at  btcE)  SliriftuS  erlöft? 

33on  aßen  ©ünben,  üom  S^obe  unb  t)on  ber  @e= 
wait  beö  ^eufelö. 

152.   Sniutefern  'i)at  er  bid)  bon  aUcn  ©unben  erlöft? 

©r  l)at  mi($  Don  ber  ©c^ulb,  ©träfe  unb  §err= 

f($aft  ber  ©iinbe  befreit. 

@al.  3,  13.  e^riftu§  ^at  un§  erlöjet  bon  bem  ^lurfi  be§  ©e^ 
fe|e§,  ba  er  tcarb  ein  j^(ud>  für  un§  (benn  eö  ftel;et  gefd;rieben: 
S3erflud>t  fei  jebermann,  ber  am  ^olg  l^änget). 

1  ^etr.  1,  18.  19.  äßiffet,  bafe  if>r  nid^t  mit  bergänglid;em 
«Silber  ober  ©olb  erlöfet  feib  bon  eurem  eiteln  SBanbel  nad^  oäter= 
li^er  Sßeife,  fonbern  mit  bem  tf^euren  33lut  ß^rifti,  al§  eine§  un^ 
fd^ulbigen  unb  unbefledtten  Samme§. 

153.   SnVbiefern  Bift  bu  burd^  S^riftum  bom  2;obe  erlöft? 

3d^  braud)e  ben  geitlic^en  ^ob  nid^t  gu  fürcl)ten, 
weil  ber  eroige  feine  3}Jacl)t  meljr  an  mir  Ijat. 

®br.  2,  14.  15.  5^ac^bem  nun  bie  ^inber  ^leifc^  unb  53tut 
l^aben,  ift  er§  gleichermaßen  t^eilf)aftig  iüorben,  auf  baß  er  burd; 
ben  ^ob  bie  Tladjt  näf)me  bem,  ber  be§  2:;obe§  ©eioalt  ^atte,  ha§> 
ift,  bem  2;eufel,  unb  erlöfete  bie,  fo  burd;  ^iirc^t  beä  2;obe§  im 
ganjen  Qihm  Äned^te  fein  mußten. 

2  ^im.  1,  10.  ß^t)riftu§  t)at  bem  ^obe  bie  Tlaä^t  genommen, 
unb  ba§  2(bm  unb  ein  unoergänglid^  Sßefen  an§  Sic^t  gebrad^t. 


—  89  — 

149.  "What  do  the  Scriptures  say  of  Christ's  burial  ? 

That  His  sacred  body  was  laid  in  the  sep- 

ulclier,   and   remained   there  to  the  third  day 

without  seeing  corruption. 

Ps.  16^  10.  Thou  wilt  not  suffer  Thine  Holy  One  to  see 
corruption. 

150.  For  what  purpose  did  Christ  thus  humiliate  Himself? 

To  redeem  me,  a  lost  and  condemned  creature. 

151.  Wherefrom  has  Clirist  redeemed  you  ? 

From  all  sins,  from  death,  and  from  the 
power  of  the  devil. 

1,52.  In  wliat  respect  lias  Christ  redeemed  you  from  all  sins? 

He  has  freed  me  from  the  guilt,  the  punish- 
ment, and  the  dominion  of  sin. 

Gal.  S,  13.  Christ  liatli  redeemed  us  from  the  curse 
of  the  Law^  being  made  a  curse  for  us :  for  it  is  written, 
Cursed  is  every  one  that  hangeth  on  a  tree. 

1  Pet.  1,  18.  19.  Ye  know  that  ye  were  not  redeemed 
with  corruptible  things,  as  silver  and  gold,  from  your 
vain  conversation  received  by  tradition  from  your  fathers; 
but  with  tlie  precious  blood  of  Christ,  as  a  lamb  without 
blemish  and  without  spot. 

153.  In  what  respect  are  you  redeemed  from  death  by  Christ? 

1  need  not  fear  temporal  death,  since  eternal 

death  has  no  longer  any  power  over  me. 

Hebr.  2,  14.  15.  Forasmuch,  then,  as  the  children  are 
partakers  of  flesh  and  blood.  He  also  Himself  likewise 
took  part  of  the  same;  that  througli  death  He  miglit  de- 
stroy him  tliat  had  tlie  power  of  deatli,  that  is,  the  devil; 
and  deliver  them  who  through  fear  of  death  were  all  their 
lifetime  subject  to  bondage. 

2  Tim.  1,  10.  Christ  hath  abolished  death,  and  hath 
brought  life  and  immortality  to  light. 


90  2)er  3h?ettc  Slrtifel. 


154.  Sfnwiefem  Ijat  (J^rtftuS  bidC)  tion  bet  ©etualt  be§  XeufelS  erlöft? 

@r  ^t  ben  Teufel  überiüunben,  fo  ha^  er  mid; 
nt(^t  mef)r  rerflagen  unb  ic^  nun  feinen  33erfurf;nngen 
fiegrei(^  n)iberfte!)en  !ann. 

1  3J?of.  3,  15.  ^c!^  WiU  j^einbfc^aft  fe|en  grtJtfc^en  bir  unb 
bem  Sßeibe,  unb  gtrifd^en  beinem  ©amen  unb  i^rem  ©amen.  2)er= 
felbe  foil  bir  ben  ^o^f  gertreten,  unb  bu  tttirft  i^n  in  bie  ^^erfe 
fted^en. 

1  3ol^.  3,  8.  ^a^u  ift  erfc^ienen  ber  ^o^n  ®Dtte§,  ba^  er  bie 
3öer!e  be§  Teufels  gerftöre. 

©br.  2,  14.  15.    ©ie^e  ^rage  153. 

155.   aSomit  Ijat  bic^  Sl^rtftuS  erlöft? 

D^id^t  mit  ©olb  ober  «Silber,  fonbern  mit  feinem 
Jieiligen,  tl)euren  33Int,  unb  mit  feinem  unfd^ulbigen 
Seiben  unb  Sterben. 

1  ^etr.  1, 18.  19.    ©ie^e  ^rage  152. 

1  ^0^.  1,  7.  ®a§  Slut  S@fu  ©^rifti,  be§  ©o^neg  ©Dtte§, 
ma^i  un§  rein  toon  aEer  ©ünbe. 

156.   5IBie  bient  bie§  gu  beiner  ©rlöfung? 

©r  f)at  bamit  für  mid)  genug  get^ian  unb  be5al)It, 
raaä  \ä)  t)erfd;ulbet  ^ahe. 

2  ©or.  5,  21.  ©Dtt  ^at  ben,  ber  bon  feiner  ©ünbe  iüu^te, 
für  un§  3ur  ©ünbe  gemad^t,  auf  \>a^  tüir  hJürben  in  i^m  bie  @e= 
rec^tigfeit,  bie  i?or  ®Dtt  gilt. 

^ef.  53,  4.  5.  f^ürwa^r,  ®r  trug  unjere  Äran!^eit,  unb  lub 
auf  fid^  unfere  ©c^mergen.  2ßir  aber  hielten  i^n  für  ben,  ber  ge^ 
^lagt  unb  t>on  ©Ott  gef dalagen  unb  gemartert  iüäre.  3lber  er  ift 
um  unferer  ajliffetfjat  tx»illen  tjerntunbet,  unb  um  unferer  ©ünbe 
h)illen  jerfd^Iagen.  S)ie  ©träfe  liegt  auf  i^m,  auf  baf;  n)ir  ^riebe 
ptten,  unb  burdb  feine  SSunben  finb  tvir  gel^eilet. 


—  90  — 

154.  In  what  respect  has  Christ  redeemed  you  from  the  power  of 

the  devil  ? 

He  has  overcome  the  devil,  and  conquered 
him,  so  that  he  can  no  more  accuse  me,  and  I 
can  now  victoriously  withstand  his  temptations. 

Gen.  3,  15.  I  will  put  enmity  between  thee  and  the 
woman,  and  between  thy  seed  and  her  Seed;  it  shall 
bruise  thy  head,  and  thou  shalt  bruise  His  heel. 

1  John  3,  8.  For  this  purpose  the  Son  of  God  was 
manifested  that  He  might  destroy  the  works  of  the  devil. 

Hebr.  2,  14.  15.    See  Qu.  153. 

155.  Wherewith  has  Christ  redeemed  you  ? 

Not  with  gold  or  silver,  but  with  His  holy 
precious  blood  and  with  His  innocent  suffering 
and  death. 

1  Pet.  1,  IS.  19.     See  Qu.  152. 

1  John  1,7.  The  blood  of  Jesus  Christ  His  Son  cleanseth 
us  from  all  sin. 

156.  How  does  this  work  your  redemption  ? 

Christ  has  thereby  rendered  satisfaction  for 
me,  and  paid  the  penalty  of  my  guilt. 

2  Cor.  5j  21.  He  liath  made  Him  to  be  sin  for  us,  who 
knew  no  sin ;  that  we  may  be  made  the  righteousness  of 
God  in  Him. 

Is.  53,  4.  5.  Surely  He  hath  borne  our  griefs,  and  carried 
our  sorrows:  yet  we  did  esteem  Him  stricken,  smitten  of 
God,  and  afflicted.  But  He  was  wounded  for  our  trans- 
gressions. He  was  bruised  for  our  iniquities :  the  chastise- 
ment of  our  peace  was  upon  Him,  and  with  His  stripes  we 
are  healed. 
12 


2)cr  jhjeite  2lrtifel.  91 


157.   SBeffcn  ©igcnt^um  6tft  bu  aber  burd^  bic  ©tlö^ung  gctoorbcn? 

ß^riftuö  ^at  mid^  erlöft,  ertoorben  unb  geraonnen, 
fo  bafe  er  nun  mein  §@rr  ift,  unb  i(5  fein  eigen  bin. 

Dffenb.  5,  9.  2)u  bift  ertriirget  unb  l^aft  un§  ©Dtt  er!auft 
mit  beinern  33lut. 

^ef.  53, 11.  2)arutn,  ba^  feine  ©eele  0earbeitet  l^at,  irirb  er 
feine  Suft  feigen,  unb  bie  {^üUe  ^aben.  Unb  burd^  fein  ©rfenntni^ 
trirb  er,  mein  ^ned^t,  ber  ©ere^te,  biele  gereift  machen ;  benn  er 
trägt  i^re  <5ünbe. 

158.  ^at  S^riftuS  nur  biäi  crlöft,  crtoorBcn  unb  gcitjonnen? 

9f?ein,  mid^  unb  alle  verlornen  unb  rerbammten 
3J?enfd)en. 

matt^.  18,  11.  3)e§  a^enfd^en  ©o^n  ift  fommen,  felig  gu 
mad;en,  ba§  berloren  ift. 

So^.  1,  29.  ©ie^e,  ba§  ift  ©Dtte§  Samm,  iüelc^eä  ber  9Belt 
©ünbe  trägt. 

1  ^0^.  2, 2.  ^erfelbige  ift  bie  SSerfö^nung  für  unfere  ©ünbe ; 
nid^t  allein  aber  für  bie  unfere,  fonbern  auc^  für  ber  ganzen  SKelt. 

2  ^etr.  2, 1.  ©ie  verleugnen  ben  §errn,  ber  fie  er!auft  l^at, 
unb  trerben  über  fic^  felbft  fül^ren  eine  f^neße  3Serbammni|. 

159.   aßoritt  Befielet  ber  ©tanb  ber  ©r^ö^ung  e^rifti? 

^arin,  bafe  (Sf)riftu§  nac^  feiner  ntenf(^Ii($en 
D^atur  bie  berfelben  mitgetljeilte  göttlid^e  3Jkjeftät 
beftänbig  unb  üöHig  gebraucht. 

^^il.  2,  9—11.  ©arum  ^at  i^n  auc^  ©Ott  erf^öEjet,  imb  {>at 
t^m  einen  9?amen  gegeben,  ber  über  alle  Flamen  ift,  ba^  in  bem 
Sfiamen  ^©fu  fic^  beugen  follen  alle  berer  ^niee,  bie  im  §immel, 
unb  auf  ®rben,  unb  unter  ber  ©rbe  finb,  unb  alle  3w"S^"  betennen 
foHen,  ba^  3efu§  ©^riftu§  ber  §®rr  fei,  gur  ®^re  ©Dtte§  be^ 
«ater§. 


—  91  — 

157.  Whose  own  have  you  become  by  the  redemption? 

Christ  has  redeemed  me,  purehased,  and  won 
me,  so  that  I  am  now  His  own,  and  He  is  my 
Lord . 

Rev.  5,  9.  Thou  wast  slain^  and  hast  redeemed  us  to 
God  by  Thy  blood. 

Is.  53,  11.  He  shall  see  of  the  travail  of  His  soul,  and 
shall  be  satisfied:  by  His  knowledge  shall,  my  righteous 
Servant  justify  many;  for  He  shall  bear  their  iniquities. 

158.  Has  Christ  redeemed,  purchased,  and  won  you  only? 

No,  me  and  all  lost  and  condemned  mankind. 

Matt.  18,  11.  The  Son  of  man  is  come  to  save  that 
which  was  lost. 

John  1,  29.  Behold  the  Lamb  of  God,  which  taketh 
away  the  sin  of  the  world. 

1  John  2,  2.  He  is  the  propitiation  for  our  sins:  and 
not  for  ours  only,  but  also  for  the  sins  of  the  whole  world. 

2  Pet.  2,  1.  They  deny  the  Lord  that  bought  them, 
and  bring  upon  themselves  swift  destruction. 

159.  Wherein  does  Christ's  State  of  Exaltation  consist? 

In  this,  that  Christ,  according  to  His  human 
nature,  fully  and  continually  uses  the  divine 
majesty  communicated  to  His  human  nature. 

Phil.  2,  9—11.  AYherefore  God  also  hath  highly  exalted 
Him,  and  given  Him  a  name  which  is  above  every  name : 
that  at  the  name  of  Jesus  every  knee  should  bow,  of  things 
in  heaven,  and  things  in  earth,  and  things  under  the  earth; 
and  that  every  tongue  should  confess  that  Jesus  Christ  is 
Lord,  to  the  glory  of  God  the  Father. 


92  ®er  jiDeite  2lrti!cl. 


160.  Wit  welcfien  SGSorten  BcicQretbt  ber  gwette  Slrtifel  bxe?en  Staub? 

9)Jit  ben  SSorten :  9f?iebergefaf)ren  ^ur  ^oHe,  am 
britteu  %aQe  raieber  auferftanben  t)on  ben  Xobten, 
aufcjefafjten  gen  §imme(,  ft^enb  gur  S^ed^ten  ©Dt= 
teö,  beö  allniädjtigen  33aterö,  ron  bannen  er  fonimen 
wirb,  gu  rid[)ten  bie  Sebenbigen  nnb  bie  2:^obten. 

161.   2Sa§  lefirt  bie  ©cEjrift  bon  bet  ^öüenfatirt  6E)rifti? 

®a^  ßl)riftnö,  nac^bem  er  raieber  (ebenbig  ge= 
rcorben,  fi(^  ber  ^öUe  alö  Ueberrainber  gegeigt  unb 
über  ade  (jöllifd^en  geinbe  trinmp{)irt  !)at. 

1  ^etr.  3,  18. 19.  6f)riftu§  t[t  getöbtet  md)  bem  ^leifd^,  aber 
lebenbig  gemad^t  narf^  bem  ©eift.  ^n  bemfelbigen  tft  er  aud}  l^in= 
gegangen,  unb  I)at  ge^rebiget  ben  ©eiftern  im  ©efängni^. 

(Eol.  2,  15.  @r  l^at  auSgejogen  bie  ^ürftent^ümer  unb  bie 
®eh?altigen,  unb  fie  ©cf>au  getragen  öffentlid^,  unb  einen  Xrium^l^ 
au§  i^nen  gemad^t  burd;  fid;  felbft. 

162.   SSa§  lelirt  bie  ©d^rift  bon  ber  2tuferftef)ung  Sfirifti? 

^a^  G{)riftnö  am  britten  ^age  mit  perflärtem 
Seibe  fiegreic^  anö  bem  ©rabe  I)erporgegangen  ift 
unb  fid;  feinen  Jüngern  lebenbig  ergeigt  Ijat. 

(2)ie  Dftereöangelien.) 

163.   SBeSfialb  ift  bie  Sluferfte^ung  ßJirifti  für  un§  fo  tröftitct)? 

SBeil  fie  nnraiberfpred)H($  beraeift : 

1.  ba§  e()riftuö  ©Dtteö  (3of)n  nnb  feine  Sef)re 
raaf)rf)aftig  ift; 

2.  baß  ©Dtt  ber  ^ater  baö  Dpfer  feineö  ©ol)= 
neö  gur  ^crfötjnung  ber  äBelt  angenommen  fjat;  nnb 

3.  baf3  ade  ©laubigen  gnm  einigen  Seben  auf= 
erfte(;en  merben. 


—  92  — 

160.  In  which  words  does  the  Second  Article  describe  this  state? 

Ill  the  words,  "He  descended  into  hell;  the 
third  day  He  rose  again  from  the  dead  ;  He 
ascended  into  heaven,  and  sitteth  at  the  right 
hand  of  God  the  Father  Almighty;  fmm  thence 
He  shall  come  to  judge  the  quick  and  the  dead." 

161.  What  do  the  Sci'iptui'cs  teach  concerning  Christ's  descent 
into  hell  ? 

That  Christ,  having  been  quickened  in  His 
grave,  exhibited  Himself  to  hell  as  its  Con- 
queror, and  triumphed  over  all  His  infernal 
enemies. 

1  Pet.  3^  18.  19.  Christ  was  put  to  death  in  the  flesh, 
but  quickened  by  the  Spirit :  by  wliicli  also  He  went  and 
preached  unto  the  spirits  in  prison. 

Col.  2j  15.  He  spoiled  principalities  and  powers,  He 
made  a  show  of  them  openly,  triumphing  over  tliem  in  it. 

162.  What  do  the  Scriptures  teach  concerning  Christ's  resurrection? 

That  Christ  on  the  third  day  victoriously  and 
with  a  glorified  body  issued  from  the  grave  and 
showed  Himself  alive  to  His  disciples. 

(The  Easter  Gospel.) 

163.  Why  is  the  resurrection  of  Christ  so  comforting  to  us? 

Because  it  is  conclusive  evidence, — 

1.  That  Christ  is  the  Son  of  God,  and  that  His 
doctrine  is  the  truth  ; 

2.  That  God  the  Father  has  accepted  the  sac- 
rifice of  His  Son  for  the  reconciliation  of  the 
world ; 

3.  That  all  believers  shall  rise  unto  eternal  life. 


SDer  jiDeite  %viM.  93 


3iöm.  1,  4.  ®r  ift  !räfttglid;  eriüeifet  ein  ©ol^n  ©Dtte§  nad^ 
bem  ©eift,  ber  ba  l^eiliget,  feit  ber  3^it  er  auferftanben  ift  Wn  ben 
lobten,  nämlic^  S®["§  ß^riftuS,  unfer  §Grr. 

3ol^.  2, 19.  33re(^et  biefen  Xem^el,  unb  am  britten  ^age  iriU 
id^  il^n  aufrid)ten. 

1  ©or.  15,  17.  Sft  (5E)riftu§  aber  nid}t  anferftanben,  fo  ift 
euer  ©laube  eitel,  fo  feib  i'i^v  noc^  in  euren  ©ünben. 

9iönt.  4,  25.  (El^riftuS  ift  um  unferer  ©ünben  tüißen  bal^in 
gegeben,  unb  um  unferer  ©ered^tigfeit  it^illen  aufern?ed'et. 

^0^.  14,  19.    Stf>  lebe,  unb  if)r  foUt  and)  leben. 

Sol;.  11,  25.  26.  ^d)  bin  bie  3luferfte{>ung  unb  ba§  2tUn. 
3Ber  an  mid>  glaubet,  ber  it)irb  leben,  ob  er  gleid)  ftürbe.  Unb  n?er 
ba  lebet  unb  glaubet  an  mid},  ber  iüirb  nimmermehr  fterben. 

164.   2Ba§  Bezeugt  bie  Schrift  üon  Sl^rtfti  §immelfa!^rt? 

ß^riftuö  ift  nac§  feiner  menfd^lid^en  diainx  fid^t= 
bar  in  bie  Q'ö^e  gefa()ren  unb  in  bie  §errli($feit  fei= 
neö  33aterö  eingegangen,  um  unö  bort  bie  ©tätte  gu 
bereiten. 

^f.  68,  19.  2)u  bift  in  bie  §ö^e  gefaljren,  unb  l)aft  ba§  ®e= 
fängnil  gefangen,  bu  l^aft  ©aben  empfangen  für  bie  aJienfd^en,  aud^ 
bie  3lbtrünnigen. 

6p^.  4, 10.  2)er  l^inunter  gefal^ren  ift,  ba§  ift  berfelbige,  ber 
aufgefahren  ift  über  alle  Fimmel,  auf  ba^  er  alle§  erfüHete. 

^ol^.  12,  26.    2ßo  ic^  bin,  ba  foil  mein  2)iener  aud^  fein. 

(Sie  §immelfal^rt§gefd^id^te.) 

165.  SBaS  berfte^t  bie  ©d^rift  unter  bem  Sifeen  3ur  Oied^tcn  ©Dtteä? 

©a§  ß;f)riftuö  aud^  nad^  feiner  menf($li(^en  9^atur 
mit  göttlicher  SJ^ad^t  unb  9}lajeftät  aüeö  be^errfc^t 
unb  erfüllt,  fonberlid^  aber  alö  ^aupt  feine  ©emeinbe 
regiert  unb  fd^ü^t. 

^f.  110, 1.  2)er  ^eSiSf?  fprad^  ju  meinem  §©rrn :  ©e^e  bid^  ju 
meiner  Siechten,  bi§  id^  beine  ^^einbe  jum  ©d;emel  beiner  %ü^i  lege. 
7 


—  93  — 

Rom.  1^  4.  He  is  declared  to  be  the  Son  of  God  with 
power^  according  to  the  Spirit  of  holiness^  by  tlie  resur- 
rection from  the  dead. 

John  2,  19.  Destroy  this  temple,  and  in  three  days  I 
will  raise  it  up. 

1  Cor.  15,  17.  If  Christ  be  not  raised,  your  faith  is 
vain;  ye  are  yet  in  your  sins. 

Rom.  4,  25.  Christ  was  delivered  for  our  offenses,  and 
was  raised  again  for  our  justification. 

John  14,  19.    Because  I  live,  ye  shall  live  also. 

John  11,  25.  26.  I  am  the  Resurrection  and  the  Life: 
he  that  believeth  in  me,  though  he  were  dead,  yet  shall 
he  live:  and  whosoever  liveth  and  believeth  in  me  shall 
never  die, 

164.  What  do  the  Scriptures  testify  concerning  Christ's  ascension 
into  heaven  ? 

That  Christ,  according  to  His  human  nature, 
visibly  ascended  on  high,  and  entered  into  the 
glory  of  His  Father,  there  to  prepare  a  place 
for  us. 

Ps.  68,  18.  Thou  hast  ascended  on  high.  Thou  hast 
led  captivity  captive:  Thou  hast  received  gifts  for  men; 
yea,  for  the  rebellious  also. 

Eph.  4,  10.  He  that  descended  is  the  same  also  that 
ascended  far  above  all  heavens,  that  He  might  fill  all 
things. 

John  12,  26.  Where  I  am,  there  shall  also  my  servant  be. 

(The  narrative  of  the  Ascension.) 

165.  What,  according  to  the  Scrlptnres,  is  Christ's  sitting  at  the 
right  hand  of  God? 

That  Christ,   also  according  to  His  human 

nature,  with  divine  power  and   majesty  rules 

and  fills  all  things,  and  especially  governs  and 

protects  His  Church,  of  which  He  is  the  Head. 

Ps.  110,  1.  Sit  Thou  (the  Father  says  to  Christ)  at  my 
right  hand,  until  I  make  Thine  enemies  Thy  footstool. 


94  2)er  jlreite  STrtifel. 


G-pf?.  1,  20—23.  ©Dtt  bat  e^riflum  gefegt  311  feiner  Siechten  im  i^immel, 
über  alle  'gürftentl^ümer,  ©etoalt,  3}Jadit,  ^errjcbaft  unb  alle§,  iüa§  genannt  mag 
tüerben,  nid^t  allein  in  biefer  2BeIt,  fonbcrn  auc^  in  ber  äufünftigen.  Unb  bat  alle 
S)inge  unter  feine  f^ü^e  Qiti)an,  unb  l^at  i^n  gefegt  gum  ^au^t  ber  ©emeine  über 
aUeg,  toelc^e  ba  ift  fein  Seib,  nämli^  bte  jyüUe  be^,  ber  aück  in  allen  erfüllet. 

166.  2ßo§  glau&en  tvit  naäi  ber  Sdfirtft  dort  ber  Sßicbcrfunft  e^rifti? 

®a§  er  am  jüngften  ^age  fid;tbar  unb  (jerrüc^ 
tüteberfommen  rairb,  hen  3Be(t!retö  gu  ricl;ten  mit 
©eredjtigfeit. 

2lpDft.  1, 11.  tiefer  3®fu§,  iuel^er  öon  euc^  ift  aufgenommen 
gen  ^intmel,  h?irb  fommen,  lt>ie  il^r  i^n  gefeiten  l^abt  gen  §immel 
fafjren. 

3rpoft.  10,  42.  Gr  ift  öerorbnet  i)on  ©Ott  ein  3iic^ter  ber 
Sebenbigen  unb  ber  2:;obten. 

Sl^oft.  17,  31.  ©Dtt  ^at  einen  ^ag  gefegt,  auf  irelc^en  er 
rtd}ten  \mU  ben  ÄreiS  be§  ®rbboben§  mit  ©erec^tigfeit,  burd)  einen 
3D^ann,  in  lüelrfjem  er§  bef(i>(offen  f)at. 

2  ^etr.  3,  10.  ®§  n)irb  aber  be§  §®rrn  ^ag  !ommen,  aU  ein 
3)ieb  in  ber  Df^ac^t;  in  n^eld^em  bie  §immel  gergel^en  irerben  mit 
grofiem  5lrad)en;  bie  ©lemente  aber  Jr»crben  i)or  §i|e  fd^meljen, 
unb  bie  Grbe  unb  bie  2ßer!e,  bie  brinnen  finb,  iüerben  öerbrennen. 

SO?arc.  13,  32.  S8on  bem  ^age  aber  unb  ber  ©tunbe  irei^ 
niemanb,  and)  bie  ®nget  nid^t  im  ^immel,  aud^  ber  ©of)n  nid^t, 
fonbern  allein  ber  33ater. 

1  ^etr.  4,  7.    ®g  ift  nal^e  !ommen  ba§  ©nbe  aller  S)inge. 

2  (£or.  5,  10.  303ir  muffen  alle  offenbar  njerben  bor  bem 
3{i(i)tftu^l  (Sl^rifti,  auf  ba^  ein  jeglidjer  em^faf^e,  nac£>bem  er  ge= 
^anbelt  l^at  bei  2eibe§  2ihin,  e§  fei  gut  ober  böfe. 

So^.  12,  48.  ®a§  2ßort,  h)elc^e§  id^  gerebet  l^abe,  "oa^  njirb 
il^n  rid}ten  am  jüngften  Siage. 

93.  @.    mait^.  25,  31—46.    ^a§.  jüngfte  ©erid^t. 

167.  saut  tüclc^ett  Sßorten  Beftfiretöt  ber  ßatec^i§mu§  bie  grud^t  ber 

©r'^öl^ung  ßl^rtftt  unb  gugleid^  bett  (SttbgwedE  be§  gattäen 
erli3fung§ir)er!e§? 

Tlxt  ben  Sorten :  3Inf  ba§  \ä)  fein  eigen  fei,  nnb 
in  feinem  Df^eid^  unter  i^m  lebe,  unb  i^m  biene  in 


—  94  — 

Eph.  1,  20—23.  God  set  Ilim  (Christ)  at  His  own  right  hand  in 
the  heavenly  phices,  far  above  all  i)rincipality,  and  i)ower,  and 
might,  and  dominion,  and  every  name  that  is  named,  not  only  in 
this  world,  but  also  in  tiiat  wliich  is  to  come:  and  liath  put  all 
things  nnder  His  feet,  and  gave  Him  to  be  the  Head  over  all  things 
to  the  Church,  which  is  His  body,  the  fullness  of  Him  that  filleth 
all  in  all. 

166.  What  do  we,  according  to  the  Scriptures,  believe  concerning 

Christ's  coming  to  judgment? 

That  at  the  last  day  He  will  return  visibly  and 
in  glory,  to  judge  the  world  in  righteousness. 

Acts  1^  11.  This  same  Jesus,  which  is  taken  up  from 
you  into  lieaven,  shall  so  come  in  like  manner  as  ye  have 
seen  Him  go  into  heaven. 

Acts  10,  42.  He  is  ordained  of  God  to  be  the  Judge  of 
quick  and  dead. 

Acts  17,  31.  God  hath  appointed  a  day,  in  which  He 
will  Judge  tlie  world  in  righteousness  by  tliat  Man  wliom 
He  hath  ordained. 

2  Pet.  3,  10.  But  the  day  of  the  Lord  will  come  as  a 
thief  in  the  night;  in  the  which  the  heavens  shall  pass 
away  with  a  great  noise,  and  tlie  elements  shall  melt  with 
fervent  heat,  the  eartli  also  and  the  works  that  are  therein 
shall  be  burned  up. 

Mark  13,  32.  Of  that  day  and  that  hour  knoweth  no 
man,  no,  not  the  angels  which  are  in  heaven,  neither  the 
Son,  but  the  Father. 

1  Pet.  4,  7.    The  end  of  all  things  is  at  hand. 

2  Cor.  5,  10.  We  must  all  appear  before  the  judgment 
seat  of  Christ;  that  every  one  may  receive  the  things  done 
in  his  body,  according  to  that  he  hath  done,  whether  it  be 
good  or  bad. 

John  12,  48.  Tlie  word  that  I  have  spoken,  the  same 
shall  judge  him  in  the  last  day. 

B.  H.    Matt.  25,  31—46.    The  final  judgment. 

167.  Which  words  of  the  Catechism  describe  the  fruit  of  Christ's 

exaltation  and,  likewise,  the  end  and  aim  of  the  entire 
work  of  redemption  ? 

The  Avords,  "That  I  may  be  His  own,  and 
live  under  Him  in  His  kingdom,  and  serve  Him 


2)er  brittc  3IrttfcI.  95 


eioiger  ©ered^tißfeit,  Unfd^ulb  unb  ©elig!ett,  g(et(^= 
Töte  er  ift  auferftanben  t)om  ^obe,  (ebet  unb  regieret 
in  (Sn)ig!eit;  baö  ift  geraifelid^  Tt)a!)r. 

Sue.  1,  74.  75.  2)af;  W'lx,  erlöfet  au§  ber  §anb  unferer 
^einbe,  \^m  bteneten  ol}rx  j^urdjt  unfer  Sebenlang,  in  §eilig!eit  unb 
©ere(f>tig!eit,  bie  i^m  gefällig  ift. 

2  ©or.  5, 15.  ©l)riftu§  ift  barum  für  fie  aHe  geftorben,  auf 
\)a^  bie,  fo  ba  leben,  l^infort  nic^t  i^nen  felbft  leben,  fonbern  bem, 
ber  für  fie  geftorben  unb  auferftanben  ift. 

®eir  bviiie  3lrtifeL 

S5on  ber  Heiligung» 

168.   mit  lautet  ber  brüte  Sirtüel? 

S^  glaube  an  ben  ^eiligen  ©eift,  eine  ^ei- 
lige  d^rtfttid^e  ßtrd)e,  bie  ©emetne  ber  §etli= 
gen,  Vergebung  ber  ©ünben,  2luferftef)ung  be§ 
I51etf(f)e§,  unb  ein  ewigem  Seben,  Slmen» 

169.   5IöaS  ift  bo§? 

^d}  glaube,  ba§  id^  nid^t  auö  eigener 
SSernunft  nod^  ^raft  an  3@jum  ßf)riftum, 
meinen  §©rrn,  glauben,  ober  §u  il)m  !om  = 
ttten  !ann;  fonbern  ber  ^eilige  ©eift  l)at 
mi($  burd^  baö  ©üangelium  berufen,  mit 
feinen  ©aben  erleud^tet,  im  redeten  ©lau  = 
ben  gel)eiliget  unb  erl)alten;  gleid^raie  er 
bie  gange  (Sl)riftenl)eit  auf  ©rben  berufet, 
fammlet,  erleud)tet,  heiliget,  unb  bei  3®fi^ 
©lirifto  erl)ält  im  red; ten  einigen  ©tauben; 


—  95  — 

in  everlasting  righteousness,  innocence,  and 
blessedness,  even  as  He  is  risen  from  the  dead, 
lives  and  reigns  to  all  eternity.  This  is  most 
certainly  true." 

Luke  1,  74.  75.  That  we  being  delivered  out  of  the  hand 
of  our  enemies  might  serve  Him  witliout  fear,  in  holiness 
and  righteousness  before  Him,  all  the  days  of  our  life. 

2  Cor.  5,  15.  He  died  for  all,  that  they  which  live 
should  not  henceforth  live  unto  themselves,  but  unto 
Him  which  died  for  them,  and  rose  again. 

The  Third  Article. 

Of  Sanctification. 

168.  Which  is  the  Third  Article  ? 

I  believe  in  the  Holy  Ghost;  the  holy 
Christian  Church,  the  communion  of 
saints ;  the  forgiveness  of  sins ;  the  res- 
urrection of  the  body ;  and  the  life  ever- 
lasting.    Amen. 

169.  What  does  this  mean? 

I  believe  that  I  cannot  by  my  own  reason  or 
strength  believe  in  Jesus  Christ,  my  Lord,  or 
come  to  Him ;  but  the  Holy  Ghost  has  called  me 
by  the  Gospel,  enhghtened  me  with  His  gifts, 
sanctified  and  kept  me  in  the  true  faith;  even 
as  He  calls,  gathers,  enlightens,  and  sanctifies 
the  whole  Christian  Church  on  earth,  and  keeps 
it  with  Jesus  Christ  in  the  one  true  faith:   in 


96  2)er  brittc  3trttfel. 


ill  lueldjer  Gljriftenl^eit  er  mir  uiib  alien 
©laubigen  tag  lid;  alle  ©ünbeu  reid)lic^ 
»ergibt,  unb  am  jung  ft  en  ^age  mid;  unb 
alle  lobten  auferraeden  wirb,  unb  mir, 
f a nx m t  allen  ©laubigen  in  6 1) r i ft o ,  ein 
emigeö  Seben  geben  mirb;  baä  ift  gen)ife  = 
lid;  wa\)x, 

170.   aSon  iuelcCien  fünf  Stüden  l^anbelt  tiefer  Slrtifel? 

1.  58om  ^eiligen  ©eift,  2.  t)on  ber  ^ir(^e,  3.  üon 
ber  33ergebung  ber  ©ünben,  4.  oon  ber  2luferftel)ung 
beö  gleif(^eö,  5.  uom  eroigen  Seben. 

1.  a^om  §ctli6Ctt  @cift. 

171.   5ßic  lautet  ba?^  crfte  ©tücE? 

3d^  glaube  an  ben  ^eiligen  ©eift. 

172.   33}er  ift  ber  |)eilige  ©eift? 

^ie  britte  ^erfon  ber  l;eiligen  ^reieinig!eit,  wa^- 
rer  ©Dtt  mit  33ater  unb  (5ol)n. 

aWatt^.  28,  19.  ©e^et  ^tn  unb  lef^ret  aße  SSöKer  unb  taufet 
fie  im  ^f^amen  be§  SSater§  unb  be§  ©oI>ne§  unb  be§  ^eiligen  ©cifte§. 

1  <lov.  S,  16.  SBiffet  i^r  nic^t,  ba^  i^r  ©Dtte§  Xem^el  feib 
unb  ber  ©eift  ©Dtte§  in  euc^  njol^net? 

2l^oft.  5,  3.  4.  ^etru§  aber  fprac^ :  2lnania,  n)arum  l^at  ber 
©atan  bein  ^erg  erfüllet,  ba^  bu  bem  ^eiligen  ©eift  lügeft?  2)u 
^aft  nic!>t  2J?enfcf>en,  fonbern  ©Dtte  gelogen. 

^f.  33,  6.  2)er  §immel  ift  burc^§  Sßort  be§  ^^'M^n  gemact)t, 
unb  aß  fein  §eer  burcf>  ben  ©eift  feine§  2}?unbe§. 

^f.  139,  7—10.  2Bo  foa  ic^  ^inge^en  üor  beinern  ©eift?  unb 
iro  foU  xd)  l^infliel^en  öor  beinern  2(ngefid}t?    %ü^vii  \d)  gen  ^im^ 


—  9G  — 

which  Christian  Church  He  daily  and  richly  for- 
gives all  sins  to  nie  and  all  believers,  and  will  at 
the  last  day  raise  up  me  and  all  the  dead,  and 
give  unto  me  and  all  believers  in  Christ  eternal 
life.    This  is  most  certainly  true.    , 

170.  Of  what  five  points  does  this  Article  treat? 

1.  Of  the  Holy  Ghost;  2.  of  the  Church; 
3.  of  the  Forgiveness  of  Sins;  4.  of  the  Resur- 
rection of  the  Body ;  5.  of  the  Life  Everlasting. 

1.  Of  the  Holy  Ghost. 

171.  Which  is  the  statement  of  the  first  point? 

I  believe  in  the  Holy  Ghost. 

172.  Who  is  the  Holy  Ghost? 

The  Third  Person  in  the  Holy  Trinity,  true 
God  with  the  Father  and  the  Son. 

Matt.  28^  19.  Go  ye  therefore^  and  teach  all  nations^ 
baptizing  them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son, 
and  of  the  Holy  Ghost. 

1  Cor.  3,  16.  Know  ye  not  that  ye  are  the  temple  of 
God,  and  that  the  Spirit  of  God  dwelleth  in  you  ? 

Acts  5,  3.  4.  Peter  said,  Ananias,  why  hath  Satan  filled 
thine  heart  to  lie  to  the  Holy  Ghost?  Thou  hast  not  lied 
unto  men,  but  unto  God. 

Ps.  33,  6.  By  the  Word  of  the  Lord  were  the  heavens 
made;  and  all  the  host  of  them  by  the  breath  (Spirit)  of 
His  mouth. 

Ps.  139,  7—10.  Whither  shall  I  go  from  Thy  Spirit?  or 
whither  shall  I  flee  from  Thy  presence?     If  I  ascend  up 


®er  britte  SlrtiM.  97 


me(,  [o  bi[t  bu  ba.  33ettete  id;  mir  in  bie  .'gölle,  fiel^e,  jo  bift  bu 
and)  ba.  9iä^ine  icf>  5^ii9^^  ^^^  SJ^orijenrötl^e  unh  bliebe  am  aujier; 
ften  9J?eer;  fo  iinirbe  mid^  boc^  beine  S;)anb  bafelbft  führen,  iinb 
beine  9^ed;te  mid;  l^alten. 

1  (Sor.  2,  10.  3)er  ©eift  erforfd;et  aUe  S)inge,  and;  bie  2;iefen 
ber  ©ott^eit. 

173.   2Se§]^oIö  l^eifet  biefer  (Sei ft  bcr  ^eiltoe  65eift? 

1.  SBeil  er  felbft  ^eilig  ift;  2.  weil  er  um  ()etUg 

mad)t  baburd^,  baf3  er  nm  gum  ©laubeu  bringt  uiib 

fo  ©l)riftum  uiib  fein  §eil  unö  jneignet.  • 

3ef.  6,  3.  §eiag,  ^eitig,  ^eilig  ift  ber  ^^m'Si  ßebaotf),  aKe 
Saube  finb  feiner  ®^re  üoll ! 

174.   SSSlit  loderen  SSorten  Befennft  bu,  baf]  bie  ©etiigung  ntcfit 
beiu  3[ßetf  fei? 

9JJit  "oen  SBorten:  3d;  glanbc,  ba§  id;  nidjt  ana 

eigener  Vernunft  nod;  ^raft  an  SCE'fnm  ß(;riftnm, 

meinen  §@rrn,  glanben,  ober  gn  i()m  fonimen  !ann. 

1  (Sor.  6, 11.  ^^r  feib  abgeiüafd;en,  il^r  feib  gel^eiliget,  d;r 
feib  geredet  iüorben  burd^  ben  9^amen  be§  §®rrn  S®fu,  unb  burd^ 
ben  ©eift  unfer§  &ütk^. 

175.  gjZit  tueld)cn  SSorten  ber  (Srflärung  Befennft  bu,  ba%  bie  $c{= 
ligung  be§  Zeitigen  ®eifte§  SBerf  fei? 

9D^it  ben  SBorten:  ©onbern  ber  §ei(ige  ©eift  f;at 
mid^  bnrd^  ha§>  ©oangelium  bernfen,  mit  feinen  @a= 
ben  erlend^tet,  im  redeten  ©lanben  gel;eiliget  nnb  er= 
galten. 

176.   2Be§:^aI6  glau&ft  bu,  ba^  bu  nic^t  au§  eigener  Sßernuuft  nod^ 
Äraft  an  ^ßfum  ©l^riftum  g(nu6en  ober  äu  i^m  Eommen  fonnft? 

Söeil  iä)  ber  ©d^rift  glanbe,  ha^  iä)  t)on  D^atur 
geiftUd^  blinb,  tobt  unb  ©Dtt  fetnb  bin. 


—  97  — 

into  heaven,  Thou  art  there :  if  I  make  my  bed  iu  hell,  be- 
hold, Thou  art  there.  If  I  take  the  wings  of  the  morning, 
and  dwell  in  tlie  uttermost  parts  of  the  sea;  even  there 
shall  Thy  hand  lead  me,  and  Thy  right  hand  shall  hold  me. 
1  Cor.  2,  10.  The  Spirit  searcheth  all  things,  yea,  the 
deep  things  of  God. 

173.  Why  is  He  called  the  Hohj  Ghost? 

1.  Because  He  is  Himself  holy;   2.  because 

He  makes  us  holy  by  working  faith  in  us  and 

ap23ropriating  to  us  Christ  and  His  salvation. 

Is.  6,  3.  Holy,  holy,  holy,  is  the  Lord  of  hosts :  the  whole 
earth  is  full  of  His  glory. 

174.  In  what  words  do  yon  confess  that  yonr  sanctification  is  not 
your  own  Avork  ? 

In  the  words,  ''I  believe  that  I  cannot  by  my 

own  reason  or  strength  believe  in  Jesus  Christ, 

my  Lord,  or  come  to  Him." 

1  Cor.  6,  11.  But  ye  are  washed,  but  ye  are  sanctified, 
but  ye  are  justified  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  and  by 
the  Spirit  of  our  God. 

175.  In  what  words  do  you  confess  that  sanctification  is  the  Avork 

of  the  Holy  Ghost  ? 

In  the  words,  ''But  the  Holy  Ghost  has  called 
me  by  the  Gospel,  enlightened  me  Avith  His  gifts, 
sanctified  and  kept  me  in  the  true  faith." 

176.  Why  do  you  believe  that  you  cannot  by  your  own  reason  or 

strength  believe  in  Jesus  Christ,  or  come  to  Him  ? 

Because  I  l)elieve  the  Scriptures,  which  say 
that  by  nature  I  am  spiritually  blind  and  dead, 
and  an  enemv  of  God. 


98  ©er  britte  Slrtüel. 


1  (5or.  2,  14.  3)er  natürUd^e  Tlm\d}  bernimmt  nid;t§  boni 
®ei[t  @Dtte§ ;  e§  i[t  il^m  eine  %^ov'i)tii,  unb  !ann  e§  nid;t  er!ennen ; 
beim  eö  mu^  geiftUd;  gerid;tet  fein. 

©^^.  2, 1.  ^()r  iüaret  tobt  burd)  Uebertretungen  unb  ©ünben. 

9iüm.  8,  7.  g'(eifc^lidE>  gefinnt  fein,  ift  eine  ^-einbfc^aft  it»iber 
©Dtt. 

1  6or.  12,  3.  3liemanb  fann  ^©fum  einen  §@rrn  Ijei^en, 
ol^ne  burdj  ben  ^eiligen  ©eift. 

177.   2Ba§  ]^at  benn  ber  ^eilige  ®etft  get^on,  um  bidö  au  S^rifto 
gu  Dringen  unb  bid)  gu  l^eiligen? 

©r  !)at  rnic^  burc^  ha^  ©üantjelium  berufen. 

Sue.  14, 17.    i^ommt,  benn  e§  ift  al(e§  bereit. 
S3.  ®.    Sue.  14,  16.  ff.    2)a§  gro^e  Stbenbmal^l.  —  a«att^. 
22,  1.  ff.    S)ie  fönig lic^e  §od;3eit. 

178.   SBa§  l^ot  bcr  J&eilige  ®eift  burd)  foId)c  ^Berufung  an  bit 
gemirft? 

@r  f)at  tin($  burrfj  baö  ©oangelium  mit  feinen 
©abeu  erleiidjtet,  baJ3  id^  3^1^^^^  c^^ö  meinen  §ei(anb 
erfenne,  i()m  traue  unb  glaube  unb  mid)  feiner  freue 
unb  tröfte.     (^löiebertjeburt,  ^efefjrung.) 

2  %\m.  1,  9.  ©Ott  I)at  un§  feiig  gemad^t,  unb  berufen  mit 
einem  t)eiligen  3ftuf,  nid^t  nad>  unfern  Sßerfen,  fonbern  nad)  feinem 
SSorfa^  unb  ©nabe,  bie  un§  gegeben  ift  in  (E^rifto  ^6fu  öor  ber 
3eit  ber  SBelt. 

1  ^etr.  2,  9.  ^^r  feib  ba§  auSeriüä^Ite  ©efd^Ied^t,  ba§  !önig= 
lid^e  ?prieftertt)um,  ba§  l^eilige  35oI!,  ba§  $ßoIf  be§  ®igent^um§, 
ba^  i^r  ber!ünbigen  foKt  bie  X^ugenben  befi,  ber  md}  berufen  l^at 
t)on  ber  {^infterni^  ju  feinem  lüunberbaren  Sid^t. 

^er.  31,  18.  Sefet^re  bu  mid^,  fo  h)erbe  id>  be!el^ret;  benn  bu, 
^eSlSW,  bift  ntein  ©Ott. 

2  ©or.  4,  6.  ©Ott,  ber  ba  ^ie^  ba§  Sid^t  au§  ber  ^infterni^ 
l^erüor  leud^ten^  ber  l^at  einen  ließen  «Sd^ein  in  unfere  ^erjen  ge^ 


98 


1  Cor,  2,  14,  The  natural  man  receivetli  not  the  things 
of  the  Spirit  of  God:  for  they  are  foolishness  unto  him: 
neither  can  he  know  them,  because  they  are  spiritually 
discerned. 

Eph.  2,  1.    You  were  dead  in  trespasses  and  sins. 

Kom.  8,  7.    The  carnal  mind  is  enmity  against  God. 

1  Cor.  12,  3.  No  man  can  say  that  Jesus  is  the  Lord, 
but  by  the  Holy  Ghost. 

177.  What  has  the  Holy  Ghost  clone  to  bring  you  to  Christ  and 
sanctify  you  ? 

He  has  called  me  by  the  Gospel. 

Luke  14,  17.     Come;  for  all  things  are  now  ready. 
B.  H.    Luke  14, 16  ff.    The  great  supper,  —  Matt,  22, 1  fC. 
The  marriage  of  the  king's  son. 

178.  What  has  the  Holy  Ghost  AATOught  in  you  by  such  call  ? 

He  has  by  the  Gospel  enlightened  me  Avith 
His  gifts,  so  that  I  know  Jesus  as  my  Savior, 
trust  and  believe,  rejoice  and  take  comfort  in 
Him.     (Regeneration.    Conversion.) 

2  Tim.  1,  9.  God  hath  saved  us,  and  called  us  with  an 
holy  calling,  not  according  to  our  works,  but  according  to 
His  own  purpose  and  grace,  which  was  given  us  in  Christ 
Jesus  before  the  world  began. 

1  Pet.  2,  9.  Ye  are  a  chosen  generation,  a  royal  priest- 
hood, an  holy  nation,  a  peculiar  people;  that  ye  should 
show  forth  the  praises  of  Him  who  hath  called  you  out  of 
darkness  into  His  marvelous  light. 

Jer.  31,  18.  Turn  Tliou  me,  and  I  shall  be  turned;  for 
Thou  art  the  Lord  my  God. 

2  Cor.  4,  6.  God,  who  commanded  the  light  to  shine 
out  of  darkness,  hath  shined  in  our  hearts,  to  give  the 

13 


2)er  brttte  Slrtifel.  99 


Qihm,  baf;  (burd^  un§)  entftünbe  bte  ®rleud>tung  toon  ber  ®r!ennts 
nt^  ber  ^lar^eit  ©Dtte§  in  bem  Slngefic^te  ^©fu  ©^rifti. 

179.   SBaS  5at  ber  ^eilige  (Seift  ferner  an  bix  Qtfi^an? 

©r  ^at  mi($  im  redeten  ©tauben  ge^eiliget,  baä 
l)ei§t:  er  f)at  burc^  ben  ©lauben  mein  §er§  erneuert 
unb  gibt  mir  Hraft  ^um  ilampf  unb  Sieg  miber  Xeu= 
fel,  SSelt  unb  gleifd),  foraie  gu  göttlichem  SBanbel 
unb  guten  2öer!en.     (Heiligung  im  ^efonberen.) 

1  ^^eff.  4,  3.    S)a§  ift  ber  mik  ©Dtte§,  eure  Heiligung. 

©^^.  2, 10.  2öir  finb  fein  2Berf,  gefd;affen  in  et>ri[to  S®fu 
ju  guten  2Ber!en,  gu  ivelc^en  ©Dtt  un§  gubor  bereitet  Ifat,  ba^  irir 
barinnen  ivanbetn  f ollen. 

180.   2Sa§  ift  bor  ©Ott  ein  gute§  SBerf? 

Sllleö,  maö  ein  5linb  ©Dtteö  im  ©tauben,  nad^ 
ben  §ef)n  ©eboten,  gu  ©Dtteä  ©1)re  unb  beö  9^äd^ften 
©ienft  tljut,  rebet  ober  benft. 

^0^.  15,  5.  2Ber  in  mir  bleibet,  unb  id^  in  i^m,  ber  bringet 
biet  i^rud^t;  benn  o^ne  mid;  fount  if)r  nic^tö  t^un. 

Tlait)^.  15,  9.  33ergeblid)  bienen  fie  mir,  bielreil  fie  leieren 
fold^e  Seigren,  bie  nid^t§  benn  9}?enfd^engebol  finb. 

1  6or.  10,  31.  S^r  effet  nun  ober  Irinfet,  ober  Wa§>  ii)x  t^ut, 
fo  t^ut  e§  alles  gu  ©Dtte§  ß^re. 

1  ^etr.  4, 10.  dienet  einanber,  ein  jeglid^er  mit  ber  (^ahi, 
bie  er  em^^fangen  l^at,  al§  bie  guten  ^auöl^alter  ber  mand^erlei 
©nabe  ©Dtte§. 

JB.  ®.  Tlavc.  12,  41—44.  3)a§  ©c^erftein  ber  SBitttre.  — 
SJJarc.  14,  3—9.  ®ie  ©albung  S®fu.  —  Sue.  10,  38—42.  SJJaria 
unb  3Jiartl^a. 

181.   a33a§  l^ot  ber  ^eilige  Seift  enblicf)  an  bir  gemirft? 

@r  ^at  mid^  burd^  ba^  ^^i)angelium  im  redeten 
Glauben  ert)alten. 


—  99  — 

light  of  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face  of 
Jesus  Clirist. 

179.  What  else  has  the  Holy  Spirit  wrought  in  you? 

He  has  sanctified  me  in  the  true  faith;  that 
is,  He  has  by  faith  renewed  my  heart,  and  gives 
me  power  to  struggle  against  and  overcome 
Satan,  the  world,  and  the  flesh,  and  to  walk  in 
godliness  and  good  works.  (Sanctification  in 
the  narrower  sense.) 

1  Thess.  4^  3.  This  is  the  will  of  God,  even  your  sanc- 
tification. 

Eph.  2,  10.  We  are  His  workmanship,  created  in  Christ 
Jesus  unto  good  works,  which  God  hath  before  ordained 
that  we  should  walk  in  them. 

180.  What  is  a  good  work  in  God's  sight? 

Whatever  a  child  of  God  does,  speaks,  or 
thinks,  in  faith,  according  to  the  Ten  Command- 
ments, for  the  glory  of  God  and  the  benefit  of 
his  neighbor. 

John  15,  5.  He  that  abideth  in  me,  and  I  in  him,  the 
same  briugeth  forth  much  fruit:  for  without  me  ye  can 
do  nothing. 

Matt.  15,  9.  In  vain  they  do  worship  me,  teaching  for 
doctrines  the  commandments  of  men. 

1  Cor.  10,  31.  Whether  therefore  ye  eat,  or  drink,  or 
whatsoever  ye  do,  do  all  to  the  glory  of  God. 

1  Pet.  4,  10.  As  every  man  hath  received  the  gift,  even 
so  minister  the  same  one  to  another,  as  good  stewards  of 
the  manifold  grace  of  God. 

B.  H.  Mark  12,  41—44.  The  widow's  mite.— Mark  14, 
3 — 9.  The  precious  ointment  poured  on  Jesus'  head. — 
Luke  10,  38 — 42.    Mary  and  Martha. 

181.  What  has  the  Holy  Ghost  lastly  wrought  in  you? 

He  has,  by  the  Gospel,  kept  me  hi  the  true 
faith. 


100  Ser  britte  3lrti!el. 


1  ^etr.  1,  5.  S^r  iüerbet  au§>  ©Dtte§  ajiac^t  burc^  ben  ©Iau= 
hm  hc\val)\:ü  jur  ©elig!eit. 

'^Ifxl  1,  6.  ^(^  bin  begfelbigen  in  guter  3ut)erfid)t,  bafi  ber 
in  end}  angefangen  l^at  ba§  gute  2Ber!,  ber  n)irb§  auc^  boUfüEjren 
bi§  an  ben  ^ag  ^Sju  ©f)ri[ti. 

182.   §at  ber  ^eilige  ©eift  bie§  alleS  an  bit  aHein  getEian? 

S^ein;  fonberu  bie  gan^e  ©l)riften!)ett  auf  ©rben 
beruft,  jammelt,  erleudjtet  unh  Ijeiligt  er  unb  erljält 
fie  bei  3©fu  (S!)rifto  im  redeten  eiuigen  ©laubeu. 

183.   SBia  a6er  ber  ^eilige  ©etft  bte§  onc§  &ei  jebem  gJlenfdEien 
toirfcn,  ber  ba§  ©bangefium  ^ört? 

3a,  aber  bie  meifteu  ^Jleufd^eu  raiberftrebeu  be= 

E)arrlid;  bem  äi>ort  uub  ©eifte  ©Dtteö  mxh  geljen  alfo 

burd)  eigeue  ©d;ulb  Derloreu. 

§efef.  33,  11.  ©o  \va^x  a(§  id;  lebe,  fpric^t  ber  §®rr§e3t3?, 
id)  f)abe  feinen  ©efallen  am  ^obe  be§  ©ottlofen,  fonbern  ba^  fic^ 
ber  ©ottlofe  be!ei;re  t)Ou  feinem  3ßefen  unb  lebe. 

1  Xim.  2,  4,  @Dtt  loill,  bafj  alien  9Jienfd}en  gel^olfen  iwerbe, 
unb  gur  ©rfenntni^  ber  2öa!^rl;eit  fomin^n. 

2  ^etr.  3,  9.  @Dlt  tüiü  nic^t,  ba^  jemanb  toerloren  irerbe, 
fonbern  ba^  [id)  jebermann  gur  33u^e  fe^re. 

9Jiatt^.  22,  14.  SSiele  finb  berufen ;  aber  ivenige  finb  an§>' 
eriDäl^Iet. 

a^attl).  23,  37.  ^erufatem,  ^erufalem,  bie  bu  tobteft  bie  ^^ro= 
^Ijeten  unb  fteinigeft,  bie  gu  bir  gefanbt  finb,  iüie  oft  'i)ah^  id)  beine 
^inber  berfanimeln  iüollen,  ioie  eine  ^^m\K  öerfammelt  il^re  £üc^= 
lein  unter  il;re  <^'lügel;  unb  i^v  ijaht  nid)t  geioollt. 

2t)Joft.  7,  51.  Sf)r  §al§ftarrigen  imb  Unbefd)nittenen  an 
§ergen  unb  Dt)ren,  x^v  ioiberftrebet  allezeit  bem  ^;)eiligen  ©eift,  inie 
eure  5>ater,  alfo  and)  if)r. 

$>of.  13,  9.  SfJ^ael,  bu  bringeft  bid^  in  Ungliid;  benn  bein 
^eil  fte^et  aUein  bei  mir. 


—  100  — 

1  Pet.  1,  5.  Ye  are  kept  by  the  power  of  God  through 
faith  unto  salvation. 

Phil.  1,  6.  Being  conlident  of  this  very  things  that  He 
which  hath  begun  a  good  work  in  you  will  perforin  it 
until  the  day  of  Jesus  Christ. 

182.  Has  the  Holy  Ghost  wrought  all  this  in  you  only? 

No;  but  He  calls,  gathers,  enlightens,  and 
sanctifies  the  whole  Christian  Church  on  earth, 
and  keeps  it  with  Jesus  Christ  in  the  one  true 
faith. 

183.  Is  the  Holy  Ghost  willing  to  work  all  this  in  every  one  who 
hears  the  Gospel  ? 

Yes ;  but  most  men  obstinately  resist  the 
Word  and  Spirit  of  God,  and  are  thus  lost  by 
their  own  fault. 

Ezek.  33,  11.  As  I  live,  saith  the  Lord  God,  I  have  no 
pleasure  in  the  death  of  the  wicked ;  but  that  the  wicked 
turn  from  his  way  and  live. 

1  Tim.  2,  4.  God  will  have  all  men  to  be  saved,  and  to 
come  unto  the  knowledge  of  the  truth.  . 

1  Pet.  3,  9.  The  Lord  is  not  willing  that  any  should 
perish,  but  that  all  should  come  to  repentance. 

Matt.  22,  14.    Many  are  called,  but  few  are  chosen. 

Matt.  23,  37.  O  Jerusalem,  Jerusalem,  thou  that  killest 
the  prophets,  and  stonest  them  which  are  sent  unto  thee, 
how  often  would  I  have  gathered  thy  children  together, 
even  as  a  hen  gathereth  her  chickens  under  her  wings, 
and  ye  would  not! 

Acts  7,  51.  Ye  stiffnecked  and  uncircumcised  in  heart 
and  ears,  ye  do  always  resist  the  Holy  Ghost:  as  your 
fathers  did,  so  do  ye. 

Hos.  13,  9.  0  Israel,  thou  hast  destroyed  thyself ;  but 
in  me  is  thine  help. 


®er  brüte  9(rti!cl.  101 


2.  S^ott  htx  Mxd^t. 

184.   5lBte  lautet  ba§,  gmeite  Stud  be§  britten  Slrtifelg? 

3(^  glaube  eine  l)eilige  d^nftli($e  ^ir($e,  bie  @e= 
meine  ber  ^eiligen. 

185.  gsa§  {ft  bie  Äirc^e? 

2)ie  ©emeinbe  ber  ^eiligen,  ha^  ift,  bie  gange 
(Sl)riften^eit,  ober  bie  ©efammtl)eit  ber  ©laubigen; 
benn  nur  bie  ©laubigen,  aber  anä)  aße  ©laubigen, 
gel)ören  bagu. 

®^^.  2, 19—22.  ©0  fetb  t^r  nun  nid^t  mel^r  ©äfte  unb  ^remb^ 
linge,  jonbern  33ürger  mit  ben  ^eiligen  unb  @Dtte§  §au§genoffen, 
erbauet  auf  ben  ©runb  ber  2l^o[tet  unb  ^ropl^eten,  ba  ^©fu§  (S^ris 
ftu§  ber  ©dfftein  ift,  auf  ivelcJiem  ber  ganje  ^au  in  einanber  gefüget 
it)äcf)fet  gu  einem  Ijeiligen  S^em^el  in  bem  §®rrn,  auf  n^eld^em  aud^ 
il^r  mit  erbauet  iüerbet,  ju  einer  93eJ)aufung  ©Dtte§  im  (Seift. 

2t^oft.  2.    Sie  ^fingftgefrf)ic^te. 

186.   aSe§:^Ql6  l^etfet  e§:   ^äi  Qlaubc  eine  ßirc^e? 

1.  SBeil  bie  Jlird^e  unfi($tbar  ift,  inbem  fein  Tlen^ä) 
bem  anbern  inö  §erj  fel;en  !ann,  ob  er  glaubt; 

2.  raeil  toir  aber  gleid^rooljl  au^  ber  ©d^rift  geraig 
ftnb,  bag  ber  ^eilige  ©eift  allezeit  eine  ©emeinbe  ber 
©laubigen  fammelt  unh  erl)ält. 

2  ^im.  2,  19.  ©er  fefte  ©runb  ©Dtte§  befte^et,  unb  ^at 
biefe§  ©iegel:    2)er  §®rr  !ennet  bie  ©einen. 

Sue.  17,  20.  21.  2)a§  9teic^  @Dtte§  !ommt  nid;t  mit  äu^er= 
lid^en  ©eberben.  9J?an  h)irb  aud^  nid)t  fagen :  ©iel^e,  l^ie  ober  ba 
ift  e§.    2)enn  feilet,  ba§  9ieid^  ®Dtte§  ift  inioenbig  in  eud>. 

2Ratt^.  16,  18.  S)u  bift  ^etru§,  unb  auf  biefen  ^el§  h^ill  ic^ 
bauen  meine  ©emeine,  unb  bie  Pforten  ber  §ölle  foHen  fie  nid^t 
überlrältigen. 

95.  ®.    1  ^ön.  19,  8—18.    2)ie  eiebentaufenb  in  Sfrael. 


—  101  — 
2.  Of  the  Church. 

184.  Which  is  the  statement  of  the  second  point  in  the  Third  Article? 

1  believe  in  the  Holy  Christian  Church,  the 
Communion  of  Saints. 

185.  What  is  tlie  Church  ? 

The  conofreo-ation  of  saints,  that  is,  all  Chris- 
tendom,  the  whole  numl)er  of  all  believers;  for 
only  believers,  and  all  believers,  are  members 
of  the  Church. 

Eph.  2, 19 — 22.  Now  therefore  ye  are  no  more  strangers 
and  foreigners,  but  fellowcitizens  with  the  saints,  and  of 
tlie  household  of  God ;  and  are  built  upon  the  foundation 
of  the  apostles  and  prophets,  Jesus  Christ  Himself  being 
the  chief  corner-stone;  in  whom  all  the  building  fltly 
framed  together  groweth  unto  an  holy  temple  in  the  Lord: 
in  whom  ye  also  are  builded  together  for  an  habitation  of 
God  through  the  Spirit. 

Acts  2.    Pentecost. 

186.  Why  do  we  say,  "I  believe  in  the  Chnrch"? 

1.  Because  the  Church  is  invisible,  since  no 
man  can  look  into  another's  heart  and  see  if  he 
believe ; 

2.  because  we  are,  nevertheless,  assured  by 
Scripture  that  the  Holy  Ghost  at  all  times  gath- 
ers and  preserves  a  congregation  of  believers. 

2  Tim.  2,  19.  The  foundation  of  God  standeth  sure, 
having  this  seal.  The  Lord  knoweth  them  that  are  His. 

Luke  17,  20.  21.  The  kingdom  of  God  cometh  not  with 
observation :  neither  shall  they  say,  Lo  here !  or,  Lo  there ! 
for,  behold,  the  kingdom  of  God  is  within  you. 

Matt,  16,  18.  Thou  art  Peter,  and  upon  this  rock  I  will 
build  my  Church;  and  the  gates  of  hell  shall  not  prevail 
against  it. 

B.  H.    1  Kings  19,  8 — 18.    Tlie  seven  thousand  in  Israel. 


102  2)er  britte  STrtüel. 


187.   aöe§]^oI6  glouBen  tnir  eine  ßird^c? 

2Beil  alle  ©laubigen  ein  geiftUc^er  Seib  finb, 

beffen  einiget  §aupt  (Eljriftuä  ift. 

(S>p^.  4,  3—6.  ©etb  fleißig  gu  l^alten  bie  ®mig!eit  im  @ei[t 
burc^  ba§  Sanb  be§  j^riebenä.  ©in  Seib  unb  ®in  ©eift,  n?ie  i^r 
au(^  berufen  feib  auf  einerlei  Hoffnung  eure§  93eruf§.  ®in  §6rr, 
©in  ©taube,  (Sine  Xaufe,  ®in  ©Ott  unb  33ater  (unjer)  alter,  ber  ba 
ift  über  euct)  alle,  unb  burd^  eud^  alle,  unb  in  iud]  allen. 

188.   2ße§5al&  Reifet  e§:  tc^  glauße  eine  1^ eilige  ^ird^e? 

1.  Sßeil  äße  i^xe  ©lieber  huxä)  ben  @lauben  an 
©^riftum  ge!)eiligt  finb; 

2.  weil  fie  mit  lieiligen  2öer!en  ©Dtt  bienen. 
G^l^.  5,  25—27.    ©^riftu§  l^at  geliebet  bie  ©emeine,  unb  l^at 

firf>  felbft  für  fie  gegeben,  auf  ba^  er  fie  t^eiligte,  unb  fiav  fie  gerei= 
niget  bur(f>  ba§  SBafferbab  im  2ßort,  auf  ba^  er  fie  it)m  felbft  bar= 
ftellete  eine  ©emeine,  bie  l^errlicf>  fei,  bie  nid)t  l^abe  einen  ^letfen, 
ober  Klüngel,  ober  be^  etit)a§,  fonbern  baf;  fie  l^eilig  fei  unb  un= 
fträflic^. 

1  $etr.  2,  5.  Unb  auä)  i^r,  aI3  bie  lebenbigen  ©teine,  bauet  eud^  jum  geift* 
lid^en  §aufe,  unb  jum  l^eiligen  ^rieftert^unt,  ju  ojjfern  getftlid^e  D^)fer,  bie  ©Dtt 
angenel^m  finb  burd^  3®jum  ©l^riftum. 

189.  5Be§l^oI6  l^cißt  c§:  3f^  glouBe  eine  ^eilige  d^riftlid^c  Äird^c? 

2Beil  bie  R\xä)e  auf  (S^rifto,  alö  bem  einigen 

©runbe,  erbaut  ift. 

1  ©or.  3,  11.    ®inen  anbern  ©runb  !ann  niemanb  legen 
au^er  bem,  ber  gelegt  ift,  toeld^er  ift  S@fu§  ©^rift. 
®^^.  2,  19—22.    ©ie^e  ^rage  185. 

190.  2Bo  ift  nun  oBer  biefe  eine  Beilige  dBriftlicBc  ÄtrdBc  ju  finben? 

UeberaH  'oa,  aber  aud^  nur  ha,  wo  ba^  (St)an= 
gelium  üon  (Slirifto  im  33raud)  ftel)t;  benn  nad;  ®Dt= 
teö  3Serl)ei6ung  bleibt  bie§  ^Öort  nid)t  ol)ne  grud^t. 


—  102  — 

187.  Why  do  we  believe  in  one  Church  ? 

Because  all  believers  are  one  spiritual  body, 

whose  only  Head  is  Christ. 

Eph.  i,  3 — 6.  Endeavoring  to  keep  the  unity  of  the 
Spirit  in  the  bond  of  peace.  Tliere  is  one  body,  and  one 
Spirit,  even  as  ye  are  called  in  one  hope  of  your  calling; 
one  Lord,  one  faith,  one  baptism,  one  God  and  Father  of 
all,  who  is  above  all,  and  through  all,  and  in  you  all. 

188.  Why  do  we  say,  "I  believe  in  a  holy  Church"? 

1.  Because  all  the  members  of  the  Church 
are  holy  by  faith  in  Christ; 

2.  because  they  serve  God  with  holy  works. 

Eph.  5,  25 — 27.  Christ  also  loved  the  Church,  and  gave 
Himself  for  it ;  that  He  might  sanctify  and  cleanse  it  with 
the  washing  of  water  by  the  Word,  that  He  might  present 
it  to  Himself  a  glorious  Church,  not  having  spot,  or 
wrinkle,  or  any  such  thing;  but  that  it  should  be  holy 
and  without  blemish. 

1  Pet.  2, 5.  Ye  also,  as  lively  stones,  are  built  up  a  spiritual  house, 
an  holy  priesthood,  to  offer  up  spiritual  sacrifices,  acceptable  to 
God  by  Jesus  Christ. 

189.  Why  do  we  say,  "I  believe  in  a  holy  Christian  Church"? 

Because  the  Church  is  built  upon  Christ,  its 

sole  Foundation. 

1  Cor.  3,  11.     Other  foundation  can  no  man  lay  than 
that  is  laid,  which  is  Jesus  Christ. 
Eph.  2,  19—22.    See  Qu.  185. 

190.  Where  is  this  one  holy  Christian  Church  to  be  found? 

Wherever  and  only  where  the  Gospel  of  Christ 
is  in  use;  for  according  to  God's  promise  His 
Word  does  not  remain  without  fruit. 


S)er  brittc  3lrti!el.  103 


Sef.  55,  10.  11.  ©leicf)  Wk  ber  Stegen  unb  (S^nee  bom  §im= 
tnel  fällt,  unb  nid^t  n^ieber  bal^in  fommt;  fonbern  feud^tet  bie  ©rbe 
unb  mac^t  fie  frud^lbar  unb  iüad^fenb,  ba^  fie  gibt  ©amen  gu  fäen 
unb  33rob  §u  effen :  alfo  foil  ba§  Sßort,  fo  au^^  meinem  SJiunbe 
geltet,  au(f>  fein.  ®§  foil  nid^t  h^ieber  gu  mir  leer  fommen,  fonbern 
il}\in,  ba§  mir  gefällt,  unb  foil  if)m  gelingen,  bagu  id^§  fenbe. 

191.   SBa§  meinen  wit  a6er,  loenn  tvix  bon  einer  fid^tbaren 
^ird^e  reben? 

^ie  ©efammt^eit  aller  berjenigen,  roeld^e  ben 
d^riftUc^en  ©lauben  befennen  unb  fic^  gu  ©Dttes 
SBort  galten,  unter  welchen  aber  neben  hen  raaljren 
ß^^riften  anä)  ^eud^ler  finb. 

SB.  @.  2Katt^.  13, 24—26.  SSom  Unfraut  unter  bem  SBeijen. 
—  aJiatt^.  13,  47.  48.    33on  ben  guten  unb  ben  faulen  ^ifc^en. 

192.   2öa§  nennen  ttiir  bie  molare  fidCitBare  ßirdCie? 

®ie  ©efammtljeit  berer,  raeldje  bie  ßeljre  beö  2öor= 

teö  ©Dtteö  in  allen  ©tüden  lauter  unb  rein  ^aben, 

lehren  unb  befennen,  unb  bei  benen  bie  ©acramente 

nad^  ßf)rifti  (Sinfe^ung  red^t  üerraaltet  raerben. 

mait^.  28, 20.  Sekret  fie  galten  a  11  e  § ,  JDa§  ic^  euc^  befohlen 
l^abe. 

193.   SBic  gcBroud^en  n)ir  biefe  Seigre  öon  ber  ^ird^e  red^t? 

Sßenn  rair  barauf  bebad^t  finb,  ©Heber  ber  un= 

fid^tbaren  ^ird^e  gu  fein  unb  gu  bleiben,  raenn  wir 

un§  beöl)alb  aud^  nur  gu  ber  ^ird^e  beä  reinen  2Bor= 

te§  unb  ^efenntniffeö  l)alten,  gu  ber  ©rl)altung  unb 

Sluöbreitung  berfelben  nac^  Gräften  l)elfen  unb  aüe 

falfd^en  ^ircEien  meiben. 

2  Sor.  13,  5.  SSerfud^et  euc^  felbft,  ob  i^r  im  (3lauhm  feib, 
prüfet  eud^  felbft. 


—  103  — 

Is.  55,  10.  11.  As  the  raiu  cometh  down,  and  the  snow 
from  heaven,  and  returneth  not  thither,  but  watereth  the 
earth  and  maketh  it  In-ing  forth  and  bud,  that  it  may  give 
seed  to  the  sower,  and  bread  to  the  eater:  so  shall  my 
Word  be  that  goeth  forth  out  of  my  mouth :  it  shall  not 
return  unto  me  void,  but  it  shall  accomplish  that  whicli 
I  please,  and  it  shall  prosper  in  the  thing  whereto  I  sent  it. 

191.  Whom  do  we  mean  when  we  speak  of  a  visible  Church  ? 

The  whole  number  of  those  who  profess  the 
Christian  faith  and  are  gathered  about  God's 
Word,  but  among  whom,  beside  the  true  Chris- 
tians, there  are  also  hypocrites. 

B.  H.  Matt.  13,  24—26.  The  tares  among  the  wheat.  — 
Matt.  13,  47.  48.    The  net  that  gathered  of  every  kind. 

192.  Whom  do  we  call  the  ttnie  visible  Church? 

The  whole  number  of  those  who  have,  teach, 
and  confess  the  entire  doctrine  of  the  Word  of 
God  in  all  its  purity,  and  among  whom  the 
Sacraments  are  duly  administered  accordino^  to 
Christ's  institution. 

Matt.  28,  20.  Teaching  them  to  observe  all  things  what- 
soever I  have  commanded  you. 

193.  When  do  we  properly  use  this  doctrine  of  the  Church  ? 

When  we  take  heed  to  be  and  remain  mem- 
bers of  the  invisible  Church;  when  we,  to  this 
end,  adhere  to  the  Church  of  the  pure  Word  and 
confession,  contribute  toward  its  maintenance 
and  propagation  according  to  our  ability,  and 
avoid  all  false  churches. 

2  Cor.  13,  5.  Examine  yourselves,  whether  ye  be  in 
faith;  prove  your  own  selves. 


104  S)er  brüte  2lrti!el. 


Sol^.  8,  31.  32.  ©0  if)r  bleiben  n?erbet  an  meiner  3fiebe,  fo 
feib  if;r  meine  redeten  ^üns^i^  ii"^  kerbet  bie  SBafjr^eit  erfennen, 
iinb  bie  3S>aI^r^eit  irirb  euct;  frei  machen. 

1  ©or.  9,  14.  2)er  §@rr  \)ai  befohlen,  ba^,  bie  ba§  ^baw- 
gelium  tjerfünbigen,  follen  fic^  bom  ©üangelio  nähren. 

aikttf).  28, 19.  @ekt  f)in  nnb  lefjret  arie  S3öl!er  unb  tanfet 
fie  im  9iamen  be§  33ater§  unb  be§  ©o^ne§  iinb  be§  ^eiligen 
©eifteS. 

Tlati^.  7, 15.  ©el^et  eud^  i^or  i)or  ben  falfc{)en  ^ro^Ijeten,  bie 
in  (S(f)af§f(eibern  gu  euc^  !ommen;  inn^enbig  aber  finb  fie  rei^enbe 
SBöIfe. 

1  3oi^.  4, 1.  ^f)r  Sieben,  glaubet  nic^t  einem  jeglid^en  ®eift, 
fonbern  prüfet  bie  ©eifter,  oh  fie  t>on  ©Dtt  finb ;  benn  e§  finb  biel 
falfrfjer  ^ro^^eten  ausgegangen  in  bie  SBelt. 

Mm.  16, 17.  ^c^  ermaf>ne  euc^,  lieben  Srüber,  ba^  i^r  auf= 
feljet  auf  bie,  bie  ba  3*-'rtrennung  unb  3(ergerni^  anrid^ten,  neben 
ber  Se^re,  bie  i^r  gelernet  ^aht,  unb  iceic^et  t^on  benfelbigen. 

2  6or.  6,  14—18.  |^ie[)et  iiic^t  am  frembeti  ^oc^  mit  ben  Ungläubigen. 
S)enn  lDa§  i)at  bie  ©ered)ti(3feit  für  ©eniefe  mit  ber  Ungerechtigkeit?  toag  l^at  bag 
2ict)t  für  ©cmeinfcfcaft  mit  ber  ginfternife?  2Bie  ftimmt  GbriftuS  mit  Selial? 
ober  töa§  für  ein  S^eit  t;at  ber  ©laubige  mit  bem  Ungläubigen?  2Ba§  l^at  ber 
S^em^et  ©Dttc§  für  eine  ©leid^e  mit  ben  ©ö^en?  3^r  aber  feib  ber  Tempel  beä 
lebenbigen  ©Dttcg;  toie  bcnn  ©Dtt  fprirf^t:  ^d}  Joill  in  il^nen  tool^nen,  unb  in 
i^nen  föanbeln,  unb  toill  i^r  ©Dtt  fein,  unb  fie  füllen  mein  SBolf  fein.  S^arum 
geltet  au^  öon  if)nen,  unb  fonbert  eud^  ab,  f^ric^t  ber  ^(Svv,  unb  rühret  fein  Un= 
reineä  an ;  fo  toill  id>  euc^  anneljmen,  unb  euer  SSater  fein,  unb  il^r  foüet  meine 
©öi^ne  unb  2;öd^ter  fein,  f^jric^t  ber  allmächtige  ^©rr. 

3.  ©Ott  t\tx  SctöeButtg  iJct  Süttiie. 

194.    SSxc  lautet  ba§  brttte  ©tücE  biefe§  SlrtücIS? 

3d^  glaube  eine  Vergebung  ber  ©ünben. 

195.   ?i3e§5al6  fagft  bu:  „^d)  glnu6e  eine  SBergeButtg  ber  ©ünben"? 

SSeil  \iS)  au^  ber  ©d;rift  geraig  bin,  ba§  ©Dtt 
am  ©naben,  um  ßf)rifti  tüiüen  biirc^  baä  @üange= 


—  104  — 

John  8^  31.  32.  If  ye  continue  in  my  Word^  then  are  ye 
my  disciples  indeed ;  and  ye  shall  know  the  truth,  and  the 
truth  shall  make  you  free. 

1  Cor.  9, 14.  The  Lord  ordained  that  they  which  preach 
the  Gospel  should  live  of  the  gospel. 

Matt.  28,  19.  Go  ye  therefore,  and  teach  all  nations, 
baptizing  them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son, 
and  of  the  Holy  Ghost. 

Matt.  7,  15.  Beware  of  false  prophets,  which  come  to 
you  in  sheep's  clothing,  but  inwardly  they  are  ravening 
wolves. 

1  John  4,  1.  Beloved,  believe  not  every  spirit,  but  try 
the  spirits  whether  they  are  of  God :  because  many  false 
prophets  are  gone  out  into  the  w^orld. 

Kom.  IG,  17.  Now  I  beseech  you,  brethren,  mark  them 
which  cause  divisions  and  offenses  contrary  to  the  doc- 
trine which  ye  have  learned;  and  avoid  them. 

2  Cor.  6,  14—18.  Be  ye  not  Tinequally  yoked  together  with  un- 
believers: for  what  fellowship  hath  righteousness  with  unright- 
eousness? and  Avhat  communion  hath  light  with  darkness?  and 
what  concord  hath  Christ  with  Belial?  or  what  part  hath  he  that 
believeth  with  an  infidel?  and  what  agreement  hath  the  temple 
of  God  with  idols?  for  ye  are  the  temple  of  the  living  God;  as  God 
hath  said,  I  will  dwell  in  them,  and  walk  in  them ;  and  I  will  be 
their  God,  and  they  shall  be  my  people.  Wherefore  come  out  from 
among  them,  and  be  ye  separate,  saith  the  Lord,  and  touch  not  the 
unclean  thing;  and  I  will  receive  you,  and  Avill  be  a  Father  unto 
you,  and  ye  shall  be  my  sons  and  daughters,  saith  the  Lord  Al- 
mighty. 

8.  Of  the  Forgiveness  of  Sins. 

,  194.  Which  is  the  statement  of  the  third  point  of  this  Article  ? 

I  believe  in  the  Forgiveness  of  Sins. 

195.  Why  do  you  say,  "I  believe  in  the  forgiveness  of  sins"? 

Because  by  the  Scriptures  I  am  assured  that 
God  by  grace,  for  Christ's  sake,  through  the 


3)er  britte  2lrti!el.  105 


lium  mir  unb  alien  ©laubigen  täglich  aUe  ©ünben 
reic^lid;  üergibt. 

2)?arc.  2,  7.    2ßer  !ann  ©ünbe  Vergeben,  benn  allein  (3üitl 

^f.  130,  3. 4.  @o  bu  h^illft,  §®3ft9i,  ©ünbe  gurec^nen;  ^®rr, 
trer  lüirb  befielen?  ®enn  bei  bir  ift  bie  35ergebung,  ba^  man  bid^ 
für(i)te. 

^f.  103,  2.  3.  Sobe  ben  ^(53t3tn,  meine  ©eete,  nnb  öergi^ 
nic^t,  \va^  er  bir  ©nte§  getfjan  I)at,  ber  bir  alle  beine  ©ünben  l^er- 
gibt,  unb  f)eilet  alk  beine  @ebred;en. 

&pl).  1,  7.  2(n  G^rifto  ^aben  unr  bie  ©rlöfung  burd;  fein 
33Iut,  nänxlic^  bie  SSergebung  ber  ©ünben,  nad;  bem  9]eid)tf)um 
feiner  ©nabe. 

3iöm.  3,  28.  ©0  Italien  ir>ir  e§  nun,  ba^  ber  9}Jenf(^  geredet 
h)erbe  o^ne  be§  ©efe^e§  2Ber!e,  allein  burd;  ben  ©lauben. 

196.  SBa§  I)et6t:   ©Dtt  bergtbt  bie  ©ünbe? 

@r  redjnet  ben  6ünbern  bie  ©ünbe  nid;t  jii,  ober, 
er  erflärt  bie  ©ünber  für  gerecht.    (9^ed)tfertigung.) 

2  Gor.  5,  21.  Gr  f)at  ben,  ber  ijon  feiner  ©ünbe  luu^te,  für 
un§  gur  ©ünbe  geinad;t,  auf  ba^  iinr  iitürben  in  iljm  bie  ®ered}tig= 
feit,  bie  toor  ©Ott  gilt. 

mm.  8,  33.  2C^er  nnU  bie  9lu§erlimf)Iten  ®Dtte§  befc^ul= 
bigen?    ©Dtt  ift  f)ie,  ber  ba  geredet  mad)t. 

197.  SBer  empfängt  benn  biefe  SSergeöunß? 

2[Bien)ol)l  fie  für  alle  93ienjd)eu  eriuorben  ift,  an<^ 

burd)  baö  Güangelinm  allen,  bie  eö  l)ören,  barge^ 

boten  tüirb,  fo  werben  bod^  ber  Vergebung  nur  bie= 

jenigen  rairflid^  tl)eill)aftig,  wei6)e  bem  ©oangelium 

glauben  unb  bamit  bie  ^^ergebung  annebmen. 

2  Sor.  5,  19.  ©Ott  h)ar  in  (E^rifto  unb  t)erf5t)nete  bie  Sßelt 
mit  if)m  felber,  unb  red^nete  if)nen  if^re  ©ünben  nid}t  ju,  unb  l^at 
unter  un§  aufgerichtet  ba§  SBort  üon  ber  33erfö^nung. 


—  105  — 

Gospel,  daily  and  richly  forgives  all  sins  to  me 
and  all  believers. 

Mark  2,  7.    Who  can  forgive  sinS;  but  God  only? 

Ps.  130,  3.  4.  If  Thou,  Lord,  shouldest  mark  iniquities, 
O  Lord,  who  shall  stand?  But  there  is  forgiveness  with 
Thee,  that  Thou  mayest  be  feared. 

Ps.  103,  2.  3.  Bless  the  Lord,  O  my  soul,  and  forget  not 
all  His  benefits:  who  forgiveth  all  thine  iniquities;  who 
healeth  all  thy  diseases. 

Eph.  1,  7.  In  Christ  we  have  redemption  through  His 
blood,  the  forgiveness  of  sins,  according  to  the  riches  of 
His  grace. 

Rom.  3,  28.  Therefore  we  conclude  that  a  man  is  justi- 
fied by  faith  without  the  deeds  of  the  Law. 

196.  How  does  God  forgive  sins? 

He  does  not  impute  their  sins  to  sinners,  or, 
in  other  words.  He  declares  sinners  righteous. 
(Justification.) 

2  Cor.  5,  21.  For  He  hath  made  Him  to  be  sin  for  us, 
who  knew  no  sin ;  that  we  might  be  made  the  righteous- 
ness of  God  in  Him. 

Eom.  8,  33.  Who  shall  lay  any  thing  to  the  charge  of 
God's  elect?     It  is  God  that  justifleth. 

197.  Who  receives  this  forgiveness? 

Although  it  has  been  procured  for  all  men, 

and  is  offered  by  the  Gospel  to  all  that  hear  it, 

yet  only  those  who  believe  the  Gospel  and  thus 

accept  the  forgiveness  of  sins  actually  become 

partakers  of  such  forgiveness. 

2  Cor.  5,  19.  God  was  in  Christ,  reconciling  the  world 
unto  Himself,  not  imputing  their  trespasses  unto  them; 
and  hath  committed  unto  us  the  Word  of  reconciliation. 


106  3)er  bntte  Slrttlel. 


1  Wlo\.  15,  6.  2tbram  glaubte  bem  §©9t9ln,  unb  ba§  re(^nete 
er  il^m  jur  ®ered^tig!eit. 

9iöm.  4,  5.  3)em  aber,  ber  nid^t  mit  2ßer!en  umgebet,  glaubet 
aber  an  ben,  ber  bie  ©ottlofen  gerect)t  mact^t,  bem  with  fein  ©taube 
geredjnet  jur  ©ered^tigfeit. 

35.  ®.    Sue.  18,  9—14.    S)er  BöUner. 

198.   2öa§  Befenrten  tüir  balier  mit  unserer  ßirc^e  öon  ber  9Ser= 
geBung  ber  ©ünben  ober  ber  9?e(f)tferttgung? 

®a§  tt)ir  Vergebung  ber  ©ünben  erlangen  unb 
üor  ©Ott  geredjt  werben,  nidjt  au§  unfern  SBerfen, 
fonbern  auö  ©naben,  um  Ü^ljrifti  raiHen,  bur($  ben 
©lauben. 

199.   ^ann  alfo  ein  ®IäuBiger  ber  3Serge6ung  feiner  ©ünbert  unb 
feiner  ©eligfeit  gewife  fein? 

3a,  er  foH  unb  !ann  eö,  iDeil  ©Dtteö  3ufage  ge= 
n)i§  ift. 

2  Xim.  1,  12.  ^c^  \iK\%  an  ipeld^en  id;  glaube,  uub  bin  ge= 
it>if;,  ba^  er  !ann  mir  meine  33eilage  beir»at;ren  bi§  an  jenen  Xag. 

9^önt.  8,  38.  39.  ^d)  bin  geiui^,  ha^  n?eber  Xoh  noc^  2iUn, 
iüeber  ©ngel  nod)  ^nirftentt;um,  nod)  ©elrtatt,  ix^eber  ©egenJt)ärtige§ 
nod>  3^i'fünftige§,  lueber  §ot)e§  nod)  ^iefe§,  nod)  feine  anbere  (Erea= 
tur  mag  un§  fd)eiben  öon  ber  Siebe  ©Dtte§,  bie  in  ©i^rifto  ^®fu 
ift,  unferm  §®rrn. 

200.   SBarum  muffen  ttiir  Befonber§  biefen  SIrtitel  aUeseit 
treulief)  feftf)alten? 

Seil  er  ber  §auptarti!el  ber  d)riftUd)en  Se^re  ift, 
burd)  n)eld)en  bie  d;riftlidje  5lird}e  üon  allen  falfc^en 
Dfieligionen  fid^  unterfd;eibet,  ©Ott  allein  bie  ©l)re 
gegeben  unb  ben  armen  (Sünbern  beftänbiger  ^roft 
getüäl)rt  tüirb. 

SB.  @.    3Jtatt^.  9,  1—8.    Ser  ©ic^tbrüc^ige. 


—  106  — 

Gen.  15^  6.  Abram  believed  in  the  Lord ;  and  He  counted 
it  to  liim  for  rigliteousness. 

Rom.  4,  5.  To  liim  that  worl<eth  not,  but  believeth  on 
Him  tliat  justifletli  the  ungodly,  his  faith  is  counted  for 
righteousness. 

B.  H.    Luke  18,  9— U.    The  publican. 

198.  What,  then,  do  we,  together  with  our  Church,  confess  regarding 
the  forgiveness  of  sins,  or  justification? 

That  we  receive  forgiveness  of  sins  and  are 
justified  before  God,  not  by  our  works,  but  by 
grace,  for  Christ's  sake,  through  faith. 

199.  Can  every  believer  be  sure  of  the  forgiveness  of  sins,  and  of 
his  salvation? 

Yes,  he  can  and  should  be,  because  God's 
promise  is  sure. 

2  Tim.  1,  12.  I  kn'ow  whom  I  have  believed,  and  am 
persuaded  that  He  is  able  to  keep  that  which  I  have  com- 
mitted unto  Him  against  that  day. 

Rom.  8,  38.  39.  I  am  persuaded  that  neither  death,  nor 
life,  nor  angels,  nor  principalities,  nor  powers,  nor  things 
present,  nor  things  to  come,  nor  height,  nor  depth,  nor 
any  other  creature,  shall  be  able  to  separate  us  from  the 
love  of  God,  which  is  in  Christ  Jesus  our  Lord. 

200.  Why  must  we  ever  firmly  maintain  this  Article  especially? 

Because  it  is  the  chief  article  of  Christian 
doctrine,  by  which  the  Christian  Church  distin- 
guishes itself  from  all  false  religions,  and  which 
gives  all  the  glory  to  God  alone,  and  affords 
enduring  comfort  to  poor  sinners. 

B.  H.    Matt.  9,  1 — 8.    The  man  sick  of  the  palsy. 
U 


25er  britte  3lrti!cl.  107 


4.  äJott  licr  5(«fcrftc§ttttg  m  glcif^cS. 

201.   3Bte  lautet  bo§  bterte  ©tüdE  be§  btitten  2lrtilel§? 

3($  glaube  eine  Sluferfte^ung  beö  gleifd^eä. 

202.   2Ba§  glauBft  bu  nad^  ber  ©d^rift  baöon? 

®a^  ©Dtt  am  jüngften  ^age  m\ä)  unb  aUe 
^tobten  auferroecfen  wirb,  fo  ha^  unfer  gleifd^,  baö 
Ijeigt,  berfelbe  Selb,  ber  geftorben  ift,  toieber  Ieben= 
big  tüerben  tüirb. 

^0^.  5,  28.  29.  e§  !ommt  bie  (Stunbe,  in  ioeld^er  aUz,  bie 
tu  ben  ©räbern  finb,  h?crben  feine  ©timme  l^ören,  unb  iDerben  f)er= 
t)orget)en,  bie  ba  @ute§  getfian  l^aben,  jur  Sluferfte^ung  be§  2eben§, 
bie  aber  UebelS  get^an  l^aben,  gur  2luferftel)ung  be§  @eri(f>t§. 

203.   aJJit  toelc^em  UnterfcC)xeb  inerben  bie  Sobten  auferftel^cn? 

©ie  ©laubigen  werben  mit  t)er!Iärtem  fieibe  gum 
eiüigen  £eben  auferftel^en;  bie  Ungläubigen  aber  n)er= 
ben  auferftel)en  gum  eraigen  ^obe,  baö  ift,  gu  etüiger 
©c^ma($,  ©(Janbe  unb  ^ein  in  ber  ßölle. 

S)an.  12,  2.  Sßiele,  fo  unter  ber  ®rbe  fc^lafen  liegen,  h)erben 
auftoadten ;  etUd^e  jum  eirigen  2ihm,  etlid^e  gur  einigen  ©d^mad^ 
unb  ©(^anbe. 

So^.  5,  28.  29.    ©ie^e  ^rage  202. 

§iob  19,  25—27.  ^cf»  n)ei^,  ba^  mein  ®rlöfer  lebet;  unb  er 
Irirb  mid)  l;ernad>  au^  ber  ®rbe  aufertpeden;  unh  it)erbe  barnadi 
mit  biefer  meiner  $»aut  umgeben  iverben,  unb  U^erbe  in  meinem 
^Ieifd>  @Dtt  fe^en.  3)enfelben  hjerbc  id^  mir  feigen,  unb  meine 
Slugen  merben  ifjn  fd^auen,  unb  fein  ^-rember. 

^i)il.  3,  21.  2BeId)er  imfern  nid£)tigen  Seib  berüären  it)irb, 
baf;  er  äl^nlid^  n?erbe  feinem  i^erflärten  Seibe. 

1  6or.  15,  51.  52.    SSermanblung  ber  Ueberlebenben. 

Sue.  16,  23.  24.  2tl§  er  nun  in  ber  Sjötle  unh  in  ber  Qual 
War,  ^ub  er  feine  Slugen  auf,  unb  fa^e  2lbral^am  t)on  ferne,  unb 


—  107  — 
4.  Of  the  Resurrection  of  the  Body. 

201.  Which  is  the  statement  of  the  fourth  point  of  the  Third  Article? 

I  believe  in  the  Resurrection  of  the  Body. 

202.  What  do  you  believe  concerning  this  point  according  to  the 
Scriptures  ? 

That  at  the  hist  clay  God  will  raise  up  me  and 

all  the  dead,  so  that  our  bodies,  the  same  bodies 

that  have  died,  shall  again  be  made  alive. 

John  5,  28.  29.  The  hour  is  coming^  in  which  all  that 
are  in  the  graves  shall  hear  His  voice^  and  shall  come 
forth:  they  that  have  done  good,  unto  the  resurrection 
of  life ;  and  they  that  have  done  evil,  unto  the  resurrec- 
tion of  damnation. 

203.  What  diflference  will  there  be  in  the  resurrection  of  the  dead  ? 

The  believers  will  rise  with  glorified  bodies 
to  everlasting  life ;  but  the  unbelievers  will  rise 
to  eternal  death,  that  is,  to  everlasting  shame, 
contempt,  and  torment,  in  hell. 

Dan.  12,  2.  Many  of  them  that  sleep  in  the  dust  of 
the  earth  shall  awake,  some  to  everlasting  life,  and  some 
to  shame  and  everlasting  contempt. 

John  5,  28.  29.    See  Qu.  202. 

Job  19,  25 — 27.  I  know  that  my  Redeemer  liveth,  and 
that  He  shall  stand  at  the  latter  day  upon  the  earth :  and 
though  after  my  skin  worms  destroy  this  body,  yet  in  my 
flesh  shall  I  see  God:  whom  I  shall  see  for  myself,  and 
mine  eyes  shall  behold,  and  not  another. 

Phil.  3,  21.  Who  shall  change  our  vile  body,  that  it 
may  be  fashioned  like  unto  His  glorious  body. 

1  Cor.  15,  51.  52.    Transmutation  of  the  living. 

Luke  16,  23.  2i.  And  in  hell  he  lift  up  his  eyes,  being 
in  torments,  and  seeth  Abraham  afar  off,  and  Lazarus  in 


108  ®er  britte  Slrtxfcl. 


Sajanun  in  feinem  <Bd]00%  rief  unb  f!prad} :  SSater  2lbraf)am,  ev= 
barnic  bid;  mein  unb  fenbe  Sasarum,  ba^  er  ba§  Steu^erfte  feinet 
(fingers  in§  Siuiffer  taudje  unb  l^k  meine  3w"9^  >  ^^""  ^^  ^^i^^ 
^ein  in  bicfcr  flamme. 

dTiatÜ).  10,  28.  "^iirc^tet  eud>  nid^t  bor  benen,  bie  ben  Seib 
tobten  unb  bie  ©eele  nid}t  mögen  tobten,  ^ürd^tet  nid}  aber  biel^ 
md)v  'oüv  bcm,  ber  £eib  unb  ©eelc  üerberben  mag  in  bie  ^olle. 

I^ef.  66,  24.  Sl^r  SBurm  ipirb  nid;t  fterben  unb  it)r  ^^euer 
W'ixh  nid;t  üerlöfd)en,  unb  hJerben  allem  ^-leifd}  ein  ©reuel  fein. 

9}iattf).  7,  13.  @ef)et  ein  burd)  bie  enge  Pforte.  ®enn  bie 
Pforte  ift  lyeit  unb  ber  2ßeg  ift  breit,  ber  gur  33erbammni^  abf ül^ret ; 
unb  il;rer  finb  t)iel,  bie  barauf  iDanbeln. 

8.  ®.  Sue.  16,  19—31.  3)er  reicfje  3}?ann  unb  ber  arme 
SagaruS.  —  3lnv  giüei  Orte. 

5.  ^f\m  cmtöeii  Sckii. 

204.   2ßic  lautet  ba§>  fünfte  Qtüd  btefc§  Slrtifelä? 

3dj  glaube  ein  eraigeö  Sebeu. 

205.   SSa§  IeE}rt  bie  ©cf)rift  bom  einigen  Seben? 

®a§  aüe  ©(iiiibigen,  raenu  fie  fterben,  ber  (Seele 
naä)  alfobalb  gn  Sljrifto  !ommen,  unb  üom  jüußften 
'^a(}e  an  naä)  Selb  unb  ©eele  bei  i^m  fein  unb  mit 
il)m  leben  werben  in  eraiger  greube  unb  §errlid;!eit. 

Sue.  23,  43.  2ßai)r(id;,  id;  fage  bir,  l^eute  irirft  bu  mit  mir 
im  ^sarabiefe  fein. 

Dffenb.  14,  13.  ©etig  finb  bie  ^lobten,  bie  in  bem  §@rrn 
fterben,  Don  nun  an. 

^of).  10,  27.  28.  9J?eine  ©d;afc  frören  meine  Stimme  unb  ic^ 
!enne  fie  unb  fif  folgen  mir.    Unb  id;  gebe  if^nen  baö  enngei^ebcn. 

1  Sob.  3,  2.  93?eine  Sieben,  ioir  finb  nun  @Dtte§  JTinber,  unb 
ift  nod)  nid)t  erfd}ieneii,  U^a§  ioir  fein  ti^erben.  Jl>ir  Unffcn  aber, 
ioenn  e§  erfdieinen  ittirb,  ba^  loir  i^m  gleid>  fein  loerben,  benn  lüir 
loerben  i^n  fe^en,  U)ie  er  ift. 


—  108  — 

his  bosom.  And  he  cried  and  said,  Father  Abraham,  have 
mercy  on  me,  and  send  Lazarus,  that  lie  may  dip  tlie  tip 
of  his  finger  in  Avater,  and  cool  my  tongue;  for  I  am  tor- 
mented in  this  flame. 

Matt.  10,  28.  Fear  not  them  which  kill  the  body,  but 
are  not  able  to  kill  the  soul :  but  rather  fear  Him  which 
is  able  to  destroy  both  soul  and  body  in  hell. 

Is.  GO,  24.  Their  worm  shall  not  die,  neither  shall  their 
fire  be  quenched;  and  they  shall  be  an  abhorring  unto  all 
flesh. 

Matt.  7,  13.  Enter  ye  in  at  the  strait  gate :  for  Avide  is 
the  gate,  and  broad  is  the  way,  that  leadeth  to  destruction, 
and  many  there  be  which  go  in  thereat. 

B.  H.  Luke  16,  19 — 31.  The  rich  man  and  Lazarus. — 
Two  places  only. 

5.  Of  Eternal  Life. 

204.  Which  is  the  statement  of  the  fifth  point  in  this  Article  ? 

I  believe  in  the  Life  Everlasting. 

205.  What  do  the  Scriptures  teach  concerning  eternal  life  ? 

That  all  believers,  when  they  die,  are,  accord- 
ing to  the  soul,  at  once  present  with  Christ, 
and,  after  the  last  day,  shall  be  with  Christ, 
body  and  soul,  and  live  with  Him  in  eternal  joy 
and  glory. 

Luke  23,  43.  Verily  I  say  unto  thee,  To-day  shalt  thou 
be  with  me  in  paradise. 

Rev.  14,  13.  Blessed  are  the  dead  which  die  in  the  Lord 
from  henceforth. 

John  10,  27.  28.  My  sheep  hear  my  voice,  and  I  know 
them,  and  they  follow  me:  and  I  give  unto  them  eter- 
nal life. 

1  John  3,  2.  Beloved,  now  are  we  the  sons  of  God, 
and  it  doth  not  yet  appear  what  we  shall  be :  but  we 
know  that,  when  He  shall  appear,  we  shall  be  like  Him; 
for  we  shall  see  Him  as  He  is. 


S)er  britte  2lrtilel.  109 


^f.  16,  11.  ^ox  bir  ift  ^reube  bie  ^-ülte,  unb  lieblic^  2ßefen 
ju  beiner  9ied}ten  etüiglic^. 

'^of).  17,  24.  SSater,  id)  ii^iH,  ba^  iro  id^  bin,  and;  bie  bei  mir 
feien,  bie  bu  mir  gegeben  ^aft,  ba^  fie  meine  §errUd;!eit  felien,  bie 
bu  mir  gegeben  t)aft. 

9töm.  8,  18.  ^(^  l)alte  e§  bafiir,  ba^  biefer  3^it  Seiben  ber 
S^errli^feit  nid^t  ivert^  fei,  bie  an  un§  foil  offenbaret  irerben. 

206.   SSem  tutrb  aljo  ba^  ettjige  Se&en  ju  S^eil? 

TOr  unb  aöen  ©laubigen,  aber  and)  nur  ben 
©laubigen. 

3o^.  3,  16.  2nfo  l>at  ©Dtt  bie  SBelt  geliebet,  ba^  er  feinen 
eingebornen  @ol)n  gab,  auf  ba^  alte,  bie  an  il^n  glauben,  nid>t  ber= 
loren  it^erben,  fonbern  baö  etvige  2ibm  ^ahm. 

'^0^.  3,  36,  2Ser  an  ben  ©ol^n  glaubet,  ber  l^at  ba§  etrige 
2eben;  h)er  bem  ©of)n  nidit  glaubet,  ber  irirb  ba§  2ihm  nid^t 
feigen,  fonbern  ber  3oi^n  ©Dtte§  bleibet  über  i^m. 

ajlattl).  24, 13.    2Ber  bel^arret  bi§  an^^  ®nbe,  ber  wirb  felig. 

207.   93i[t  bu  nun  gcttjifi,  ba^  oucT)  bu  gum  ewigen  Seben 
einge'^en  njerbeft? 

3a,  benn  i($  foU  nad^  ber  ©d^rift  feft  glauben: 

raie  mid^  ©Dtt  in  ber  3^it  burd)  baö  ©üangelium  be= 

rufen,  erleud^tet,  gel)eiligt  unb  im  ©lauben  erl)alten 

l)at,  fo  l)at  er  mid^  fd^on  von  ©raigfeit  l)er  gur  Minb= 

fc^aft  unb  gum  eraigen  Seben  ern)äl)lt,  unb  niemanb 

roirb  mid^  auö  feiner  §anb  reiben. 

e^^.  1, 3—6.  ©elobet  fei  ©Ott  unb  ber  SSater  unfer§  §errn 
^6fu  (Sl^rifti,  ber  un§  gefegnet  l^at  mit  allerlei  geiftlid)em  ©egen 
in  l^immlifci^en  ©ütern  burd>  ©l^riftum.  2Bie  er  un§  benn  erträ^let 
l^at  burd>  benfelbigen,  e^e  ber  9Belt  ©runb  gelegt  h^ar,  ba^  mir  foil; 
ten  fein  l)eilig  unb  unftraf lid}  bor  it)m  in  ber  Siebe ;  unb  ^at  un§ 
Uerorbnet  jur  Äinbfd^aft  gegen  i^n  felbft,  burd^  S®fum  (E^rift,  nac^ 
8 


—  109  — 

Ps.  16^  11.  In  Thy  presence  is  fullness  of  joj^;  at  Thy 
right  liand  there  are  pleasures  for  evermore. 

John  17,  24.  Father,  I  will  that  they  also,  whom  Thou 
hast  given  me,  be  with  me  where  I  am;  that  they  may 
behold  my  glory,  which  Thou  hast  given  me. 

Rom.  8,  18.  I  reckon  that  the  sufferings  of  this  present 
time  are  not  worthy  to  be  compared  with  the  glory  which 
shall  be  revealed  in  us. 

206.  To  whom  shall  eternal  life  be  given? 

To  me  and  all  believers,  but  to  believers  only. 

John  3,  16.  For  God  so  loved  the  world  that  He  gave 
His  only-begotten  Son,  that  whosoever  believeth  in  Him 
should  not  perish,  but  have  everlasting  life. 

John  3,  36.  He  that  believeth  on  the  Son  hath  ever- 
lasting life :  and  he  that  believeth  not  the  Son  shall  not 
see  life;  but  the  wrath  of  God  abideth  on  him. 

Matt.  24,  13.  He  that  shall  endure  unto  the  end,  the 
same  shall  be  saved. 

207.  Are  j^ou  sure  that  you  also  will  enter  into  eternal  life  ? 

Yes  ;  for  according  to  the  Scriptures  I  am 
firmly  to  believe  that,  as  God  has  in  time  called 
me  by  the  Gospel,  enlightened,  sanctified,  and 
kept  me  in  the  true  faith,  even  so  He  has  from 
eternity  chosen  me  unto  the  adoption  of  chil- 
dren and  unto  life  everlasting,  and  no  man  shall 
pluck  me  out  of  His  hand. 

Eph.  1,  3 — 6.  Blessed  be  the  God  and  Father  of  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ,  who  hath  blessed  us  with  all  spiritual 
blessings  in  heavenly  places  in  Christ:  according  as  He 
hath  chosen  us  in  Him  before  the  foundation  of  the  world, 
that  we  should  be  holy  and  without  blame  before  Him  in 
love:  having  predestinated  us  unto  the  adoption  of  chil- 
dren by  Jesus  Christ  to  Himself,  according  to  the  good 


no  ^a§  britte  ^auptftüd. 

bem  2ßof)lgefa(Ien  jeine^5  2Bitten§,  5U  2ob  feiner  l^errlirf^en  ©nabe, 
burc£>  irelc^e  er  un§  f^at  angenel^m  gemad;t  in  bem  ©eliebten. 

9tönt.  8,  28—30.  2ßir  tüifjen  aber,  ba^  benen,  bie  ©Ott  lie^ 
ben,  alle  S)inge  gum  Seften  bienen,  bie  nad}  bem  SSorfa^  berufen 
ftnb.  ^enn  Wcldjt  er  gubor  berfel^en  f)at,  bie  l;at  er  aud^  üerorbnet, 
ba^  fie  gleid}  fein  füllten  bem  (Sbenbilbe  feinet  ©oI)ne§,  auf  baf; 
berfetbige  fei  ber  ©rftgeborne  unter  öielen  33rübern.  2ßeld}e  er  aber 
öerorbnet  f)at,  bie  l^at  er  aud)  berufen ;  itteld;e  er  aber  berufen  ^at, 
bie  ^at  er  and)  geredet  gemad>t ;  iüeld>e  er  aber  l^at  geredet  gemacht, 
bie  ^at  er  aud)  ^errtic^  gemac!^t. 


3)o§  brüte  ^ou^Jtftill 


pa0  Pater  infer. 


^om  ®chct  im  ^Ittgcmcittctt. 

208.   2So§  ift  t)a§,  @e6et? 

©ö  ift  berjeniße  ©otteöbienft,  ha  wir  mit  ^erg 
unb  Tlimh  aß  imfer  2ln(iegen  ©Dtt  üortrageu  unb 
it)m  Sob  unb  ©an!  barbringen. 

^f.  19,  15.  2a^  bir  )i>ot)IgefalIen  bie  Siebe  meinet  SO^unbc^, 
unb  ba§  ©ef^räd;  meine^ä  ^erjenö  i?or  bir,  §©913?,  mein  §ort,  unb 
mein  (Sriöfer. 

^f.  10, 17.  ®a§  3?erlangen  ber  ©lenben  ^öreft  bu,  §69^9?; 
x^v  §er^  ift  geixji^,  ba^  bein  D^r  barauf  mer!et. 

^ef.  65,  24.  Unb  foil  gefd)et)en,  e^e  fie  rufen,  n?in  id}  ant-- 
h?orten ;  lt»enn  fie  noc^  reben,  h)ill  id>  frören. 

9J?attl^.  6,  7.  Sßenn  if)r  betet,  follt  \\)v  md)i  i)iel  ^la^^ern, 
tüie  bie  .<peiben ;  benn  fie  meinen,  fie  tDerben  erpret,  h?enn  fie  toiel 
Sßorte  mad}en. 

©ie^e  ©^rüc^e  ju  ^rage  28. 


—  110  — 

pleasure  of  His  will,  to  the  praise  of  the  glory  of  His 
grace,  wherein  He  hath  made  us  accepted  in  the  Beloved. 
Rom.  8,  28 — 30.  We  know  that  all  things  work  together 
for  good  to  them  that  love  God,  to  them  who  are  the  called 
according  to  His  purpose.  For  whom  He  did  foreknow, 
He  also  did  predestinate  to  be  conformed  to  the  image  of 
His  Son,  that  He  might  be  the  Firstborn  among  many 
brethren.  Moreover,  whom  He  did  predestinate,  them  He 
also  called:  and  whom  He  called,  them  He  also  justified: 
and  whom  He  justified,  them  He  also  glorified. 


Part  III. 

THE  LORD^S  PRAYER. 
Of  Prayer  in  General. 

208,  What  is  Prayer  ? 

It  is  an  act  of  worship  wherein  we  with  our 
hearts  and  lips  bring  our  petitions  before  God 
and  offer  up  praise  and  thanks  to  Him. 

Ps.  19,  14.  Let  the  words  of  my  mouth,  and  the  medi- 
tation of  my  heart,  be  acceptable  in  Thy  sight,  0  Lord, 
my  Strength,  and  my  Redeemer. 

Ps.  10,  17.  Lord,  Thou  hast  heard  the  desire  of  the 
humble :  Thou  wilt  prepare  their  heart,  Thou  wilt  cause 
Thine  ear  to  hear. 

Is.  65,  2i.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  before  they 
call,  I  will  answer;  and  while  they  are  yet  speaking,  I 
will  hear. 

Matt.  6,  7.  When  ye  pray,  use  not  vain  repetitions,  as 
the  heathen  do:  for  they  think  that  they  shall  be  heard 
for  their  much  speaking. 

See  Scripture  passages  to  Qu.  28. 


S8om  ©ebct  im  3IIIgemetnm.  Ill 

209.   2Bo8  foö  uns  sum  Sctcn  öctoegcn? 

©Dtteö  33efef)(  unb  ^er^eifeung,  trie  auä)  unfere 
unb  beä  S^äd^fteu  ?iotf). 

^j.  27,  8.  mtin  §er3  ^ält  bir  bor  bem  SBort :  S^r  foat  mein 
Stntli^  fud^en.    Sarum  fud^e  ic^  aud),  §©913^,  bein  SlntliU. 

2}Zatt^.  7,  7. 8.  Sittet,  f o  h)irb  eud>  gegeben ;  fuc^et,  f o  inerbel 
if)r  finben;  floipfet  an,  fo  iöirb  eud^  aufget£)an.  Senn  luer  ba 
bittet,  ber  em^fäl^et;  unb  H?er  ba  fud^et,  ber  finbet;  unb  iuer  ba 
anflo^ft,  bem  icirb  aufgett)an. 

if.  145, 18.  19.  ®er  ^^'31^  ift  na^e  alien,  bie  i^n  anrufen, 
aUzn,  bie  il^n  mit  ©rnft  anrufen,  ßr  tfjut,  li>a§  bie  ®otte§fürd}= 
tigen  begehren,  unb  l^öret  i^r  ©(freien  unb  f)ilft  itjnen. 

^f.  50, 15.  9iufe  mic^  an  in  ber  5f?otl^,  fo  WiU  id)  bic^  er^ 
retten,  fo  follft  bu  mic^  i^reifen. 

210,  Su  i^cm  foHcn  hjir  Beten? 

SlUein  gu  bem  raafiren  ©Dtt,  ^ater,  ©o^n  unb 
Seiligem  ©eift,  ha  x^m  allein  biefe  ©lire  gebül)rt, 
unb  ba  er  allein  (^ehet  erf)ören  !ann  unb  raiH. 

SWattl^.  4, 10.  2>u  foüft  anbeten  ©Dtt,  beinen  §errn,  unb 
i^m  allein  bienen. 

^f.  65,  3.  2)u  cr^öreft  ©ebet,  barum  fommt  alle§  f^teifc^ 
ju  bir. 

^ef.  63,  16.  S3ift  bu  boc^  unfer  SSater.  Senn  2lbraF)am  mi^ 
bon  un§  nid^t,  unb  ^frael  fennet  im§  nidt)t.  3)u  aber,  £)@9i3^, 
bift  unfer  SSater  unb  unfer  ©rlöfer;  bon  Sllterä  l^er  ift  ba§  bein 
^arm. 

211.  Um  was  ioHen  Jütr  Bitten? 

Um  alleö,  roas  ju  ©Dtteö  ß^re  unb  gu  unferm 
unb  beö  D^äd^ften  heften  bient,  feien  eö  geiftlid^c  ober 
leiblid^e  ©üter. 


—  Ill  — 

209.  What  should  induce  ns  to  pray? 

God's  command  and  promise,  as  well  as  our 
own  and  our  neighbor's  need. 

Ps.  21,  8.  When  Thou  saidst,  Seek  ye  my  face;  my 
heart  said  unto  Thee,  Thy  face,  Lord,  will  I  seek. 

Matt.  1 ,  7.  8.  Ask,  and  it  shall  be  given  you;  seek,  and 
ye  shall  find;  knock,  and  it  shall  be  opened  unto  you: 
for  every  one  that  asketh  receiveth;  and  he  that  seeketh 
findeth;  and  to  him  that  knocketh  it  shall  be  opened. 

Ps.  145,  18.  19.  The  Lord  is  nigh  unto  all  them  that 
call  upon  Him,  to  all  that  call  upon  "Him  in  truth.  He 
will  fulfill  the  desire  of  them  that  fear  Him:  He  also  will 
hear  their  cry,  and  will  save  them. 

Ps.  50,  15.  Call  upon  me  in  the  day  of  trouble:  I  will 
deliver  thee,  and  thou  shalt  glorify  me. 

210.  To  whom  should  we  pray  ? 

Only  to  the  true  God,  Father,  Son,  and  Holy 
Ghost,  since  to  Him  alone  such  honor  is  due, 
and  He  alone  is  able  and  willing  to  hear  our 
prayer. 

Matt.  4,  10.  Thou  shalt  worship  the  Lord  thy  God,  and 
Him  only  shalt  thou  serve. 

Ps.  65,  2.  0  Thou  that  hearest  prayer,  unto  Thee  shall 
all  flesh  come. 

Is.  63,  16.  Doubtless  Thou  art  our  Father,  though 
Abraham  be  ignorant  of  us,  and  Israel  acknowledge  us 
not:  Thou,  O  Lord,  art  our  Father,  our  Eedeemer;  Thy 
name  is  from  everlasting. 

211.  What  should  we  ask  of  God  in  our  prayers? 

Everything  that  tends  to  the  glory  of  God 
and  to  our  own  and  our  neio'hbor's  w^elfare, 
both  spiritual  and  temporal  blessings. 


ll2  SSom  ®cbet  im  2lUgemetnen. 

^^U.  4,  6.  ©orget  nid^tä;  fonbern  in  aUtn  fingen  lafjet 
cure  Sitte  im  ®ebet  unb  ^Wi^tn  mit  2)an!fagung  box  ©Dtt  funb 
irerben. 

Tlaxc.  11,  24.  2jtEe§,  tra§  i^r  bittet  in  eurem  &^M,  glaubet 
nur,  baf;  il^r§  em^jfal^en  h)erbet;  fo  n)irb§  eud;  n^erben. 

212.   Wit  tüeld^em  Unterfd^ieb  pollen  tuiv  Bitten? 

Urn  bie  geiftlic^en  ©üter,  bie  unö  giir  ©eligfeit 
nötl)ig  finb,  füllen  rair  o[)ne  '^ebinguntj  bitten;  nm 
bie  übrigen  ©liter  aber  mit  ber  33ebingnng,  bafe 
®Dtt  fie  nn§  geben  raoUe,  wenn  eö  gn  feiner  @E)re 
unb  gu  unferm  §eil  gereicht. 

Sue.  11,  13.  ©0  benn  i^r,  bie  i!^r  arg  feib,  !önnet  euren  ^in* 
bern  gute  &ahm  geben,  ioie  i)iel  mel^r  Jr>irb  ber  33ater  im  §immel 
ben  ^eiligen  ©eift  geben  benen,  bie  iijn  bitten? 

2uc.  22,  42.  SSater,  h)illft  bu,  jo  nimm  biefen  Md)  bon  mir; 
bocf)  nid)t  mein,  fonbern  bein  SBilte  gefc^e^e. 

yjlaii^.  8, 2.    §@rr,  fo  bu  n)iaft,  fannft  bu  mic^  hJof)t  reinigen. 

1  So^.  5,  14.  3)a§  ift  bie  ^reubig!eit,  bie  Wiv  l^aben  gu  il^m, 
ba^,  fo  n?ir  etioag  bitten  nact>  feinem  2Bi(Ien,  fo  l^öret  er  un§. 

213.   SBic  follcn  itiir  beten? 

3m  Dramen  3®fW/  ntit  fefter  3ut)erfi(^t. 

^0^.  16,  23.  2Bal^rIic^,  hja^rlid),  ic^  fage  eu(^,  fo  il^r  ben 
SSater  etirag  bitten  trerbet  in  meinem  9?amen,  fo  hjirb  er§  euc^ 
geben. 

Wlaitf}.  21,  22.  3iae§,  it)a§  tl^r  bittet  im  &^hzt,  fo  i^r  glau^ 
bet,  fo  irerbet  il^rS  em^fa^en. 

214.   gür  njen  foUen  luir  Beten? 

gür  um  felbft  unb  für  QÖe  anbern  SJ^enfd^en; 
md;t  aber  für  bie  ^erftorbenen. 

1  Xim.  2, 1.  So  ermahne  id;  nun,  ba^  man  öor  aU^n  ©iugen 
juerft  t^ue  Sitte,  ©ebet,  prbitte  unb  5)anffagung  für  alle  2)?enfc^en. 


—  112  — 

Phil.  4:,  6.  Be  careful  for  nothing;  but  in  every  thing 
by  prayer  and  supplication  with  thanksgiving  let  your 
requests  be  made  known  unto  God. 

Mark  11,  24.  What  things  soever  ye  desire,  when  ye 
pray,  believe  that  ye  receive  them,  and  ye  shall  have  them. 

212.  What  distinction  should  we  observe  in  our  prayers  ? 

Such  spiritual  blessings  as  are  necessary  for 
our  salvation  we  should  ask  without  condition ; 
all  other  gifts,  with  the  condition  that  God 
would  grant  them  to  us  if  they  tend  to  His 
glory  and  our  welfare. 

Luke  11,  13.  If  ye,  then,  being  evil,  know  how  to  give 
good  gifts  unto  your  children :  how  much  more  shall  your 
heavenly  Father  give  the  Holy  Spirit  to  them  that  ask 
Him  ? 

Luke  22,  42.  Father,  if  Thou  be  willing,  remove  this 
cup  from  me:  nevertheless  not  my  will,  but  Thine,  be 
done. 

Matt.  8,  2.  Lord,  if  Thou  wilt,  Thou  canst  make  me 
clean. 

1  John  5,  14.  This  is  the  confidence  that  we  have  in 
Him,  that,  if  we  ask  any  thing  according  to  His  will.  He 
heareth  us. 

213.  How  should  we  pray  ? 

In  Jesus'  name  and  with  firm  confidence. 

John  16,  23.  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you.  Whatsoever 
ye  shall  ask  the  Father  in  my  name.  He  will  give  it  you. 

Matt.  21,  22.  All  things,  whatsoever  ye  shall  ask  in 
prayer,  believing,  ye  shall  receive. 

214.  For  whom  should  we  pray  ? 

For  ourselves  and  for  all  other  men ;  but  not 

for  the  dead. 

1  Tim.  2,  1.  I  exhort  therefore,  that,  first  of  all,  sup- 
plications, prayers,  intercessions,  and  giving  of  thanks, 
be  made  for  all  men. 


^om  ®ebet  im  Mgetnemen,  US 

SRattf).  5, 44.    93ittet  für  bie,  fo  end)  beleibtgen  unb  berfotgen. 

@br.  9,  27.  (S§  i[t  ben  9[)?en)d;en  gefegt,  einmal  gu  fterben, 
barnadi  aber  ba§  ©crid^t. 

JB.  ®.  Sue.  18,  13.  3)er  Zöllner.  —  1 9??of.  18,  20—23. 
Ibra^am.  —  H^attl;.  15,  22—28.  3)a§  cananäifc^e  2ßeib.  — 
£uc.  23,  34.   (E^ri[tu§.  —  2r^oft.  7,  59.    ©te^f>anu§. 

215.   SBo  ioHcn  Jüir  Beten? 

2ln  aüeii  Drteii,  fonberlid)  im  Kämmerlein  unb 
im  öffentlichen  ©otteöbienft. 

1  %m.  2,  8.  ©0  iüill  irf)  nun,  ba^  bie  SJZänner  beten  an 
allen  Drten,  unb  aufgeben  ^eilige  §änbe,  oljne  3orn  unb  ^^^^if^^- 

SJfattf).  6,  6.  Sßenn  bu  beleft,  fo  gel^e  in  bein  Kämmerlein 
unb  fd^liefie  bie  ^^ür  ju  unb  bete  ^u  beinem  S8ater  im  33erborgenen ; 
unb  bein  33ater,  ber  in  ba§  SSerborgene  fiel^et,  irirb  bir§  Vergelten 
öffentlidi. 

^f.  26, 12.  S^  tritt  bic^  loben,  ^(i^%  in  ben  SSerfamm^ 
lungen. 

216.   SBann  ^oüen  it)ir  öeten? 

Qu  allen  3^^^^^^/  fonbertid;  in  ber  ^rübfaL 

1  3:^eff.  5,  17.    33etet  o^ne  Unterlaß. 

Sef.  26,  16.  ^(im%  iiienn  SCrübfal  ba  ift,  fo  fu^et  man 
bid^;  tt»enn  bu  fie  güditigeft,  fo  rufen  fie  ängftiglid^. 

©ie^e  9JZorgen=  unb  Slbenbfegen  unb  bie  Si^ifd^gebete  im  fleinen 
i?ated}i§mu§. 

217.  SSeIc5e§  ift  bas,  t)orneI)mytc  unter  aUzn  ®e6eten  nnb  bn§ 

TOufter  für  aüe  93eter? 

®aö  l)eilige  ^ater  Unfer  ober  baö  ©ebet  beä 
§@rrn. 

maii^.  6,  9—13.    Sue.  11,  1—4. 

218.  3ln  tucld^e  bret  ©tüde  ttJirb  bo§  aSater  Unfer  eingef^etlt? 

3n  bie  Slnrebe,  bie  fieben  33itten  unb  ben  ©d^lug. 


—  113  — 

Matt.  5,  44.  Pray  for  them  which  despitefully  use  you, 
and  persecute  you. 

Ilebr.  9;  27.  It  is  appointed  unto  men  once  to  die,  but 
after  this  the  judgment. 

B.  H.  Luke  18,  13.  The  publican.  — Gen.  18,  20—23. 
Abraham. — Matt.  15,  22 — 28.  The  Syrophenician  woman. 
—  Luke  23,  34.    Jesus. — Acts  7,  59.    Stephen. 

215.  Where  should  we  pray  ? 

Everywhere,  and  especially  in  the  closet  and 
in  public  worship. 

1  Tim.  2,  8.  I  will  therefore  that  men  pray  everywhere, 
lifting  up  holy  hands,  without  wratli  and  doubting. 

Matt.  6,  6.  Thou,  when  thou  prayest,  enter  into  thy 
closet,  and  when  thou  hast  shut  thy  door,  pray  to  thy 
Father  which  is  in  secret;  and  thy  Father  wiiich  seeth  in 
secret  shall  reward  thee  openly. 

Ps.  26,  12.    In  the  congregations  will  I  bless  the  Lord. 

216.  When  should  we  pray? 

At  all  times,  and  especially  in  times  of  trouble. 

1  Thess.  5,  17.    Pray  without  ceasing. 
Is.  26,  16.   Lord,  in  trouble  have  they  visited  Thee,  they 
poured  out  a  prayer  wiien  Thy  chastening  was  upon  them. 
See  Morning  and  Evening  Prayers  in  Small  Catechism. 

217.  Which  of  all  prayers  is  the  most  excellent,  the  model  prayer? 

The  Lord's  Prayer,  ^^  Our  Father  who  art  in 
heaven,^ ^  etc. 

Matt.  6,  9—13.    Luke  11,  1—4. 

218.  Into  what  parts  may  the  Lord's  Prayer  be  divided? 

The  Introduction,  the  Seven  Petitions,  and 
the  Conclusion. 


114  ^a§  SSater  Unfer. 


219.   SSie  lautet  bie  Slnrcbc? 

SSater  Unjer,  ber  bu  bift  im  ^imrneL 

220.   5lSa§  ift  ba^? 

©Dtt  Tüill  unö  bamit  locEen,  baß  mix 
glauben  follen,  er  fei  unfer  reciter  ^ater, 
unb  lüir  feine  redeten  Einher;  auf  bafe  tüir 
getroft  unb  mit  aller  Quvex^\<i)t  il)n  bitten 
follen,  raie  bie  lieben  ^inber  iljren  lieben 
$8ater. 

221.   SOSarum  laßt  fl*  olfo  ®Dtt  5ter  58a  t et  anxtbtn? 

©Dtt  TüiH  unö  mit  biefem  freunblid^en  Dramen 
SHutl)  mad;en,  baß  rair  oljue  gurd^t  unb  3"^^if^^ 
bitten. 

1  ^ot>.  3,  1.  ©efjet,  njetc^  eine  Siebe  ^at  un§  ber  33ater  er= 
geiget,  ba^  tnir  ©Dtte§  ^inber  foIIen  l^ei^en. 

dlöm.  8,  15.  3)enn  iljr  ijabt  nid£)t  einen  fned^tlid^en  ©cift 
empfangen,  ba^  if)r  cud}  abennal  fürd;ten  müßtet;  jonbern  i^r 
l^abt  einen  f inbüc^en  ©eift  em^^fangen,  burc^  tpeld^en  Wiv  rufen : 
2lbba,  lieber  SSater ! 

®^1^.  3, 14.  15.  2)er^alben  beuge  id>  meine  ^niee  gegen  ben 
SBater  unfer§  &©rrn  ^6fu  ©I;ri[ti,  ber  ber  red)te  S3ater  ift  über 
alleö,  n)a§  ha  Äinber  l^ei^t  im  Fimmel  unh  auf  ©rben. 

222.   5lBe§]öaI6  foIIen  loir  „SSotev  unfer"  fagen? 

SBeil  mir  ©laubigen  in  ßi^rifto  äße  .^inber  ©ineö 

$8aterö  finb  unb  beö^alb  für  unb  mit  einanber  beten 

follen. 

(g^^.  4,  6,  ©in  ©Dtt  unb  SSater  (unfer)  aHer,  ber  ba  ift 
über  eud^  aUe,  unb  burd^  eud^  atte,  unb  in  eud^  atten. 


—  114  — 
The  Introduction. 

219.  Which  is  the  Introduction? 

Our  Father  who  art  m  heaven. 

220,  What  does  this  mean? 

God  would  by  these  words  tenderly  invite  us 
to  believe  that  He  is  our  true  Father,  and  that 
we  are  His  true  children,  so  that  we  may  with 
all  boldness  and  confidence  ask  Him,  as  dear 
children  ask  their  dear  father. 

221.  Why  would  God  have  us  accost  Him  "Father"? 

God  would  by  this  winning  name  encourage 
us  to  pray  without  fear  or  doubt. 

1  John  3^  1.  Beliold^  what  maimer  of  love  the  Father 
hath  bestowed  upon  us^  that  we  should  be  called  the  sons 
of  God. 

Rom.  8,  15.  For  ye  have  not  received  the  spirit  of 
bondage  again  to  fear;  but  ye  have  received  the  Spirit 
of  adoption,  whereby  we  cry,  Abba,  Father. 

Eph.  3,  14.  15.  For  this  cause  I  bow  my  knees  unto 
the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  of  whom  the  whole 
family  in  heaven  and  earth  is  named. 

222.  Why  are  we  to  say,  ''Our  Father"? 

Because  all  believers  are  in  Christ  the  chil- 
dren of  one  Father,  and  should,  therefore,  pray 
for  and  with  each  other. 

Eph.  4,  6.    One  God  and  Father  of  all,  who  is  above  all, 
and  through  all,  and  in  you  all, 
15 


2)tc  er[tc  Sitte.  115 


223.   5D3c§t)aI6  fc^en  tvix  :^tnsu:  „2)er  bu  Bift  im  ^immcl"? 

Urn  urn  gu  erinnern,  ba§  biefer  ^ater  ber  §(Srr 
ift  über  aUeö  unb  überf($n)ängUd[)  tljun  !ann  über 
alleä,  waö  roir  bitten  unb  t)erftef)en.     ©p^.  3,  20. 

224.   Urn  it)a§  Bitten  tüir  in  ben  fieöen  93ittcn? 

3n  ben  erften  brei  urn  bie  geiftUd^en  ©üter;  in 
ber  vierten  um  bie  leiblichen;  in  hen  legten  brei  urn 
bie  Slbraenbung  beö  Uebelö. 

^ie  etfte  ^iite^ 

225,   aOBie  lautet  bii  crfte  Sitte? 

®et)eiliget  tüerbe  bein  Jtame. 

226.   SSa§  ift  ba^? 

©Dtteö  D^ame  ift  graar  an  i^m  felbft  ^ei  = 
lig,  aber  rair  bitten  in  biefem  ©ebet,  ba^ 
er  aud^  bei  unö  lieilig  werbe. 

227.   2ßie  gcfcJ^te^t  ba^? 

200  baö  SBort  ©Dtteö  (auter  unb  rein 
gelefiret  irirb,  unb  rair  aud^  ()eilig,  alö  bie 
^inber  ©Dtteö,  barnad^  leben.  ®aö  l)ilf 
unö,  lieber  ^ater  itn  §immel.  SBer  aber 
anberö  lel)ret  unb  lebet,  benn  ha^)  SBort 
©Dtteö  lel)ret,  ber  entl)eiliget  unter  unö 
ben  Dramen  ©Dtteö.  ©a  bel)üte  una  t)or, 
lieber  l)immlifd^er  Skater. 

228.   SBoäu  fon  un8  ©Ott  nadö  biefer  Sitte  l^clfcn? 

3u  reiner  Sel)re  unb  ^eiligem  Seben. 


—  115  — 

223.  Why  do  we  add,  "  Who  art  in  heaven"  "> 

To  remember  that  our  Father  is  Lord  over  all 
and  able  to  do  exceeding  abundantly  above  all 
that  we  ask  or  think.    Eph.  3,  20. 

224.  What  do  we  ask  in  the  seven  Petitions  ? 

In  the  first  three  Petitions  we  ask  for  spirit- 
ual blessings,  in  the  Fourth  Petition,  for  tem- 
poral gifts,  and  in  the  last  three  Petitions,  for 
the  averting  of  evil. 

The  First  Petition. 

225.  Which  is  the  First  Petition? 

Hallowed  be  Thy  name. 

226.  What  does  this  mean  ? 

God's  name  is  indeed  holy  in  itself;  but  we 
pray  in  this  petition  that  it  may  be  holy  among 
us  also. 

227.  How  is  this  done? 

When  the  Word  of  God  is  taught  in  its  truth 
and  purity,  and  we  as  the  children  of  God  also 
lead  a  holy  life  according  to  it.  This  grant  us, 
dear  Father  in  heaven.  But  he  that  teaches 
and  lives  otherwise  than  God's  Word  teaches, 
profanes  the  name  of  God  among  us.  From 
this  preserve  us.  Heavenly  Father. 

228.  What  do  we  ask  of  God  in  this  Petition? 

Pure  doctrine  and  holy  life. 


116  ^te  streite  Sitte. 


^o)^.  17,  17.  ^eilige  fte  in  beiner  2BaE>rE)eit ;  bein  Söort  ift 
bie  2ßa^rf)eit. 

9)iatt^.  6,  16.  Saffet  euer  Sid^t  leud^ten  bor  ben  Seilten,  baf; 
fie  eure  gute  SBerfe  fe^en  unb  euern  S3ater  im  §immel  greifen. 

229.   SBoöor  foil  er  un§  &e!^ütcn? 

33or  falfd)er  2d)xe  unb  gottlofem  Seben. 

§efe!.  22,  26.  ^I)re  ^riefter  Derfel^ren  mein  ©efe^  frebent- 
Iid>,  unb  entt)eiligen  mein  §eitigt^um. 

3töm.  2,  23.  24.  S)u  rü^meft  bic^  be§  ©efe^eg,  unb  fc^änbeft 
®Dtt  burdj  Uebertretung  be§  @e[e|e§.  Ximn  eurethalben  h?irb 
@Otte§  9lame  geläftert  unter  ben  Reiben. 

230.   ^niüiefern  Jtitrb  butiJ)  reine  2eöre  unb  !^ciltge§  2e6en 
®£)tte§  gjame  öei  un§  get)ciltgt? 

(S§  Tüirb  babiird^  ©Dtteä  D^ame  ni($t  erft  ()eilig 
gemadjt,  fonbern  bei  unö  unb  anbern  ^eilig  geE)alten, 
unb  fo  fein  dln^m  auf  ©rben  rerme^rt. 

231.   ^ie  lautet  bie  äWeite  93ttte? 

Sein  9iei(f)  fomme, 

232.   SBa§  ift  ba^? 

©Dtteö  9f?eirf)  fommt  too^I  ol^ne  unfer 
©ebet,  t)on  iljm  felbft;  aber  rair  bitten  in 
biefem  ©ebet,  ha^  eö  aud^  gu  unö  !omme. 

233.   3Bie  8efrf)ief)t  ba§? 

2Benn  ber  ^iinmlifd^e  ^ater  unö  feinen 
^eiligen  ©eift  gibt,  ha^  luir  feinem  ()ei  = 
ligen  Söort  burd^  feine  ©nabe  glauben, 
unb  ßöttlid^  leben,  l)ier  jeitlid)  unb  bort 
eraiglic^. 


—  116  — 

John  17;  17.  Sanctify  them  through  Thy  truth:  Thy 
Word  is  truth. 

Matt.  5,  16.  Let  your  light  so  shine  before  men,  that 
they  may  see  your  good  works,  and  glorify  your  Father 
wliich  is  in  heaven. 

229.  From  what  do  we  ask  Him  to  preserve  us  ? 

From  false  doctrine  and  ungodly  life. 

Ezek.  22,  26.  Her  priests  have  violated  my  Law,  and 
have  profaned  mine  holy  things. 

Rom.  2,  23.  24.  Thou  that  makest  thy  boast  of  the 
Law,  through  breaking  the  Law  dishonorest  thou  God. 
For  the  name  of  God  is  blasphemed  among  the  Gentiles 
through  you. 

230.  How  is  God's  name  hallowed  among  ns  by  pure  doctrine  and 

holy  life? 

God's  name  is  not  thereby  rendered  holy, 
but  held  sacred  among  us  and  others,  and  thus 
His  glory  is  magnified  on  earth. 

The  Second  Petition. 

231.  Which  is  the  Second  Petition? 

Thy  kingdom  come. 

232.  What  does  this  mean? 

The  kino^dom  of  God  comes  indeed  without 
our  prayer,  of  itself;  but  we  pray  in  this  peti- 
tion that  it  may  come  unto  us  also. 

233.  How  is  this  done  ? 

When  our  heavenly  Father  gives  us  His  Holy 
Spirit,  so  that  by  His  grace  we  believe  His  holy 
Word  and  lead  a  godly  life,  here  in  time,  and 
hereafter  in  eternity. 


2)ie  brittc  Sitte.  117 


234.   gselc5e§  8ieid^  tft  l^ier  gemeint? 

yi\ä)i  baö  Ma^txexd),  fonbern  baö  ©nabcii^  unb 

235.   Urn  njflS  Bitten  lt)ir  @Dtt  in  biefer  93itte? 

Sir  bitten,  ba§  er  au§  ©naben  unö  rechten  ©lau= 
ben  unb  gottfeligen  SBanbel  uerlei{)e;  fein  ©naben^ 
xexä)  auf  (Srben  ausbreite  unb  fein  ©Ijrenreid;  balb 
anbred^en  laffe. 

^ol^.  3,  5.  ®§  fei  benn,  ba^  jemanb  geboren  irerbe  au§  bem 
SBaffer  unb  ©eift,  fo  !ann  er  nic^t  in  ba§  9teic^  ®Dtte§  !ommen. 

2«att^.  9,  38.  Sittet  ben  ^errn  ber  (Ernte,  ba^  er  2lrbeiter 
in  feine  ®rnte  fenbe. 

Sue.  12,  32.  ^iird^te  bic^  nid^t,  bu  Heine  §eerbe;  benn  e§  ift 
eureg  SSaterS  Sßol^Igefallen,  eud^  ba§  Steic^  ju  geben. 

^te  hvitic  ^iiic* 

236.   SBic  lautet  bit  brittc  SBittc? 

Sein  SBille  gefd^e^e,  tüie  im  ^immel,  alfo 
auc^  auf  ©rben. 

237.    900 §  ift  ba§? 

©Dttes  guter  gnäbiger  2öiHe  gefd;ief)t 
n)o|t  oI)ne  unfer  ©ebet;  aber  wir  bitten 
in  biefem  ©ebet,  ba^  er  auc^  bei  unö  ge  = 
f(j^eE)e. 

238.  2Sie  gefcftiel^t  ba^? 

SBenn  ©Dtt  alien  böfen  diat^  unb  SBil^ 
len  brid^t  unb  ^inbert,  fo  una  ben  DIaiuen 
©Dtteö  nid^t  lieiligen  unb  fein  diex^  nid^t 
fommen  laffen  tüollen,  aU  ba  ift  be§  ^eu  = 


—  117  — 

234.  What  kingdom  is  here  understood? 

Not  the  kingdom  of  power,  but  the  kingdom 
of  grace  and  the  kingdom  of  glory. 

235.  What  do  we  ask  in  this  Petition  ? 

We  ask  that  God  would  graciously  grant  us 
true  faith  and  godly  life,  that  He  would  extend 
His  kino^dom  of  o^race  on  earth  and  hasten  the 
advent  of  His  kingdom  of  glory. 

John  3^  5.  Except  a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the 
Spirit^  he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God. 

Matt.  9^  38.  Pray  ye  therefore  the  Lord  of  the  harvest, 
that  He  will  send  forth  laborers  into  His  harvest. 

Luke  12, 32.  Fear  not,  little  flock;  for  it  is  your  Father's 
good  pleasure  to  give  you  the  kingdom. 

The  Third  Petition. 

236.  Which  is  the  Third  Petition? 

Thy  will  be  done  on  earth,  as  it  is  in 
heaven. 

237.  What  does  this  mean? 

The  crood  and  gracious  will  of  God  is  done 
indeed  without  our  prayer ;  but  we  pray  in  this 
petition  that  it  may  be  done  among  us  also. 

238.  How  is  this  done  ? 

When  God  breaks  and  hinders  every  evil 
counsel  and  will  which  would  not  let  us  hallow 
God's  name  nor  let  His  kingdom  come,  such  as 


118  2)ie  brüte  33itte. 


felö,  ber  Söelt  unb  unferö  gleifd^eö  SBille; 
fonbern  ftärfet  unb  behält  uuö  feft  in  fei  = 
nent  Söort  unb  ©tauben  bis  an  unfer  (Snbe. 
©aö  ift  fein  gnäbiger  unb  guter  Sßille. 

239.   SCBa§  ift  (35Dtte§  guter  gnäbiget  SSillc? 

SlUeö,  raaö  er  na(^  feiner  SSer^ei^ung  an  unö 
tt)un  will;  aber  am^  aQeä,  raaö  wir  na($  feinem 
2öo()lgef allen  tf)un,  laffen  ober  leiben  foüen. 

240.  SBeld^cr  fiöfcSJotl^  unb  ?BtIIe  ift  biefcm  SßJillcn  ®Dttc§  entgegen? 

®eö  Teufels,  ber  Söelt  unb  unferö  gieifd^e§  SBiße. 

1  ^etr.  5, 8.  S)er  Teufel  geltet  uml^er  h)te  ein  brüHenber  2öh)e, 
unb  fud^et,  ineld^en  er  berfd^Iinge. 

1  ^0^.  2,  15—17,  §abt  nic^t  lieb  bie  2öelt,  nod^  trag  in  ber 
Sßelt  ift.  ©0  jemanb  bie  2ßelt  lieb  Ijat,  in  bem  ift  nic^t  bie  Siebe 
be§  3?ater§.  2)enn  alle§,  tt)a§  in  ber  Söelt  ift  (nämlic^  be§  ^leifc^eS 
Suft,  unb  ber  Slugen  Suft,  unb  ^offärtige§  Seben),  ift  nid^t  bom 
SSater,  fonbern  öon  ber  SBelt.  Unb  bie  Sßelt  bergel^et  mit  i^rer 
Suft;  hjer  aber  ben  Seilten  ©Dtteä  tl^ut,  ber  bleibet  in  (Sirigfeit. 

241.  SBo3  Bitten  hJir  l^ier  öon  ®Dtt? 

^aö  er  biefen  böfen  9?atl)  unb  2BilIen  bred^e  unb 
l^inbere,  um  aber  ftärfe  unb  feft  bel)alte  in  feinem 
Sßort  unb  ©lauben,  ha^  mir  mie  bie  ©ngel  im  §im= 
mel  gern  feinen  Söillen  tl)un  unb  in  allem  Seiben 
gebulbig  feien  bis  an  unfer  ©nbe. 

3\'öm.  16, 20.    S)er  ®Dtt  be§  j^i^ebenä  jertrete  ben  ©atan  unter  eure  f^ü^e. 

1  ^etr.  1,  5.  3^r  irerbet  au§  ©Dtte§  Ma^t  burd^  ben  ®lau= 
ben  beiüal^ret  jur  ©eligJeit. 

^l>il.  1,  6.  2)er  in  euc^  angefangen  l^at  ba§  gute  SBerf,  ber 
tpirbg  aud^  t)oEfül^ren  bi§  an  ben  Xag  3®fu  ß^rifti. 


—  118  — 

the  will  of  the  devil,  the  world,  and  our  flesh; 
but  strengthens  and  preserves  us  steadfast  in 
His  Word  and  faith  unto  our  end.  This  is  His 
gracious  and  good  will. 

239.  What  is  the  good  and  gracious  will  of  God  ? 

All  that  He  would  do  by  us  according  to  His 
promise,  and  all  that  Ave  are  to  do,  forbear,  or 
suffer  according  to  His  good  pleasure. 

240.  What  evil  counsel  and  will  is  opposed  to  this  will  of  God? 

The  will  of  the  devil,  the  world,  and  our  flesh. 

1  Pet.  5,  8.  The  devil,  as  a  roaring  lion,  walketh  about, 
seeking  whom  he  may  devour. 

1  Jolin  2, 15 — 17.  Love  not  the  world,  neither  the  things 
that  are  in  the  world.  If  any  man  love  the  world,  the  love 
of  the  Father  is  not  in  him.  For  all  that  is  in  the  world, 
the  lust  of  the  flesh,  and  the  lust  of  the  eyes,  and  the  pride 
of  life,  is  not  of  the  Father,  but  is  of  the  world.  And  the 
world  passeth  away,  and  the  lust  thereof:  but  he  that 
doeth  the  will  of  God  abideth  for  ever. 

241.  What,  then,  do  we  here  ask  of  God? 

That  He  would  break  and  hinder  such  evil 
counsel  and  will,  and  strengthen  and  preserve 
us  steadfast  in  His  Word  and  faith,  so  that  we, 
even  as  the  angels  in  heaven,  may  gladly  do 
His  will,  and  in  all  sufferings  remain  faithful 
unto  our  end. 

Rom.  16,  20.  The  God  of  peace  shall  bruise  Satan  under  your 
feet  shortly. 

1  Pet.  1,  5.  You  are  kept  by  the  power  of  God  through 
faith  unto  salvation. 

Phil.  1,  G.  He  which  hath  begun  a  good  work  in  you 
will  perform  it  until  the  day  of  Jesus  Christ. 


2)tc  bicrtc  Sitte.  119 


^te  titerte  ^itte^ 

242.    3Bie  lautet  bie  öierte  58itte? 

Unfer  taglidj  Srob  gib  un^  ^eute. 

243.   SBaS  ift  ba§'? 

©Dtt  gibt  täglid)  33rob,  au($  raoljl  o^nc 
unfere  33itte,  alien  bojeii  a)Jenfd^eu;  aber 
rair  bitten  in  biefem  (^ebei,  bafe  erö  una 
erfennen  laffe,  unb  mit  ©anffagung  em  = 
pfa^en  unfer  täglid;  ^rob. 

244.   g58a§  iietfet  benn  ba§  täglid^e  99rob? 

5llleö,  raaö  jur  2eibeä  =  5ial)rung  unb 
D^otljburft  geprt,  aU  ©jfen,  STrinfen, 
Kleiber,  6d)ul),  §auö,  ^of,  2lcfer,  3Siel), 
©elb,  @ut,  fromm  ©emal)l,  fromme  ^in  = 
ber,  fromm  ©efinbe,  fromme  unb  getreue 
Dberljerren,  gut  ^{egiment,  gut  ^Better, 
griebe,  @efunbl)eit,  3ii<$t,  @^re,  gute 
greunbe,  getreue  9Zad)barn,  unb  beö  = 
gleid)en. 

245.  SOäcSl^alB  Bitten  wit  S'^rtftcn  urn  ba^  täglid^e  Srob,  bo  ®Dtt  e§ 
ia  audi  aßen  6öfcn  SJlenfc^en  gibt,  bic  ni(f)t  barum  bitten? 

®afe  ©Dtt  eö  unö  al§  feine  &ahe  erfenncn  laffe, 
bamit  mir  eä  mit  ®an!fagung  empfangen. 

Tlaii^.  5,  45.  ®r  lä^t  feine  (Sonne  aufgeben  über  bie  S3öfen 
unb  über  bie  @uten,  unb  läffet  regnen  über  ©erec^te  unb  Ungered^te. 

^j.  145,  15. 16.  2lIIer  2lugen  irarten  auf  bic^ ;  unb  bu  gibft 
i^nen  il)re  ©peife  ju  feiner  3^tt.  3)u  t^uft  beine  §anb  auf,  unb 
erfülleft  aücö,  \va§>  ba  lebet,  mit  SBo^Igefaüen. 

33.0,    2uc«5, 1-7.    ^etri  gifc^äug» 


—  119  — 
The  Fourth  Petition. 

242,  Which  is  the  Fourth  Petition? 

Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread. 

243.  What  does  this  mean  ? 

God  gives  daily  ])read  indeed  Avithout  our 
prayer,  also  to  all  the  wicked  ;  but  we  pray  in 
this  petition  that  He  would  lead  us  to  know  it, 
and  to  receive  our  daily  bread  wdth  thanks- 
giving. 

244.  What,  then,  is  meant  by  "daily  bread"? 

Everything  that  belongs  to  the  support  and 
wants  of  the  bod}^  such  as  food,  drink,  cloth- 
ing, shoes,  house,  home,  field,  cattle,  money, 
goods,  a  pious  spouse,  pious  children,  pious 
servants,  pious  and  faithful  rulers,  good  govern- 
ment, good  Aveather,  peace,  health,  discipline, 
honor,  good  friends,  faithful  neighbors,  and 
the  like. 

245.  Why  do  we  Christians  ask  for  daily  bread,  though  God  gives  it 
eA'en  to  all  the  wicked  who  do  not  ask  it  in  prayer  ? 

In  order  that  God  would  lead  us  to  know  it  as 
His  gift,  so  that  we  may  receive  it  with  thanks- 

Matt.  5,  45.  He  maketli  His  sun  to  rise  on  the  evil 
and  on  the  good,  and  sendeth  rain  on  the  just  and  on  the 
unjust. 

Ps.  145,  15.  16.  The  eyes  of  all  wait  upon  Thee;  and 
Thou  givest  them  their  meat  in  due  season.  Thou  openest 
Thine  hand  and  satisfiest  the  desire  of  every  living  thing. 

B.  H.    Luke  5,  1 — 7.    Peter's  draught  of  fishes. 


120  ^ie  bterte  Sitte. 


246.   SBeStialö  Fieifet  e§  unfer  aSrob? 

3Bei(  iDtr  fein  33rob  begef)reii  fodcn,  "t^a^  una 
redjter  2Beife  nid^t  gufommt;  unb  weit  wir  für  unfern 
9Jäd)ften  mitbeten  unb  i^m  mittl;eilen  foUen. 

2  ^^eff.  3, 10 — 12.  ©0  jemanb  n'xdjt  WiU  arbeiten,  ber  foü  an<i} 
nid^t  efjen.  2)enn  rt)ir  t)ören,  ba^  etlid)e  unter  eucf»  iüanbeln  un- 
orbentürf),  unb  arbeiten  nid}t§,  jonbern  treiben  33orir»il^.  ©oId;en 
aber  gebieten  W'iv,  unb  ermafjnen  fie,  burd;  unfern  ^©rrn  3@fum 
ßl^rift,  ba^  fie  mit  ftillem  2ße[en  arbeiten  unb  i^x  eigen  33rob  ef jen. 

3ef.  58,  7.    33rid^  bem  hungrigen  bein  33rob. 

247.   S£Bc§I)aI&  ficifet  e§  täglicJ)  unb  t)cute? 

SBeil  e§  genug  ift,  baj^  wir  jeben  ^ag  baö  S^ötljige 
l^aben,  unb  weil  eö  tljoridjt  unb  (jeibnifd;  ift,  unö 
wegen  ber  3ii^intft  mit  ©orgen  ^u  quälen. 

©^r.  30,  7 — 9.  3n?eierlei  bitte  id;  'oon  bir,  bie  tr>oIIeft  bu 
mir  nid>t  iveigern,  et)C  benn  id>  fterbe:  3lbgi3tterei  unb  Sügen  la^ 
ferne  öon  mir  fein;  3(rmutl;  unb  9{eid)tt)um  gib  mir  nid)t;  laf; 
mid>  aber  mein  befd^eiben  ^f)ei(  ©^eife  baijin  nehmen,  ^d»  möd;te 
fonft,  it)0  id;  gu  fatt  trürbe,  öerleugnen  unb  fagen:  2ßer  ift  ber 
§(S9i5i?  ober  \v>o  id;  gu  arm  lüürbe,  möd^t  id;  fte^Ien,  unb  mic^  an 
bem  ^^amen  meinet  ©Dtteö  bergreifen. 

1  ^im.  6,  8.  SBenn  trir  9Zal^rung  unb  Kleiber  l^aben,  fo  laffet 
un§  begnügen. 

9J?att^.  6, 33. 34.  Xrac^tet  am  erften  nad>  bem  3ieic^  &Dtk^ 
unb  nac^  feiner  ©ered;tig!eit;  fo  Jüirb  eud>  foIc^e§  alle§  zufallen. 
2)arum  forget  nid;t  für  hm  anbern  SRorgen ;  benn  ber  morgenbe 
Xag  Joirb  für  ba§  ©eine  forgen.  @§  ift  genug,  ba^  ein  ieglid;er 
^ag  feine  eigene  ^lage  l^abe. 

^f.  127,  2.  @§  ift  umfonft,  ba^  i^r  frü^e  aufftel^et,  unb  l^er= 
nad^  lange  fi^et,  unb  effet  euer  33rob  mit  ©orgen;  benn  feinen 
^reunben  gibt  er§  fd^Iafenb. 

».  ®.  £uc.  12, 16—31.  2)er  3Äann,  be^  gelb  too^I  gc-- 
tragen  l^atte« 


—  120  — 

246.  Why  do  we  say  "our  bread"  ? 

Because  we  should  not  be  desirous  of  bread 
which  would  not  honestly  be  coming  to  us,  and 
because  we  should  also  pray  for  our  neighbor 
and  communicate  unto  him. 

2  Thess.  S,  10 — 12.  If  any  would  not  work,  neither 
should  he  eat.  For  we  hear  that  there  are  some  which 
walk  among  you  disorderly,  working  not  at  all,  but  are 
busybodies.  Now  them  that  are  such  we  command  and 
exhort  by  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that  with  quietness  they 
work,  and  eat  their  own  bread. 

Is.  58,  7.    Deal  thy  bread  to  the  hungry. 

247.  Why  do  we  say  "daily"  and  "to-day"? 

Because  to  have  what  we  need  each  day 
should  be  sufficient  unto  us,  and  because  it  is 
foolish  and  heathenish  to  torture  ourselves  with 
care  for  the  future. 

Prov.  30,  7 — 9.  Two  things  have  I  required  of  Thee; 
deny  me  them  not  before  I  die:  Remove  far  from  me 
vanity  and  lies ;  give  me  neither  poverty  nor  riches ;  feed 
me  with  food  convenient  for  me :  lest  I  be  full,  and  deny 
Thee,  and  say.  Who  is  the  Lord?  or  lest  I  be  poor,  and 
steal,  and  take  the  name  of  my  God  in  vain. 

1  Tim.  G,  8.  Having  food  and  raiment  let  us  be  there- 
with content. 

Matt.  6,  33.  34.  Seek  ye  first  the  kingdom  of  God,  and 
His  righteousness;  and  all  these  things  shall  be  added 
unto  you.  Take  therefore  no  tliought  for  the  morrow: 
for  the  morrow  shall  take  thought  for  the  things  of  itself. 
Sufficient  unto  the  day  is  the  evil  thereof. 

Ps.  127,  2.  It  is  vain  for  you  to  rise  up  early,  to  sit  up 
late,  to  eat  the  bread  of  sorrows:  for  so  He  giveth  His 
beloved  sleep. 

B.  H.  Luke  12,  15 — 21.  Tlie  man  whose  ground  had 
brought  forth  plentifully. 


2)te  fünfte  S3tttc.  121 


Xic  fünfte  ?3iiic. 

248.   2ßtc  lautet  bie  fünfte  öttte? 

Unb  vergib  un§  unfere  ©c^ulb,  ate  tvix  t)er= 
geben  unjern  @rf)utbigern» 

249.    SBn§  ift  ba§,? 

3Btr  bitten  in  biefem  ©ebet,  ba§  ber 
^ater  im  Fimmel  nid^t  anfe{)en  iDoUe  nn  = 
f c r e  ©  ii  n  b  e n ,  n n b  n nt  b e r f e I b i g e n  u) i II e n 
fol($e  33itte  nid)t  t) erjagen;  benn  ruir  finb 
ber  feineö  raertl),  baö  rair  bitten,  I;abenö 
anä)  nid)t  üerbienet;  fonbern  er  wolle  eö 
n  n  ö  a  1 1 e  ö  a n  §  ©  n a  b  e n  geben;  benn  rair 
t  ä  g  l  i  d^  ü  i  e  l  f  ü  n  b  i  g  e  n  ,  n  n  b  n)  o  l)  l  eitel 
©träfe  üerbienen.  ©o  wollen  loir  graar 
it) i e b e r n nx  and;  l)  e r § l i d;  o e r  g e b e n  ,  n n b 
gerne  ra  o  Ij  1 1  Ij  n n  b e n e n ,  bie  fid;  an  n n ä 
üerfünbigen. 

250.   Um  tt)a§  bitten  init  in  biefer  33{tte? 

^a^  ber  ^ater  im  Fimmel  unfere  ©nnben  nid^t 
anfel;en  ober  5nred)nen,  fonbern  fie  unö  auö  ©naben 
um  ©b^^fti  loillen  vergeben  molle. 

Sue.  15,  21.  SSater,  id;  {)abe  gefünbiget  tu  ben  ^immel  unb 
t)or  bir ;  nnb  bin  fort  nid;t  me^r  n^ertf),  ba^  ic^  bein  6oi)n  ^ei^e. 

251.   Sßcld^e  Befonberc  Urfadfic  r)oßen  tvix,  fo  3u  Bitten? 

2Bir  finb  ber  feines  mertb,  baö  mir  bitten,  b^benö 
and;  nid;t  oerbienet,  benn  mir  täglich  oiel  fünbigen, 
nnb  mol;l  eitel  ©träfe  oerbienen. 

^f.  19,  13.  2Ber  fann  werfen,  n)ie  oft  er  fehlet?  SSerjei^e 
mir  bie  verborgenen  j^el^Ie! 


—  121  — 
The  Fifth  Petition. 

248.  Which  is  the  Fifth  Tetition? 

And  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we 
forgive  those  who  trespass  agamst  us. 

249.  What  does  this  mean  ? 

We  pray  in  this  petition  that  our  Fatlier  in 
heaven  would  not  look  upon  our  sins,  nor  on 
their  account  deny  our  prayer ;  for  we  are 
worthy  of  none  of  the  things  for  which  we  pray, 
neither  have  we  deserved  them  ;  but  that  He 
would  grant  them  all  to  us  by  grace  ;  for  we 
daily  sin  much  and  indeed  deserve  nothing  but 
punishment :  so  will  we  also  heartily  forgive  and 
readily  do  good  to  those  who  sin  against  us. 

250.  What  do  we  ask  in  this  Petition? 

That  the  Father  in  heaven  would  not  look 

upon  our  sins,  nor  impute  them  unto  us,  but 

graciously,  for  Christ's  sake,  forgive  them. 

Luke  15,  21.  Father,  I  have  sinned  against  heaven,  and 
in  thy  sight,  and  am  no  more  worthy  to  be  called  thy  son. 

251.  What  special  cause  have  we  for  praying  thus? 

We  are  worthy  of  none  of  the  things  for 
which  we  pray,  neither  have  we  deserved  them  ; 
for  we  daily  sin  much  and  indeed  deserve  noth- 
ing but  punishment. 

Ps.  19,  12.  Who  can  understand  his  errors?  Cleanse 
Thou  me  from  secret  faults. 


122  2)te  fed^§te  Sitte. 


252.   ?Sa§  geloBen  wir,  äum  SottJ  fur  bie  empfangene  aSergeBung? 

2Bir  tüoHen  fürraa^r  raieberum  unfern  33eIeiDigern 

aud^  Dergeben,  unb  gerne  rao!)lt!)un  benen,  bie  fi($ 

an  un§)  rerfünbigen. 

3J?attl>.  5,  23.  24.  SBenn  bu  beine  ©abe  auf  ben  mtav  o^ferft 
unb  h?tr[t  attba  einbenfen,  baf;  bein  Sruber  ettüa§  n^iber  bid>  ^abe ; 
fo  la^  aUba  öor  bem  2tltar  beine  ©abe  unb  ge^e  juöor  l^in,  unb 
berfol^ne  bici^  mit  beinern  33ruber;  unb  algbann  fomm  unb  opfere 
beine  &aU. 

253.  Äann  ein  SJienfd^,  ber  feinem  SJäd^ften  nidöt  öergeben  »in. 
Bei  ©Ott  9SergeBung  l^oBen? 

D^immerme^r!  fonbern  er  ruft  mit  ber  fünften 
33itte  ©Dtteö  gorn  auf  fid^  ^erab. 

ajiarc.  11,  25.  26.  SBenn  il^r  ftel^et  unb  betet,  fo  hergebet,  h?o 
il^r  etivaS  n^iber  jemanb  l^abt,  auf  ba^  and)  euer  SSater  im  Fimmel 
eud^  hergebe  eure  ^^ei^Ie.  2ßenn  if^r  aber  nid^t  vergeben  hjerbet,  fo 
trirb  aucti  euer  SSater,  ber  im  §immel  ift,  eure  ^^efjle  nid^t  hergeben. 

5IRatt^.  5,  25.  26.  ©ei  tx»iHfertig  beinem  äßiberfac^er  balb, 
bietüeil  bu  nod^  bei  ifjm  auf  bem  2ßege  bift,  auf  ba^  bid^  ber  9Biber= 
fad^er  nid^t  bermalein^3  überantirorte  bem  9iid^ter,  unb  ber  Stid^ter 
überantlrorte  bid^  bem  2)iener,  unb  irerbeft  in  ben  i^er!er  gen)orfen. 
^d^  fage  bir:  SBa^rlid^,  bu  lüirft  nid^t  öon  bannen  l^erauö  !ommen, 
bi§  bu  aud^  ben  legten  fetter  beja^left. 

«B.  ®.    2«att^.  18,  23—35.    2)er  ©c^alMnec^t. 

254.   SBie  lautet  bie  fec^gte  Sitte? 

Unb  fü^re  mx§  nidjt  in  SSerfnc^nng. 

255.   Sa3a§  ift  ba§? 

@Dtt  üerfud^t  jraar  niemanb;  aber  wir 
bitten  in  biefem  ©ebet,   bag  unö  @Dtt 


—  122  — 

252.  What  do  we  promise  in  gi'ateful  acknowledgment  of  the  for- 
giveness received? 

We  will  also  heartily  forgive  those  who  of- 
fend us,  and  readily  do  good  to  those  who  sin 
against  us. 

Matt.  5,  23.  24.  Therefore  if  thou  bring  thy  gift  to  the 
altar,  and  tliere  rememberest  that  tliy  brother  liath  aught 
against  thee ;  leave  there  thy  gift  before  the  altar,  and  go 
thy  way ;  first  be  reconciled  to  thy  brother,  and  then  come 
and  offer  thy  gift. 

253.  Can  any  one  who  will  not  forgive  his  neighbor  obtain  forgive- 
ness of  God? 

Never ;  he  will  rather  by  saying  the  Fifth  Pe- 
tition invoke  upon  himself  the  wrath  of  God. 

Mark  11,  25.  2fi.  When  ye  stand  praying,  forgive,  if  ye 
have  aught  against  any:  that  your  Father  also  which  is 
in  heaven  may  forgive  you  your  trespasses.  But  if  ye  do 
not  forgive,  neither  will  your  Father  which  is  in  heaven 
forgive  your  trespasses. 

Matt.  5,  25.  26.  Agree  with  thine  adversary  quickly, 
whiles  thou  art  in  the  w^ay  with  him;  lest  at  any  time  the 
adversary  deliver  thee  to  the  judge,  and  the  judge  deliver 
thee  to  the  officer,  and  thou  be  cast  into  prison.  Verily 
I  say  unto  thee,  Thou  shalt  by  no  means  come  out  thence, 
till  thou  hast  paid  the  uttermost  farthing. 

B.  H.    Matt.  18,  23—35.    The  wicked  servant. 

The  Sixth  Petition. 

254.  Which  is  the  Sixth  Petition? 

And  lead  ns  not  into  temptation. 

255.  What  does  this  mean? 

God  indeed  tempts  no  one  ;  but  we  pray  in 
this  petition  that  God  would  guard  and  keep 
16 


2)tc  fed^Ste  Sitte.  123 


tüolle  be!)üten  unb  er!)alten,  auf  ba§  uns 
ber  3:;eufel,  bie  2Be(t,  unb  unfer  gleifi^ 
nidjt  betrüge,  no($  t)erfüf)re  in  9J^i§g(au  = 
ben,  ^ergtüeiflung  unb  anbete  gro^e 
©d^anbe  unb  Sa  ft  er,  unb  ob  wir  bamtt 
angefochten  raürben,  ha^  wir  boi^  enblid^ 
gewinnen,  unb  ben  ©ieg  behalten. 

256.   3Btc  bieletlei  SScrfud^ung  gißt  e§? 

3tt)eierlei:  3Serfuc^ung  gum  ©uten  unb  3Ser= 
fu(f)ung  gum  33öfen. 

257.   SBorin  Befielt  bic  aSctfud^ung  gum  Outen? 

>Darin,  ba§  ©Dtt  bie  ©einen  gur  Läuterung  unb 
©tärfung  i^reö  ©laubenö  auf  bie  ^robe  fteHt. 

3o^.  6,  5.  6.  Sejuö  fprid^t  ju  g5^i[i^^)0 :  2Bo  laufen  toir  Sörob,  baß  biefe 
effen?  (35a§  fagte  er  aber,  il^n  ju  berfud^en;  benn  er  loufete  tool^l,  toa^  er  tfjun 
tooUte.) 

«B.  ®.  1  ajiof.  22, 1—19.  2tbra^am.  —  2«arc.  7,  25—30. 
2)a^  cananäijd^e  Sßeib. 

258.   SBorin  Befielet  bie  SSctfud^ung  jum  SBöjen? 

®arin,  bag  ber  Teufel,  bie  2Belt  unb  unfer  gteifd^ 
unö  betrügen  unb  t)erfü!)ren  in  3JJiBglauben,  33er- 
graeiftung  unb  anbere  groge  (Beraube  unb  Safter. 

Sac.  1,  13. 14.  3^iemanb  fage,  ivenn  er  t)erfuc^et  h)irb,  ba^ 
er  öon  ®Dtt  öerfuc^t  irerbe.  2)enn  @Dtt  ift  ni(^t  ein  SSerfuc^er 
jum  Söfen;  er  i)erfuc^et  niemanb.  ©onbern  ein  ieglid^er  it)irb  Der= 
fud^t,  iüenn  er  t)on  feiner  eigenen  Suft  gereijet  unb  gelotfet  lüirb. 

1  ^etr.  5,  8. 9.  ©eib  nü(i)tern  nnb  trac^et ;  benn  euer  2ßiber- 
fad^er,  ber  Teufel,  geE)et  umf>er  nne  ein  brüHenber  SöiDe,  unb  jucket, 
irel^en  er  öerfd|Iinge.    ®em  iüiber[tel)et  fefte  im  ©tauben. 

Tlatt^.  18,  6. 7.  2ßer  aber  ärgert  biefer  ©eringften  einen,  bie 
an  tnid;  glauben,  bem  iuäre  beffer,  ba^  ein  aJ^ü^Iftein  an  feinen 


—  123  — 

us,  so  that  the  devil,  the  world,  and  our  flesh, 
may  not  deceive  us,  nor  seduce  us  into  mis- 
belief, despair,  and  other  great  shame  and  vice ; 
and  though  we  be  assailed  by  them,  that  still  we 
may  finally  overcome,  and  obtain  the  victory. 

256.  How  many  kinds  of  temptations  are  there  ? 

Two  kinds,  temptation  for  good,  and  temp- 
tation for  evil. 

257.  Wherein  does  temptation  for  good  consist? 

In  this,  that  God  tries  His  children  in  order 
to  purify  and  strengthen  their  faith. 

John  6, 5. 6.  Jesns  saith  unto  Philip,  Whence  shall  we  bny  bread 
that  these  may  eat?  And  this  He  said  to  prove  him:  for  He  Him- 
self knew  what  He  would  do. 

B.H.  GeD.22, 1— 19.  Abraham.  — Mark  7, 25— 30.  The 

Syrophenician  woman. 

258.  Wherein  does  temptation  for  evil  consist? 

In  this,  that  the  devil,  the  world,  and  our 
flesh,  would  deceive  or  seduce  us  into  misbelief, 
despair,  and  other  great  shame  and  vice. 

James  1^  13.  14.  Let  no  man  say  when  he  is  tempted, 
I  am  tempted  of  God :  for  God  cannot  be  tempted  with  evil, 
neither  tempteth  He  any  man :  but  every  man  is  tempted, 
when  he  is  drawn  away  of  his  own  lust,  and  enticed. 

1  Pet.  5,  8.  9.  Be  sober,  be  vigilant;  because  your  ad- 
versary tlie  devil,  as  a  roaring  lion,  walketh  about,  seeking 
whom  he  may  devour:  whom  resist  steadfast  in  the  faith. 

Matt.  18,  6.  7.  Whoso  shall  offend  one  of  these  little 
ones  which  believe  in  me,  it  were  better  for  him  that  a 


124  ^ie  ftebente  $8itte. 


S^alö  gel^änget,  unb  er  erfäuft  n?ürbe  im  9)?eer,  ba  e§  am  tietfteji  ift. 
SCBe^e  ber  2ßelt  ber  Slergerni^  fjalbcn.  ©§  mu^  ja  9lergenü^  torn- 
men;  boc6  ipelje  bem  9)ienfd^en,  bitrc^  it)elcf)en  2(ergerni^  !ommt, 

©pr.  1,  10.  Tldn  Äinb,  irenn  birfj  bie  böfen  33uben  locfen, 
fo  folge  nic^t. 

SB.  0.  1  aJiof.  3,  1—6.  ®te  33erfuc^ung  im  ^arabiefe.  — 
mattl).  4,  1—11.  ®ie  33er[uc^ung  (S^rifti.  —  3ot).  13,  2.  3)er 
^Teufel.  —  1  Tlo\.  4,  13.  unb  SRattE).  27,  4.  5.  Äain§  unb  ^ubaö 
SSer^lDeiflung.  —  Sue.  22,  54.  55.  ^etru§  unter  tm  Aneckten  beä 
iQo^en^riefterä. 

259.   Um  tt)o§  Bitten  ttJtr  nun? 

®a§  um  ©Dtt  bet)üte,  bamit  bie  ^erfiK^ung 
ni($t  an  imö  fomme,  unb  wenn  er  fie  fommen  laffeu 
tüiH,  ba§  er  unö  ftärfe  unb  er()alte,  bamit  rair  bod^ 
enblic^  gerainnen  unb  ben  (Sieg  bef)alten. 

1  (Eor.  10, 13.  @Dtt  i[t  getreu,  ber  ^udj  md)t  läffet  öerfuc^en 
über  euer  ^ßermögen,  fonbern  macf^et,  ba^  bie  3Serfud^ung  jo  ein 
®nbe  geiüinne,  ba^  if)r§  !önnet  ertragen. 

6^^.  6,  13.  (Ergreifet  ben  §arnifct)  ©Dtteg,  auf  ba^  il^r  an 
bem  büfen  ^age  Sßiberftanb  t^un,  unh  aüeö  iüo^l  ausrichten,  unb 
baS  ^etb  behalten  möget. 

^ie  fielb  ente  ^iitc. 

260.   5DBie  tautet  bie  rteöentc  93itte? 

©onbern  erlöfe  un§  t)oii  bem  UebeL 

261.   Sßa§  ift  ba§? 

2öir  bitten  in  biefem  ©ebet,  aU  in  ber 
(Summa,  baft  unö  ber  ^ater  im  §immel 
üon  allerlei  Uebel  Seibeö  unb  ber  (Seele, 
©uteö  unb  (Sl)re  erlöfe,  unh  ^ule^t,  raenn 


—  124  — 

iTiill-stone  were  hanged  about  his  neck,  and  that  he  were 
drowned  in  the  depth  of  the  sea.  Woe  unto  the  world 
because  of  offenses  I  for  it  must  needs  be  that  offenses 
come ;  but  woe  to  tliat  man  by  whom  the  offense  cometh! 

Prov.  1;  10.  My  son,  if  sinners  entice  thee,  consent 
thou  not. 

IJ.  H.  Gen.  3,  1 — 6.  The  temptation  in  Paradise.  — 
John  13,  2.  Thedevil.— Gen.4, 13.  andMatt.27,  4.  5.  Cain 
and  Judas  despairing.  —  Lulie  22,  54.  55.  Peter  in  the  high 
priest's  house. 

259.  What,  then,  do  we  ask  in  this  Petition? 

That  God  would  guard  us,  so  that  temptation 
may  not  come  upon  us,  or,  if  He  permit  it  to 
come,  that  He  would  strengthen  and  preserve 
us,  so  that  we  may  finally  overcome,  and  obtain 
the  victory. 

1  Cor.  10,  13.  God  is  faithful,  who  will  not  suffer  you 
to  be  tempted  above  that  ye  are  able;  but  will  with  the 
temptation  also  make  a  way  to  escape,  that  ye  may  be 
able  to  bear  it. 

Eph.  6,  13.  Take  unto  you  the  whole  armor  of  God, 
that  ye  may  be  able  to  withstand  in  the  evil  day,  and 
having  done  all,  to  stand. 

The  Seventh  Petition. 

260.  Which  is  the  Seventh  Petition? 

But  deliver  us  from  evil. 

261.  What  does  this  mean  ? 

We  pray  in  this  petition,  as  the  sum  of  all, 
that  our  Father  in  heaven  would  deliver  us 
from  every  evil  of  body  and   soul,    property 


©c^Iu^  be§  SSater  Unfer§.  125 

unfer  ©tünbtein  fommt,  ein  feligeö  @nbe 
befeuere,  unb  mit  ©naben  pon  biefem  3om= 
mertf)al  ju  fi(^  ne^me  in  ben  ^immel. 

262.    Urn  toa§  Bitten  toir  5tcr  gum  ©cf)Iu6? 

®aJ3  unö  ©Dtt  mit  man($erlei  Uebel  gang  vex- 
fd)one,  ober  baö  ^reug,  meidje^  er  auflegt,  entmeber 
raieber  ron  iinö  nef)me  ober  tragen  ()elfe  unb  gu 
unferm  heften  wenbe,  unb  unö  enblid^  burc^  einen 
feiigen  ^ob  üon  aßem  Uebel  röHig  erlöfe. 

^f.  91, 10.  ®§  hJirb  bir  !ein  Uebelä  begegnen,  unb  !eine  ^lage 
tt)irb  ju  beiner  §ütte  fid^  naiven. 

2l^oft.  14,  22.  2Bir  muffen  burc^  t)iel  ^Trübfal  in  baä  9leic^ 
©Dtteö  ge^en. 

®br.  12,  6.  Sßelc^en  ber  §®rr  lieb  l^at,  ben  jüd^tiget  er;  er 
ftäu^t  aber  einen  jeglichen  ©o^n,  ben  er  aufnimmt. 

^iob  5,  19.  2lu§  fed^g  ^rübfalen  trirb  er  bid^  erretten,  unb 
in  ber  fiebenten  trirb  bid^  lein  Uebel  rühren. 

2  %xm.  4,  18.  2)er  ^®rr  irirb  mi(i>  erlöfen  bon  aUtm  Uebel, 
unb  angreifen  ju  feinem  l^immlifc^en  Wx^. 

2uc.  2,  29—32.  §®rr,  nun  läffeft  bu  beinen  S)iener  im 
{^rieben  fahren,  h)ie  bu  gefagt  l^aft;  benn  meine  2tugen  ^ahcn 
beinen  ^eilanb  gefeiten,  n)eld£>en  bu  bereitet  l^aft  bor  alten  SSöIfern, 
ein  Sic^t  ju  erleuchten  bie  Reiben,  unb  ^um  ^rei§  beineS  S3olfä 
Sftael. 

^^\l  1,  23.  ^d^  l^abe  Suft  abjufc^eiben,  unb  bei  ©^rifto  ju 
fein,  tcelc^cä  auc^  tiel  beffer  h)ärc. 

263.   SBie  lautet  ber  ©dEiIuß  beS  ^ctlfgcn  Soter  Unfetg? 

Senn  bein  ift  ba§  5Retd^,  unb  bie  ßraft,  unb 
bie  ^errtid^feit  in  ©migfeit,  Slment 


—  125  — 

and  honor,  and  finally,  when  our  last  hour  has 
come,  grant  us  a  blessed  end,  and  graciously 
take  us  from  this  vale  of  tears  to  Himself  in 
heaven. 

262.  What  do  we  finally  ask  here  ? 

That  God  would  entirely  spare  us  from  many 
evils,  or  that,  when  He  has  afflicted  us  with  a 
cross,  He  would  either  take  it  from  us,  or  help 
us  to  bear  it,  and  turn  it  to  our  benefit,  and 
that  He  would  finally  by  a  blessed  end  wholly 
deliver  us  from  all  evil. 

Ps.  91j  10.  There  shall  no  evil  befall  thee^  neither  shall 
any  plague  come  nigh  thy  dwelling. 

Acts  14,  22.  We  must  through  much  tribulation  enter 
into  the  kingdom  of  God. 

Hebr.  12,  6.  Whom  the  Lord  loveth  He  chasteneth,  and 
scourgeth  every  son  whom  He  receiveth. 

Job  5,  19.  He  shall  deliver  thee  in  six  troubles:  yea, 
in  seven  there  shall  no  evil  touch  thee. 

2  Tim.  4,  18.  The  Lord  shall  deliver  me  from  every  evil 
work,  and  will  preserve  me  unto  His  heavenly  kingdom. 

Luke  2,  29 — 32.  Lord,  now  lettest  Thou  Thy  servant 
depart  in  peace,  according  to  Thy  word:  for  mine  eyes 
have  seen  Thy  salvation,  which  Thou  hast  prepared  be- 
fore the  face  of  all  people ;  a  light  to  lighten  the  Gentiles, 
and  the  glory  of  Thy  people  Israel. 

Phil.  1,  23.  I  have  a  desire  to  depart,  and  to  be  with 
Christ;  which  is  far  better. 

The  Conclusion. 

263.  Which  is  the  Conclusioii  of  the  Lord's  Prayer? 

For  Thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the  power, 
and  the  glory,  for  ever  and  ever.   Amen. 


126  ©c^Iuf;  be§  5>ater  Unfer§. 

264.  2Ba§  5e{§t  iHmen? 

®a§  xä)  foil  geit)t^  fein,  foI($e  33itten 
ftnb  bem  ^ater  im  §imme(  angenehm,  uiib 
erhöret;  benn  er  felbft  ^at  unö  geboten, 
alfo  gn  beten,  unb  t)er!)ei]3en,  bafe  er  unö 
lüoKe  erhören.  Slmen,  3lmen,  ha^  l)ei§t: 
3a,  3a,  eö  foil  alfo  gef(Je^en. 

265.  2Ba§  ftetlen  tuir  mit  biefem  ©d^IuB  unfcrm  ^immlifd^en 

aSater  bor? 

^aJ8  er  allein  ja  ber  §(Srr  unb  ^önig  fei,  bei  bem 
roir  §ülfe  fud^en  foöen;  bafe  er  allein  bie  SJJad^t 
^ahe,  nnfere  bitten  ^u  geraäliren;  bafe  er  allein  aber 
anä)  alle  (S^re,  Sob  unb  ^reiö  baoon  l)aben  merbe. 

266.  aSe§]öoI6  bürfen  voir  fo  gctüiß  fein,  unsere  SSitten  feien 

i!^m  ongenet)m,  unb  erhöret? 

Söeil  er  felbft  unö  geboten  l)at,  alfo  p  beten,  unb 
t)erl)ei§en,  ha^  er  unö  raoHe  erl)ören. 

267.  SBol^cr  fommt  e§,  bafe  fo  mond^c  Ilogcn,  i'i^x  ®e6et  fei 

nid^t  er'^öret? 

^al)er,  bag  fie  um  tljöric^te  ober  f(f;äbli(Je  ®inge 
bitten,  ober  ©Dtt  bie  3eit  unb  Sßeife  oorfd^reiben, 
Toann  unb  raie  er  l)elfen  foße;  ober  au^,  bag  fie  in 
fdjioerer  ^Infed^tung  bie  $ülfe  ©Dtteö  nid^t  gleid; 
merfen. 

Tlattf).  20,  20—23.  2)0  trat  ju  i^tn  bie  SKutter  ber  Äinber  3e6ebäi  mit 
il^ren  Seltnen,  fiel  bor  ii^m  nieber  unb  bat  ettoag  üon  ii^m.  Unb  er  f^srad^  ju  i(;r: 
2Baä  tnillft  bu?  ©ie  f^rad)  jn  i^m:  Saß  biefe  meine  itoeen  Sö^ne  fiften  in  beinem 
3f{eic^e,  einen  ju  beiner  9ied)ten,  unb  ben  anbern  ju  beiner  Sinfen.  2l6er  3©fu§ 
anttDortete  unb  f^rad^:  Qi^r  iüifjet  nid)t,  toaä  il^r  bittet,  könnet  il^r  ben  ileld^ 
trinfen,  ben  ic^  trinfen  toerbe,  unb  eud^  taufen  laffen  mit  ber  2;aufe,  ba  ic^  mit 
getauft  ioerbe?  ©ie  f^jrad^en  ju  il^m :  ^a  too^I-  Unb  er  fbrad^  ju  il^nen :  aJleinen 
Äelc^  follt  i^r  jtuar  trinfen,  unb  mit  ber  2;aufe,  ba  id^  mit  getauft  tüerbe,  foUt  i^r 
getauft  toerben ;  aber  baä  @i|en  ju  meiner  Siechten  unb  Sinfen  äu  fleben,  fielet  mir 
nid^t  JU,  fonbern  benen  eä  bereitet  ift  tion  meinem  Sßater, 


—  126  — 

264.  AA'hat  is  meant  by  the  word  "Amen"? 

That  I  should  be  certain  that  these  petitions 
are  acceptal)le  to  our  Father  in  heaven,  and 
heard  ;  for  He  Himself  has  commanded  us  so 
to  pray,  and  has  promised  to  hear  us.  Amen, 
Amen,  that  is,  yea,  yea,  it  shall  be  so. 

265.  What  do  we  by  this  Conclusion  avow  to  om-  heavenly  Father? 

That  He  alone  is  the  Lord  and  King  with 
whom  we  should  seek  help;  thjit  He  alone  has 
the  power  to  grant  our  petitions,  and  that, 
likewise,  all  glory,  honor,  and  praise  accruing 
therefrom  shall  be  His  alone. 

266.  Why  may  we  be  certain  that  our  petitions  are  acceptable  to 
Him,  and  heard? 

Because  He  has  Himself  commanded  us  so  to 
pray,  and  has  promised  to  hear  us. 

267.  Whence  is  it  that  many  complain  of  their  prayers  being 
unheard  ? 

Because  they  ask  foolish  or  hurtful  things, 
or  prescribe  to  God  the  time  and  manner  when 
and  how  He  should  help ;  or  because  under  the 
weight  of  tribulation  they  do  not  at  once  ob- 
serve the  helping  hand  of  God. 

Matt.  20,  20—23.  Then  came  to  Him  the  mother  of  Zebedee's 
children  with  her  sons,  worshiping  Him,  and  desiring  a  certain 
thing  of  Him.  And  He  said  unto  her,  What  wilt  thou?  She  saith 
unto  Him,  Grant  that  these  my  two  sons  may  sit,  the  one  on  Thy 
right  hand,  and  the  other  on  the  left,  in  Thy  kingdom.  But  Jesus 
answered  and  said.  Ye  know  not  what  ye  ask.  Are  ye  able  to  drink 
of  the  cup  that  I  shall  drink  of,  and  to  be  baptized  with  the  baptism 
that  I  am  baptized  with?  They  say  unto  Him,  We  are  able.  And 
He  saith  unto  them,  Ye  shall  drink  indeed  of  my  cup,  and  be  bap- 
tized with  the  baptism  that  I  am  baptized  with :  but  to  sit  on  my 
right  hand,  and  on  my  left,  is  not  mine  to  give,  but  it  shall  be  given 
to  them  for  whom  it  is  prepared  of  my  Father. 


2)a§  vierte  ^au^^tftüd.  127 

268.  ©rptt  ®Dtt  olfo  toirtlicf)  iebe§  rechte  ©cbet? 

3a;  aber  auf  feine  3Beife  unb  gu  feiner  3^it. 

2  ßor.  12,  9.  2a^  bir  an  meiner  ©nabe  genügen;  benn 
meine  ^xa\t  ift  in  ben  Bd^ivad^m  mäd^tig. 

^ol^.  2,  4.    93ieine  ©tunbe  ift  nod£)  nid^t  fommen. 

^ef.  54,  7.  8.  ^d)  J>abe  bid;  einen  üeinen  2lugenblid  ber== 
(äffen ;  aber  mit  grofser  93arml^er3ig!eit  Will  id>  bic^  fammeln.  ^d} 
'i)ahi  mein  2lngefid}t  in:  3lugenblid  be§  3c*rn§  ein  tüenig  t)on  bir 
öerborgen ;  aber  mit  eniiger  @nabe  ii)ill  iä)  mid^  bein  erbarmen, 
f^jric^t  ber  §®3i9t,  bein  ®rlöfer. 


2)c§  ötcrtc  .^au|)tftül 

Pa0  Saaament  kr  IjeUigen  laufe* 

269.  8Ba8  nennen  tüir  ein  ©acramcnt? 

©ine  f)eilige  §anb(ung,  t)on  ©Dlt  georbnet,  rt)or= 
innen  er  bur($  geraiffe,  mit  feinem  2Bort  üerbunbene, 
äugerüd^e  9}2ittel  bie  üon  (S^rifto  erraorbene  ©nabe 
ben  9JJenf4)en  anbietet,  jueignet  unb  üerfiegelt. 

270.   SSie  öiel  (Sactometttc  gi6t  e§? 

3n)et,  bie  {)eilige  ^aufe  unb  ba^  ^eilige  2lbenb= 
mai)l. 

3um  erftcn,  now  2[ßcfen  lier  ^aufe. 

271.  2ßa8  ift  bie  SCaufe? 

£)ie  ^aufe  ift  ni($t  allein  fd^lec^t  9Baf  = 
fer,  fonbern  fie  ift  baä  Sßaffer  in  ©Dtteö 
©ebot  gefaffet,  unb  mit  ©Otteö  ^ort 
Derbunben. 


—  127  — 

268.  Does,  then,  God  really  hear  every  proper  prayer? 

Yes,  but  in  His  own  manner  und  at  His  ap- 
pointed time. 

2  Cor.  12,  9.  My  grace  is  sufficient  for  thee:  for  my 
strength  is  made  perfect  in  weakness. 

John  2,  4.    Mine  hour  is  not  yet  come. 

Is.  54,  7.  8.  For  a  small  moment  have  I  forsaken  thee; 
but  with  great  mercies  I  will  gather  thee.  In  a  little 
wrath  I  hid  my  face  from  thee  for  a  moment;  but  with 
everlasting  kindness  will  I  have  mercy  on  thee,  saith  the 
Lord  thy  Redeemer. 

Part  IV. 

THE  SACRAMENT  OF  HOLY  BAPTISM. 

269.  What  do  we  mean  by  a  Sacrament? 

A  sacred  act,  ordained  by  God,  wherein  He 
by  certain  external  means,  connected  with  His 
Word,  offers,  conveys,  and  seals  unto  men  the 
grace  which  Christ  has  merited. 

270.  How  many  Sacraments  are  there  ? 

Two,  Holy  Baptism,  and  the  Lord's  Supper. 
First,  what  Baptism  is. 

271.  What  is  Baptism? 

Baptism  is  not  simple  v^^ater  only,  but  it  is 
the  water  comprehended  in  God's  command 
and  connected  with  God's  Word. 


128  SSon  bcr  l^ciligen  Xaufe. 

272.   5EBeItf)e§  ift  btnn  fold^  SBort  ®Dtteg? 

®a  unfer  ^©rr  ß^riftu^  jpri(J)t,  9JJatt^äi 
am  legten:  ®e^et  {)tn  in  aUe  SBelt^  unb  lehret 
aKe  Reiben,  unb  taufet  fie  im  9Jamen  beg  3Sa= 
terg  unb  be§  (3oI)ne§  unb  be§  ^eiligen  (Seiftet, 

273.  SBe§^aI6  ift  bte  Saufe  nid)t  aütin  fdölei^t,  bo§  ift, 
gett)öl^nnc^e§  SBaffer? 

Söeil  fie  t)on  ©Dtt  etngefe^t  unb  alfo  in  ©Dtteö 
©ebot  gefaffet  ift,  unb  weil  fie  im  Seamen  beö  33nterö 
unb  beö  ©o^neö  unb  be§  ^eiligen  ©eifteö  gef($e{)en 
foH,  unb  alfo  mit  ©Dtteö  2Bort  nerbunben  ift. 

274.   «Eßer  ift  ber  Stifter  ber  Jieiligen  Soufe? 

©Ott  felbft,  benn  nnfer  S@rr  (Ef)nftuö  f)at  WaU 
tl)äi  am  legten  feiner  Rixä)e  befoJ)len,  aUe  33öl!er  gu 
taufen. 

maii\).  28, 18—20.  2«ir  ift  gegeben  alle  ©eiralt  im  §immel 
unb  auf  ®rben.  ^arum  geltet  l^in  unb  leieret  alle  58ölfer  unb 
taufet  fie  im  ^i^amen  be§  58ater§  unb  be§  ©ol^n§  unb  be§  Jjeiligen 
®eifte§.  Unb  lehret  fie  galten  atte§,  'ma§>  id)  eud>  befohlen  fiabe. 
Unb  fiel^e,  id^  bin  bei  eud^  aUe  ^age,  bi§  an  ber  3Belt  ®nbe. 

Sue.  3,  2.  3.    So^.  1,  33.    ^o^annig  ^Taufe. 

275.   SBer  foa  taufen? 

Orbentlid^er  2Beife  bie  berufenen  Wiener  ß^^rifti, 
im  gall  ber  Df^otf)  aber  jeber  (S^rift. 

1  ©or.  4,  1.  ^afür  l^alte  \xn^  jebermann,  nämlid^  für  ßl^rifti 
©iencr  unb  §au§l^alter  über  ©Otte§  ©e^eimniffe. 

276.   STBaS  ^cißt  ba9  SBott  taufen? 

3Rit  Sßaffer  voa^^en,  begießen,  befprengen  ober 
in  2Baffer  tau(^en, 


—  128  — 

272.  Which  is  that  word  of  God? 

Christ,  our  Lord,  says  in  the  last  chapter 
of  Matthew  :  Go  ye  and  teach  all  nations, 
baptizing-  them  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost. 

273.  Why  is  not  Baptism  simple  water  only? 

Because  it  is  instituted  hj  God  and  thus  com- 
prehended in  God's  command,  and  because  it  is 
to  be  performed  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and 
of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  is  thus 
connected  witli  God's  Word. 

274.  Who,  then,  instituted  Holy  Baptism? 

God  Himself ;  for  Christ  our  Lord,  in  the  last 
chapter  of  Matthew,  charged  His  Church  to  bap- 
tize all  nations. 

Matt.  28,  18 — 20.  All  power  is  given  unto  me  in  heaven 
and  in  earth.  Go  ye  therefore,  and  teach  all  nations,  bap- 
tizing them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son, 
and  of  the  Holy  Ghost :  teaching  them  to  observe  all  things 
whatsoever  I  have  commanded  you:  and,  lo,  I  am  with 
you  alway,  even  unto  the  end  of  the  world. 

Luke  3,  2.  3.    John  1,  33.    John's  baptism. 

275.  Who  is  to  administer  Baptism? 

Ordinarily  the  called  ministers  of  Christ,  but 

in  cases  of  necessity,  every  Christian. 

1  Cor.  4,  1.  Let  a  man  so  account  of  us,  as  of  the  minis- 
ters of  Christ,  and  stewards  of  the  mysteries  of  God. 

276.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word  "baptize"? 

Appl^dng  water  by  washing,  pouring,  sprin- 
kling, or  immersing. 


SSon  ber  ^eiligen  Xaufe.  129 

Tlan.  7,  4.  2Benn  fie  öom  Ttavli  !ommen,  effen  fie  ni(f)t,  fie 
tt)a[d>en  fii^  benn.  Unb  be§  ^ing§  ift  t^iel,  ba§  fie  ju  {galten  ^aben 
angenommen,  'oon  ^rinfgefä^en  unb  i^rügen  unb  eisernen  ©efä^en 
unb  Xifd)en  ju  lyafdien. 

3l^oft.  22, 16.   2a|5  bid}  taufen,  unb  ablrafd^en  beine  6ünben. 

Tlaü^.  3, 11.  ®r  iDirb  euct)  mit  bem  <QeiIigen  ©eift  unb  mit 
geuer  taufen.   (3SergIeid}e  Sl^oft.  2, 16. 17.  ba§  äöort :  2tu§gie^en.) 

277.   5!Sa§  Reifet:  im  Flamen  be§  SSoterg  unb  be§  ©o'^neS  unb 
be§  ^eiligen  ®etfte§  taufen? 

©ö  f)et§t:  nac^  (E^rifti  ^efe^l  biird^  bie  ^aufe  in 
bie  @emetnf($aft  beö  breteiuigen  ©Dtteö  aufnefimen. 

278.   SBen  foQ  man  taufen? 

Sine  Golfer,  baö  ift,  äße  9}?enfd)en,  3ung  unb  2l(t. 

279.   ©tnb  jebodE)  alle  oE)ne  Unterfd^ieb  gu  taufen? 

9^ein:  bie  unterrichtet  raerben  fönnen,  finb  gu 
taufen,  nad^bem  fie  guuor  in  ben  ©runbleljren  beä 
c^riftUdjen  ©laubenö  unterraiefen  tüorben  finb;  bie 
J^inblein  aber,  raenn  fie  inu^rtialb  ber  d^riftlidjen 
ilird)e  geboren,  ober  üon  fötalen  gur  2:;aufe  g^bradjt 
raerben,  bie  dledjt  über  fie  f)aben. 

5[Rarc.  16, 15.  16.  ^rebiget  ba§  ©bangelium  atter  (Sreatur. 
SCßer  ba  glaubet  unb  getauft  h?irb,  ber  lt)irb  feiig  trerben. 

280.   SBomit  Demetfeft  t>u,  ba%  aud)  unmünbige  Ä?inblein  ju 
taufen  finb? 

1.  ©ie  gef)ören  am^  gu  „aßen  Golfern".  2.  ©ie 
finb  gleifd^  rom  gleifd^  geboren  unb  bebürfen  bafjer 
ber  SBiebergeburt.    3.  ®iefe  SBiebergeburt  aber  fann 


—  129  — 

Mark  1,  4.  And  when  they  (the  Pharisees)  come  from 
market^  except  they  wash,  they  eat  not.  And  many  other 
things  there  be,  whicli  they  have  received  to  hold,  as  the 
washing  of  cups,  and  pots,  and  brazen  vessels,  and  of 
tables. 

Acts  22,  16.  Arise,  and  be  baptized,  and  wash  away 
thy  sins. 

Matt.  3,  11.  He  shall  baptize  you  with  the  Holy  Ghost, 
and  with  fire.  (Comp.  Acts  2,  16.  17.  Note  the  w^ord 
^'pour  out.'''') 

277.  What  is  baptizing  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son, 
and  of  the  Holy  Ghost? 

It  is  receivino;  into  communion  with  the 
Triune  God  by  Baptism  according  to  Christ's 
command. 

278.  Who  is  to  be  baptized  ? 

All  nations,  that  is,  all  human  beings,  young 
and  old. 

279.  Are,  then,  all  men  to  be  baptized  Avithout  distinction? 

No ;  those  who  can  be  instructed  are  to  be 
baptized  after  they  have  been  previously  in- 
structed in  the  principal  doctrines  of  the  Chris- 
tian religion ;  but  little  children  should  be  bap- 
tized when  they  have  been  born  within  the 
Christian  Church,  or  are  brought  to  Baptism 
by  those  who  have  authority  over  them. 

Mark  16,  15.  16.  Preach  the  Gospel  to  every  creature. 
He  that  believeth  and  is  baptized  shall  be  saved. 

280.  How  do  yon  prove  that  infants  also  are  to  be  baptized  ? 

1.  They,  too,  are  included  in  "all  nations." 
2.  They  are  flesh  born  of  the  flesh,  and  are, 
therefore,  in  need  of  regeneration.     3.  In  little 


130  S3on  bcr  l^eiligen  ^aufe. 

bei  ^inbtein  orbentI{($er  SBeife  nur  bur($  bie  2^aufe 
gefc^e^en.     4.  Sliid^  ^inblein  fonuen  glauben. 

2Rarc.  10, 13—15.  Unb  fie  hvadjtm  ^inblein  gu  i^m,  ba^  er 
fie  anrüf)rete.  S)ie  jünger  aber  fufiren  bie  an,  bie  fie  trugen.  2)a 
e§  aber  ^@fu§  fal^e,  irarb  er  unirittig  unb  f^rad^  ju  i^nen :  Sa^t 
bie  i^inblein  gu  mir  fommen  unb  ive^ret  if>nen  nirf^t;  benn  foldjer 
ift  ba§  m^xd)  @Dtte§.  Söa^rtic^,  ic^  fage  euc^,  mx  ba§  ^eic^  ©Dtte§ 
nic^t  empfa^et  al§  ein  5linbtein,  ber  trirb  nid>t  l^inein  fommen. 

^o\).  3,  5.  6.  ®S  fei  benn,  bafj  jemanb  geboren  iverbe  au§ 
bem  SBaffer  unb  ©eift,  fo  !ann  er  nid^t  in  ba§  9^eid^  @Dtte§ 
!ommen.    2öa§  t)om  ^^leifd^  geboren  n)irb,  ba§  ift  j^Ieifrf». 

Tlati^.  18,  6.  2öer  aber  ärgert  biefer  ©eringften  einen,  bie 
an  mic^  glauben,  bem  toäre  beffer,  ba^  ein  9}?üf)lftein  an  feinen  §aB 
gel^änget,  unb  er  erfäuft  tt>ürbe  im  2)teer,  ba  e§  am  tiefften  ift. 

85.  ®.  2l^oft.  16, 15.  S^bia  unb  i^r  ^au^.  —  Sl^oft.  16, 33. 
2)er  ^er!ermeifter  gu  ^^ili;p^i  unb  aße  bie  ©einen. 

281.   Söogu  tiat  man  bo6et  Xau^pat^tn  eingefül^rt? 

©ie  foHen  gunäd^ft  bezeugen,  ha^  bie  ^inblein 

rid)tig  getauft  iDorben  feien,  fobann  für  beren  d^rift= 

lic^e  ©r^ieljung  forgen  Ijelfen  unb  für  biefelben  beten. 

9Jiatt^.  18,  16.  2lUe  ©ad^e  beftel^e  auf  gtreier  ober  breier 
3eugen  2Jiunb. 

3ttm  aniiern,  Horn  IRu^cn  bet  l^aufe. 

282.  2Ba§  gißt  ober  rtüfeet  bie  Soufe? 

(Sie  rairfet  Vergebung  ber  ©ünben,  er  = 
löfet  t)om  ^ob  unb  Teufel,  unb  gibt  bie 
ewige  ©eligfeit  allen,  bie  eö  glauben; 
n)ie  bie  SSorte  unb  3Serl)ei§ungen  @Dtte§ 
lauten. 


—  130  — 

children  regeneration  can  ordinarily  be  wrought 
by  Baptism  only.  4.  Little  children  also  can 
believe. 

Mark  10^  13 — 15.  And  they  brought  young  children  to 
Him,  that  He  should  touch  them:  and  His  disciples  re- 
buked those  that  brought  them.  But  Avhen  Jesus  saw  it, 
He  was  much  displeased,  and  said  unto  them,  Suffer  the 
little  children  to  come  unto  me,  and  forbid  them  not:  for 
of  such  is  the  kingdom  of  God.  Verily  I  say  unto  you. 
Whosoever  shall  not  receive  the  kingdom  of  God  as  a 
little  child,  he  shall  not  enter  therein. 

John  3,  5.  6.  Except  a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  tlie 
Spirit,  he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God.  That 
which  is  born  of  the  flesh  is  flesh. 

Matt.  18,  6.  Whoso  shall  offend  one  of  these  little  ones 
whicli  believe  in  me,  it  were  better  for  liim  tliat  a  millstone 
were  lianged  about  his  neck,  and  tliat  he  were  drowned 
in  the  depth  of  the  sea. 

B.  H.  Acts  16,  15.  Lydia  and  her  liousehold, — Acts 
16,  33.     The  keeper  of  the  prison  at  Philippi  and  all  his. 

281.  For  what  purpose  have  sponsors  been  introduced? 

They  are  to  testify  that  the  children  have 

been   properly  baptized,   and  also  to  assist  in 

caring  for  their  Christian    education,    and  to 

pray  for  them. 

Matt.  18,  16.  In  the  mouth  of  two  or  three  witnesses 
every  word  may  be  established. 

Secondly,  what  Baptism  gives  and  profits. 

282.  What  does  Baptism  give  or  profit  ? 

It  works  foro;iveness  of  sins,  delivers  from 
death  and  the  devil,  and  gives  eternal  salvation 
to  all  who  believe  this,  as  the  words  and  prom- 
ises of  God  declare, 
17 


SSon  ber  l^eiligen  Xaufe.  131 

283.   SSeIcE)e§  fmb  benn  fold^e  SEBorte  unb  SSerfieigungen  @Dttc§? 

®a  unfer  ^©rr  Sf)riftu§  jprid^t,  9]tarci  am 
legten:  2Ber  ha  glaubet  unb  getauft  mirb,  ber 
tt)trb  jelig;  mer  aber  ui(f)t  glaubet,  ber  toirb 
öerbautmt, 

284.   SSeld^e  brei  große  Singe  gißt  ober  toixtt  Qlfo  bic  STaufc? 

1.  ©ie  nnrft  ^ergcbuitg  ber  ©ünben;  2.  fie  er= 
löft  uoni  Xob  unb  Xeufel;  3.  fie  gibt  bie  ewige 
©eligfeit. 

®al.  3,  26.  27.  3^r  feib  alle  ®Dtte§  Jlinber  bur^  ben  ©lau^ 
ben  an  ßf^rifto  3®fu.  S)enn  iüie  Diel  euer  getauft  finb,  bie  l^aben 
(EE)riftum  angezogen. 

2l^Dft.  2,  38.  ^l)ut  33u^e,  unb  lafje  fid)  ein  jeglicher  taufen 
auf  ben  3^amen  3@fw  (Sljrifti  gur  SSergebung  ber  ©ünben. 

1  (£or.  15,  55.  56.  3)er  Xob  ift  öerfd^Iungen  in  ben  ©ieg. 
^ob,  iDO  ift  bein  <Stacl;eI?  ^öUe,  Wo  ift  bein  ©ieg?  ®Dtt  fei 
S)anif,  ber  un§  ben  ©ieg  gegeben  l^at,  burd^  unfern  ^®rm  ^©fum 
©^riftum. 

6oL  1,  12 — 14.  S)an!faget  bem  SSater,  ber  un§>  tüd^tig  ge= 
mad^t  J)at  gu  bem  ©rbttieil  ber  ^eiligen  im  Sict)t,  h?elc^er  un§ 
errettet  i>at  bon  ber  Dbrig!eit  ber  ^infterni^  unb  l)at  un§  berfe^t 
in  ba§  9tei^  feinet  lieben  <So^ne§,  an  ioeId)em  Wix  ^ahm  bie  (Sr^ 
löfung  burd^  fein  33Iut,  nämlid^  bie  S3erge6ung  ber  ©ünben. 

1  ^etr.  8,  20.  21.  ©Dtt  ^atte  ©ebulb  gu  ben  ßeiten  9^oä,  ba 
man  bie  Strebe  gurüftete,  in  irelc^er  iDenig,  ba§  ift,  ac^t  ©eelen  be= 
l^alten  iüurben  burd^§  Sßaffer ;  h)elc^e§  nun  aud^  un§  felig  mad;t 
in  ber  2;aufe,  bie  burd>  jenes  bebeutet  ift,  nid;t  ba§  2(bt^un  be§ 
Unflats  am  ?^'Ieifd^,  fonbern  ber  33unb  eineS  guten  (5Jen?iffenä  mit 
©Dtt,  burc^  bie  3Iuferfte^ung  ^ßfu  (S^rifti. 


—  131  — 

283.  Which  arc  such  words  and  promises  of  God? 

Christ,  our  Lord,  says  in  the  last  chapter 
of  Mark :  He  that  believeth  and  is  bap- 
tized shall  be  saved ;  but  he  that  believeth 
not  shall  be  damned. 

284.  What  three  great  things,  then,  does  Baptism  give  or  work  ? 

1,  It  Avorks  forgiveness  of  sins;  2,  it  delivers 
from  death  and  the  devil ;  and  3,  it  gives  eternal 
salvation . 

Gal.  3,  26.  27.  Ye  are  all  the  children  of  God  by  faith 
in  Christ  Jesus.  For  as  many  of  you  as  have  been  bap- 
tized into  Christ  have  put  on  Christ. 

Acts  2^  38.  Repent^  and  be  baptized  every  one  of  you 
in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ  for  the  remission  of  sins. 

1  Cor.  15^  55 — 57.  O  death,  wehere  is  thy  sting  ?  O  grave, 
where  is  thy  victory?  The  sting  of  death  is  sin;  and  the 
strength  of  sin  is  the  Law.  But  thanks  be  to  God,  which 
giveth  us  the  victory  through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 

Col.  1,  12 — 14.  Give  thanks  unto  the  Feather,  which 
hath  made  us  meet  to  be  partakers  of  the  inheritance  of 
the  saints  in  light:  who  hath  delivered  us  from  the  power 
of  darkness,  and  hath  translated  us  into  the  kingdom  of 
His  dear  Son :  in  whom  we  have  redemption  through  His 
blood,  even  the  forgiveness  of  sins. 

1  Pet.  3,  20.  21.  The  long-suffering  of  God  waited  in 
the  days  of  Noah,  while  the  ark  was  a  preparing,  wherein 
few,  that  is,  eight  souls,  were  saved  by  water.  The  like 
figure  whereunto  even  Baptism  doth  also  now  save  us  (not 
the  putting  away  of  the  filth  of  the  flesh,  but  the  answer 
of  a  good  conscience  toward  God)  by  the  resurrection  of 
Jesus  Christ. 


132  SSon  ber  l^ciligen  ^aufe. 

285.    §at  un§  benn  nicTit  ßl^tiftu§  buxd)  fein  Seiben  unb  ©teröcn 

erlöft  öon  allen  ©ünben,  üom  %ob  unb  bon  ber  ©entalt  be§ 

2eufe[§  unb  un§  bie  emige  ©eligfeit  erworBen? 

Qa  freiUd;;  aber  bie  ^eiligf^  ^aufe  ift  ha§>  Tlxttel, 

hnxä)  \üel^e§>  ber  ^eilige  ©eift  unö  aKe  biefe  großen 

®inge  gu  eigen  madjt. 

1  (£or.  6,  11.  ^l^r  jeib  abgeirafdjen,  tl^r  feib  geheiligt,  tl^r  feib 
geretf)t  iüorben  burc^  ben  Sf^amen  bcö  §(Srrn  ^®[u  unb  burc^  ben 
©eift  unfer§  ©Dtteö. 

286.   2öem  aber  giBt  bte  Xaufe  bte§  oücS? 

2l(Ien,  bie  eä  glauben;  wie  bie  SSorte  unb  ^er= 
{)eigungen  @Dtte§  lauten:  Sßer  ba  glaubet  unb  ge= 
tauft  wirb,  ber  wirb  feiig;  wer  aber  nid^t  glaubet, 
ber  rairb  üerbammt. 

287.  5Barum  fpric^t  ber  ^ßrr  ©l^riftuS  ober  nid^t:  nicr  a6er  nid^t 
ßlauBet  unb  nii^t  getauft  ntirb,  ber  ntirb  berbommt? 

2Beil  nur  ber  Unglaube  üerbammt;  unb  ber  felig= 

mad;enbe  ©laube  groar  ni(^t  bei  ber  33era(^tung  ber 

^aufe,  rooljl  aber  bei  il)rer  Ermangelung  beftel)en 

!ann. 

2uc.  7,  30.  ^ie  ^l^arifäer  unb  ©d^riftgetel^rten  berad)tetcn 
®Dtte§  9iatl^  it)iber  fid^  jelbft  unb  liefen  fic^  nic^t  üon  il^m  taufen. 

^mx  MiUn,  tion  iicr  Äraft  öcr  Xau^t. 

288.   SBie  lann  SBaffer  foIcf)e  große  Singe  t^un? 

SBaffer  tl)utö  freilid)  nid;t,  fonbern  ha§> 
2ßort  ©Dtteö,  fo  mit  unb  bei  bem  SBaffer 
ift,  unb  ber  ©laube,  fo  fold^em  3Bort  @Dt  = 
teö  im  3Baffer  trauet;   benn  oljne  ©Dtteö 


—  132  — 

285.  But  has  not  Christ  by  His  sufTering  and  death  redeemed  us 

from  all  sins,  from  death,  and  the  power  of  the  devil,  and 

earned  for  us  an  eternal  salvation  ? 

Certainly;    but  Holy  Baptism  is  the  means 

whereby  the  Holy  Ghost  makes  all  these  great 

things  our  own. 

1  Cor.  6,  11.  But  ye  are  washed,  but  ye  are  sanctified, 
but  ye  are  justified  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  and  by 
the  Spirit  of  our  God. 

286.  Tow^hom  does  Baptism  give  all  this? 

To  all  who  believe  it,  as  the  words  and  prom- 
ises of  God  declare:  '*He  that  believeth  and  is 
baptized  shall  be  saved ;  but  he  that  believeth 
not  shall  be  damned." 

287.  But  why  does  not  Christ,  our  Lord,  say:  "He  that  believeth 
not  and  is  not  baptized  shall  be  damned"? 

Because  it  is  unbelief  only  that  damns,  and 
though  saving  faith  cannot  exist  with  the  con- 
tempt of  Baptism,  it  can  exist  with  the  lack  of 
Baptism. 

Luke  7,  30,  The  Pharisees  and  lawyers  rejected  the 
counsel  of  God  against  themselves,  being  not  baptized 
of  him. 

Thirdly,  what  the  power  of  Baptism  is. 

288.  How  can  water  do  such  great  things  ? 

It  is  not  the  water  indeed  that  does  them, 
but  the  word  of  God  which  is  in  and  with  the 
water,  and  faith  which  trusts  such  word  of  God 
in  the  water.    For  without  the  word  of  God  the 


5ßon  bcr  l^eiltgcn  ^aufe.  133 

SBort  ift  baö  2öaffer  fi^ledjt  Söaffer,  unb 
feine  Xaufe;  aber  mit  bem  Söorte  ©Dtteö 
ift  eö  eine  Xaufe,  \>a§>  ift,  ein  gnabenreic^ 
2Baffer  beö  Sebenö,  nnb  ein  'Bah  hex  neuen 
©eburt  im  ^eiligen  ©eift,  raie  ©t.  ^auluä 
jagt  gum  ^ito  am  britten  Ra^xiel: 

S)urc^  bag  33ab  ber  SBiebergeburt  unb  @r= 
neuerung  beg  ^eiligen  ®etfteg,  tt)el(^en  er  aug= 
gegojfen  ^t  über  ung  retc^Itc^,  burc^  ö®fum 
Et)riftum,  unjern  ^eitanb,  auf  ba§  tt)ir  buri^ 
begfelbigen  ©nabe  gerecht  unb  ©rben  feien  beg 
emtgen  Sebeng,  nai^  ber  Hoffnung;  bag  ift  ge= 

289.   §at  etwa  ba^  SBaffet  für  ftc^  ollein  bic  ^roft,  foIcEie  große 
jDinge  gu  f^un? 

9f?ein;  baö  bloge  SBaffer  tf)utö  freiließ  ni($t. 

290.   2öol)er  fommt  e§  bonn,  ba^  buxd)  ba^  SToufhiaffer  93crgc6ung 

bcr  ©ünben,  (ärlöfung  öom  STob  unb  Seufel  unb  bte  etoige 

©eligfeit  erlangt  Wirb? 

®aö  SBort  ©Dtte§,  fo  mit  unb  bei  bem  SBaffer 

ift,  bringt  bie  großen  ®inge  in  bie  ^aufe  l)inein, 

benn  o^ne  ©Dtteä  SSort  ift  ha§>  2Baffer  geraö^nlid^eö 

Sßaffer  unb  feine  3:aufe;  ber  ©laube  aber,  ber  )old)em 

SBorte  ©Dtteö  im  SBaffer  trauet,  nimmt  fie  auö  ber 

^aufe  unb  eignet  fie  fid^  gu. 

®^l^.  5,  25.  26.  ©I^riftuä  l^at  geliebet  bte  ©emctnc,  unb  ^at 
fte^  jelbft  für  fie  gegeben,  auf  ba^  er  fie  heiligte,  unb  ^at  fie  ge= 
reiniget  bnr^  ba§  Sßafferbab  im  2Bort. 


—  133  — 

water  is  simple  water,  and  no  baptism.  But 
with  the  word  of  God  it  is  a  baptism,  that  is, 
a  gracious  water  of  life  and  a  washing  of  re- 
generation in  the  Holy  Ghost,  as  St.  Paul  says, 
Titus,  chapter  third: 

By  the  washing  of  regeneration,  and  re- 
newing of  the  Holy  Ghost,  which  He  shed 
on  us  abundantly  through  Jesus  Christ 
our  Savior;  that  being  justified  by  His 
grace,  we  should  be  made  heirs  according 
to  the  hope  of  eternal  fife.  This  is  a  faith- 
ful saymg. 

289,  Has  water  by  itself  the  power  to  do  such  great  things  ? 

No,  it  is  not  mere  water  indeed  that  does 
them . 

290.  How  is  it,  then,  that  by  the  water  of  Baptism  forgiveness  of 

sins,  deliverance  from  death  and  the  devil,  and  eternal 

salvation,  are  obtained  ? 

The  word  of  God  which  is  in  and  with  the 
water  conveys  these  great  things  into  Baptism ; 
for  without  the  word  of  God  the  water  is  simple 
water,  and  no  baptism;  but  faith,  which  trusts 
such  word  of  God  in  the  water,  takes  them  out 
of  Baptism  and  appropriates  them  unto  itself. 

Eph.  5,  25.  26.  Christ  loved  the  Church,  and  gave  Him- 
self for  it ;  that  He  might  sanctify  and  cleanse  it  with  the 
washing  of  water  by  the  word. 


134  S5on  ber  l^eiligen  ^aufe. 

291.  SSJarum  nennt  bie  Sd)rift  bie  2:aufc  ba§  95ab  ber  5EBtebergeburt 
unb  (Srneuerung  be§  ^eiligen  ®eifte§? 

Söetl  ber  ^eilige  ©eift  in  ber  ^aufe  ben  ©lauben 
unb  bamit  gugleid^  ein  neues  geiftlid^eö  Seben  wirft. 

Qnm  tJtetten,  Un  bet  ©cticutunö  öer  3!ttufe. 

292.   2öa§  Debeutet  benn  fold)  SBaff  ertauf  en? 

©Ö  bebeutet,  bag  ber  alte  2lbam  in  un§ 
burc^  täglid^e  diene  unb  33uge  foil  erfaufet 
werben,  unb  ft  erben  mit  allen  ©ünben 
unb  böfen  Süften,  unb  raieberum  täglid^ 
l)erauöfommen  unb  auferftel)en  ein  neuer 
9}lenfd^,  ber  in  ©ered^tigfeit  unb  3?einig  = 
!eit  üor  ©Dtt  eraiglid;  lebe. 

293.   3Bo  ftcFiet  bn§  gefcTirieBcn? 

©t.  ^autug  gu  ben  9tömern  am  jed^^ten 
'\pxiä)t:  SBir  finb  fammt  ß^rifto  biird^  bte  Xaufe 
begraben  tu  ben  ^^ob;  auf  ha%  glei^tuie  Kl)ri= 
ftu§  ift  t)ou  hen  Sobteu  aufermetfet  burc^  bte 
^errli^feit  be§  3Sater^,  atjo  foHeu  ttJtr  aud^  tu 
etueut  ueueu  Sebeu  roaubelu» 

294.   SBo§  ift  ber  olte  Slbam  ? 

Unfer  ganjeö  fünblid^eä  S3erberben,  toeld^es  burd^ 

ben  gaU  Slbamä  auf  nn^  gefommen  unb  unä  ange= 

boren  ift. 

®))l^.  4,  22.  <So  leget  nun  öon  eud^  ab,  nad^  bem  Vorigen 
Sßanbel,  ben  alten  Wm\d)m,  ber  burd^  2üfte  in  ^rrtl^um  fid^  ber« 
berbet. 


—  134  — 

291.  Why  do  the  Scriptures  call  Baptism  the  washing  of  regenera- 
tion and  renewing  of  the  Holy  Ghost? 

Because  the  Holy  Ghost  in  Baptism  works 
faith  and,  therewith,  new  spiritual  life. 

Fourthly,  what  Baptism  signifies. 

292.  What  does  such  baptizing  with  water  signify? 

It  signifies  that  the  old  Adam  in  us  should, 
by  daily  contrition  and  repentance,  be  drowned 
and  die  with  all  sins  and  evil  lusts  and,  again,  a 
new  man  daily  come  forth  and  arise,  who  shall 
live  before  God  in  righteousness  and  purity 
forever. 

293.  Where  is  this  written  ? 

St.  Paul  says,  Romans,  chapter  sixth : 
We  are  buried  with  Christ  by  baptism 
into  death ;  that  like  as  He  was  raised  up 
from  the  dead  by  the  glory  of  the  Father, 
even  so  we  also  should  walk  in  newness 
of  hfe. 

294.  What  is  the  old  Adam  ? 

Our  entire  sinful  depravity,  which  has  come 

upon  us  by  the  fall  of  Adam  and  is  ours  by 

birth . 

Eph.  4,  22.  Put  off  concerning  the  former  conversation 
the  old  man^  which  is  corrupt  according  to  the  deceit- 
ful lusts. 


S8on  ber  t)eiligen  ^aufe.  135 

295.   SBic  foil  biefcr  oltc  SIbam  in  un§  crjauft  ttjerben? 

®urd;  tttglid^e  9^eiie  iinb  33u6e,  tnbem  rair  ben 

böfen  33egierben  ruiberfteljen  unb  fie  imterbriiden. 

©al.  5,  24.  2ßeld;e  (S^rifto  angehören,  bie  freujigen  if>r 
{^leifd^  faninit  bcii  Süften  unb  $8egierben. 

296.   SG3o§  ift  ber  neue  SSJltn\äj? 

Xa§>  neue  ßeiftlldje  SBefeu  unb  £eben,  weld)eä 

biird^  baä  Sab  ber  SBiebergeburt  in  una  gefc^affen  ift. 

2  (Eor.  5,  17.  ^ft  jemanb  in  ©l^rifto,  fo  ift  er  eine  neue 
©reatur. 

297.  SSie  foU  biefer  neue  SJienfc^  !^erau§fommen  unb  ouferftel^en? 

Qnbem  roir  aUe  ^age  in  it)al)rem  ©lauben  unb 

guten  SBerfen  t)or  ©Dtt  roanbeln  unb  road^fen. 

®^^.  4,  24.  3i^^^t  ben  neuen  9Jienfd)en  an,  ber  nad;  ©Dtt 
gefd}af[en  ift,  in  red^tfd)affener  ©ere^tigfeit  unb  JjeiligJeit. 

298.  aöie  bebeutet  nun  bie  STaufe  ba^  täglicEie  ©rfäufen  beä  alten 

unb  .^erauSfommeu  be§  neuen  iDlenfd[)en? 

^nxä)  bie  ^aufe  l)ahen  wir  ^l)ei[  an  ß^rifto. 
3Bie  er  unfere  «Sünbe  begraben  I)at,  fo  fönnen  unb 
foüen  aud^  rair  fie  täglich  begraben  unb  meiben;  unb 
raie  er  t)om  ^obe  erftanben  ift  unb  iehet,  fo  fönnen 
unb  foßen  aud^  roir  täglid^  in  einem  neuen  Seben 
loanbeln. 

299.   S3Ja§  foQ  un§  infonberl^eit  nod^  gu  l^eiligem  Seöen  unb 
SSanbel  anttetöen? 

Unfer  ^aufgelübbe,  ba  loir  nämlid^  in  ber  Xaufe 
bem  Teufel  unb  aü  feinem  SBer!  unb  2Befen  abge= 
fagt,  !)ingegen  üerfprod^en  ()aben,  bem  breieinigen 
@Dtt  allein  ju  bienen. 


—  135  — 

295.  How  is  this  old  Adam  to  be  drowTied  in  ns  ? 

By  daily  contrition  and  repentiince,  whcrel)y 

we  withstand  the  evil  desires  and  suppress  them. 

Gal.  5,  24,  They  that  are  Christ's  have  crucified  the 
flesh  with  the  affections  and  lusts. 

296.  What  is  the  new  man  ? 

The  new  spiritual  being  and  life,  created  in  us 

by  the  washing  of  regeneration. 

2  Cor.  5,  17.  If  auy  man  be  in  Christy  he  is  a  new 
creature. 

297.  HoAv  is  this  neAV  man  to  come  forth  and  arise  ? 

As  we  from  day  to  day  walk  and  grow  before 

God  in  true  faith  and  good  works. 

Eph.  i,  24.  Put  on  the  new  man,  which  after  God  is 
created  in  righteousness  and  true  holiness. 

298.  How  does  Baptism  signify  the  daily  drowning  of  the  old  man 

find  coming  fortii  of  the  new  man? 

By  Baptism  we  are  made  partakers  of  Christ. 
Even  as  He  has  buried  our  sins,  so  w^e,  too,  may 
and  should  daily  bury  and  shun  them ;  and  as  He 
is  risen  from  the  dead  and  lives,  even  so  we,  too, 
may  and  should  daily  walk  in  newness  of  life. 

299.  ^Yhat  else  should  especially  induce  us  to  live  and  walk  in  true 

holiness? 

Our  baptismal  vow,  since  in  Baptism  we  have 
renounced  the  devil,  and  all  his  works,  and  all 
his  pomp,  and  promised  to  serve  the  Triune 
God,  and  Him  only. 


136  ^a§  fünfte  ^aii^tftüc!. 

^0^  fünfte  ^au)Jtftül 

fas  Jlmt  ktr  ^djUllffl  unb  hit  3tiifit. 

300.   aßa§  ift  ba§,  ^mt  bet  ©c^Iüffel? 

^aö  21  mt  ber  ©d^lüffel  ift  bie  fonber  = 
bare  ^ird^engeraalt,  bie  ßl)riftu§  feiner 
^ir(Je  auf  ©rben  Ijat  gegeben,  ben  buf3  = 
fertigen  Sünbern  bie  ©ünbe  §u  »ergeben, 
ben  Un bußfertigen  aber  bie  ©ünbe  ^u  be  = 
galten,  fo  lange  fie  nid;t  33uße  tf)un. 

301,   SQ3o  fter)et  ba§  gefc^rxc&cn? 

©0  fd^reibt  ber  ^eilige  ©öangelift  9o^anne§ 
am  20,  Kapitel:  3)er  ^©rr  »efn^  biteg  feine 
jünger  an,  uub  fprad)  gu  il^neit:  9?e^met  I)in 
ben  ^eiligen  (Seift  SBeld^en  i^r  bie  ©nnben 
ertaffet,  benen  finb  fie  erlaffen;  nnb  tneldjen 
tt)r  fie  beljaltet,  benen  finb  fie  behalten, 

302.   aSarum  l^eißt  ba§t  ^mt  ber  ©c^Iüffel  bie  fonberBare  ober 
Befonbere  Stircf)engeix)alt? 

SBeil  eö  ni($t  eine  weltlidje,  fonbern  eine  geift= 
ixdje  ©eraalt  ift,  bie  (Sl)riftuö  feiner  ^irc^e  auf  @r= 
ben,  unb  giüar  jeber  d^riftlidjen  Drtögemeinbe,  vex- 
liel)en  l)at. 

33?attl;.  16, 19.  ^c^  tüia  bir  be§  Himmelreichs  ©c^Iüffel 
geben. 

^ol^.  20,  21.  Sa  f^rac^  S®fu§  abermal  ju  il;nen:  triebe  fei 
mit  eud; !    (Sleidjlüie  mid^  ber  33ater  gefanbt  ^at,  fo  fenbe  ic^  eud;. 


—  136  — 

Part  V. 

THE  OFFICE  OF  THE  KEYS,  AND 
CONFESSION. 

300.  What  is  the  Office  of  the  Keys  ? 

It  is  the  peculiar  church  power  w^hich  Christ 
has  given  to  His  Church  on  earth  to  forgive  the 
sins  of  penitent  sinners  unto  them,  but  to  re- 
tain the  sins  of  the  impenitent,  as  long  as  they 
do  not  repent. 

301.  Where  is  this  written  ? 

Thus  writes  the  holy  Evangelist  John, 
chapter  twentieth :  The  Lord  Jesus 
breathed  on  the  disciples,  and  saith  unto 
them,  Eeceive  ye  the  Holy  Ghost:  whose- 
soever sms  ye  remit,  they  are  remitted 
unto  them;  and  whosesoever  sins  ye  re- 
tain, they  are  retained. 

302.  Why  is  the  Office  of  the  Keys  called  a  peculiar  church  power? 

Because  it  is  not  a  temporal,  but  a  spiritual 
power,  which  Christ  has  given  to  His  Church 
on  earth  and,  more  particularly,  to  every  local 
congregation. 

Matt.  16^  19.  I  will  give  unto  thee  the  keys  of  the 
kingdom  of  heaven. 

John  20,  21.  Then  said  Jesus  to  them  again,  Peace  be 
unto  you :  as  my  Father  hath  sent  me,  even  so  send  I  you. 


3?om  2lmt  ber  ©c^lüfjel.  137 

mait^.  18, 17.  18.  20.  §öret  er  bie  nic^t,  fo  fage  e§  ber  ©e= 
meine.  §öret  er  bie  ©emeine  ni(i)t,  fo  f)alt  i^n  al§  einen  Reiben 
unb  3öUner.  SBaJ^rlirf;,  id)  fage  euc^,  \va^  i^r  auf  ©rben  binben 
trerbet,  foil  au(f|  im  ^immel  gebimben  fein,  unb  n)a§  i^r  auf  (Srbcn 
löfen  iüerbet,  foil  aud)  im  §immel  Id§  fein,  ^enn  iüo  gmeen  ober 
brei  berfammelt  finb  in  meinem  9]anten,  ba  bin  id)  mitten  unter 
it)nen. 

1  ^etr.  2, 9.  ^^r  feib  ba§  auSeriiml^Ite  ©cfd^ledjt,  ba§  fonig^ 
Iid)e  ^rieftertf)um,  ba§  l;eilige  5?oIt  ba§  isolf  be§  (Sigent^um§,  bafj 
i^r  üerfünbigen  foHt  bie  ^ugenben  be^,  ber  iud}  berufen  l^at  t)on 
ber  'S'ittfts^ni^  gu  feinem  hjunberbaren  l^ic^t. 

303.  2Ba§  Begreift  biefe  ©etualt  in  ftc^? 

©ie  begreift  alö  bie  ©eroalt  beö  SBortö  in  fi($ 
bie  9Jiad^t,  ha§>  ©üangelium  gu  prebigeit  imb  bie 
()eiligeu  ©acramente  gu  öerroalten,  infonberI;eit  bie 
9}kd)t,  ©ünbe  §u  üergeben  unb  gu  bef)alten. 

9J?att^.  28, 18—20.  3®fu§  f^rac^:  9Jiir  ift  gegeben  alle  ®e^ 
h)alt  im  £)immel  unb  auf  ©rben.  ©arum  geljet  l^in  unb  lehret 
alle  SSöIfer  unb  taufet  fie  im  9?amen  bc§  33ater§  unb  be§  ©oi)n§ 
unb  be§  heiligen  @eifte§.  Unb  Ief>ret  fie  I;alten  aUe§,  \va§>  id>  mä) 
befohlen  ^abe.  Unb  fiel^e,  id^  bin  bei  eud^  alle  Xagc,  big  an  ber 
SBelt  (Snbe. 

5[)Jatt^.  16, 19.  ^d)  h)ill  bir  be§  §immetreid^§  ©dilüffel  geben. 
2lHe§,  iva§  bu  auf  ©rben  binben  iüirft,  foil  aucfi  im  ^immel  ge= 
bunben  fein ;  unb  a(Ie§,  h)a§  bu  auf  ®rben  lijfen  it»irft,  foil  arnS) 
im  §immel  Io§  fein. 

304.   SßJarum  l^eifet  olfo  biejc  ©ewalt  bo§  §lmt  ber©c51üffel? 

3Sei(  burd)  bie  Vergebung  ber  ©ünben  ber  §im= 
mel  aufgefd)(offen,  burd;  baö  ^e^alten  ber  ©ünbe 
ber  §imme(  5ugefd)(offeu  roirb. 


—  137  — 

Matt.  18,  17.  18.  20.  If  he  shall  neglect  to  hear  them, 
tell  it  unto  the  church:  but  if  he  neglect  to  hear  the 
church,  let  him  be  unto  thee  as  an  heathen  man  and 
a  publican.  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  Whatsoever  ye  sliall 
bind  on  eartli  shall  be  bound  in  heaven :  and  whatsoever 
ye  shall  loose  on  earth  shall  be  loosed  in  heaven.  For 
where  two  or  three  are  gathered  together  in  my  name, 
there  am  I  in  tlie  midst  of  them. 

1  Pet.  2,  9.  Ye  are  a  chosen  generation,  a  royal  priest- 
hood, an  holy  nation,  a  peculiar  people;  that  ye  should 
show  forth  the  praises  of  Him  who  hath  called  you  out 
of  darkness  into  His  marvelous  light. 

303.  What  does  this  power  comprise  ? 

Being  the  power  of  the  Word,  it  comprises 
the  power  to  preach  the  Gospel  and  to  admin- 
ister the  Sacraments,  especially,  the  power  to 
remit  and  to  retain  sins. 

Matt.  28, 18 — 20.  And  Jesus  came  and  spake  unto  them, 
saying.  All  power  is  given  unto  me  in  lieaveu  and  in  eartli. 
Go  ye  therefore,  and  teach  all  nations,  baptizing  them  in 
the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy 
Ghost:  teaching  them  to  observe  all  things  whatsoever 
I  have  commanded  you:  and,  lo,  I  am  with  you  alway, 
even  unto  the  end  of  the  world. 

Matt.  16,  19.  I  will  give  unto  thee  the  keys  of  the  king- 
dom of  heaven:  and  whatsoever  thou  shalt  bind  on  earth 
shall  be  bound  in  heaven :  and  whatsoever  thou  shalt  loose 
on  earth  shall  be  loosed  in  heaven. 

304.  Why,  then,  is  this  power  called  the  Office  of  the  Keys? 

Because  by  the  remission  of  sins  heaven  is 
opened,  and  by  the  retention  of  sins  heaven  is 
closed. 


138  58cm  9rmt  ber  ed;lü[fel. 

305.   SBem  foüen  bie  <Bünb^n  betge&en  unb  ttjem  foUen  fie 
behalten  toerben? 

©en  bujsfertigen  ©iinbern,  baö  !)eigt,  benen,  bie 
i()re  ©ünben  bereuen  unb  an  3@fum  ß^f)riftum  glau= 
ben,  foUen  fie  cergeben,  ben  unbufeferticjen  aber  foüen 
fie  bef)alten  raerben,  fo  lange  fie  nidjt  ^u^e  tf)un. 

2l^oft.  3,  19.  ©0  tf)ut  nun  33u^e  unb  befel^ret  ^uii),  baf;  eure 
«Sünben  i)erti(gt  toerben. 

^j.  51, 19.  ®ie  D^fer,  bie  ©Dtt  gefallen,  ftnb  ein  geängfteter 
®eift;  ein  geängftet  unb  gerjrf^Iagen  ^er^  lüirft  bu,  ®Dtt,  nic^t 
berad^ten. 

Sl^oft.  16,  31.  mauhe  an  'Oin  §@rrn  ^efum  ©^riftum,  fo 
iüirft  bu  unb  bein  ^au^  felig. 

93.  ®.  2)abib  (bie  Su^^jfalmen).  —  Sue.  18, 13.  2)er  S'ö^U 
ncr.  —  2uc.  15, 11—24.  3)er  berlorne  ©o^n.  —  5matt^.  26,  75. 
«ßetruS. 

306.  Sluf  weld[)e  SBeife  foQen  nun  bie  d^rtftlid^en  (Semeinben  ba^ 
^mt  ber  ©(f)lüffel  öffentlich  üerttjalten? 

Qnbem  fie  befonbere  Wiener  am  Söort  wählen 
unb  berufen,  weiä)e  in  i^rem  ??amen  bie  SBerfe 
biefeö  Slmteö  t)errid;ten  foüen. 

1  ©or.  4, 1.  3)afür  ^alte  un§  jebermann,  nämlid;  für  (Sfiriftt 
Wiener  unb  §au§l^alter  über  ®Dtte§  ©efjeimniffe. 

2  6or.  2, 10.  ^cf»,  fo  id;  etit>a§  t)ergebe  jemanben,  ba§  »er- 
gebe ic^  um  euretiüiüen  an  (E^riftu§  ©tatt. 

3t^Dft.  20,  28.  ©0  ^abt  nun  mjt  auf  end»  felbft  unb  auf 
bie  gange  ^eerbe,  unter  tt)etd}e  eud>  ber  :^eiUge  ©eift  gefegt  l^at  gu 
33ifd>öfen,  gu  iveiben  bie  ©emeine  ©Dtte§,  wel^e  er  burd^  fein  eigen 
33Iut  erinorben  ^at. 

307.   SBaS  glaubft  bu  bom  Simt  ber  ©cEiIüffel  nadE)  ben 
©infe^ungSlüorteu? 

^6)  glaube,  mag  bie  berufenen  Wiener 
(i;i)rifti  an^  feinem  göttlid^en  ^efel)l  mit 


—  138  — 

305.  Whose  sins  are  to  be  remitted,  and  whose  are  to  be  retained  ? 

The  sins  of  penitent  sinners,  that  is,  of  those 
who  repent  of  their  sins  and  believe  in  Jesus 
Christ,  are  to  be  remitted;  the  sins  of  the  im- 
penitent are  to  be  retained  as  long  as  they  do 
not  repent. 

Acts  3^  19.  Repent  ye  therefore,  and  be  converted,  that 
your  sins  may  be  blotted  out. 

Ps.  15,  17.  The  sacrifices  of  God  are  a  broken  spirit:  a 
broken  and  a  contrite  heart,  O  God,  Tliou  wilt  not  despise. 

Acts  10,  31.  Believe  on  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  thou 
Shalt  be  saved,  and  thy  house. 

B.  H.  David.  The  penitential  psalms.  —  Luke  18,  13. 
The  publican. — Luke  15, 11 — 24.  The  prodigal  son. — Matt. 
26,75.    Peter. 

306.  In  Avhat  manner  are  Christian  congregations  to  exercise  the 
public  administration  of  the  Office  of  the  Keys  ? 

By  choosing  and  calling  special  ministers  of 
the  Word ,  who  are  in  their  name  to  perform  the 
functions  of  this  office. 

1  Cor.  4, 1.  Let  a  man  so  account  of  us,  as  of  the  minis- 
ters of  Christ,  and  stewards  of  the  mysteries  of  God. 

2  Cor.  2,  10.  If  I  forgave  anything,  to  whom  I  forgave 
it,  for  your  sakes  forgave  I  it  in  the  person  of  Christ. 

Acts  20,  28.  Take  heed  therefore  unto  yourselves,  and 
to  all  the  flock,  over  the  which  the  Holy  Ghost  hath  made 
you  overseers,  to  feed  the  Church  of  God,  which  He  hath 
purchased  with  His  own  blood. 

307.  What,  then,  do  you  believe  according  to  these  words? 

I  believe  that  when  the  called  ministers  of 
Christ  deal  with  us  by  His  divine  command, 

18 


S5om  2rTnt  ber  Sc^Iüftel.  139 

uns  {)anbe(n;  fonberlid^,  raenn  fie  bie 
of f en t lid) en  uitb  ini bußfertigen  ©ünber 
üon  ber  d^riftlid^en  ©emeinbe  nuöfd^Iießen; 
unb  bie,  fo  i^xe  ©iinbe  bereuen,  unb  fid^ 
beffern  tt)ol(en,  raieberum  entbinben:  ha^ 
eä  alfo  !räftig  unb  geraijg  fei,  aud^  im 
ßimmel,  alö  ^anbelte  eö  unfer  lieber  $@rr 
(Sljriftuö  mit  unö  felber. 

308.   S8a§  glouBft  bu  im  Slllgemeirtert  Bei  bicfen  5EBorten? 

^ä)  glaube,  baß  aUeö,  raaö  bie  berufenen  Wiener 
ßljrifti  an§>  feinem  göttlid^en.  ^efel)l  mit  unö  l)an= 
beln,  alfo  fräftig  unb  geroiß  fei,  an<i)  im  Fimmel, 
alö  l)anbelte  eö  unfer  lieber  $©rr  ß;i)riftuö  mit  uns 
felber. 

309.  ^n  weld^en  Defonbcrcn  iJällcnift  ba$  cBcnfo  fräftig  unb  getoife? 

2öenn  fie  bie  öffentlichen  unb  unbufefertigen 
©ünber  von  ber  d^riftlid^en  ©emeinbe  auöfc^liegen; 
unb  bie,  fo  il)re  ©ünbe  bereuen,  unb  fid^  beffern 
luoßen,  raieberum  entbinben. 

310.   5luf  welche  Söeije  foü  ber  3Iu§fcE)Iu&  au§:  ber  cEiriftlid^cn 
Oemetnbe  gefd^el^en? 

5luf  bie  SBeife,  baß  bie  ©emeinbe  einen  ©ünber, 

ber  tro^  aßer  nad^  ßljrifti  SSorfd^rift  unb  Drbnung 

gefd^el)enen  $8ermal)nung   unbufefertig   bleibt,   als 

einen  Reiben  unb  3öllner  erflärt,   unb  bann  ber 

Wiener  ßl)rifti  foldjeö  Urtl)eil  öffentlid^  rerfünbigt. 

MaWi).  18,  15—17.  ©ünbiget  aber  bein  Vorüber  an  bir,  fo 
gel^e  ^in  unb  ftrafe  il^n  jirifc^en  bir  unb  il^m  allein.    ^i3ret  er  bid^, 


—  139  — 

especially  when  they  exclude  manifest  and  im- 
penitent sinners  from  the  Christian  congrega- 
tion, and,  again,  when  they  absolve  those  who 
repent  of  their  sins  and  are  willing  to  amend, 
this  is  as  valid  and  certain,  in  heaven  also,  as  if 
Christ,  our  dear  Lord,  dealt  with  us  Himself. 

308.  What  do  you  believe  in  general  according  to  these  words  ? 

I  believe  that  whatever  the  called  ministers 
of  Christ  deal  with  us  by  His  divine  command 
is  as  valid  and  certain,  in  heaven  also,  as  if 
Christ,  our  dear  Lord,  dealt  with  us  Himself. 

309.  In  what  particular  cases  is  this  of  such  validity  and  certainty? 

When  they  exclude  manifest  and  impenitent 
sinners  from  the  Christian  congregation,  and, 
again,  when  they  absolve  those  who  repent  of 
their  sins  and  are  willing  to  amend. 

310.  In  what  manner  is  excommunication  from  the  Christian 
Church  to  be  perfoi-med  ? 

In  this  manner:  when  an  offender  has  been 
duly  admonished  according  to  Christ's  precept 
and  established  order,  and  nevertheless  re- 
mains impenitent,  the  congregation  declares 
him  a  heathen  man  and  a  publican,  and  such 
judgment  is  publicly  announced  by  the  minister 
of  Christ. 

Matt.  18,  15 — 17.  If  thy  brother  shall  trespass  against 
thee,  go  and  tell  him  his  fault  between  thee  and  him  alone : 


140  SSon  ber  Seichte. 


jü  f)aft  bu  bcinen  Sruber  geivonnen.  ^öret  er  bid^  nicl;t,  fo  nimm 
nod)  einen  ober  giüeen  gu  bir,  auf  ba^  alle  ©ad)e  befiele  auf  glüeier 
ober  breier  B^^^S^»^  3)lunb.  ^öret  er  bte  nid^t,  fo  fage  e§  ber  ®e= 
meine.  §öret  er  bie  ©emeine  nid}t,  fo  l^alt  i^n  al§  einen  Reiben 
unb  3öKncr.    (©tufen  ber  SSermafjnung.) 

311.   2Bie  ift  e§  mit  einem  ®e6annten  gu  Italien,  ber  ftc^ 
Bußfertig  geigt? 

Söenn  er  ber  ©emeinbe  feine  ©ünbe  befennt  \mh 
^efferung  gelobt,  fo  foH  i^n  bie  ©emeinbe  uneber 
alö  33ruber  aufnefjmen  uub  ber  berufene  Wiener 
fo(d)eö  öffcntlid)  üerfünbigen.  ®enn  eö  ift  ja  mit 
bem  ^ann  nidjt  auf  ha§)  33crberben,  fonbern  auf  bie 
©rljaltung  ber  ©ee(e  abgefeljen. 

2  6or.  2,  6—8.  10.  ß§  ift  aber  genug,  ha^  berfelbige  öon 
t)ielen  alfo  geftraft  ift,  baf;  il^r  nun  l^infort  il^m  befto  mel^r  t)er= 
gebet  unb  tröftet,  auf  ba^  er  nicf;t  in  allju  gro^e  SCraurigfeit  ber- 
fin!e.  2)arum  ermahne  ic^  end;,  ba^  il;r  bie  Siebe  an  if>m  betveifet. 
SBeId)em  aber  i^r  ettrag  bergebet,  bem  bergebe  id^  aud^.  2)enn 
aud}  id},  fo  id;  eti^aS  vergebe  jemanben,  ha§>  Vergebe  id^  um  euret* 
h^illen  an  (E^riftu§  ©tatt. 

Söic  man  iite  ©infttltigcn  follf  itl^xtn  Beizten. 

312.   SBa§  ift  bie  Seid^te? 

®ie  33ei($te  begreift  ^raei  (Binde  in  fi($: 
eineö,  bafe  wan  bie  Sünbe  befenne;  baö 
anbere,  ha^  man  bie  Slbfolution  ober  3Ser  = 
gebung  t)om  Seid^tiger  empfalje,  aH  von 
©Dtt  felbft,  unb  ja  nidjt  baran  graeifele, 
fonbern  feft  glaube,  bie  ©ünben  feien  ha- 
burc^  »ergeben  üor  ©Ott  im  §immet. 


—  140  — 

if  he  shall  hear  thee^  thou  hast  gained  thy  brother.  But 
if  he  will  not  hear  thee,  then  take  with  thee  one  or  two 
more,  that  in  the  mouth  of  two  or  three  witnesses  every 
word  may  be  established.  And  if  he  shall  neglect  to  hear 
them,  tell  it  unto  the  church  :  but  if  he  neglect  to  hear  the 
church,  let  him  be  unto  thee  as  an  heathen  man  and  a 
publican .    (  Grades  of  admonition . ) 

311.  How  is  an  excommimicated  person  to  be  dealt  with  when 
he  shows  himself  penitent? 

If  he  confesses  his  sm  to  the  congreo^ation 
and  promises  to  amend,  the  congregation  is  to 
receive  liim  as  a  brother,  and  the  called  minis- 
ter should  make  public  announcement  thereof. 
For  excommunication  is  not  intended  for  the 
perdition,  but  for  the  salvation,  of  the  soul. 

2  Cor.  2,  6 — 8.  10.  Sufficient  to  such  a  man  is  this  pun- 
ishment, which  was  inflicted  of  many.  So  that  contrari- 
wise ye  ought  rather  to  forgive  him,  lest  perhaps  such 
a  one  should  be  swallowed  up  with  overmuch  sorrow. 
Wherefore  I  beseech  you  that  ye  would  confirm  your  love 
toward  him.  To  whom  ye  forgive  anything,  I  forgive 
also :  for  if  I  forgave  anything,  to  whom  I  forgave  it,  for 
your  sakes  forgave  I  it  in  the  person  of  Christ. 

How  the  unlearned  should  be  taught  to  confess. 

312.  What  is  Confession? 

Confession  embraces  two  parts:  one  is  that 
we  confess  our  sins ;  the  other,  that  we  receive 
absolution  or  forgiveness  from  the  confessor, 
as  from  God  Himself,  and  in  no  wise  doubt, 
but  firmly  believe,  that  by  it  our  sins  are  for- 
given before  God  in  heaven. 


SSon  ber  »eichte.  141 


1  ^0^.  1,  8.  9.  ©0  h?ir  fagen,  h)tr  l)ahin  ferne  «Sünbe,  fo 
t)erfüf>ren  W'xv  un^  felbft,  unb  bie  SBai^r^eit  ift  ni(^t  in  un§.  ©o 
h)ir  aber  unfere  ©ünbe  be!ennen,  jo  ift  er  treu  unb  geredet,  baf;  er 
un§  bie  ©ünbe  Vergibt  unb  reiniget  un^  bon  aller  llntugenb. 

313.  em^jfangen  benn  amSj  bie  ^cud^Ier,  toeld^e  nur  mit  bcm  iülunbc 

il^tc  ©ünbc  6elenncn,  ober  tnncrlid^  unbufefcrtig  finb, 

SSetgeBung  ber  ©ünben? 

9^ein,  benn  fie  ne!)men  bie  in  ber  Slbfolution 
aud^  i{)nen  bargebotene  ©nabe  nirfit  an. 

^ef.  26,  10.  2ßenn  ben  ©ottlofen  gleich  ©nabe  angeboten 
h)irb,  fo  lernen  fie  bo(i>  nicJ^t  ©ered^tig!eit,  fonbern  t^un  nur  Uebel 
im  rid^tigen  Sanbe;  benn  fie  feigen  be§  §®9t9in  ^errlid^leit  nid^t. 

314.  SBeld^e  ©ünben  foK  man  Beid^ten? 

33or  ©Dtt  foil  man  fid^  aller  ©ünben 
f(^ulbig  geben,  and^  bie  wir  nid^t  er!en  = 
men,  Tüie  wir  int  SSater  Unfer  tl)un;  aber 
t)or  bem  ^eid^tiger  follen  rair  allein  bie 
Sünben  befennen,  bie  roir  roiffen  unb 
fül)len  im  ^erjen. 

315.  8Bic  foH  man  auöötbcrft  bor  ®Ott  Beid^ten? 

33or  ©Ott  follen  roir  uns  aller  ©ünben  fd^ulbig 
geben,  aud^  bie  wir  nid^t  erfennen,  raie  rair  aud^  in 
ber  fünften  ^itte  be§  ^ater  Unferä  unb  in  ber  aü: 
gemeinen  ^eid^te  tl)un. 

^f.  19, 13.  2ßer  !ann  merlen,  tüie  oft  er  fel^Iet?  SSerjeil^e 
mir  bie  Verborgenen  j^e^le! 

<Bpv.  28,  13.  SBer  feine  SJiiffetl^at  leugnet,  bem  n)irb§  nid^t 
gelingen ;  n?er  fie  aber  bef^nn? t  unb  läffet,  ber  JDirb  ^arm^erjigfeit 
erlangen. 


—  141  — 

1  John  1,  8.  9.  If  we  say  that  we  have  no  sin,  we  de- 
ceive ourselves,  and  tlie  truth  is  not  in  us.  If  we  confess 
our  sins,  He  is  faithful  and  just  to  forgive  us  our  sins, 
and  to  cleanse  us  from  all  unrighteousness. 


313.  Do  hypocrites  also,  who  with  their  mouths  confess  their  sins, 
but  are  impenitent  at  heart,  receive  forgiveness  of  sins  ? 

No ;  for  they  do  not  accept  the  grace  of  God 

offered  also  to  them  in  absolution. 

Is.  26,  10.  Let  favor  be  showed  to  the  wicked,  yet  will 
he  not  learn  righteousness:  in  the  land  of  uprightness 
will  he  deal  unjustly,  and  will  not  behold  the  majesty  of 
the  Lord. 

314.  What  sins  should  we  confess? 

Before  God  we  should  plead  guilty  of  all 
sins,  even  of  those  which  we  do  not  know,  as 
we  do  in  the  Lord's  Prayer;  but  before  the 
confessor  we  should  confess  those  sins  only 
which  we  know  and  feel  in  our  hearts. 

315.  How  should  we  confess  before  God? 

Before  God  we  should  plead  guilty  of  all  sins, 
even  of  those  which  we  do  not  know,  as  we  do 
in  the  Fifth  Petition  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  and 
in  General  Confession. 

Ps.  19,  12.  Who  can  understand  his  errors?  Cleanse 
Thou  me  from  secret  faults. 

Prov.  28,  13.  He  that  covereth  his  sins  shall  not  pros- 
per :  but  whoso  conf  esseth  and  f  orsaketh  them  shall  have 
mercy. 


142  ^on  bet  33eid)te. 


316.    ©on  aOet  etn  Sl^nft  ntc^t  auc^  öem  !Jiä^ften,  ben  et  beleibigt 
unb  BctrüBt  ^Qt,  fci^c  8ünbc  Betennen  unb  aBBitten? 

3a,  benn  wer  baö  nt($t  will,  beraeift  bamit,  bag 
er  fid^  audi  vox  ©Dtt  nid^t  n)a^r!)aft  feiner  ©ünbe 
fd^ulbig  gibt. 

Sac.  5,  16.    $8e!enne  einer  bent  anbern  feine  ©ünben. 

Tlatt^.  5, 23.  24.  SBenn  bu  beine  ©abe  auf  ben  Slltar  o^ferft 
unblpirft  allba  einben!en,  ha^  bein33ruber  eth)a§  lüiber  bid)  ^abc; 
fo  laf;  allba  toor  bem  Slltar  beine  ©abe  unb  ge^e  jubor  l^in,  unb 
Devfo^ne  bid^  mit  beinern  Sruber;  unb  al§bann  !omm  unb  o|)fere 
beine  &ah(i. 

317.   aSie  f)ält  ftcf)§  oBer  mit  ber  93eic£)te  bor  bem  58eid)t{ger? 

3n)ar  foil  man  nientanb  ^nr  ^^rit)atbeid)te  grotngen 
unb  bringen,  aber  in  berfelben  empfängt  ein  (Sljrift 
ben  Sroft,  bafj  iljm  infonber^eit  bie  Stbfolntion  ge= 
fprodjen  mirb ;  babei  mag  er  auc^  für  ©ünben, 
welche  fein  ^erg  nnb  ©eraiffen  üornelimlid^  bef(^Tt)e= 
reu  nnb  brücfen,  fi($  infonberlieit  bie  Vergebung 
fpred^en  laffen. 

Tlaiif).  9,  2.  ©ei  getroft,  mein  ©ol^n,  beine  ©ünben  finb  bir 
»ergeben. 

2  ©am.  12, 13.  Xa  f^rad^  2)abib  au  S^at^an:  ^d^  \)ahi  ge= 
fünbiget  h?iber  ben  §®9l9tn.  9?al^an  f^rac^  gu  S)at)ib:  ©o  f;at 
aud;  ber  §®3t9i  beine  ©ünbe  tüeggenommen,  bu  it)irft  nid;t  fterben. 

2J?attl^.  3, 5. 6.  ®a  ging  gu  i^m  f)inau§  bie  ©tabt  ^erufatem 
unb  ba§  ^anje  jübifd^e  Sanb  unb  alle  Sänber  an  bem  ^orban, 
unb  liefen  fid^  taufen  öon  il^m  im  ^orban  unb  be!annten  i^re 
©ünben. 

318.   SBcId^c  SIntüetfung  gtBt  Dr.  Sutler  jur  ©elBftprüfung 
bor  ber  Söetd^tc? 

®a  fielf)e  beinen  (Stanb  an,  na^  tien 
le^en  ©eboten,  ob   bu  ^ater,  äJiutter, 


—  142  — 

316.  Should  not  a  Christian  also  confess  his  sin  to  his  neighbor 
whom  he  has  offended  and  grieved,  and  usk  his  pardon  ? 

Yes  ;  for  he  who  is  not  willing  to  do  this 
thereby  clearly  shows  that  before  God  also  he 
is  not  truly  penitent  of  his  sin. 

James  5,  16.    Confess  your  faults  one  to  another. 

Matt.  5,  23.  24.  If  thou  bring  thy  gift  to  the  altar,  and 
there  rememl3erest  that  thy  brother  hath  aught  against 
thee,  leave  there  thy  gift  before  the  altar,  and  go  thy 
way;  first  be  reconciled  to  thy  brother,  and  then  come 
and  offer  thy  gift. 

317.  But  how  is  it  with  confession  before  the  confessor? 

No  one  should  indeed  be  forced  or  urged  to 
private  confession ;  but  in  it  a  Christian  obtains 
the  comfort  that  to  him  especially  absolution  is 
pronounced,  and  on  such  occasion  he  may  ask 
remission  of  such  particular  sins  as  may  above 
others  weigh  upon  his  heart  and  burden  his 
conscience. 

Matt.  9,  2.  Son,  be  of  good  cheer;  thy  sins  be  for- 
given thee. 

2  Sam.  12,  13.  And  David  said  unto  Nathan,  I  have 
sinned  against  the  Lord.  And  Nathan  said  unto  David, 
The  Lord  also  hath  put  away  thy  sin;  thou  shalt  not  die. 

Matt.  3,  5.  6.  Then  went  out  to  him  Jerusalem,  and 
all  Judaea,  and  all  the  region  round  about  Jordan,  and 
were  baptized  of  him  in  Jordan,  confessing  their  sins. 

318.  What  instruction  does  Dr.  Lnther  give  ns  for  examining 
ourselves  before  confession? 

Here  consider  your  station  according  to  the 
Ten  Commandments,  whether  you  are  a  father, 


S)a8  f celeste  ^au^tftüdf.  14S 


©oE)n,  Xoi^tex,  Qexx,  grau,  ^ned^t  feieft, 
ob  bu  unge!)orfam,  untreu,  unflet{3i.9  ö^  = 
toefen  feieft?  £)h  hn  jemanb  leib  getf)an 
()  ab  eft  mit  9B  orten  ober  3ßer!en?  Db  bu 
geftot)len,  rerfäumet,  t)ern)a(;rlofet,  Sc[;a  = 
ben  getrau  f)abeft? 

319.   Söte  lautet  bic  oQgemetne  93eicf)te? 

D  allmä(f)tiger  ©Ott,  barmfjer^iger  SSater, 
i^  armer,  elenber,  |ünbf)after  9JJenfc^  befenite 
bir  alle  meine  ©ünbe  unb  SRijfet^at,  bamit  id) 
bic^  jemals  erzürnet  unb  beine  ©träfe  jeitlii^ 
unb  emigüc^  tuol^l  öerbieuet  ^abe;  fie  finb  mir 
aber  aüe  ^er^Iid)  leib  unb  reuen  mi^  fe^r,  unb 
iä)  bitte  bic^  burd^  beine  grunbtoje  Sarm^er^ig^ 
feit  unb  burc^  ba§  tjeiüge,  uuf^ulbige,  bittere 
Selben  unb  ©terben  beine§  (iebeu  ©o^ue^  ^©fu 
K^rifti,  bu  moHeft  mir  armeu  fünb^aftigen 
äJienfc^en  guäbig  unb  barml^erätg  fein. 

Pa0  Sacrament  ht^  3lltar0. 

320.   2Bic  Wirb  bte§  ©acramcnt  aud^  ionft  noc^  genannt? 

^er  ^ifcf)  beö  ^(Srrn,  baö  33robbre($en,  ba§  l)ei= 
Uge  2lbenb=  ober  '^a^imaljl,  bie  ßommuniou. 

1  ©or.  10,  21.  ^'i)v  !önnt  nic^t  sugleid^  t^eil^aftig  fein  b?S 
^©rrn  Xifd^eS,  unb  ber  Xeufcl  2;if^e§. 


—  143  — 

mother,  son,  daughter,  master,  mistress,  serv- 
ant;- whether  you  have  been  disobedient,  un- 
faithful, slothful;  whether  you  have  grieved 
any  person  by  word  or  deed;  whether  you  have 
stolen,  neglected,  or  wasted  aught,  or  done 
other  injury. 

319.  What  are  the  words  of  the  General  Confession  ? 

0  Almighty  God,  merciful  Father,  I,  a 
poor,  miserable  sinner,  confess  unto  Thee 
all  my  sins  and  iniquities,  with  which  I 
have  offended  Thee  and  merited  temporal 
and  eternal  punishment.  I  am  heartily 
sorry  for  them  and  sincerely  repent  of 
them,  and  I  pray  Thee,  for  the  sake  of 
Thine  infinite  mercy  and  of  the  holy,  in- 
nocent, and.  bitter  sufferings  and  death 
of  Thy  beloved  Son,  Jesus  Christ,  to  be 
gracious  and  merciful  to  me,  a  poor,  sm- 
ful  bemg. 

Part  VI. 

THE  SACRAMENT  OP  THE  ALTAR. 

320.  By  what  other  names  is  this  Sacrament  known? 

The  Lord's  Table,  the  Breaking  of  Bread,  the 
Lord's  Supper,  the  Holy  Supper,  the  Eucharist, 
Holy  Communion. 

1  Cor.  10,  21.  Ye  cannot  be  partakers  of  the  Lord's 
table^  and  of  the  table  of  devils. 


144  SBüiK  ^eiligen  2lbenbma^L 

2l^oft.  1,  42«  ©ie  blieben  aber  beftänbtg  in  ber  2(^oftel  2e^re, 
unb  in  ber  ©emeinjc^aft,  unb  im  Srobbred^en,  unb  im  %z\iti. 

1  ßor,  11,  20.  SBenn  i^r  jufammeu  !ommet,  fo  l^ält  man  ba 
nic^t  be§  §@rrn  2lbenbmal^I. 

1  6or.  10,  17.  ein  Srob  ift§;  fo  finb  iüir  öiele  (Sin  2cib, 
bieiueil  \o\x  alle  ©ineä  Srobe§  t^eil^aftig  finb. 

3um  crficn,  bom  Sßcfen  ticS  ^etltöeii  5(benlimtt§(§. 

321.   SDBa§  xft  'bo.^  ©acrament  be§  SIItar§? 

@ö  ift  ber  raafire  Seib  unb  33lut  unferö 
§©rrn  3®fw  (Sl^rifti,  unter  bem  93rob  unb 
SBein  unö  (£{)riften  i\\  effen  unb  ju  trinfen 
t)on  ©^rifto  fe(bft  eingefe^t. 

322.   8D3o  fte'^ct  hci%  gefc^rieBen? 

©0  fd^reiben  bie  fieiligen  ß'üangeliften  5D^att()äuö, 
9)?arcuä,  Sucaä  unb  ©t.  ^auluö : 

Unfer  ^Srr  S^fug  6f)rtftu§,  in  ber  5«a^t, 
\^Qi  er  üerrat^en  marb,  nal^m  er  ba§  Srob, 
banfte  unb  bracE)§,  unb  gab§  feinen  :3üngern, 
unb  fprac^:  Stemmet  t)in  unb  effet,  ba§  ift  mein 
£eib,  ber  für  eud^  gegeben  tnirb;  foI(^eg  tf)ut 
5U  meinem  ©ebä^tni^. 

®e§felbigen  gleid^en  na^m  er  au(f)  ben  ^t\i), 
nad^  bem  Stbenbma^t,  banfete,  unb  gab  ifjuen 
ben,  unb  fprad^ :  9Jef)met  f)in,  unb  trinfet  alle 
barau§,  biefer  Md^  ift  \iQi^  neue  ^^eftament  in 
meinem  33Iut,  ba§  für  eu^  öergoffen  mirb  jur 


—  144  — 

Acts  2,  42,  They  continued  steadfastly  in  tlie  apostles' 
doctrine  and  fellowship^  and  in  breaking  of  bread,  and  in 
prayers. 

1  Cor.  11,  20.  When  ye  come  together  therefore  into 
one  place,  this  is  not  to  eat  the  Lord's  Supper. 

1  Cor.  10,  17.  For  we  being  many  are  one  bread,  and 
one  body :  for  we  are  all  partakers  of  that  one  bread. 

First,  what  the  Lord's  Supper  is. 

321.  What  is  the  Sacrament  of  the  Altar? 

It  is  the  true  body  and  blood  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  under  the  bread  and  wine,  for  us 
Christians  to  eat  and  to  drink,  instituted  by 
Christ  Himself. 

322.  Where  is  it  so  Avritten? 

The  holy  Evangelists,  Matthew,  Mark, 
Luke,  and  St.  Paul,  write  thus  : 

Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  same  night 
in  which  He  was  betrayed,  took  bread ; 
and  when  He  had  given  thanks.  He  brake 
it,  and  gave  it  to  His  disciples,  and  said, 
Take,  eat ;  this  is  my  body,  which  is  given 
for  you  :  this  do  in  remembrance  of  me. 

After  the  same  manner  also  He  took  the 
cup,  when  He  had  supped,  gave  thanks, 
and  gave  it  to  them,  saying.  Take,  di'ink 
ye  all  of  it ;  this  cup  is  the  new  testament 
in  my  blood,  which  is  shed  for  you  for  the 


3Som  l^eiligen  2lbenbmat)L  145 

Vergebung  ber  ©iinben;  jol^eg  t!)ut,  jo  oft 
ii)rg  triutt,  5U  meinem  ®ebäct)tniö, 

Tlatt^.  26,  26—28.  9Jiarc.  14,  22—24.  Sue.  22,  19.  20. 
1  6or.  11,  21—25. 

323.   2Be§[)aI6  ftel^en  biefe  (5tnfe^ung§tt)orte  biermat  in  ber  ©d^rift? 

^amit  fie  unö  befto  beutlic^er,  geroiffer  uiib 
iüid)tit3er  raerben. 

324.   SSer  ift  ber  Urlieber  ober  ©ttfter  be§  l^ciligen  2t6enbmal^I§? 

Unfer  §@rr  3@fuä  ß^riftuö,  ber  ©Dttmenfd^, 
ber  SöaEjrIjaftige,  Sllliüeife  unb  2lIImä(^tige, 

^f.  33,  4.  3)e§  §®9?9^ri  2ßort  ift  ira^r^aftig,  unb  n)a§  er  ju^ 
fagt,  ba§  l^ält  er  geiüi^. 

©^^.  3,  20.  21.  S)ein  aber,  ber  überfd}iüänglic^  tl^un  !ann 
über  alleö,  ba§  h)ir  bitten  ober  berfte^en,  nac^  ber  Äraft,  bie  ba 
in  ux\§>  Jüirfet,  bem  [ei  ©^re  in  ber  ©eineine. 

325.  ?BeI(^e§  finb  bie  fic^t&aren  öufeerlid^en  Seichen  in  biefem 

Sacrament? 

33rob,  am  9JJe()l  bereitet,  unb  SSein,  t)om  ©e= 
roäi^ö  beö  3Beinfto(fä. 

326.  SBaä  gi&t  un8  eE)riftu§  unter  biefen  äufecrltd^en  Seilten 

im  l^eiligen  ^Ibenbmal^I? 

3n,  mit  unb  unter  bem  ^rob  gibt  er  un§  feinen 
tüa\)xen  Seib;  in,  mit  unb  unter  hem  Söein  gibt  er 
unö  fein  n)af)reö  ^(ut. 

327.   SQ3e§E)aI&  bürfen  njir  biz  Sßorte,  „ba^  i^.t  mein  Sei&,  baS,  ift 
mein  58Iut",  nidC)t  uneigentlidC)  ober  6ilblic^  t)erfte:^en? 

1.  SBeil  ßl)riftuö  auöbrüdUd^  fagt,  er  reirfie  unä 
ben  Seib,  ber  für  un§  gegeben,  unb  baö  33Iut,  baö 
für  unö  oergoffen  rairb. 


—  145  — 

remission  of  sins :  this  do  ye,  as  oft  as  ye 
drink  it,  in  remembrance  of  me. 

Matt.  26,  26—28.  Mark  14,  22—24.  Luke  22,  19.  20. 
1  Cor.  11,  21—25. 

323.  Why  are  these  words  of  institution  found  four  times  in  the 
Scripttires  ? 

That  they  may  be  unto  us  all  the  more  clear, 
sure,  and  important. 

324.  Who  has  ordained  and  instituted  this  Sacrament? 

Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  God-man,  who  is 
true,  allwise,  and  almighty. 

Ps.  33,  4.  The  Word  of  the  Lord  is  right;  and  all  His 
works  are  done  in  trutli. 

Eph.  3,  20.  21.  NoAV  unto  Him  that  is  able  to  do  ex- 
ceeding abundantly  above  all  that  we  ask  or  think,  accord- 
ing to  tlie  power  that  worketli  in  us,  unto  Him  be  glory 
in  the  Church. 

325.  Which  are  the  visible,  external  signs  in  this  Sacrament? 

Bread,  prepared  of  flour,  and  Wine,  of  the 
fruit  of  the  vine. 

326.  What  does  Christ  give  us  under  these  external  signs  in  the 
Holy  Supper? 

In,  with,  and  under  the  bread  He  gives  us 
His  true  body ;  in,  with,  and  under  the  wine  He 
gives  us  His  true  blood. 

327.  Why  is  it  inadmissible  to  take  the  words,  "This  is  my  body," 
and,  "This  is  my  blood,"  in  an  improper  or  figurative  sense  ? 

1.  Because  Christ  expressly  says  that  He  dis- 
tributes to  us  that  body  which  is  given  for  us, 
and  that  blood  which  is  shed  for  us. 


146  SSom  l^eiligen  2lbenbmal^I. 

2.  Sßeil  ha^n  nod)  ©t.^auluä  auöbrüdlid;  fpridjt: 
^er  gefeguete  ^eld),  weld)en  mit  fegnen,  ift  ber  nid^t 
bie  ©emeinf  d)aft  bee  33luteg  ©^rifti?  ®a§  33rob, 
baö  wir  brechen,  ift  ba§  ni($t  bie  ©emeinfc^aft 
beö  £eibeö  (5£)n|ti?  1  ßor.  10,  16.;  unb:  SBel^er 
unraürbtg  t)on  biefem  33rob  iffet,  ober  ron  bem  Reld) 
beö  §(Srrn  trinfet,  ber  ift  f($ulbtg  an  bem  Seib  unb 
^lut  beg  ö@rru.    1  (Sor.  11,  27. 

3.  Söeil  eö  ©infe^imgöroorte  einer  göttlii^en 
(Stiftung  unb  SBorte  eineö  göttlid^en  ^eftamentö  finb. 

5llfo  muffen  roir  bie  SBorte  neljmen,  raie  fie  lauten. 

3Jiarc.  14,  24.  2)a§  i[t  mein  33Iut  be§  neuen  S^eftamentö. 
©al.  3,  15.    ^ßerac^tet  man  bod^  eine§  2)ienfc^en  Xeftament 
nid^t,  )X)mn  e§  beftätiget  ift,  unb  t^ut  au<ä)  nid^tä  baju. 

328.   ©inb  93rob  unb  SBein  im  !^eiltgen  SlBcnbmo^t  nod^  bor^onbctt, 
ober  finb  fie  in  S^rifti  Seiö  unb  S3Iut  bcrtoonbelt  njorben? 

6ie  finb  nid^t  üerraanbelt  worben,  fonbern  finb 
nod^  rorijanben,  benn  <Bi.  ^aulu§  le^rt  auöbrüctlid^, 
t^a^  auc^  beim  (Sffen  unb  ^rinfen  im  Slbenbmal)!  baä 
33rob  nod)  ^rob  unb  ber  SBein  nod^  SBein  fei. 

1  ßor.  11,  26.  28.  ©o  oft  i^r  t)on  biefem  33rob  effet,  unb  bon 
biefem  ^eld^  trinfet,  follt  i^r  be§  §®rrn  Xob  berüinbigen,  biä  bafi 
er  fommt.  2)er  aJienfc^  :^rüfe  aber  fic^  fetbft,  unb  alfo  effe  er  bon 
biefem  SBrob,  unb  trinfe  bon  biefem  ^eld^. 

1  (5or.  10, 16.    ©ie^e  ^rage  327,  2. 

329.   8n  njcld^em  SBrauc^  gibt  ber  ^Srr  Kl^riftuS  unS  Sljriften 
feinen  Scib  unb  fein  SÖIut  unter  bem  SSrob  unb  Sßein? 

Qu  effen  unb  gu  trinfen;  n\d)i  gu  effen  a  Hein, 
als  ob  mit  bem  £eib  aud^  f^on  "oa^  33lut  ^^rifti  ge= 


—  146  — 

2.  Because,  furthermore,  St.  Paul  expressly 
says,  "The  cup  of  blessing  which  we  bless,  is  it 
not  the  communion  of  the  blood  of  Christ?  The 
bread  which  we  break,  is  it  not  the  communion 
of  the  body  of  Christ?"  1  Cor.  10,  16;  and, 
*' Whosoever  shall  eat  this  bread,  and  drink  this 
cup  of  the  Lord,  unworthily,  shall  be  guilty  of 
the  body  and  blood  of  the  Lord."  1  Cor.  11,  27. 

3.  Because  they  are  the  words  of  institution 
of  a  divine  ordinance,  and  words  of  a  divine  tes- 
tament. 

For  these  reasons  we  must  take  these  words 

as  they  stand. 

Mark  14,  24.     This  is  my  blood  of  tlie  new  testament. 

Gal.  3,  15.     Tliough  it  be  but  a  man's  covenant,  yet  if 

it  be  confirmed,  no  man  disannulletli,  or  addetli  thereto. 

328.  Do  bread  and  wine  remain  in  the  Lord's  Supper,  or  are  they 
changed  into  the  body  and  blood  of  Christ  ? 

They  are  not  changed ,  but  remain ;  for 
St.  Paul  expressly  teaches  that  while  the  Lord's 
Supper  is  being  eaten  and  drunk,  the  bread  is 
still  bread,  and  the  wine  is  still  wine. 

1  Cor.  11,  26.  28.  As  often  as  ye  eat  this  bread,  and 
drinlv  this  cup,  ye  do  show  the  Lord's  death  till  He  come. 
But  let  a  man  examine  himself,  and  so  let  him  eat  of  tliat 
bread,  and  drink  of  that  cup. 

1  Cor.  10,  16.     See  Qu.  327,  2. 

329.  For  what  nse  does  Christ,  our  Lord,  give  us  Christians  His 
body  and  blood  under  the  bi'ead  and  wine  ? 

To  eat  and  to  drink;  not  only  to  eat,  as  if  in 
distributing  and  eating  Christ's  body  His  blood, 
19 


SSom  l^eiligen  3lbenbmal^l.  H7 


reicht  unb  empfangen  tüürbe;  aud)  m($t  gur  2ln= 
betung;  aud)  ni($t  gum  unblutigen  Dpfer  für  bie 
6iinben  ber  Sebenbigen  unb  lobten. 

mati'i),  26,  27.    ^rinfet  alle  barau§. 

SRarc.  14,  23.    Unb  fie  tranfen  alte  barau§. 

®br.  10,  14.  18.  Senn  mit  ©inem  D^fer  f>at  er  in  ®it)ig!eit 
büßenbet,  bie  ge^eiliget  iüerben.  Sßo  aber  ber  ©ünben  33ergebung 
t[t,  ba  ift  nid^t  me^r  D^fer  für  bie  ©ünbe. 

330.  Sßa§  für  ein  offen  nnb  Stinten  finbet  im  l^eiligcn  ?l6enb= 

maJ)I  ftatt? 

9^ic^t  ein  blofeeö  natürli($eä,  auc^  nid)t  ein  blo^eä 
geiftUd^eö,  fonbern  ein  f acramentlid^eö  ©ffen 
unb  ^rinfen,  ha^  l)ei§t,  bie  irbifd^en  Tlxttel,  23rob 
unb  SBein,  unb  bie  l)immlif(^en  ©üter,  £eib  unb 
$8lut  (S^rifti,  werben  gugleic^  unb  jraar  mit  bem  Ieib= 
li($en  9}Junbe  genommen:  jebod^  bie  erfteren  auf 
natürlidje,  bie  le^teren  auf  übernatürliche  SBeife. 

331.  2Ba§  6efieI)It  ber  ^ßrr  ei)riftu§  mit  btn  5Iöorten:  ©old^cS 

t'i)ut  äu  meinem  ®ebä(f)tm6? 

©afe  bieö  ©acrament  fort  unb  fort  in  feiner 

£ird^e  rermaltet  unb  unter  bem  gefegneten  Srob 

unb  Söein  fein  Seib  unb  fein  ^lut  gegeffen  unb  ge= 

trunfen  merbe. 

1  ©or.  11,  26.  ©0  oft  i^r  öon  biefem  33rob  effel,  unb  bon 
biefem  ^eld^  trinlet,  foEt  i^r  be§  ^®rrn  %o'i>  t)er!ünbigen,  bi§  baf; 
er  !ommt. 

332.  SBonn  oUctn  ift  olfo  unfer  2I6enbma5I  lüirllid^  be?  affirm 

menbma^I? 

SBenn  e^  ber  ©infe^ung  ß^rifti  gemä|  üerraaltet 
toirb. 


—  147  — 

too,  were  distributed  and  received;  neither  for 
adoration ;  nor  as  an  unbloody  sacrifice  for  the 
sins  of  the  living  and  the  dead. 

Matt.  26^  27.    Drink  ye  all  of  it. 

Mark  14,  23.    And  they  all  drank  of  it. 

Hebr.  10,  14.  18.  For  by  one  offering  He  hath  perfected 
for  ever  them  that  are  sanctified.  Now  where  remission 
of  sins  is,  there  is  no  more  offering  for  sin. 

330.  What  manner  of  eating  and  drinking  takes  place  in  the  Holy 

Supper  ? 

Not  only  natural,  nor  only  spiritual,  but  sac- 
ramental, eating  and  drinking;  that  is,  the 
earthly  elements,  bread  and  wine,  and  the 
heavenly  gifts,  Christ's  body  and  blood,  are  at 
the  same  time  taken  with  the  mouth  of  the 
body,  but  the  former  in  a  natural,  the  latter  in 
a  supernatural  manner. 

331.  What  does  Christ,  our  Lord,  enjoin  when  He  says:  "This  do 

in  remembrance  of  me"  ? 

That  this  Sacrament  should  forever  be  ad- 
ministered in  His  Church,  and  under  the  con- 
secrated bread  and  wine  His  body  be  eaten  and 
His  blood  be  drunk. 

1  Cor.  11,  26.  As  often  as  ye  eat  this  bread,  and  drink 
this  cup,  ye  do  show  the  Lord's  death  till  He  come. 


332.  When  only  is  onr  Snpper  truly  the  Lord's  Supper? 

i^hen  it 
institution. 


When  it  is  administered  according  to  Christ's 


148  SSom  l^eiligen  Slbenbmal^l. 

333.   6onen  tüir  ba§i  ^eilige  SlBenbmal^I  nur  ein  für  aQemal 
empfangen,  tvit  bie  l^eilige  Xoufe? 

^exn;  e§  foil  §um  öfteren  gef($ef)en,  benn  baju 
foH  uuä  ßtjrifti  ^efe()l  unb  ä]erl)ei6uug,  foraie  bie 
3^otf),  fo  uns  auf  bem  §alfe  liegt,  beraegen. 

1  eor.  11,  26.    (Sie^e  ^rage  331. 
Slpoft.  2,  42.    ©ie^e  ^rage  320. 

ajJatt^.  11,  28.  Äommt  ^er  gu  mir  aüe,  bie  il^r  mül^felig  unb 
belabeu  feib ;  id}  tüill  eud^  erquicfen. 

3ttm  anbetn,  tiom  9lu$en  bei  |eiUgen  ^bentitnal^lg. 

334.  SBo§  nufeet  benn  fold^  ©ffen  unb  jTrinfen? 

S)aö  jeigen  un^  bie  Söorte:  gür  eu($  ge? 
geben  unb  üergoffen  gut  Vergebung  ber 
©ünben:  nämlid^,  ha^  unö  im  ©acrament 
SSergebung  ber  ©ünben,  Seben  unb  ©elig  = 
feit  burd^  fold^e  Söorte  gegeben  rairb. 
©enn  tt)o  S^ergebung  ber  ©ünben  ift,  ba 
ift  au(^  Seben  unb  ©eligfeit. 

335.  3Iu§  ttjcld^en  SBorten  lernen  ttiir,  ba%  fold^  (Sffen  unb  Srintcn 
un3  auä^  etniaS  nü^et? 

2luö  ben  Söorten:  gür  eudg  gegeben  unb  üergoffen 
jur  Vergebung  ber  (Sünben. 

336.  SSa§  fogen  un§  nämlid^  biefe  SBortc? 

^afe  ß;i)riftuö  eben  ben  Seib  unb  ha§>  33lut,  n)0= 
mit  er  Vergebung  ber  (Bünben  am  ^reuj  erworben 
l)at,  nun  im  l)eiligen  5lbenbmal)l  auä)  jebem,  ber  ba 
iffet  unb  trinfet,  gur  ^erfiegelung  ber  Vergebung  fei= 
ner  ©ünben  barrei($t. 


—  148  — 

333.  Are  we  to  receive  the  Lord's  Supper  but  once,  as  we  do  Holy 

Baptism  ? 

No  ;  we  should  receive  it  frequently ;  and 
hereto  we  should  be  prompted  by  Christ's  com- 
mand and  promise,  and  by  the  trouble  that  lies 
heavy  upon  us. 

1  Cor.  11,  26.     See  Qu.  331. 
Acts  2,  42.     See  Qu.  320. 

Matt.  11,  28.  Come  unto  me,  all  ye  that  labor,  and  are 
heavy  laden,  and  I  will  give  you  rest. 

Secondly,  of  the  benefit  of  the  Lord's  Supper. 

334.  What  is  the  benefit  of  such  eating  and  drinking? 

That  is  shown  us  by  these  words,  "Given, 
and  shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of  sins;" 
namely,  that  in  the  Sacrament  forgiveness  of 
sin,  life,  and  salvation  are  given  us  through 
these  words.  For  where  there  is  forgiveness 
of  sin,  there  is  also  life  and  salvation. 

335.  What  words  teach  us  that  such  eating  and  drinking  is  of 
benefit  to  us? 

The  words,  "Given,  and  shed  for  you  for 
the  remission  of  sins." 

336.  What  do  these  words  tell  us  ? 

That  unto  every  one  who  eats  and  drinks 
Christ  here  gives,  as  a  seal  of  the  remission  of 
his  sins,  that  same  body  and  blood  wherewith 
He,  upon  the  cross,  earned  and  procured  the 
forgiveness  of  sins. 


S5om  l^eiligcn  2lbenbma^l.  149 

337.   SUbtx  bic  SBorte  fagen  jo  nicf)t§  üon  Seßen  unb  ©eligfeit? 

„3Ö0  Vergebung  ber  ©iinben  ift,  ha  ift  aud^  £eben 
unb  ©eligfeit." 

338.  2Se§l^aI&  gelten  ttjir  alfo  jum  ^eiligen  3l6enbmal^I? 

^orne^mlid^  gur  ©tärfung  unferö  ©laubenö  an 
bie  3Sergebiing  unferer  ©ünbeu  bur($  unfern  §@rrn 
3@fum  ß^riftum  unb  gur  görberung  gottfeligen  2Ban= 
belö,  foraie  and)  gur  ^Bejeugung  ber  ©emeinfd^aft  beö 
©laubenö. 

1  ©or.  10, 17.    ©te^e  forage  320. 

3um  Miitn,  Dan  tier  ^taft  beg  l^eiUgen 
5(6cntimttp. 

339.  SBic  tann  leiblich  ©ffen  unb  Zxinttn  fold^c  große  Singe  t^un? 

©ffen  unb  ^rinfen  t()utä  fretlid^  nii^t, 
fonbern  bie  2Borte,  fo  ha  fte()en:  gür  eud^ 
gegeben  unb  cergoffen  gur  33ergebung  ber 
©ünben.  SBeld^e  Söorte  finb  neben  bem 
Ietbli($en  ©ffen  unb  ^rinfen  aH  baö 
^auptftüdf  im  ©acrament,  unb  rcer  ben  = 
felbigen  SBorten  glaubet,  ber  f)at,  raaö  fie 
fagen  unb  wie  fie  tauten,  nämlid^  ^er  = 
gebung  ber  ©ünben. 

340.  ^at  ctnjo  IctBIid^  ©fjen  unb  Xrinfen  für  fid^  allein  bie  Äroft, 
fold^e  große  2)inge  gu  tl^un? 

9f?ein;  ba§  bloge  offen  unb  2:rin!en  t^utä  frei- 
Ixä)  nid^t. 


—  149  — 

337.  But  how  do  these  words  speak  of  life  and  salvation? 

*' Where  there  is  forgiveness  of  sin,  there  is 
also  life  and  salvation." 

338.  For  what  pui'pose,  then,  do  we  approach  the  Lord's  Table? 

Chiefly  for  the  strengthening  of  our  faith  in 
the  foro^iveness  of  our  sins  throus^h  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ ;  for  our  furtherance  in  holiness  of 
life;  and  also  in  testimony  of  the  communion 
of  faith. 

1  Cor.  10,  17.     See  Qu.  320. 

Thirdly,  of  the  power  of  the  Lord's 
Supper. 

339.  How  can  bodily  eating  and  drinking  do  such  great  things  ? 

It  is  not  the  eatino;  and  drinkinsr,  indeed, 
that  does  them,  but  the  words  here  written, 
"Given,  and  shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of 
sins;"  which  words,  beside  the  bodily  eating 
and  drinking,  are  as  the  chief  thing  in  the  Sac- 
rament; and  he  that  believes  these  words,  has 
what  they  say  and  express,  namely,  the  for- 
giveness of  sins. 

340.  Has  bodily  eating  and  drinking  in  itself  the  power  of  doing 

such  great  things  ? 

No ;  it  is  not  the  eating  and  drinking,  indeed, 
that  does  them. 


150  ^om  l^etltgen  9l6enbmal^I. 

341.   SBol^er  !ommt  e§  benn,  ba%  burd)  leiBIicT)  ©ffen  unb  STrinfen 
SSergeBung  ber  ©ünben,  SeDen  unb  ©eligfeit  empfangen  ttjtrb? 

^a^er,  bag  !raft  biefer  SBorte:  giir  eud^  gegeben 
unb  pergoffen  gur  Vergebung  ber  ©i'mben,  biefe 
großen  ®inge  im  ^eiligen  3lbenbma^l  entf)alten  finb 
unb  bargeboten  raerben.  @ö  finb  beö^alb  biefe  Sorte 
neben  bem  leiblichen  offen  unb  2:;rin!en  ha^  §aupt= 
ftüd  im  ©acrament. 

342.   Smpfängt  nun  auä)  ieber  biefen  S^u^en? 

9^ein.  ©ö  empfängt  gmar  jeber,  bem  baö  ©acra= 
ment  naä)  ßl)rifti  ©infe^ung  gereirfit  mirb,  ©()rifti 
£eib  unb  33lut  unter  bem  33rob  unb  SBein;  ben 
D^u^en  aber  empfängt  nur  ber,  meld^er  ben  Sorten 
ber  ^erljeifeung  glaubt:  gür  euc^  gegeben  unb  vex- 
goffen  gur  3Sergebung  ber  Sünben. 

3um  bietten,  Horn  l^eHfamen  @ekauii^  ht§  l^eiligen 
$(6enbma^I§. 

343.  SBer  cmpfäl^ct  benn  iold^  Sacrament  tourbigltd^? 

gaften  unb  leiblid^  \\ä)  bereiten  ift  raol)l 
eine  feine  äufeerlid^e  3^^^»  ^^^^  ^^^  Ut 
red^t  raürbig  unb  tt)ol)l  gefi^idft,  n)er  ben 
©lauben  l)at  an  biefe  Sorte:  giir  tnä)  ge= 
gcBen  unb  tjcrgoffcn  pr  S5crgefiung  ber  (Sünben* 

Ser  aber  biefen  Sorten  nic^t  glaubet, 
ober  gmeifelt,  ber  ift  unroürbig  unb  un  = 
gefc^idt.  ©enn  ha^  Sort,  gür  enifi,  forbert 
eitel  gläubige  Serben. 


—  150  — 

341.  How  is  it,  then,  that  by  bodily  eating  and  drinking  forgive- 
ness of  sins,  life,  and  salvation  are  obtained? 

It  is  because  by  virtue  of  these  words,  "Given, 
and  shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of  sins," 
these  great  things  are  contained  and  offered  in 
the  Holy  Supper.  These  words,  therefore,  are, 
beside  the  bodily  eating  and  drinking,  as  the 
chief  thinof  in  the  Sacrament. 

342.  Does  every  one  receive  this  benefit? 

No ;  although  every  one  to  whom  the  Sacra- 
ment is  imparted  according  to  Christ's  insti- 
tution receives  the  body  and  blood  of  Christ 
under  the  bread  and  wine:  yet  only  he  receives 
the  benefit  who  believes  the  word  of  promise, 
"Given,  and  shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of 
sins." 

Fourthly,  of  the  salutary  use  of  the  Lord's 
Supper. 

343.  Who,  then,  receives  such  Sacrament  worthily  ? 

Fasting  and  bodily  preparation  is,  indeed,  a 
fine  outward  training ;  but  he  is  truly  worthy 
and  well  prepared  who  has  faith  in  these  words, 
"  Given,  and  shed  for  you  for  the  remission  of 
sins.'^ 

But  he  that  does  not  believe  these  words,  or 
doubts,  is  unworthy  and  unprepared;  for  the 
words,  ^^For  you,''^  require  all  hearts  to  believe. 


S8om  l^eUigen  3l6enbmal^I.  151 

344,   SSarum  wirb  Bet  biefem  Sacrament  nocf)  bon  bcr  rec!^ten 
Söürbigfeit  ge^anbtlt? 

2öei(  ©t.  ^aulu§  auöbrüdüd^  t)ermal)net:  ©er 
3J?enfc^  prüfe  aber  fid)  felbft,  unb  alfo  effe  er  t)on 
biefem  33rob  unb  trinfe  üon  biefem  ^e(d).  ©eim 
it)eld)er  lutraürbig  iffet  unb  trtufet,  ber  iffet  iiiib 
trinfet  i^m  felber  ha§,  ©erid)t,  bamit,  ha^  er  nidjt 
unterfd)eibet  ben  Seib  beö  §©rrn.    1  ©or.  11,  28.  29. 

345.   SBorin  beftefit  biefe  recite  2öürbig!ett? 

©ingig  unb  aüein  in  bent  ©lauben  an  biefe  SBorte: 
gür  eu(^  gegeben  unb  t)ergoffen  gur  S^ergebung  ber 
©iinben. 

346.   ^artn  jemonb  burd^  eigene  Bereitung,  ®ebon!cn  unb  5S3erre 
fic^  iel&ft  rtjürbig  machen? 

9^ein;  ba^  man  fittig  unb  e!)rerbietig  bei  ©Dtteä 
^ifrf)  erf(^eine,  ift  moi)i  eine  feine  3i^d)t  unb  löblid;er 
33raud),  aber  bod)  etraaö  blofe  2lcu6erlid)eä,  roaä  aud^ 
ein  Ungläubiger  vermag. 

347.   SEßer  ift  aber  unwürbig  unb  ungefcE)i(Jt? 

2öer  ben  Sorten:  gür  eud^  gegeben  unb  uergoffen 
jur  Vergebung  ber  ©ünben,  nic^t  glaubt  ober  baran 
graeifelt.  ©enn  baä  Sßort,  gür  euc^,  forbert  eitel 
gläubige  bergen. 

348.   SSie  joQ  ftc^  ber  prüfen,  bcr  öon  biefem  Srobe  cffen  unb 
bon  biefem  ßeld^e  trinfen  tbill? 

®r  foH  \\ä)  prüfen,  ob  er  1.  feine  ©ünben  lierjlid^ 
bereut,  2.  an  3®fum  (S^riftum  glaubt,  3  ben  guten. 


151 


344.  Why  is  it  proper  that  we  should  particularly  consider  the 
true  worthiness  of  a  communicant? 

Because  St.  Paul  expressly  admonishes  us  : 
*'Let  a  man  examine  himself,  and  so  let  him 
eat  of  that  bread,  and  drink  of  that  cup.  For 
he  that  eateth  and  drinketh  unworthily,  eateth 
and  drinketh  damnation  to  himself,  not  dis- 
cerning the  Lord's  body."    1  Cor.  11,  2S.  29. 

345.  Wherein  does  true  worthiness  consist? 

Only  and  solely  in  faith  in  these  words : 
"Given,  and  shed  for  you  for 'the  remission  of 
sins." 

346.  Can  any  one  render  himself  worthy  by  his  own  preparation, 
thoughts,  and  works? 

No;  to  appear  with  modesty  and  reverence 
at  the  Lord's  Table  is,  indeed,  due  decency  and 
a  praiseworthy  custom,  but  withal  no  more  than 
an  external  thing  of  which  even  an  unbeliever 
is  capable. 

347.  But  who  is  unworthy  and  unprepared  ? 

He  who  does  not  believe,  or  doubts,  the 
words,  "Given,  and  shed  for  you  for  the  re- 
mission of  sins."  For  the  words,  "For  you," 
require  all  hearts  to  believe. 

348.  How  should  he  \vho  would  eat  this  bread  and  drink  this  cup 
examine  himself? 

He  should  examine,  1,  whether  he  truly  re- 
pent of  his  sins;  2,  whether  he  believe  in  Jesus 
Christ ;  3,  whether  he  have  the  good  and  earnest 


152  5?cm  ^eiligen  3Ibenbma^I. 

ernftUd^en  "^öorfa^  \)ai,  biird)  33eiftanb  ®Ctte§  be§§ei= 

ligen  ©eifteö,  fein  fünbHrf)eö  Söefen  fortI)in  311  beffern. 

©tel^e  bie  ©I)rtftlicf)en  ^rageftücfe  im  !(etnen  Äated)i§mu§. 

349.   5Dürfen  bie  ©c£jroac£jgläubigen  gum  3;if(5  be§  ^©rtn  getien? 

3a.  ©erabe  fie  joden  gum  ^eiligen  2lbenbma^I 
!ommen,  bamit  \l)X  f($ir)a($er  ©laube  ftärfer  tüerbe. 

SJiarc.  9, 24.  ^rf^  glaube,  lieber  §®rr,  l^ilf  meinem  Unglauben. 

^f.  22,  27.    ®ie  ©lenben  follen  effen,  ba^  fie  jatt  tuerben. 

^ef.  42,  3.  3)a§  jerftofeene  9to^r  n?irb  er  nid^t  jerbrec^en,  unb 
ba§  glimmenbe  Xo(i}t  nvirb  er  nid)t  auSlöjd^en. 

Sol^.  6,  37.  2Ber  ju  mir  !ommt,  ben  irerbe  id}  nii^t  J^inauS« 
fto^en. 

350.   SBcm  borf  ba^  E)etr;gc  SlBenbmal^I  nid^t  gcrcid^t  tücrbcn? 

1.  ©en  offenbar  ©ottlofen  unb  Unbugfertigen, 
benn  fold^e  raürben  baö  ©acrament  gu  if)rem  ©erid^te 
genießen;  2.  ben  galfd)gläubigen,  benn  baö  {)ei(ige 
5lbenbmal)l  ift  ein  ^efenntni^  ber  ©laubenäeinigfeit; 
3.  folc^en,  raelrf^e  3Iergernif3  gegeben  unb  nod)  ni($t 
abget^an  t)aben;  4.  fold^en,  welche  fic^  nid^t  felbft 
prüfen  fönnen,  3.  ^.  ^inbern  unb  ^eraufetlofen. 

Tlatt^.  7,  6.  '^\)v  follt  ba§  ^eiligtfjum  nic^t  ben  §unben 
geben,  unb  eure  ^'erten  foUt  i^r  nid^t  t)or  bie  ©äue  tnerfen. 

3l^oft.  2,  42.  ©ie  blieben  aber  beftänbig  in  ber  2lpofteI  Seigre, 
unb  in  ber  ©emeinfc^aft,  unb  im  33robbrerf)en,  unb  im  ©ebet. 

Wattl).  5,  23.  24.  Sarum  Jüenn  bu  beine  (3ahz  auf  ben  2lltar 
o^ferft  unb  iinrft  allba  einben!en,  ba^  bein  Sruber  etinaS  iüiber  bid^ 
l^abe;  fo  laf;  attba  bor  bem  2lltar  beine  &ahi  unb  gel;e  gubor  i)'m, 
unb  t)erfö^ne  bid^  mit  betnem  58ruber;  unb  aläbann  !omm  unb 
üV"'fere  beine  ©abe. 

1  (Sor.  11,  28.  29.    ©ie^e  ^rage  344. 


—  152  — 

purpose  with  the  aid  of  God  the  Holy  Ghost 
henceforth  to  mend  his  sinful  life. 
See  Christian  Questions  in  Small  Catechism. 

349.  May  those  who  are  weak  of  faith  approach  the  Lord's  Table? 

Yes  indeed  ;  they  especially  should  come  to 
the  Lord's  Supper,  that  their  weak  faith  may 
ojrow  strono-er. 

Mark  9,  24.    Lord,  I  believe;  help  Thou  mine  unbelief. 

Ps.  22,  26.    The  meek  shall  eat  and  be  satisfied. 

Is.  42,  3.  A  bruised  reed  shall  He  not  break,  and  the 
smoking  flax  shall  He  not  quench. 

John  6,  37.  Him  that  cometh  to  me  I  will  in  no  wise 
cast  out. 

350.  To  whom  must  the  Lord's  Supper  be  denied? 

1,  To  such  as  are  known  to  be  ungodly  and 
impenitent,  since  they  would  eat  and  drink 
damnation  to  themselves  ;  2,  to  the  heterodox, 
since  the  Holy  Supper  is  a  token  and  testimony 
of  the  unity  of  faith  ;  3,  to  such  as  have  given 
offense  and  not  yet  made  amends  ;  4,  to  such 
as  are  not  able  to  examine  themselves,  as,  f.  ex., 
children,  and  persons  lying  in  a  state  of  uncon- 
sciousness. 

Matt.  7,  6.  Give  not  that  which  is  holy  unto  the  dogs, 
neither  cast  ye  your  pearls  before  swine. 

Acts  2,  42.  They  continued  steadfastly  in  the  apostles' 
doctrine  and  fellowship,  and  in  breaking  of  bread,  and  in 
prayers. 

Matt.  5,  23.  24.  Therefore,  if  thou  bring  thy  gift  to  the 
altar,  and  there  rememberest  that  thy  brother  hath  aught 
against  thee,  leave  there  thy  gift  before  the  altar,  and  go 
thy  way ;  first  be  reconciled  to  thy  brother,  and  then  come 
and  offer  thy  gift. 

1  Cor.  ll',  28.  29.     See  Qu.  344. 


SSom  l^eiligcn  3lbenbmal^I.  153 

351.   S03eld^e  ©ewol^nl^ett  toirb  ba'^er  Bei  un§  gcl^alten? 

®aö  ©acrament  nur  benen  gu  reid)en,  bie  guüor 
üer^ört  ftnb;  ba^er  aiid^  bie,  rt)eld)e  baö  ^eilige 
Slbenbma^t  gum  erften  3}tale  gu  empfangen  begef)ren, 
guüor  in  ©egenroart  ber  ©emeinbe  üon  ifjrem  ©lau= 
ben  9f?ed)enfd)aft  ablegen  unb  fid)  §ur  red)tgläubigen 
ilird^e  befennen.     (Konfirmation.) 


—  153  — 

351.  What  custom  is,  therefore,  observed  among  ns  ? 

The  custom  of  admitting  to  the  Sacrament 
those  only  who  have  been  previously  explored. 
Hence  also  those  who  are  contemplating  their 
first  communion  do  previously  and  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  cono-reo^ation  render  account  of  their 
faith,  and  profess  adherence  to  the  orthodox 
Church .     (  Confirmation.) 


Date  Due 

ii n..,^ 

'^iMlTitlf''*^'"**''^*^ 

TEC  ^     ?( 

(Tl 

) 

PRINTED 

IN  U.  S.  A. 

